Skip to main content

Full text of "Annual calendar of McGill College and University. 1907-1908"

See other formats

Sw v 
\ AN 


\ . 























CLL es 


a bt 










SS AS . 




Me ten 
















om ~ Ae 
3 = Setaet > — 



5 365 D 

Library of MeGill University 


Received me es Omg 









SESSION 1907-1908 

MLoityeatl : 



—— ee ee 

S - = 

eee —- ——~. 


Aen i ay “4 



v — i a oe 

The List of Graduates, corrected to July, 1906, is pub. 

lished separately. Copies can be obt 

tained on appli- 
cation to the Registrar. 

MEMRERTETEINN, “ESRMEERT (3), = cold ng ie eg wR Ee a SP cre rie xvi, 3 
Br Og a i ie rere te cm er wig: A aists ted se 7] 
i) Foy | ee ae ire Sane any ream Soy) eos e , 13 
Ad Eundem Gradum... LE weg ea Cine inmate ae EN Cah Aa 63 
COL Arise) PC OTES FE. EPCS i ni. oo re SR OSL k oe ee aE 12 
| Of Students of othér Universities... cscs sea cvceawewese 28 
Advanced Comrace Tr Arte: 6s oo ys dices cdg scaoasee beeen 77-78 
POV RRO | FC RUS CIONG ictek as Wee ia 4 i Re ee ee fies 32 
Affiliated Colléred aid SCHoois.....02540.- dies. 0b eee We eb a ale welea 1-8 
Affiliation to Oxford, Cambridge, and Dublin.......... pistes 9 
ge Tie” AGMIsMION Nic 4 ser olka uk Seeioil aas eine oars 1] 
Agency and Partnership.......... Pi ae KBR rey Partai eee er ies 214 
APPOU are: FROUIGY: OL vali oss «ke ee weed oe aah wae eee al 6, 277 
Miosbre: Tor. Matrieuighion:. 6.) sees chk dy ey eewasewens, ataeees 26 
Course in (Arts) aged np alee Ua bis SREP he SUE Laie ewrES 129 
(A DDRCG. SCICNOE). 4.0.3. cena cvalw ee pede pees 185 
RONG TAO, OUTROS IIE oe ide ok iw Oi daw lave Catan Oa ee ee 104 
Aniloc MGINGOSH PRBS. 066i coke eolkes Manca en) AVEO ee hentia 46 
Announcements : 
Faculty of Applied Science. 16.65. ks bec deutedats he aaty 150 
BOTIEY Cl DPOB. 6 acd ony veh, ae ee wR ser a Oe be 76 
MOCOIES OF TW se ccaids steven ria Pee eaten di Bee (eas 208 
Faculty of Medicine.................. y ev eee Beales cay 225 
SORCUIEY OL PICU ECURS 6 5. 5 des oiicc ace re eele eater tiee renee pre ' 6, 277 
Graduate School..... Jon salty aeacoabe a an eee cle Weegee n 3 260 
BIA AONEIG COMORES. o:eoa is osc: bind bea dak nes REN ees On 270 
McGill University College of British Columbia..... ..... 28] 
toyal Victoria Collegé for Women.........-...6.  sseseee 265 
School of Education..... .,..- etal acu eld Se ieee GG at is 275 
Teachers ‘Training Sanoal, 9: soss5 50s 2c eeecdcave wae neers 275 
University LIDrary. oss cicns ascscaes Henle es eeoeecunseuemeras 72 
Appeals in Matriculation Examination..............0. 6.0000. 15 
Applied Mechanics, ComrseS 120.5 s 00206 <y:iesiems «p00 Shes» agen 174 
Awplied Science, FaRowlty Of. <...0:scasan save cneGe seas: vee 5, 150 
Courses of Lectures in :— 
PUPOCHREGOTITS iid. i 0 ink hsv Sule ace nd s gaa an bee Nes tage 168 
Chemietyy GnG ASSA VINE 35s Qi edie hk veses teas 171 
Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. .-......... 174 
Descriptive Goometky:. 6.6 i cieeecd eh ees reee’s 178 
Hilectrical HAGinesring «2s vss « siviweee acne ceaay yes Laon 178 
RS ED COBY DOBI OEE 6 orc sctase tated as oa pee a a Wee lawless 181 
Freehand Drawing and Lettering... .......... Fe mudee 182 
OGIO ic 6s Kc Aces disp cv vise 8 VE ea oe wwe ee gen VOr eran 182 
Mathematics and Mathematical Physics............. 184 
Mechartent Hagineering: :s:..<<<-cans darn ens ew deereer es 186 
DA OER I OE i 6 sae dott son By DG wen ae oboe an aaa es 189 
WETMORE s once or vos evita owe Serve tative k n'a wie eet ata nw 19] 
Mining Hamincerine (ck. sssiewciwcscdeensine ba Pee nae 192 
PU VRICK, PEEDCTIIOOR CAL ir wa occa es, 2d mee ears wl na oe 196 
FIOAUS BLIG FIM WAVE. a occ ts ecw te Dae tN aan Coaeee s 201 
RUT ON cisco las cate wala e ir cuicie ee eed (WRASSE A Ue vee 205 
Surveyins God [FOOGESG ics s5li case see senwclanee hon oe 198 
Transportation Course subjects.......... reek t ids 202 
Outline of Courses in :— 
RIGOR O. oie cok ee so Ole Oe ee eee wets 155 
Ely Aer URE ene al eed MRP tre Sere 157 
Civil Engineering........ ie NN RT eRe ap eye te 158 
FOLOGGEUORA BORONIA pic oo rs wie Si0ng eis 6 9s eee Salaeas 160 
Mechanical HnginGering® ....0 wsinedesceceniews dawns 161 
BOB GRT IIE ido ca beeen way Karnpies see os Oy Cannel 163 
PRET EGO akon a ae vsiv ts mace canWe ee svw sie eiaes 164 
Oo ed er PO ee ere ee i ere eee 166 
EGRSEDOLGCATION os... x cdo Nicd ares wes ah ican ee eee 166 

aS a a 

= = 

Zaina a 

ee = 
te eli resentation itera ne 

=3 asa 




Te nl. 




ees eS 


Aramaic, Course in 
Course in 
Subject of... 
Arithmetic for Matriculation 
Arts, Faculty of 
Course for B. A... . ... 
For B. Sc. (in Arts).... 
Courses of Lectures in :— 
Arabic Cat ate Pa aais 
Aramaic and Syriac 
Commercial Course 
Comparative Literature 
Comparative Philology 
Composition, English 
Constitutional Law 
Kxperimental Physics.... 
Geometry .... 

Mathematics .... 
Mental Philosophy.... 
Middle English 
Modern Languages............... 
Moral Philosophy 
Petrography .... 
PHYSICS... 65.3 
Political Science . 
Roman Law 
Semitic -Languages............ 
Examination for Entrance.... 
Matriculation in... 
Assaying, Courses in 
Laboratories........ L E45 
Associated Board, Examinations of 



Associations, see Societies. 
Astronomical Observatory... .......-.. scene eter tree ee cenees 241, 248 
Astronomy, Courses in.........- uk Or ead > lh nal Nap anne wate 1:0 
WP REE Oy: Coon) ea tva nse eS ale Beg NNS bo Jane hacks Gad, 5 Fie Rp ees be 67 
Athletic Association; University sve .c 0 ocore eee eee ae ek 2's 69 
ATLOCOGAROE EGc 525 bceactes i halen eee F Puig thay lacey hee nee 19 
B.A. Degree, Regulations... ........... SAO Tee waa eure 4, 59, 76 
COGAN TOR Sco cheese bo ho eee ae eas WE har dane ote 4, 76-84 
emi nAtiONs. LOR. biases ck aves caads OE tates aC 87 
Exemptions for Professional Students... ..........+++-s 88-92 
Honour Courses for..... acy ge ey HAIG hel nce 8 Ah eae ae ay. 80 
eo A a) BB ey hc 5b oR RS era ht Pe ee ee ere nae 88 
1 Se a ae” ALD SR Ny Oa aOR Ie Morey SM Rare ahs sag toe INC SEA a 8&9 
B. Se. and M. D. Big bod gt hit SAA SAO Cune na Ronen eee ay 0) 
B. Arch. Degree, Regulations ia te arid dehe aaa eae ark aay 5, 59, 15d 
B.C.L. Degree, Regulations... ........... LS ated wes eee) es aes 
CRISES TOP: Sis ated BoP ea ea tee ce tea Ele Oo eres 5, Zil 
B.Sc. Degree, Regulations......0 . 26... cee eee eee tee nes 4, 59 
Course for in ray OF Asta 3s asks peck seek Ree Nas ess 4. 8d 
In Faculty of Applied Science................s6se00e- os yh a 167 
xam tiation TOPs sooo ees sk Oe a PSN eee oe Saas vie oes 87, 151 
Double Course for B.A. and: BiSe.... ste eee 88 
Bar Regulations, Province of Quebec.......... --+-+-.++5, o 221 
Biology, Courses in (Arts)... 0.0.5. s cece cece ee ce cent eee eeees 140, 144 
Board of Governor. 6.575 1 We eae wa ica © aE ee A ee Xiv 
Pete OW 0 LA RSO ROS eek Sie ile Sts Fn Demme aes or 3 
Board and Residence isin 6ac cent aes assis See wae Pc 10 
In Royal Victoria College for Women...... ......... ; 267 
Botanical Laboratories.........:.... 5 BER ea he a 243 
Botany :— 
Convads tt AP te) so o50a gid SIR Cre ee Lae ee wie ae ea ee Cade 140 
Bor Matriciiahion os. ia cca ce no 6 toe Ck le er re 27 
British Columbia, McGill University College of........ ....- 281 
British School of Classical Studies, A ROE, oor 25.0 5 SS 06 
British School of Classical Studies, Rome...............+++-- QQ 
Waiitings. oy coeds oe. OR SERS ee Se ae eeu? eee 238 
Building Construction, Course in: .i sis. 66 ve me ee cee cece nee ss 169 
Bursaries for Graduates of School of Educ: ation, Mac- 
donald College. 205 ws accee sees yee cas amp anes 8, 34 
Sek Lien gee oe ne Oe AR © Soh thas 0-0 6 me die mS, Be LE ST tee Sok wee ee, 280 
Calendar of Meetings, etc..........-. som Rare Na ee ge, ta XXXili 
Jambridge University, Affiliation to...... 0... + eee eee eevee 8) 
Can: vdian Society of Civil Engineers. ee Sa ea ac ees 152 
Canacian Mining Institute. ieee pont: my Pres shee Mie 152 
Carpenter Shop... 2 ee ends bg 64k Oe oa Shee oe shee nae see 259 
PeeeePiSOUHiry BED hc Sees nee allalane bo GB wieta ele a) spcat we © braces ele Seviare ew eA = 
Caution: Money sos bone tak ce eceles Re hs A eS id aa ca | Oy Aig, BOS 
Cement DAbGratory coc. sek ewig) 25-9 ce ois neeye Cue ea Peat = 4 243 
Coretse PELIEn Os | clo ceca ck RR re ee ok ages TR CANS oe Roe Rs 238 
Certificates Accepted for Matriculation.........-- nana 15 
Deh POPEME so iy Wc. Guutalo enw: ANA WAL es Be Ee a oe Ca. ab wae 44 
Of GERAIS os ryan oe wamslew ch Ob caries Sao apne AAMC ome 44, 58, 152 
Of Literate fF Avte.ncuk bars eee  o cw sale we eine bam eets 9] 
Matriculation............ NT Retin ey So Ib nse NSS aS 52 
Chacollte, TH. yc :gch sede Cav eee na ponct oe alle aes, Wis Ridin 9m Meaielsiam xiv, 3 
(Tracer Rta oy Nope alee scala dale dre ean & Oa GES © be me RON en IS 44 3 
Chemistry Building, The Macdonald.... ... ....sees+se+es 238 
Chemistry :— : 
Course in (Applied Science)...........5.--+++ ee eeees oye 157 
Was Wim Sr Fe PRGIOEE woes caren ek eee ieee ee 0 ee sl ee 8 rie ar | 
Se Gees GE CALE oe ay Ti caine iy we Tn, bre sia Hitt yey 134 
(Applied Science)... 0.1.6... -eee eee ee er eeenes 171 

E,AbOCREGP RR ek iid se veka red bbs ending Sa olde hak ence Shek An on 244 


ee = 


Civil Engineers, Canadian RIOR EN ee alse Stuy wie ikin 152 
Civil Engineering :— a 
RR IR ert ern ete aay ai Gieiaha We ioe eihcets aveleTeiaca's ¢ <aiePe-4"s 158 
SME A RPE Groupie Vile aie eteie araiticwis wield Paley he wie resie elses peewee 174 
Roe te) © POCHELINE, COOUTGOR Nie dic) Knee tps ce eee veven whe ee 216 
DRA CER MESES AUN Nee Leal dare. pip eink oS diasgelas bw Wiese 92 
Classification of Students ............ Pasir ale ysarieke SX. 0 3 11 
Clinical Instruction in Medicine ................. Sea Te 23 
Clubs, see Societies. 
eee Oe OND hn cies cna cece kes AS Ae oie 0-4'bi SF awe ava 7, 319 
WOMere GIGUNOS, MOANSTOMOCNE OF soo. ies hie sw aise apee ds 66 
SM RIVGRINEY, “AUIISOAMIOE orcs ila di eceet sees see jE be 17, 147 
OCOMMeETCIA! COUPSE i ick dees sees Pie. ee. eke oS aise ne 147 
DOMIMOrCias AahW, COULTSCS TR. ye syns rade ciws cece vase ys siege 215 
Eee ae III NE CES 505s aou as 0G win et Jeo Wo Mb AGE alo 6 tHe ewe ee xviii, 66 
Committees of Governors and Corporation.................. XVii 
Companies, Courses in Law of..... 2.0.0... 6 sees cccsee. on ee 215 
JOINPATAUIVE LAVCTALUTO 66. eee cece see cet le sateen se ees 195 
Compar Ee 2g RNG 8) RE Sn Le ey A Ee ee Oe 100 
Composition, English ........... ae a See dick . am chs Kable, oo:s 10] 
OMG IIONCE SLUGENTS: is eile cic sel eee eee seagate Ses 11, 14 
WRITER OC OU AUS . oa. Wa Pee sibs wor rem Keep e ewe ae 65 
Conservatorium of Music. ..:...0..6 sssceees fe a ee 6 
CONSUICMLION. OF ENO AIRIVOISIGY «os Ciiiccs cove ke cawegs cece 3 
Oonstitecionnl History, Courses 8 il. os eis sn ces coed weiee's 124, 213 
DOMshivu tine) LAW WOUTEOS 1S iio. ds ci ciate c sin tle owe nee ene 128, 212 
ES ORE ie Ap gee Te Eas 0 ee Se xiv, 3 
Corporations, Courses in Law of,..............-.-. eat ou hens 215 
(ETI OEE ST? Ga tig pS ory Pe RRO ge le ee ere Rene 46 
Courses for B.A., B.Arch., B.C.L., B. Se. and M. D., length of. 4,5 
Course for Diploma of ee EMA PHC ee ha 147 
Courses of Lectures :— 
ee EIEN ec vhs) dk Bia ate bide ire awsaye W'S w= wie ees 168 
EE eS ES ee at NE) EA OP oe ae ee Og ae 92 
CES goa Sai rap aie See CaN or SE On SRE Ren a er 212 
Pe CLG kG eee kaa aw Sas eT SGA, Cee wha es waceg 231 
Aneta Ps WORT OR FI Tc lyse Lira ek dead cce vee’: ou bie 215 
DD he, Sa ee eG, TVOOUITEMIONES TOR 6 eis eek ewes tees 62, 219 
D. D. S. Degree, Requirements for........ eyed AMP ree 61 
APAAUG, APOUPOS, TLOGUIPOINONES TOT, occ ied 4 asian « oe ebe as Hews 6] 
D.Sc. Degree, HOGUITOMONES® POT. iiss asc cee ue SA asta oi wees 61 
Degrees, Statutes concerning... ........ cece ec eee cece eee 59-64 
UN MUMRERORER Gai ca eer, acl WW ABER Kio Guha ge wid bone we 8 Beles 63 
Length of Courses for B.A., B.Arch., B.C. i, B.Se. and 
SES IS Siete a Saree Ae 5h eae a ne 15 
Requirements for M. D., C. M..... es Pee aa Hue wae 227 
NN MES cay Gua aie ks wily leat th), We AA Awe RWS Velde Vs Vee 6] 
Dental Department, F aculty of Medicine...... eR Pcl aie he 236 
BPEAUTIDLIVS (2COMCUY, COUTSS AR. bc vba sew ewine Jeu ceca ee cee 178 
Differential Equations Pee Sees ed ois Wine A OE IG UR ONS O38 CRG 129 
APU SOMA PIORED 45.55. Vis sos, 55 Pew givin: WWE 00 “lererulae oe Sieve 17, 147 
RUCHED Ee LSI EATON SSS bo. Scho. S EHS veh 6 bee Sow 8d eb 232 
To teach, for Graduates......... Te: AES By ee grate re Gare 275 
REIN tok reg nei) Wi saeiis eo dae A wae S SMa ce eiesh es eae 65 
DIOCLOr OF F NIGSODHY, COUPES TOL... 5685s 6 ee des ce Seana ss aus 263 
Double Courses 
Per NCR MEM a eiicisin cata ais Wie Wine t Wises Cie AW oboe sO an 91 
Se esau 4 Se a eee nak A dk «ab WOKS vie was «(es AY 88 
es ER ko eaten a acy oa Wenig elle ghre Gi A & Sik wes So eats Oe 89 
Ne RE eR aR Di LON S 62G ais a hell Cipla’, Clana 4 Wo, ente-c4ia seh aes 90 
WY TN OT CR BIN 5 cca. es Ge Vic we DRA rio cs SIKU Wieiacn oes pv ewe es 182 
PPO recta ONE OY, ois 5 Aw eels < whee as oO reve ald etna tito 70 
Dublin University, AmMHAtion tO... 6. eee ease reece riot aee 9 
ROP LEURRORS, E RMI RIO + BE 6 rbd Giaaicw lore pwer Wn als Lee nccl qacaroctviw she 185 


Early English Text Society’s Prize....... 2s Bt seth ie ene i 
eames: (GOUPBON 1254660 Sicics Uni om eats Ge eee eS 125 
Electrical Engineering. 
CHUN EEE! Fc haie es once ogni Pu Mis hee eek ese Vite cad Me akaaes 160 
PUMIGOE OL sol vik occebas & Lori eae ese eae ashes Site SeteKas 178 
Ei WOPADOTION iirc ne brea lie c 0 e's beta a 1 eaten nd ain bis Hau Meee 246 
OG CC HO OTST E DS Sh > Cialncc ww wee calices Chip ee eh eee ne 173 
RI ORAL TOE OG: ROR eS br adiluc vd. de a-hemu ne ¢ bos be EES RT WERE 58 
EK mbryology. Soe Fae OOS RR eee We oy Gg ry 145 
Engineering Building VNC Klee Wes ka Weenies aes ig eh, Pat Sapa e 238 
Engineering, Cea a is PAs pate ees Bek tee 158 
English :— 
CTebeee Fos 5658 Seca aso east ee OO Chea ei ike. oa ye Pod ee ee 
Wiicaae Rae aaa ES CROP ola icin Seu tye pri etna gece at aatanonn a weir a 91, 22 
English Composition. . aA, Tes ee eat ees 21, 101 
English Grammar for Matriculation. Scie aC reek 21 
MEUPANOOS ose sich ceee ek Fe Bd Gaol aia tein eo WBNS we baie ee aie eT 13, 49 
Pte: SECO VGA a a idsen weds Sika eee cep = eens 28 
Entrance Examination, see Matriculation. 
Equivalent Standing for Students from other Universities. 28 
Bt foe best Ka Pen c EPG Rea tat a We a sareiaieals Panay ae oe 118 
Examinations :— 
Bor Bntianed st. 2we8.) 0rd 04 SA se ees Bek es ce Ge ea 13 
Far Hiehitttions (iit Aree), 66. cocks eaicteea lk heres ae 31 
un AUOUIOE SCignCe) oie ea sie sa cies 40 
For Scholarships (in Arts): isa. ee. eye weds yee oss pe 38 
(In Applied Se Cay.:2.\cinida clue Sem ME es. da eas) a 40 
ih: Applied Selene ssc cater igaees essen ak eae emcees 15] 
TW APCS. < oak ives Sea ee RIC a ae ic ated oe ees 87 
Pe Tui Wo os ie he so ewe er OPE Rabe pin anon Mra eras bis wha aes 209 
in. Brodseines |. oc a eas + eek os Vt Te anes 230 
Of the Associated: Bont). sc ieres s oases bs ores awetes 6 
ive Ta ee OF. Sos, ise soe a aah ocean ewe Roulre Seales xlvii 
Exemptions from Matriculation Px ‘amination....... 15, 18, 20, 21 
Exemptions in Arts for Students in Professional Faculties. 88 
For Students in Theological Colleges.................... 92 
EX Te ST BIOUE.... be cis Goaan PRE Eee ee Re MONS SiccaL Fataae’ 29 
Firat: Year, Wocprance: Ti arte sa csvset oe cwrcegs ce oes 31-32 
Second.“ Wee’ Fi Bee ln 233 dad Ria eas) Oi he xs ees 34 
En Applied Sclenee, «os iwie- suse head ee ck eee wlaele ws ee Sas 40 
Winnere 61. (O0G-lOO Ri cis iaue. chcenan Sumas bel te ste wee 289 
And see Scholarships. 
Expenses of Board and Residence. Se eo eR eer 10 
Experimental Physics, Courses 1M......f.06 ci ceeces veces cee: 132, 196 
Faculties, General Statement of... .. 2.06. cececeed nevecveres 4 
Faculty of Applied Science, see Applied Science. 
Of Arts, see Arts. 
Of Law, see Law. 
Of Medicine, see Medicine. 
Of Agriculture, see Agriculture. 
Fees :— 
In. Faculty of Applied Science. i) 2.....0..05 6 bese ee sce ew sess 54 
Lh APB cies Ok ack we SA Te ee hice keer ee eS a2 
Vive: tides ClyGuCh tee GT vos cn Wiehe a ee 5 wet andi alae A as kook 57 
1h; BiG hk Vv ane irae ascaee pe eee ance kame Ses Vu caeoe Paaate 56 
Te RO STHEG 5 dieccdis nade st Taw he ane ne wiegce Debates ie 5D 
La M8 ts Ei OE EE, eNO CPAP eee aM Lee re ee aa es 68 
For Supplemental Examination. . Sah ster cee tne « Gace 53, 55, 56 
For B.A. &c., conferred in absentia SS Pe eta Mba aa aan 53, 54, 56 
For Degree of Bs Rea wei tule us yces alec oe b&w each ahaa aT 57 
For Partial See MERON OIE Fen ie VALE be saves en oR Riel eae Ra 52, 54, 56, 57 

For Summer: CAmssOe. ots Seay cca ccs Oe eee Rae swe « 52, 54 






Fees.—( Continued), 

ge EN eS TS a See gee i Ce Se ee ae cn Se ra 
PER TRUNIRED ele. vlc s WE OER ad Vepeoe velee ease 
In Royal Victoria ( Jollege for ey ATR IREN Ss 15 ores ts. ow as 
Time of Sg UR, I eee Pe! eae ea tae oo ee mee ae 
Pevows OL. the. University. oie cciccn siae pe cieis ve ieee ese cee ees 
Sree ATAIE AME AOR ICHNO 05.056 245.65 Fs Soa ae bo a eee eee 
Final Division, Matriculation Examination... ....... 
Foundation of the UniverSity..............cec ee ceee ence cece: 
Of the Faculty of Medicine......... gris oakee ate Ie tar, Bree 
pert SR! COIS TARR A Sey eae ee ae a 
SeemEIrEH at ANG oy PLY OS ee hc eis bus aa See es here's ees 
Preenanad Drawing, Courses ini. 265i <6 is cee ces een cree 
French :— 
Ra i sd tn re A Ae Sale, Sy eR Ae SS ple bg wed web Os 
ES ee et ig Se Pn eae A ee VC 
ESPUMENPIG UNONONE BER og cre ok och ae AR ee SMUEN wUa ed TER ELE es dw aes 
RO AMIE BRN is Sih yl ow <Wd nb R Ste ao bk so te tsetse ovigwe 
ent OIC he eS ey i Wiela a ere ode reste nncle eeu 
Greopranphy Zor Matriculation, 2s cick tice cee cee neee rcs sese 
CRO Y, SOMERS BIN ns ss Ste eels oe blaw eee aS Bee ee ene 
Geometry :— 
te ®t: A a a cP TT A ee OE Oe aD A ee 
NE acd a is ost Rts Wal bev 0 ln Biaced ole AGm ely nadie WED SN 
For Matriculation..... Ae ie Gite set tans Rie Ate ne races ek 
German :— 
Papememaecess rr PT 8 SORT ee mena fet ee Se aig eae 
Orr DER EPICUIAGION 3g Neb ea eee eee OS Se clear Seteis 
Governors, Board of................... PE ee Pons a enh a ae 
Se gpl a po: = Ree Oe en a a Ries afk RO OE eee 
RON SE  i o ie ee Pha ah Gee ey AS 0b ac - Sw Bin ore es 
(TEESE A 2) SL AR ORNS) 8 Spd pale int ee Sate Ol ea Sa 
Graduate Courses in Medicine BCR Me a en a alls en.” sig oleics 
Graduate School. carey > ur yee TSP AN ES ae 
Graduates’ Societies, see Societies. 
Grud uate Students... oo 6 ak oe oe JE Re San eee ge 
Graduate Studies, Committee On. .. 2. 5.02. See ccs ce een cces 
NII oe ie co sehen enka liv ee naa WibaIes «9.5 82 6 aoe Es & Vel 
Greek :— 
Eo ate URED, Lead Sono Wht RT te a ns eT EP ee ae 
For Matriculation.....:.... Be IN aan. eee ete i 
Grounds, idiaeicegisaae EOS RTS lees “ops oS SAE Ee ee? oo ee 
Gymnasia.. eR A Rn ee a 
Gymnastics, ete RRe Ae BMI ta i ss Sse a w'nniens oink 
Classes ‘for Oe ENN EE et Bn nich, ttle ks Ss inislcwe s i dees 
ee PMD Boiss | eo, sah © | A ee Seti an ial eie bx _ 
Histological Laboratories........ Li STE I nd RE ee eee 
JSC Tg AE Rss. Ie 1 eee i ae OOP oe ae ee Pakalpe suse 
Constitutional, em ote ate ee ead 
For Matriculation ... eee Se Fes 9 aa te i ea 
Of the Faculty of OT 8 RIS IE SA MRE ME ea 
Of the Umiversity.s< ics senna es aie aatd tae os keh eos 
PURIROAY Gh TAR MEW a isack MS ns Wiech gtk Odo elk lg nk oe 98 RS an Oo ie, eo 
mn fe fee On ED eo ION CS) OT oe ater oe cal Tahd’ sh den 
Honours in Applied Science...... ES le <a Pee Re es ee 
Rae RUMIMNR See Ss TB SEE en ae tate ula d's Windle Bia bik 62 
RI SAORI CEN OR ee iy a wileiilew aid Uiwiadoayess 
SRINURUMEAMROY SC lero se pg Su doh. bob Dis oop alan dS ate i MBS SSE Ie 
Hydraulics, Courses in......... POs Bee dete ey yr PRS 
MMIOTRUONY , oop a, BE on aden de seen es Ce Sane, Nee 
NEN A To RE) SUEDE 2 ie rape ae Pie any. Sere pr Ale Th eee 5 

Hygiene, Museum of.. 6k nah 0d RA ME Rae aaa 




, 182 




28 4 


» 267 


, 213 










Instruction, Officers of....... 
International Law, Courses in 
TL OS ie Fee ero eens 

Laboratories —_— 
Botanical...... nse’ 

Chemiical...... SP Me See ere 

BO. 2 ee Sa Ee 

4 ne oor 


Hydraulics a achaty aoa it 
Mechanical Engineering...... 
Metallurgical and Assaying 

Miving and Ore-Dressing 
Petromra tn tenh sc wiles ss hae sole ees eens 
PRATTIACOSOR Ts oa cee as Shae ayes 


Testing a gt tee ab eile eeale RPS Myce Se SA Nalig beheptea able ube a MS 
Thermodynamic.........- ie ab Sec KET ee 
Zoologica! hud oy eee Se eee U rdies «eh. 

Latin : 
Cour <es in Se kan 2s: Sadao Ran eee lee 

For Matriculation... .........--. is 
Law, Faculty of. odin Sc DOE eee ees 
Courses of Lectures :— 
Agency and Partnership 
Civil Procedure 

Commercial Law..........- Arts: Fe 
Constitutes Daer 6 co a5 ek eas ee eased 
CAPT ROUE o.b ik Cae eee wey 

Criminal Law....... Mee a ee 
Iniernational Law............ 

Legal History and Bibliography.. 
Marriage Covenants and Minor Contracts....... 
BE TO a RO ONE cot os ail mistate eae Gowiea 
OE 3 en ek ae 2 a 3 al 
Plending and Practice 
Real Property and Registration... 
Peas. SE i ie Ran, Sis nok 
Successions, Gifts and Substitutions. 
Lectures, Time Tables of 
i meeturors Liat Of vice i eenidasies os hd NE Ae ry et a 
Legal History and Bibliography, Courses in..... 
Li ttering, earnest Hs ts, os Sees si ae 
Library Economy, Summer Schowl in... 
Library, The University....... WE 8 oe 
beotIAtiGHA OL... 6. cess én dace we seen aye emcee 
ONE Re ree eee 7 
Lists of Students pS See og See ir See 
Literate in Arts, Certificate of Mew ed 
LL.D. Degree, Requirements ee ian haa ee 
Local Centres, Matriculation Exam. for. 

Lodgings Ue EP ae ey: St RA eco anions 
For Women...... 
Logic, Courses im. .....c.csewceress ge ee ee ee ee 

M. A. Degree : 

Cotirete TO. oe. a 3 been Be ear, Owe roe 

Requirements for ... pe . vot hike 
Macdouald Chemistry and Mining Building .. ..... 
Macdonald Engineering Building.... ...... ----++--++++: 
Macdonald Physics Building..... ee 2 


Sin ¢ 


ee .-. s 

S tO ho ho 



av, 261 




~— o 


SEES Ee A ee 

Peering (resin. GUULSES 1 355 ove 6 ware hese de ieee ee eee 

PEAOCHING OROD 5 ses aed eaiws genes PPM eM ae SF vk (aves 0.4 ren d 
PES Ett eg in 2 6 el ee ae oe 2U i 
DMacikenzie Scholmmraiip....5 vase cs cee ee eae Os alse ees BS 3d 
Ma NOOR Fe UI OSI ss ens ors hoa ee eds cee ee 59, 227 
OOO SRS goa SESE eS ne Oe a Rear 5Y, 237 
Marriage Covenants, Courses in Law of.............-.-. on 216 
Mathematics and Math. Physics, Courses in (Arts).. ....... 129 
PU OPO) annie Wiens 4 dn siaeay pene e ce eweeee ce. 184 
EERE T CLOT POS ONITIOTIOU. . oo 5 oc nce cw coie veo ke es Fe cle were 13 
en) aan OC ae ere er en ae 14 
Certificates, accepted for............ fe NRE Oe RR PE eran 15 
Pipintin Of WOLk 1 CEBCN SUUIECEE. ice. ec Bees 2] 
ADO IONS LPO, oir kie seas eviaieye eb ess Perse Ces. 15, 18, 19 
NN re Pn Dank sie eit aeaee Gaeetess A Rte Nias koiee ie 51 
Final Division....... State ees ibe ee Se Getcis nama wee s i 
For Medical Students in different Provinces.............. 226 
RII SPU IBUE nd ae oid ded apiien y vecindieipes caus 14 
PER IAG IO iad oo oo es sic ta eee POR Niahound sista. ce te aneet 13 
SOC S FE EACH PAGO oi 5 oy ss ls oe ea tee oe els ree es 16-20 
(EEL SoM ie dhs Ce). Oe On yc Oe a ee ee 31 
PS PION CIN IN6G.08 4a. 5 Siew cai o ain'g WiFi wie AG's oA we 75 
Ree ere CIE? (OL. x0. poo y6s wa eeinla sd cewek hs ee weee 1 
MeGill, Hon. James, Life of................ “5 ae ee ee ee ] 
peo Dg hae Ore Cr ESS 2G eae a ee ea ea oe ae 354 
McGill Union, The..... ble eer a ey a Ce Se a sl kaa Be wl 10, 241 
McGill University Conservatorium of Music......  .... .... 6 
McGill University College of British Columbia... ........ 28] 
EE SES, Cg IN Pe AG OEM i ee RR en Se aa ae 10, 324 
Mechanical Engineering. 
Oonrae Bi esis. SMES g TORR AE Na eee oe et ane Ae a ene 16] 
PPO UES. Sn. eae ae ge Oe Wem ene or genet 250 
ee SG el batters cw aise Sa RTs ayia skelea se ys 186 
PINRO UUM. SEs a loc aes SiS as als BA ed | sie aiee ew eet : 33 
Mochanics, Applied... .....:.0! secs. a Ee eee ee ae 185 
OE OE ge DY a 0 el nae pe ee 43 
In Applied Science........ a Se Oe ae eee aby 16 
SM aes Salk toe ed Peaks a albie @aieleee vane Aw wees 47 
Ag EST PE ne ae Ae ee Riis on sd ECO AL ane: 47 
DOr PE AVGICAE LYMAN yas < o5<ids s Oe dain as 605 SoS eae rsinw ae 70 
ENTREE tue NA 99 re Ra ee a 5, 225 
Advanced and Graduate Course.................... ren 232 
Double Courses in Arts and Medicine.............. 89 
Mental and Moral Philosophy, Courses in....... IM eke ie Re ee “117 
Care6: Pes was tee yee as EM eae esos « & 163 
ENC HO ah 5d ces A sip Se ia ahd a Se winesx sh. oa oe 250 
SONG IL ols) ss stokes ema ew eas Pr ered Ae Ww It oe § 189 
Pee Nan NCO CRESS EEE 2 Og crow tecid’s buna haa Ne Se eae S es 117 
BEBO OIO Gy COUT BCS FIN aii Oe LITRE To Oe Beals 60 ob ee See ene s 146 
rE SEAMEN E Fg 5s oc imc DN VAS, Me ace W's & aes Scie. S Coe 104 
Se TOON. MANION URND i wi o'a'n eck aie oY Wale. oie Siew oe aoe de cw iaea Ss 136, 191 
Mining Muilding, The Macdonald... 6. 65663. 2. cee eee Seen 238 
Mining Engineering. 
ATINE BN. gad cae Ae Fa oe Pesan NaS errs Tey 164 
Ram eMN EINES OR iirc chal Getic onF oo cel Wee ou emerge deo, wea ' 251 
Pee Ee a ie fas oo kid is ain ip PN Rie WHE ol nee eOGn et 192 
Mining Institute, The Canadian................ 0. scene eee. 152 
Modern Languages, Courses in........ Pe abe trae ira shit 0b aiyd 106 
RSE ARC Ue Feo Vrs > Nutra eave Siew aH eld pen aghAeN Mins «6 vw eae g 105 
EERIE ae CINE Liccitcld catia Linen ino) ews D6 wiste nae paola 118 
MGtAls. OCUIRbIONG, (TOU 0008 ok hes deeb eeess’ oes elt ple irae, 65 

Br at; APOMEOO: ELOGUIPOIIOTOS EOE 665558 Wo stelinas O65 Wi Nie cis e's es eae 60, 262 

Museum, tne Peter Redpath: .vivsar. scars le cbces buveture oapeees 240, 259 
eM TRIANS nce Aice. 0" o Shou wk whe gata wid) coielaetalnn siete Peale a 258 
WENA ASTROS S700 Df fad 3 coy: cinrdin W oda obo Ad ney CINE SS ERE 6 
NTE EI CLOUN AIDS o. 5 osc tle Backs Oe CEE) Boned DI Ele UO 6 
PRT SC ATO PO ook con oie cabot web aes & s Sveo em anomie agate 15 
Notatial Taw, CaGrees Biv. ce Sia ieukd loa dena ahns bbe 217 
Oblisitions: Courses in Law of... 2.00 onitacistesas Fe ews 213 
ODSEYVECORY "EMO, 055 6. SU WR ei er Ce ee FE eae ee or hei) Ry 2EO 
CpiiGaks. Gt  PRetrHGbIOT SUC oS Soin ie aie ele eae Wadi & XX 
CO Le oln cur dab aera obi delaras tin a eee Maa Nisan mabe © waceiaia 182, 196 
Ore Deposits Sea tle 2 a Re One aie ie aa eet amare whales 139, 183 
Oviranic Chemistry i 55k: 6G Daly ae Aaa oa wees 135, 173 
Oxford U niversity, Wiitlation tones, sors le scene 9) 
Palasonteiney. Conrees: 1.50.00. iy ete kw nn pean oes 138 
Dartaohentn ¢ CREPES cb icyeg Gs cadart ee ee 214 
Partial. Sturents,.. Dentin “OF. 4.96 <4 Give So ¥0e Poi cerns Fs 12 
Mees fae cs Bek eas FeO a RE rT on oe UO ah er 52.54. 57 
Regulations for E ee Reece See carer iaea tee 12 
Pass standara for Matriculation. ..5...00 6.04 sas eae eos oe 15 
Patternmak tig: Bae: y How s jah os Cavieeiawsies elk deer ae ee 259 
Course Of ImStIUChION Ty side ee5 cu Werdres pate wine oak wie 206 
PAPINGG GE OCR ws, o ca aia ssig 3 8 Been d ae a teeter celine wan meaty Oe 51 
Pedegory. Courses 10h 8.6.6. cide eee tae eya Ue eanaes oe eee es 146 
PORE. COUSRES Wiss 0. o.00 6 10004 wht es oe eee et oe Aoi 216 
Peter Ted path MUseua ss 5 csc cs 5 wey Gets vale Cee rs Silber 240, 259 
PetrorTranny cs soc cs sa Bh ceeds weh cones gD otek ae we Oe 138, 188 
Petrographical Laboratory SER ahaha eld Ree agin eae « ee ee 252 
Pharmacological La oratorlees Saves Lobe kas ose che eee 252 
Ph.D., Degree, Requirements for..,..... EPS ye eee 61, 263 
Philosophy, COUPSON IN...6i650 sedans can cate aw ep as gees tah 116 
Physical) CHEMISTY: :« «1. jeu die ete exe eels ole US ae ese ain a 135, 172 
Physical Training Classes. ...i. 06.0065 cscv seen tivgaeees sa cedess 69, 267 
Phy siography :- 
CSG FR Soc) ees Va AS ao oe Oe le «pie te WN et Rays 138, 184 
For Matriculation....-...... ae PN ey ote 27 
Phy siological Fa AL Ores cck occ kai Wecesuees > iano aa RC Mae 254 
Phy sics B uilding, The AIROOOHGLG «cs oo oe eax een iviant 239 
Laboratories. ..2....scee. att Mile eta SD aes ak Catal cel Bua 253 
Physics - 
Courses Pe TEE Sn niece b's ws ea ew 0e be aH els Oyo Wo pLataa 131 
s ‘* Applied Science. ............ ju d Seas kL 196 
For Matriculation «i. c5 vives 086 0k ee ENE ey bes 27 
Pleading and Ptacuice. . iiccck sc dec dce ce veivem ee ne wbista 219 
Political Science, Courses: in... cc cciseseWewe under (6 oes 125 
Peat ra Ge DONTBOR . 6 sss cas ose) wseo ens bua way Coe wetenes 260 
Preliminary Division, Matriculation Examination........... 14 
Princioal, LNG. ox divisices oo epee slice dies ee wleds cals auneh Owes Say ES 
Prison: ity ASG... oe coavese Se ee ere eee Ee A 44 
In Applied Science. .......cccc cs etewe veereedeec ee ewes neces 40, 46 
In Gymnastics o0..ccceede. sass dies ib Pee HE 5 ORR EN 70 
a er ee Pe ener eri rt root ee ee eT Fh AT 
Ri WHCRIOTEG > oe Pu ie ea ee Kora OO CUE RO rca SET EOE OND AN & 48 
Procedure, Courses in Civil. .......cceeceecens ee ye 216 
Professional Students’ Exemptions in Arts........... ...... 88-92 
Professors, List Of. . rs oo se how ced oes Serine Dee ewes e es ed dries e ve XxX 
Psy chology, CMa CRM a ak tee wale ooerea ie Pe Ciao dn eee Vie eaiep 117 
Public Health, Diploma Course fOr... 6.56. .6 ic ceeds teeeeecen 232 
Real Property Law, Courses i.........ceeeee cee pee cece eceees 217 
Register of Students.............. ee re en ee eee 291 
Registration. .......0ccreteeseseenstennceeeeeccers Sridaideenes ws 49 

gel - 
nar | - bilisi = 
Regulations :— 
SE Ee, Oe Ae One Ai rite WO a ao a ea 
re Matriculation Examination .............6-00-+5- 
re Morals and Discipline...........6..66 2606 cee 
Pat APCiAL DUONG: .ciaw sc lr kee eke ede ais ede ae ees 
Pe Heistration .. sic aies clive: Mieke it od Fit 1s abglyy 
tequirements for Exhibitions:— 
Str te FI LOR gs oe ei). oe Hiecckhinne Feo ldig leis Case ned 
i Oe, TS eet ee eR ee 
Sr OG HNIC TIGRE 0) Cad is succes a Vekies Shep nnese ine 
ON ao. bad Saeed, Won 2 eam ey ene he ae a 

Requirements for Scholarships ANTE oes a 
Rhodes Scholarship 

PSA sO OOUTROS Ti olde Medill cece es Cem aie eee 

toyal Vicioria College for Women... 

RN MIE TT UC HGUTROD Lies tics a kins.uchy tse 8 ces Oh ae Nee Oe Lesa es 

Scholarships in Arts......2..+..-- ur 
In Applied Science..... ..+...+:- 

H. M. Comsrs.’ for the Exhibition of 18 Ee aN eee 

Le a oe ee Ree ee 
Winners of (1906-1907).. 
And see Exhibitions. 
Schools Affiliated 
Second Year, Admission to..... .......+.+- 
Second Year Exhibitions. . 
Semitic Languages, Courses in........ es Vd oe LR 

Session, Duration of Cy SASS fe Lh SF Sip et Se Moa ee 

Date of Opening and Closing.........-. 
Shakspere Societys Prize..... ....--see see. 
Singing, Courses in.... 1... 

Smith EL ee aid Oy bla Fic obs 

Courses of Instruction in. 

Societies, Associations, aud Clubs, Officers of: ois. 

PR MITIBDL cued swerve ale ed gas ae Cece tialdieh iemiaarteneettee aieta Oy Mu ee 
Special CORTON, LN AY bic cece. ois iD a Rar ep ee wt algae Oo ahs 
Stanstead Wesleyan Collepe....2.......---. 006. Parise etic 

ER fg eas kat gta Mele MP OT ER BRE YE We ean alee Came 
Strathcona Hall DES SS pe Se OL Ben ape Ny Reger ons sey ae ea eke 

Structural Enginer ring. 
Students, Classitication of. 

Conditioned, WVefinition EE it SOE IG Rea eo oe 
CRATE Sy hes eel eee eee Ree rone 
De ee ee wicking ck 4 Yacevanetaeate> aWieratbaranenvy a ae ae 

Number in Attendance 
Of other Universities admitted. 

RN eal CL ice laa CERT KSA SN HAN POE ere 

Wii Gr O POO GSLOS «.<cre cer eisai rhe s isos 

Subjects Sh TN Oh LSTA TS den ook hon tiny SAY sleet ree ote Kc 

Successions. Courses in the Law of.... 

PETA EAU RRS TUN ESONOURED cies) inex avon ovarian eels Wak a oo egret ale wy el anor wen ef 

GAA UEO? soy picnics 64 Eee a hala aces 

Fei PODER cele daw eee reel tiin eelcete Trew aleleae vd ee els 
Fis. PLU aay BuO ROTO os ccatacrtesiy soca eres aiecewiners Bald nag 

In Mining and Metallurgy........6...-. cere eee 
In Surveying..... 
Summer Work in Applie d- Science. cans i: Ar ee 

Supplemental Examinations in Arts..... Seif ny SEA 
In rae EARS hoo a) Sakasi ried SiR Nn Are Cab fe ara Oe 8 

Testing Laboratories..............+--- Wehislibidls Pin eee al «5 
Text Books for Matriculatiou.......... BIS) i ete ats theres 
Theological Colleges, POT AON Ase <.p ethic see ia ae 

Exemptions in Arts tor Students of..........-.-- 

Sis a eel ea eee |. SoG 8 

eee aoe 4 6s & & Bl0-0 16 

a: om ee LD 






129. ?12 
239, 2d 

29, 29 

6, 265 


4 c 


Theory Of SOPUCEUNES «o.oo. cos ee eee epee nls Ea ee ier og 174 

Thermodynamics, Courses if......... 2... ec cee serene eee ees 187 
PMOL GOL 6 5 coos Sesin 8 oikh, igo ee ie how an ate Sas eR Rene NN eae 256 
Third Year Scholarships..........-. } POLAR. Neca 38 
Time Tables of Examinations.......,.... Rar Nie SNe ANS A Sh Ye xlvil 
Time Tables OF LGctMPes : 6 aici: a Re en Sa OW the Own ots xxXix 
Transportation—Outline of Course......... sees secre reece 166 
SOOO OE. Sadek Sos Sep opn aaa ohne am SND SOMO Wal dale meted 202 
Trigonometry :— 
COSTER (ict dade dene asba ees Soe WES ae UN oe Mee 
Por Matrigvinbions:.4.6 sii a ees Pipl aah ara.c Bete es 26 

Undergraduates, Definition of... 

RT, Bist Es ig AG. Tall oeeew rate Re Aece Buh wl Face See eat og ata nme ly ada oe 291 
Union; The McGill. ii..5.:: MEN OM eet RRC ba ee rene 10, 241 
University Athletic Association............-..6::. sere ee 69 
University Buildings... .. 2... cece cme eee eee eek eee a ees 238 
University College of British Columbia ..............++-++++- ; 28] 
University Library, TRG. 6.) 6s cece. ib tie ce tenn ge <i tae 12, 235 
Vaneon ver College 2002) 4A A ee ee ena ope es 7, 319 
Victoria Colleme, B.C) uo 235 aa Ue teres aie ns eae 7, 320 
Victoria College for Women, The Royal. .... ......---++++. 239, 265 
Women, Courses open to, in Arts.... .....--. pesca Cae 26 

Gymnastic Classes for...........-s.s00e eee sone seers 10, 267 

Masidence. SFC 5. filial spines shines © wie ae, eee obey tela ag eles 267 

The Royal Victoria College for...... PE Oe arr igs: 265 
WOrKaNODpe. ioceick choose ata See ormas aekts Foal sass ies 259 

Courses of Instrimetion. In... 2... re eee ee ne dees 205 
Y.M.C.A. of McGill University ........ 265 -eeeen ceeee 10, 242 
Zoological Laboratories............+++++: ie Manado aw wheels ies 257 
Zoology, Courses in (Arts).........cee sree cers e este e eee e eee 144 


Gouerning Body of the Gniversity. 





ROYAL, G.C.M,G., LL.D. (Hon. Cantab.), President and Chan- 
cellor of the University. 

WILLIAM PETERSON, M.A., LL.D., C.M.G., Principal and Vice- 






CHARLES J. FLEET,. Esa., B.A. Beto KC; 






WILLIAM PETERSON, M.A., LL.D., C.M.G., Vice-Chancellor. 

(The Principal has, under the Statutes, the general superintendence 
of all affairs of the College and University, under such regulations as 
may be in force.) 


CHAS. E. MOYSE, LL.D., Vice-Principal and Dean of the Faculty 
of Arts. 

HENRY T. BOVEY, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E., Dean 
of the Faculty of Applied Science. 

F. P. WALTON, B.A., LL.B., LL.D., Dean of the Faculty of Law. 

THOMAS G. RODDICK, MD.. Loh. Dean of the Faculty of 

JAMES ROBERTSON, LL.D., C.M.G., Principal of Macdonald 

GEORGE H. LOCKE, M.A... Head of the Teachers’ Training 
Department of Macdonald College. 

WELLINGTON DIXON, B.A., Rector of the High School of 



To retire ist September, 1908. 

REV. TOHN SCRIMGER, M.A., D.D., Representative Fellow Pres- 
bvterian College, Montreal, Principal of the College. 

J. WALLACE W ALI KER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.C., Elective Fellow, 
Faculty of Arts. 

T. WESLEY MILLS, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C., Representative Fellow 
11 Medicine 

G@ H. McLEOD, MakE., F.R.S.C., Representative Fellow in Applied 

REV. C.*R. FLANDERS, B.A., D.D., Representative Fellow, Stan- 
stead Wesleyan College, Stanstead, Que., Principal of the College. 

G CUNNINGHAM W RIGHT, B.C.L. Representative Fellow in Law. 

Lopes ALD McGOUN, M.A., BCL. K.C., Elective Fellow, Faculty 
O aw 

F? J. SHEPHERD, M.D., LL.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Medicine. 

R. J. DURLEY, Bb.Sc., Ma.E., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Applied 

H. M. TORY, M.A., D.Sc., Governors’ Fellow. : 

J» Li. SCAMMELL, M.D, St. John, N.B., non-resident Representative 
Fellow (Maritime Provinces and New foundiand. ) 

KB B. C HANINGION, M.D., non-resident Representative Fellow 
(British Columbia, Manitoba and North-West Territories). 
ROBERT W. ELLS, M.A., LL.D., Ottawa, non-resident Representa- 

tive Fellow (Ontario). 
WOLFRED NELSON, M.D., C.M., F.R.G.S., New York, non- 
resident Representative Fellow (United States). 

To retire 1st September, I909. 

JOHN REDPATH DOUGALL, M.A., Representative Fellow in Arts. 

REV. JAMES BARCLAY, M.A., D.D., LL.D., Governors’ Fellow. 

JOHN COX, M.A., LL.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts. 
WALTER, M.A.., Ph.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts. 

Biv wt SHAW. DCL, LLD, DD. Repeesmmiss telew 
Montreal Wesleyan Theologic al College, living l of me College 

FRANK:D. ADAMS, D.Sc., Ph.D., Representative Fellow 1 Applied 
. J. McGUIGAN, M.D., LL.B., SE cht cepeh Fell Ow, McGill Uni- 
versity College of British Columbia, Vancouver, I Bx, 

J..G. AD: AMI, M.A., M.D., .LL.D., Governors’ Fellow. 

FRANCIS * MeL ENNAN, B.A., B.C.L., Governors’ Fellow. 

E.:B. PAUL, M.A., Representative Fellow, Victoria College, B.C. 

To retire Ist September, I9to. 

BERNARD J. HARRINGTON, M.A., LL.D., Governors’ Fellow. 

H. J. SILVER, B.A., Representative Fellow in Arts. 

RF. RUT’ rAN, B.A., M.D., F.R.S.C., Elective Fellow, Faculty of 
" Medicine. 

C.*H. GOULD, B.A., Governors’ Fellow. 

JAMES HARKNESS, M.A., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts. 

REV. E. M. HILL, D.D., Representative Fellow, Congregational Col- 

lege of Canada, Principal of the College. 


W. GRANT STEWART, B.A., M.D., Representative Fellow in 

REV. E: I. REXFORD, M.A., LL.D., Representative Fellow, Montreal 
Diocesan Theological College, Principal of the College. 

gap te E. NOBBS, M.A., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Applied 

VICTOR E. MITCHELL, B.C.L., Representative Fellow in Law. 

(The Governors, Principal and Fellows constitute, under the Char- 
ter, the Corporation of the University, which has the power, under 
the Statutes, to frame regulations touching the Course of Study, 
Matriculation, Graduation and other educational matters, and to 
grant degrees). 


WALTER VAUGHAN, Orricte, East Winc, McGrti Co. tece. 


J. A. Nicuotson, M.A., Orrice, East Wine, McGitt Cottece. 

Office Hours:—o to 5. 


J. W. Scane, M.D., Mepicat Burtpinc, McGitt Unversity. 


CHARLES H., B.A., 204 Peel Street. 


J. Stuart Horner, Esq., care of Messrs. John Birch & Co., Ltd., 2 
London Wall Buildings, London, E.C. 


(Regular Meetings on the first Wednesday of December and March 
at &.15 p.m.) 


The Principal, the Deans of the several Faculties, the Professors 
and Associate Professors, and other members, not exceeding ten in 
number, of the teaching staff of the University, have been consti- 
tuted, under the statutes, the Academic Board of the University, 
with the duty of considering such matters as pertain to the interests 
of the University as a whole and making recomimendations concerning 
the same. 




(Meeting on the second Thursday of each month at 4 p.m.) 

Sir Wm. C. MACDONALD CG. J. Fieger, Bso. 
E. B. GREENSHIELDs, Esq. R. B. Ancus, EsQ. 


(Meeting on the Monday before each Regular Meeting of Corporation, 
at 4.30 p.m.) 


Greorce Hacue, Esq. J. R. DovuGati, Esa. 
C. J. Fueet, Eso. Dr. D. P. PENHALLOW. 
Dr. B. J. HARRINGTON. Dr. Ernest W. MaAcBriDe. 

(Meeting on the Monday before each Regular Mecting of Corporation, 
at 5 p.m.) 

Members ex-Officio. 

Dr. W. Pererson (Principal), Chairman. 
Mer. C. H. Goutp (Librarian), Secretary. 

To retire in 1908. 

Dr. D. P. PENHALLOW (Representing Arts). 
Dr. J. B. Porter (Representing Applied Science). 
Dr. Wa. GarvNner (Representing Corporation). 

To retire in I909. 

Dr. C. W. Corzy (Representing Arts). 
Dr. F. G. Fintey (Representing Medicine). 
Dr. H. Watter (Representing Corporation). 

To retire im IQIO. 
C. J. Fieet, Esq., B.A., B.C.L. (Representing the Gov ernors). 
ROPERT Rerorp, Esq., (Representing the Governors) 
Dr. F. P. Warton (Representing Law). 
Dr. B. J. Harrrncton (Representing Corporation). 
Dr. F. D. Apams (Representing Corporation). 
J. R. Doucatt, Esq., M.A. (Representative Fellow). 


Mommittees.— Continued. 


(Meeting on the Thursday before each Regular Meeting of 
Corporation, at 5 p.m.) 

Dr. Ropert CRAIK, Pror. JoHn Cox. 


(Meeting on the third Monday of each month at 4.30 p.m.) 
Dr. H. T. Bovey. Pror. C. H. McLeop. 


(Meeting on the third Monday of each month at 4 p.m.) 
Dr. H. T. Bovey. Dr. B. J. HARRINGTON. 
Dr. J. B. Porter. 


(Meeting on the third Monday of each month at 5.15 p.m.) 

Dr. H. M. Tory. Pror. C. H. McLeop (Sec. of Com.) 
Dr. F. P. WALTON, Dr. R. F. RUTTAN, 

Dr. F. W. HARVEY, 

And Representatives of the Graduates and of the University 
Athletic Clubs. 


PRINCIPAL PETERSON, Chairman. C. J. Fieet, Esq. 
Sir THomas G, SHAUGHNESSY. k. B. Ancus, Esq. 
C..M. Hays, Esq. Dr. H. T. Bovey. 
EF. B. GrEENSHIELDS, Esq. Pror. C. Morcan. 


. R. F. Ruttan. Dr. T. A. STARKEY. 


» J. Best. Dr. T. WESLEY MILLS. 
_ F. G. FINey. Dr. J. G. ADAmrI. 




ProFessor FF, D. ApAms, Chairman. 

ProFessor B. J. HARRINGTON. Proressor H. M. Tory. 

ProFressor C, W. Cosy. Proressor A. E. TAYLor. 


Dr. C. F. Moyse, Chairman. Dr. T. G. Roppicx. 
Dr. H. T. Bovey. Hon. Mr. Justice ARCHIBALD. 


ces Dr. C. E. Moyses, Chairman. 
Dr. H. T. Bovey. Dr. F. D. Apdams. 
Dr. F. (P. WALTON. Dr. E. W. MacBripe. 
Dr. T. G. Roppicx. . Dr. H. M. Tory. 
Pror. C. H. McLeop. Dr. R. F. Ruttan. 
Dr. JoHN Cox. Miss EtHet Hurrpatt, M.A. 



E. B. GrEENSHIELDS, Esq., B.A. Dr. JoHn Cox. 
Dr. C. E. Moyse. Dr. C. A. E. Harriss. 



E. B. GrEENSHIELDS, Esq., B.A. Pror. C. H. McLeop. 

Atex. FALconeErR, B.A.; B.C.L., K.C. Pror, P. E. Nogps. 


(So far as constituted, ) 

Str WiLttAmM C. MACDONALD. Pror. F. C. Harrison. 

Pror. Georce H. Locke. 



Rev. Dr. W. I. SHAw. Dr. J. W. RospertTsoN. 
Dr. W. L. SHURTLEFF. Pror. G. H. Locke. 
Dr. G. W. PARMELEE. Rev, Dr. E. I. RExForp, 


Officers of Mustrnciion. 


W. Peterson, M.A. (Edin. and Oxon.), LL.D. (St. Andrews), C.M.G. 
Principal and Professor of Classics. 447 Sherbrooke Street, West. 
CuHartes E. Moyse, LL.D. 
Vice-Principal and Dean of the Faculty of Arts, and Mol- 
son Professor of English Language and Literature. 
324 Sherbrooke Street, West. 
Bernwarp J. Harrincton, M.A., Ph.D. (Yale), LL.D., FAGGS: PRS. 
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, Lec- 
turer in Assaying, and Director of Chemistry and Mining 

Building. repeal ea 295 University Street. 
1). P. Pensattow, D.Sc., F.R.S.C. 
Macdonald Professor of Botany. Che Marlborough, 210 Milton St. 

Joun Cox, M.A, (Cantab.), LL.D, (Queen’s), F.R.5.C., late Fellow 
Trin. Coll., Cambridge. 
Macdonald Professor of Physics and Director of 
Physics Building. 241 University Street. 
Frank D. ApAms, Ph.D. (Heidelberg), D.5c., F.G.S.A., F.R.S. 
Logan Professor of Geology and Paleontology. 243 Mountain St. 
C. W. Corsy, M.A. and Ph.D. (Harvard). 
Kingsford Professor of History. 560 Pine Avenue. 
ernest W. MacBrive, M.A. (Cantab.), D.Sc. (Lond.), F.R.S., late 
Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

Strathcona Professor of Zoology. 28 Durocher Street. 

J. Watiace Watxer, M.A. (St. Andrews), Ph.D. (Leipsic), F.R.S.C. 

Macdonald Professor of Chemistry. 15 Lorne Avenue, 

A. W. Fiux, M.A. (Cantab.), late Fellow of St. John’s College, Cam- 

William Dow Professor of Political Economy. 170 Crescent Street. 
Hermann Watter, M.A. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Munich). 

Professor of Modern Languages. 150 St. Famille Street. 
JAMEs Harkness, M.A. (Cantab.). 

Peter Redpath Professor of Pure Mathematics. 

118 Durocher Street. 

Witt1AM CALDWELL, M.A., D.Sc. (Edin.), formerly Shaw Fellow of 

the University of Edinburgh. 

Macdonald Professor of Moral Philosophy. Qo Victoria Street. 
Atrrep Enwarp Taytor, M.A. (Oxon.), Fellow of Merton College, 
Frothingham Professor of Philosophy 143 Hutchison Street. 
Water Scott, M.A. (Oxon.), late Fellow of Merton College, Oxford. 
Hiram Mills Professor of Classics. 118 Durocher Street. 

Pau. ‘It. LaFteur, M.A. 
Professor of Comparative Literature and Associate 
Professar of English. 58 University Street. 
Towarp T. BarNEs, D.Sc., F.R.S.C. 
' Macdonald Professor of Physics. 327 Pine Avenue. 

A. Jupson Eaton, A.M. (Leipsic), Ph.D. 

, Associate Professor of Classics. McGill College. 
mm Ma. Lory; MiA.,- Dde. i 
Associate Professor of Mathematics. 
Leicgnh R. Grecor, B.A., Ph.D. (Heidelberg). 

Associate Professor of Modern Languages 
Geo: H. Locxr, M.A. 

Head of the Teachers’ Training Departiment. Macdonald College 
ETHEL Hurvpatt, M.A., T.C.D. (Somerville College, Oxford) ‘ 
Warden of the Royal Victoria College and Resident futor. 

in. History. Royal Victoria College. 

66 Hutchison Street. 
139 Bayle Street. 


(The above Professors and Associate Professors constitute the 

Faculty of Arts.) 
Nevit Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. 
. Associate Professor of Chemtstry. 157 St. Famille Street. 
ves) OLACK, M.A: (Oxon). 
Assistant Professor of Classics, and Lecturer on Com- 
parative Philology. : ae . McGill College. 
S. B. Leacock, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Chicago). 
Associate Professor of Political Science and History. 
(On leave of absence for the Session 1907-1908. ) 
Murray MaAcnelILL, M.A. (Harvard). 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
Carrie M. Derick, M.A. 
Assistant Professor of Botany. 46 Catheart Street. 
J. W. A. Hicxson, M. A., Ph.D. (Halle). 
Assistant Professor of Psychology and Lecture~ in Philosophy. 

| he 272 Mountain Street. 
A. S. Eve, M.A. (Cantab.). 

81 Durocher Street. 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 167 Hutchison Street. 
J. L. Morin, M.a. 

Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. 95 Durocher Street. 
A. DoucLtas McINntTuosH, AM. (Cornell), .5e. 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry. McGill College. 

Assistant Professor of Classics, 33 Concord Street. 
FE. ‘lL. LAMBERT, B.A. (Lond.). 

Lecturer in Modern Languages. 456 Mountain Ave., Westmount. 
J. Starrorp, B.A. (loronto), M.A., Ph.D. (Leipsic). 

Lecturer in Zoology. McGill College. 

Vice-Warden of the Royal Victoria College, Lecturer 
and Resident Tutor in English. Royal Victoria College. 
Marie-Louise Mitwau, Lic. Univ. France. 
Assistant Professor and Resident Tutor in French 

and German. Royal Victoria College. 

(Diplomée of the Royal Academy of Music, Buda-Pesth). 
Lecturer and Resident Instructor in Music. 
Royal Victoria College. 
CHARLES Friern Fryer, M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard). 
Lecturer in History. The Marlborough, 210 Milton Street. 


M.A. (Kings, N.S.). 
Lecturer in Semitic Languages and Oriental Literature. 
McGill College. 

H. L. Bronson, Ph.D. (Yale). 

Lecturer in Physics. 844 Sherbrooke Street. 
M. CoLonNIER. 

Lecturer in Commercial French. 
T. Ripter Davies, B.A. (Cantab.). 

Lecturer in Mathematics. 69 University Street. 
a. 42. GELEINGS,. M.A. ; 
Sessional Lecturer and Tutor in Classics. McGill College. 

J. C. Hemmeon, Ph.D. (Harvard). 
Sessional ‘Lecturer in Economics and Political Science. 

McGill College. 


Joun A. Dresser, M.A. 

Sessional. Lecturer in Geology. McGill College. 
R. W. Boyvte, M.Sc. 

Senior Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College. 
J. Austen Bancrort, M.A. 

Demonstrator in Geology. McGill College. 
R. B. Stewart, M.A. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College. 
R. S. Boruner, B.Sc. (Dalhousie), M.A. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry, McGill College. 
J. W. Ince, M.A. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College. 
G. W. SuHearer, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College. 
J. C. Srmpson, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Zoology. McGill College. 
Artuur F. Ropertson, M.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College. 
RicHarp P. D. Grauam, B.A. (Oxon.). 

Demonstrator in Mineralogy. McGill College. 
F. H. Day, B.Sc. (Boston). 

Demonstrator in Physics, McGill College. 

EvizasetH A. Hammonp Irwin, M.A. 
Tutor in Classics. (Royal Victoria College). 
164 Villeneuve Street. 
May Inter, B.A. : 
Tutor in French. (Royal Victoria College). 
299 University Street. 
Rosesup F.. MicHaets, B.A. 
Tutor in English. (Royal Victoria College). 
Royal Victoria College. 
ANNrgE L. MacLeop, M.»c. 

Lecture-Assistant in Chemistry. McGill College. 
Instructor in Elocution. Fraser Institute, 811 Dorchester St. 

F. W. Harvey, B.A., M.D. 
Medical Director of Physical Training. 58 Crescent Street. 


Instructor in Gymnastics. 151 Mansfield Street. 
Instructor in Gymnastics, Royal Victoria College. 
Royal Victoria College. 

With the foregoing are associated: 

EF. P. Watton, B.A. (Oxon.), LL.B. (Edin.). LL.D. (Aberdeen). 

Gale Professor of Roman Law and Lecturer on Constitutional 
Law. 552 Pine Avenue. 
C. H. McLeop, Ma.E., F.R.S.C. 
Superintendent of Meteorological Observatory. McGill College. 


Henry T. Bovey, M.A. (Cantab.), LL.D:, D.C.L. (Bishop’s), M. Inst. 
C.E.. F.R.S., Honorary Fellow Queens College, Cambridge. 
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, and William Scott 
Professor of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. 
Sunnandene, Ontario Avenue. 
BERNARD J. Harrincton, M.A., LL.D.. Pi:bD...C¥ate), F.G.S.,.F:R.S.G. 
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, Lecturer 
in Assaying, and Director of Chemistry and Mining Building. 
295 University Street. 
C. H. McLeop, Ma.E., F.R.S.C. 
Professor of Surveying and Geodesy, and Lecturer on De- 
scriptive Geometry, Supt. of Meteorological Observatory. 
Observatory, McGill College. 
Joun Cox, M.A. (Cantab.), LL.D. (Queen’s), F.R.S.C., late Fellow 
Trin. Coll., Cambridge. 
Macdonald Professor of Physics and Director of Physics 
Building. 241 University Street. 
Frank D. ApaMs, Ph.D. (Heidelberg), D.Sc., F.G.S.A., F.R.S. 
Logan Professor of Geology and Paleontology. 
, 243 Mountain Street. 
J. BonsALL PorTER, E.M.. Ph.D. (Columbia), D.Sc., hon., (Univ. Cape 
of Good Hope), M. Inst. C.E., VG.SA. 

Macdonald Professor of Mining Engineering. 392 Pine Avenue. 
J; Wattace Wacker, M.A. (St. Andrews), Ph.D. (Leipsic), F.R.S.C. 

Macdonald Professor of Chemistry. 15 Lorne Avenue. 
R. B. Owens, M.A,, E.E. (Columbia), DS¢, BEB 

Macdonald Professor of Electrical Engineering. 210 Milton St. 

Rt J. DuRLey, B.Sc. (London), Ma.E., M. Inst. CE, M. Am. Soc. M.E. 
Thomas Workman Professor of Mechanical Engineering 

and Lecturer on Thermodynamics. 131 Stanley Street. 


Professor of Metallurgy. 214 Park Avenue. 
Percy E. Nosss, M.A. (Edin.), A.R.I.B.A. 

Macdonald Professor of Architecture. 10 Phillips Place. 
CLARENCE Morcan, B.A. (Harvard). 

Professor of Transportation. 670 Sherbrooke Street, West. 
Howasp T. Barnes, D.Sc., E.RS.G. 

Macdonald Professor of Physics. 152 St. Famille Street. 

(Lhe above Professors constitute the Faculty of Applied Science.) 



Assistant Professor of Freehand Drawing and Descriptive 

Geometry “ Drayton House,” Westmount Ave. 
Nevit Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. 
Associate Professor of Chemistry. 157 St. Famille Street. 

Louis A. HErpt, Ma.E., E.E, (Elec. Inst. Montefiore, Belgium), 

Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 13 St. Louis Square. 
Murray MAcnerii, M.A, (Harvard). 
A i Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 81 Durocher Street. 
oy H. M. Mackay, B.A., B.A:Sc. 
> Associate Professor of Civil Enginecring. McGill College. 

E. Brown, M.Se., M. Eng. 
Assistant Professor of Applied Mechanics. 
152 St. Famille Street. 
JoHn W. Bett, M.Sc. 

Assistant Professor in Mining. McGill College. 
A. S. Eve, M.A. (€Cantab.). 
F Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 167 Hutchison Street. 

W. Muir Epwarps, M.Sc. 
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering and Lecturer 
in Mathematics o7 Park Avenue. 
JosEpH W. Haywarp, M.Sc., A.M. I. Mech.E.. F.R.GS. 

Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
rj 579 St. Joseph Street, Lachine. 

A. Douctas McIntosu, A.M. (Cornell), D.Sc. 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry. McGill College. 
H. ©. Keay, B:Se. 

Assistant Professor of Mechanical Enginecring. McGill College. 
JoHN Buizarp, B.Sc. 

Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering. McGill College. 

Lecturer on Freight Service. 

Lecturer in Architecture. 
Ceci, E. Burcess, A.R.I.B.A. 

Special Assistant in Building Construction and Arclu- 

tectural Drawing. McGill College. 

Essa. 2. MATTICE; BA Ses M. Can: Soc; C.E. : 
Special Lecturer on Structural Design. 
i 4275 Western Ave., Westmount. 
Marce, Beurwac, B.Sc. 

Special Lecturer on Structural Engineering. 35 Mayor Street. 

Lecturer and Demonstrator in Civil Engineering. McGill College. 
}. PO Ancus. BSe. CAtch.. Eng:). 
Lecturer on Sanitation, Hygiene and Specifications. 
Joun B. Harvey, -B.Sc. 
Lecturer in Descriptive Geometry, Surveying and 
Geodesy. McGill College. 

Lecturer in Electrical Engineering. 
T. Rrorer Davies. B.A. (Cantab.). 
i | Lecturer in Mathematics. 69 University Street. 

McGill College. 



Hi. L. Bronson, Ph.D. (Yale). 
Lecturer in Physics. 
JoHN A. Dresser, M.A. 
Sessional Lecturer in Geology. 
G. E. Piper, A.R.C.S. 
Senior Demonstrator in Civil Engineering. 
R. W. BoyLe, i.oc. 
Senior Demonstrator in Physics. 
Demonstrator in Geology. 

Demonstrator in Mechanical Engineering, 
G. W. SHEARER, B.dc. 
Demonstrator in bhysics. 

Demonstrator in Architecture. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. 
R. S. Boruner, B.Sc. (Dalhousie), M.A. 
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 
J. W. Ince, M.A. 
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 
RicuHarp P. D. Grawam, B.A. 
Demonstrator in Mineralogy. 
G. H. Brunner, M.Sc. 
Demonstrator in Civil Engineering. 
ArTHUR F. Rogpertson, M.Sc. 
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 

Demonstrator in Metallurgy. 

Demonstrator in Mechanical Engineering. 
N. F. Peprey, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Civil Engineering. 
G. Ertc McCuarie, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Surveying and Geodesy. 
F. H. Day, B.Sc. (Boston). 

Demonstrator in Physics. 
Epcar STANSFIELD, M.Sc. (Victoria). 





Special Research Assistant in Mining. Engineering. 

E. O. Tempte Prers, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Surveying and Geodesy. 
Henry Fox Strancways, B.Sc. 

Dawson Fellow in Mining, 

With the foregoing are associated. 

Lecturer in English Language and Literature 

Tutor in English. 

Tutor in English. 
Tutor in English. 




S44 Sherbrooke Street. 








68 St. Famille Street. 



(Macdonald Foundation. ) 

F, P. Watton, B.A. (Oxon.), LL.B. (Edin.)., LL.D. (Aberdeen). 
Dean of the Faculty of Law and Gale Professor of 
Roman Law. 552 Pine Avenue 
ARCHIBALD McGoun, M.A., B.C:L., K.C. 
Professor of Civil Law. 
Dunavon, Westmount, and 157 St. James Street. 
W. pE M. Marter, B.A., D.C.L. 
Professor of Civil Law. 288. Peel Street. 
Hon. Cuarrtes J. Donerty, D.C.L. 
Professor of Civil Law. 282 Stanley Street. 
EuGeNe LAFLEuR, B.A., D.C.L., K.C. 
Professor of International Law. 314 Peel Street. 
Hon, CHartes PEErs Davinson, M.A., D.C.L. 
Professor of Criminal Law. Place Viger Hotei. 
KG, mire, B.C. KC. 
Professor of Commercial Law. 185 St. James Street. 
AImME GEorFrIon, B.C.L. 
Professor of Civil Law. 50 Durocher Street. 

(The above Professors constitute the Faculty of Law.) 


Gorpon W. McDovucatt, B.A., B.C.L., K.C. 

Lecturer in Civil Procedure. New York Life Building. 
E. FAspre Surveyver, B.A. (Laval), B.C.L. 

Lecturer in Pleading and Practice. 161 St. Famille Street. 


THomas G. Roppicx, M.D., LL.D. (Edin.). 
Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and Professor of Surgery. 
80 Union Avenue. 
WititiAm GARDNER, M.D. 
Professor of Gynecolog y 899 Sherbrooke Street. 
Francis J. SHEPHERD, M.D., LL.D. (Edin. and Harvard), 
PRC SE Chon, ). 
Professor of Anatomy. 152 Mansfield Street. 
Georce WILkins, M.D. 
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and of Histology. 

898 Dorchester Street. 
D...P. Pennartiow.,. D.Sc.;. F.R.S:C.,. F.R.M.S. 
Professor of Botany. “The Marlborough,” 210 Milton St. 
T.. ¥ekStey. Mirus, M.A, M.D, F.R.S.C. 
Joseph Morley Drake Professor of Physiology. McGill College. 
J. CHAtmMErs Cameron, M.D 
Professor of Midwifery and Diseases of Infants. 
| 605 Dorchester Street, West. 
ALEX. D. BLacKaper, B.A., M.D. 
Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, and of 
Diseases of Children. 236 Mountain Street, 


~ a 


R. F. Rutran, B.A. (Toronto), M.D., F.R.S. ‘Can. 
Professor of Chemistry. McGill College. 
JAMeEs Bett, M.D. 
Professor of Clinical Surgery. 873 Dorchester Street. 
J. Georce ApaAmtr, M.A., M.D. (Cantab. and McGill), LL.D. (Univ. 
N.B.), F.R.S., FR.SS. (Edin. and Can.), late Fellow of Jesus 
College, Cambridge. 
Strathcona Professor of Pathology and Director of Patho- 

logical Museum. 331 ‘Peel Street. 
H. S. Brrxerr, M.D. 
Professor of Oto-Laryngology. 252 Mountain Street. 

F. G. Fintey, M.B. (London), M.D. 
Professor of Medicine and of Clinical Medicine. 
1013 Dorchester Street. 
H. A. Larieur, B.A., M.D. 
Professor of Medicine and of Clinical Medicine. 
58 University Street. 
Grorce FE. Armstronc, M.D. 
Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery. 320 Mountain Street. 
Ernest W. MacBrive, M.A. (Cantab.), D.Sc. ,(Lond.), iate Fellow 
of St. John’s College, Cambridge. 
Strathcona Professor of Zoology. 28 Durocher Street. 
T. A. Strarxty, M.B. (Lond.), D.P.H. (Lond.), M.R.C.S.-(Eng.), 
Fell. Royal San. Inst. 

Professor of Hygtene. 178 Mansfield Street. 
J. W. Strrtine, M.B. 
Professor of Ophthalmology. 128 Stanley Street. 

CR... Matin, B.A. M.D. 
Professor of Medicine and of Clinical Medicine. 
33 Durocher Street. 

(The above Professors constitute the Faculty of Medicine. ) 

T. J. W. Burcess, M.D., F.R.S.C., Medical Superintendent, Protestant 
Hospital for Insane. 
Professor of Mental Diseases. Drawer 2381, Montreal. 
Joun M. Exper, B.A., M.D. 
Assistant Professor of Surgery and Lecturer in Clinical 

Surgery. 4201 Sherbrooke Street, Westmount. 
J. G. McCartuy, M.D. 
Assistant Professor of Anatomy. 61 Drummond Street. 
W. S. Morrow, M.D. 
Assistant Professor of Phystology. 82 Union Avenue. 

A. G. Nicwotts, M.A., M.D. 

Assisiant Professor of Pathology and Lecturer in Clinical 

Medicine 35 Bishop Street. 
J. J. Garpner, M.D. 
Lecturer in Ophthalmology. 128 Stanley Street. 
J. A. Sprrncie, M.D. 
._.Lecturer in Anatomy. 5 Rosemount Ave., Westmount. 

F. A. L. Locxuart, M.B. (Edin.). 
Lecturer in Gynecology. 38 Bishop Street. 


A. E. Garrow, M.D. 
Lecturer in Surgery and Clinical Surgery. 

: 289 Mountain Street. 
W. F. Hamitton, M.D. 

_ Lecturer _in Clinical Medicine. 287 Mountain Street. 
G. Gorpon CAmpBELL, B.Sc., M.D. 
Lecturer in Clinical Medicine, Diseases of Infants and 
_Children, and Dermatology. 117 Metcalfe Street. 
D. J. Evans, M.D. 
Lecturer in Obstetrics and Diseases of Children. 
939 Dorchester Street. 
J Avex. Hutcuison, M.D. 

Lecturer in Clinical Surgery. 70 Mackay Street. 
W. W.-Cuipman, B.A., M.D. (Edin.), F.R.C.S. (Edin.). 
Lecturer in Gynaecology. 285 Mountain Street. 
S. Riptey MAcCKENziE£, M.D. 
Lecturer in Clinical Medicine. 219 Peel Street. 
JoHN McCrag, M.B. (Toronto). M.R.C.P. (Lond.). 
Leciurer in Pathology. 190 Peel Street. 
D. A. Surrres, M.D. (Aberdeen). 
Lecturer in Neuro-Pathology. 919 Dorchester Street. 
D, D. McTaceart, M.D. 
Lecturer. in Medico-Legal-Pathology and Demonstrator of 
Pathotogy. 705 Sherbrooke Street. 
iW. Scang.. M.D. 
Lecturer in Pharmacology and Therapeutics. McGill College. 
A. A. Ropertson, B.A., M.D. 
Lecturer in Physiology. 136 Mansfield Street. 
\W. G. M. Byers, M.D. 
Lecturer in Ophthalmology. 346 Mountain Street. 
I. R. Roesuck, B.A., Ph.D. 
Lecturer in Chemistry. 995 St. Urbain Street 
A. ARTHMAN Bruere, M.D. (Edin.). 
Lecturer in Clinical Medicine. 
713 Mance Street, Montreal Annex. 
\W. M. Fisx, M.D. 
Lecturer in Histology and Demcnsirator in Diseases of 

Children. 53 Prince Arthur Street. 
Oskar Kuotz, M.B. (Toronto), M.D. 

Lecturer in Pathology. Royal Victoria Hospital. 
(CHARLES W. Duvat, M.D. 

Lecturer in Pathology. General Hospital, Montreal. 
JT. A. HENperson, M.D. 

Lecturer in Anatomy. 34 Park Avenue. 
H...B. Yates;, B.A. (Cantab.), M.D. 

Lecturer in Bacteriology. 257 Peel Street. 
A. H. Gorpon, M.D. 

Lecturer in Physiology. 125 Hutchison Street. 

Lecturer in Clintcal Surgery. 903 Dorchester Street. 
M. E. Ansott, B.A., M.D. (Bishop’s). 

Governors’ Fellow in Pathology and Curator of Medical 

Museum. McGill College. 
EF. J. Sempre, B.A., M.D. 

Demonstrator in Surgical Pathology. 375 St. Antoine Street 


Jj. J. Ross, B.A., M.D. 

Demonstrator in Anatomy. 414 Bourgeois Street. 
A. E. Orr, M.D. 

Demonstrator in Anatomy. g00 Dorchester Street 
G. H. Matuewson, B.A., M.D. 

Demonstrator in Ophthalmology. 56 Crescent Street 

H. D. Hamiton, M.A. (Bishop’s), M.D., L.R.C.P. & S. (Edin.) 
L.F.P. & S. (Glasgow). 

Demonstrator in Laryngology and Rhinology. 202 Peel Street. 
JAmMes Barcitay, M.D. 
_ Demonstrator in Obstetrics. 27 Sherbrooke Street W. 

Demonstrator in Hygiene. 98 Sherbrooke Street W. 

W. B. Howezz, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Physiology. 
H. B. CusnHinec, B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator in Histology and Clinical Medicine, 

é 231 Stanley Street. 
W. A. Dorton, M.D. 

Demonstrator in Histology. St. Catherine Street 
E. W. ArcHIBALD, B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator in Clinical Surgery. 190 Peel Street. 

W. L. Bartow, B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator in Clinical Surgery. 
4458 Sherbooke Street, Westn 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. 
J. L. D. Mason, B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator in Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 
30 Shuter Street. 




C. B. Keenan, M.D. 

mg Sore in Clinical Surgery. 376 Mountain Street 
R. A. WestLey, M.D. 

Demonstrator in: Anatomy. 32 McGill College Ave. 
H. M. Cuurcna, M.D. 

Demonstrator in Anatomy: 4or Metcalfe Ave., Westmount. 

H. M. Lirttre, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Obstetrics. 
j. R. Goopatt, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Gynaecology. 
A. 1. Baztn, M.D. 

Demonstrator in Anatomy. 454 St. Antoine Street 
H R. D. Gray, B.A., M.D. 

Demonsirator in Obstetrics. 59 .Beaver Hall Hill. 
C F. Wytopes, M.D. 

Demonstrator in Clinical Microscopy. tor Crescent Street. 
Davin Patrick, M.D 

Demonstrator in Gynaecology. 4174 St. Catherine Street. 

C. A. Peters, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Clinical Medicine. 
1020 St. Catherine Street, West 
F. M. Fry, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Clinical Medicine. 939 Dorchester Street. 
R. P. Campsett. B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator in Pathology. 343 Dorchester Street West 


A. C. P. Howarp, M.D., 
Demonstrator of Clinical Chemistry and Assistant 
Demonstrator of Clinical Medicine 
A. MACKENzIE Forzes, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Anatomy and Assistant Demonstrator 
of Orthopedic Surgery. 
Cuarites K. P. Henry, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Anatomy and Assistant Demonstrator 
in Clinical Surgery. 4549 Sherbrooke St., Westmount. 
C. K. Russetz, B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator in Clinical Medicine. Guy Street. 
W. H. Jamieson, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Oto-Laryngology. 209 Peel Street. 
J. W. Duncan, M.D. 
Demonstrator in Obstetrics. 27 Bishop Street. 
A. R. PENNoyver, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Clinical Surgery. 
2624 St. Cathcrine Street. 
J. G. Browne, B.A., M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Anatomy. St. Denis Street. 
E. M. von Experts, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Clinical Surgery. ; ilfe Street. 
WwW, BoP: Airy, MD: 
Assistant Demonstrator in Clinical Surgery. 
2492 St. Catherine Street. 
F. T. Tooxe. B.A., M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Ophthalmology. 
268 Mountain Street. 
Hanrorp McKee, B.A., M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Ophthalmology. 
_W. E. NeEtson, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Anatomy, 
W. H. Donnetty, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Bacteriology. 
F.C. Douctas, M.D., D.P.H. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Hygiene. 
J. A. Lunnpiz, M.D., D.P.H. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Hygiene. 
A. G. McAutey, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Clinical Medicine. 
J. W. Duncan, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator in Obstetrics. 
R. HH. ‘Craig, ‘M.D: 
Assistant Demonstrator of Rhinology and 
Laryngology. 186 Peel Street. 
W. W. Francis, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator of Morbid Anatomy, 125 Mansfield Street. 
Aj Nore, BA. M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy. 45 Cathcart Street. 


Peter Brown, L.D.S. 
Professor of Operative Dentistry and Operative Tech- 
nique. 14 Phillips Square. 




Frep. G. Henry, D.D.S. 
Professor of Dental Pathology, Dental Materia-Medica 

| and Therapeutics. 2498 St. Catherine Street 
D. JAmMeés Berwick, D.D.S. ° 
Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry, Metallurgy and Crown 
and Bridge Work. Inglis Building, 2381 St. Catherine Street. 
James B. Morrison, D.D.S. 
Lecturer on Orthodontiz. 14 Phillips Square. 

J. H. Sprincte. 

Lecturer in Dental Anatomy (Human and Com- 

parative) and in Dental Surgery. II3 Stanley Street. 
A. D. Anc6us, D.D.5. 
Demonstrator on Operative Technique. 14 Phillips Square. 

W.-D. Sitirs,. U3: 
Demonstrator in Prosthetic Dentistry and Bridge Work. 
Room 82 Bank of Ottawa Building, St. James Street. 

(Macdonaid College). 
J. W. Rosertson, LL.D:, C.M.G. 

Principal. Macdonald College, Ste. Anne de Bellevue. 
F. C. Harrtson, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.Sc. 

Professor of Bacteriology. 7 i 
Wittram LocuHueap, B.A., M.S. 
Professor of Biology. = : 
CARLETON J. Lynne, Ph.D. 
Professor of Physics. - i 
Leonarp S. Krincx, B.S.A., M.S. 
é cs 

Professor of Husbandry 

For other Officers of Instruction in the several departments of 

Macdonald College, see page. 271. 


See page. 281. 


C= (rr : - ° 
Mrotessors AL merit. 
(Retaining their Rank and Titles, but retired from work.) : 

ALex. Jonnson,, M.A., LL.D: D.-C.L., FURIS.C. 
Vice-Principal Emeritus, and Emeritus Professor im the 

Faculty of Arts. 453 Sherbrooke Street, West. 
Wma. WricHt, M.D. 
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. 84 St. Famille St. 
Hon. MatrHew Hutcuinson, D.C.L. 
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Law. Sherbrooke, Que. 

Hon. J. EMERY Rosipoux, D.C.L. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Law. 
1st University Street. 
Gitpert P. Girpwoop, M.D., M.R.C.S. (England), F.R.S.C., 

ne ao, EOC.S, 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. 111 University St. 
J. Crark Murray, LL.D., F.R.S.C. 
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Arts. 20 McTavish Street. 

Duncan McEacuran, D.V.S., F.R.C.V.S. 
Emeritus Dean and Professor in the Faculty of Comparative 
Medicine and Veterinary Science 176 University Street. 




2 Monday 
3 Tuesday 
4 Wednesday 
5 Thursday | 
i) Friday 
7 Saturday - 


9 Monday Matriculation, Exhibition, Scholarship and Supplemental Examinations, 
Register opens for students in Medicine. 

10 Tuesday Lectures in Law begin. 

11 Wednesday 

12 Thursday Finance Committee. 

13 Friday | 


14 Saturday 
15 NDAY | 

16 Monday | College Grounds Committee. Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry 
and Mining Building Committee. 

17 Tuesday | Introductory Lecture in Medicine, Examination in Summer Reading, 
Applied Science. School of Education, Macdonald College, opens. 

18 Wednesday | Lectures in all Faculties (except Law) begin. Exemption Hxamination in : 
English, Faculty Applied Science, Conservatorium of Music opens. 

19 Thursday New Medical Buildings opened, 1901. 

20 Friday Meeting of Governors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 

21 Saturday 

22 SUNDAY | 

23 Monday 

24 Tuesday School of Household Science, Macdonald College, opens. 

25 Wednesday 

96 Thursday 

27 Friday 

98 Saturday 

30 Monday 

: OCTOBER, 1907, A aliuet 
| Summer Essays in Applied Science to be sent in. School of Agriculture, 

1. Tue day 2. 

| Macdonald College opens. 
2 Wednesday Meeting of Academic Board, 
8 Thursday | Physics Building Committee 
4 Friday | Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 
5 Saturday Meeting of Faculty of. Medicine. 
6 SUNDAY | Founder’s Birthday. } 
7 Monday Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.. University Lecture. Museum 

Committee. Library Committee. 
8 Tuesday 

9 Wednesday Regular Meeting of Corporation. Annual Report to the Visitor. 
10 Thursday | Finance Committee. William Molson Hall opened, 1862. 
11 Friday Sports Day, 
12 Saturday : 

14 Monday Conservatorium of Music opened, 1904. 
15 Tuesday | Register in Medicine closes. 

16 Wednesday | 

17 Thursday 

18 Friday | Meeting of Governors. 

19 Saturday | 


21 Monday Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 

mittee. College Grounds Committee. 
22 Tuesday 

23 Wednesday 
24 Thursday 

25 Friday | Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 
26 Saturday 

28 Monday | 
29 Tuesday 
30 Wednesday | 
81 Thursday | New Library opened, 1893. 

Nors.—Meetings of the Faculty of Arts are held at 4 P.M, unless otherwise specified, 

| 1 Friday 
2 Saturday 
4 Monday 
5 Tuesday 
6 Wednesday 
7 Thursday 
8 Friday 
9 Saturday 
11 Monday 
12 Tuesday 
13 Wednesday 
14 Thursday 
15 Friday 
16 Saturday 
18 Monday 
19 Tuesday 
290 Wednesday 
21 Thursday 
22 Friday 
23 Saturday 
25 Monday 
26 Tuesday 
297 Wednesday 
28 Thursday 
99 Friday 
30 Saturday 
2 Monday 
3 Tuesday 
4 Wednesday 
5 Thursday 
6 Friday 
7 Saturday 
9 Monday 
10 Tuesday 
11 Wednesday 
12 Thursday 
13 Friday 
14 Saturday 
16 Monday 
17 Tuesday 
18 Wednesday 
19 Thursday 
20 Friday 
91 Saturday 
93 Monday 
94 Tuesday 
_ 95 Wednesday 
| 96 Thursday 
27 Friday 
28 Saturday 
30 Monday 
31 Tuesday 

NOVEMBER, 1907. 
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 

Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 

Edward VII born, 1841. 

Finance Committee. 

Meeting of Governors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 

Engineering Building Committee, Chemistry and Mining Building OCom- 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 


DECEMBER, 1907. 

i i nN I a a 

Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 

Meeting of Academic Board. 
Physics Building Committee, 
Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 

Museum Committee. Library Committee, 

Regular Meeting of Corporation, 
Finance Committee 
Christmas Examinationsin Arts begin. 

Christmas Examinations in Applied Science and Medicine 
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and 
Committee. College Grounds Committee. 

Mining Building 

Chemistry and Mining Building opened, 1898. 
Meeting of Governors. 

Term ends in all Faculties. 
Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 


JANUARY, 1908; XX3V 

1 Wednesday | | 
2 Thursday / 
3 Friday | 
4 Saturday | Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 
5 SUNDAY | . 
6 Monday | Second Term openg in all Faculties. Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. | 
7 Tuesday | ! 
8 Wednesday 
9 Thursday | Finance Committee. 
10 Friday Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 
11 Saturday 

13 Monday 
14 Tuesday | 
15 Wednesday 
16 Thursday 

17 Friday Meeting of Governors, 
18 Saturday 


20 Monday | Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com. 
; mittee. College Grounds Committee, 

21 Tuesday 

22 Wednesday | Queen Victoria died, 1901. 

23 Thursday 

24 Friday 

25 Saturday 

26 SUNDAY | 

27 Monday 
28 Tuesday 
29 Wednesday ) 
30 Thursday 
31 Friday 
aaennnrnnnreee errr errr sts eeetee 

1 Saturday | Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 


3 Monday Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 

4 Tuesday 

5 Wednesday Meeting of Academie Board. 

6 Thursday Physics Building Committee, 

7 Friday Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 

8S Saturday 


10 Monday Museum Committee. Library Committee. 

11 Tuesday ae 

12 Wednesday Regular Meeting of Corporation. re 

13 Thursday * Finance Committee, we 

14 Friday ij 
_ 15 Saturday tl 
| 16 SUNDAY a 

17 Monday Engineering Building Committee, Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 


mittee. College Grounds Committee. 

18 . Tuesday | 7 
19 Wednesday aye 
20 Thursday . t { 
21 Friday Meeting of Governors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. iu 

22 Saturday i 

23 SUNDAY i) 
24 Monday | Physics and Engineering Buildings opened, 1893. e. f 

25 Tuesday 

26 Wednesday 
27 Thursday 
28 Friday 

29 Saturday 

ans is 7 a 

————— $$ 

xxXvi MARCH, 1908, 

1D CG et LEG nae eee Ae aE 

2 Monday Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 

38 Tuesday 

4 Wednesday Ash Wednesday. Meeting of Academic Board. 

5 Thursday 

6 Friday Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 

7 Saturday Meeting of Faculty of Medicine, 


9 Monday 

10 Tuesday 

11 Wednesday 

12 Thursday Finance Committee. 
13 Friday 

14 Saturday 


16 Monday Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 

17 Tuesday 

18 Wednesday 

19 Thursday ¥, 

20 Friday Meeting of Governors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 

21 Saturday 


23 Monday 

24 Tuesday 

25 Wednesday 

26 Thursday 

27 Friday 

28 Saturday | 

99 SUNDAY | 
80 Monday | 
81 Tuesday | Last day of Lectures in Arts, Law and Applied Science. 
APRIL, 1908. 
1 Wednesday | Last day for receiving M.A. and M.Sc. theses. "c 
2 Thursday Physics Building Committee. 
8 Friday Meeting of Faculty of Arts, Examinations in Arts begin. 
4 Saturday Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 
6 Monday Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. Museum Committee. Library 

Committee. Examinations in Applied Science begin, 
7 Tuesday r 
8 Wednesday Regular Meeting of Corporation. 
9 Thursday Finance Committee, 
10 Friday 
11 Saturday 


18 Monday 

14 Tuesday 

15 Wednesday 
16 Thursday 

17 Friday Good Friday. Meeting of Governors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts, 

18 Saturday 

19 SUNDAY Easter Sunday. 

20 Monday Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 

mittee. College Grounds Committee, 
21 Tuesday 
22 Wednesday 

23 Thursday / 
24 Friday 

25 Saturday 


27 Monday 

98 Tuesday 

29 Wednesday 

80 Thursday Convocation for Degrees in Arts, Law, and Applied Science 

ak EEE 

1 Friday 

2 Saturday 

4 Monday 

5 Tuesday ' 

6 Wednesday 
7 Thursday 

8 Friday 

9 Saturday 

11 Monday 

12 Tuesday 

13 Wednesday 
14 Thursday 
15 Friday 

16 Saturday 


18 Monday 

19 Tuesday 

20 Wednesday 
21 Thursday 
92 Friday 

23 Saturday 


25 Monday 

296 Tuesday 

27 Wednesday 
98 Thursday 
29 Friday 

30 Saturday 



MAY, 1908. 

Summer Classes in Arts and Applied Science begin. 

of Arts. 
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 

Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science, 

Chemistry and Mining Building Committee. 

Finance Committee. 
Meeting of Governors. 

Engineering Building Committee. 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 


Meeting of Faculty 

College Grounds Committee. 

Jhemistry and Mining Building Com 


1 Monday 

2 Tuesday 

3 Wednesday 
4 Thursday 

5 Friday 

6 Saturday 


8 Monday 

9 Tuesday 
10 Wednesday 
11 Thursday 

12 Friday 
13 Saturday 

15 Monday 

16 Tuesday 

17 Wednesday 
18 Thursday 
19 Friday 

20 Saturday 


92 Monday 

23 .Tuesday 

44 Wednesday 
96 Thursday 
96 Friday 

27 Saturday 


299 Monday 
30 Tuesday 

JUNE, 1908. 

Graduate course in Medicine begins. 

Physics Building Committee. 
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 
Museum Committee. Library Committee. 

Regular Meeting of Corporation. 
Finance Committee. 

Engineering Building Committee. 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 

School of Education, Macdonald College, closes. 

Meeting of Governors. 

Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 

rs . - 
— OES Se ee 



tt 8 
— ee 

Sn oe ee 


a a r 
eng ace—ne 

— = 



W ednesday 



6 Monday 

7 Tuesday 

8 Wednesday 

9 Thursday 
10 Friday 
11 Saturday 


18 Monday 
14 Tuesday 
15 Wednesday 
16 Thursday 
17 Friday 
18 Saturday 


20 Monday 

21 Tuesday 

22 Wednesday 
23 Thursday 
24 Friday 

25 Saturday 


27 Monday 

28 Tuesday 

29 Wednesday 
30 Thursday 
31 Friday 

JULY, 1908. 

SUEEEerpuermnne eee 2 et en ee 


1 Saturday 




10 Monday 

11 Tuesday 

12 Wednesday 
13 Thursday 
14 Friday 

15 Saturday 


17 Monday 

18 Tuesday 

19 Wednesday 
20 Thursday 
21 Friday 

22 Saturday 


24 Monday 

25 Tuesiay 

26 Wedneeday 
27 Thursday 
28 F riday 

29 Saturday 


Cnr Dc Pp 


Peter Redpath Museum opened, 1882. 
Field Work in Surveying begins, 

31 Monday 



So = 



FaouLtty or Arts (Sgsston 1907-1908). 

First YEar—MEN. 

* All women who are undergraduates are required to take two hours per week in the gymnasium. 

Li a PPh Me SAS ieee ad Soi 
9g Math. Math, French. Math. | Math. 
eb ; | “i 
10 Latin. Latin. Latin. Latin. | History. 
| ll French. French. German, German. | French. 
Soe: BT 5 Ald STP Ty Sie 0 SS oe a) Soe a Py Os er Sn Tey ek 
| 12 German. English. | English, English. Greek. 
ae = —.- ——_—_—_——_ 
| | | 
| 2 Physics. | Physics. 
Ca at BE 2 a | = 
3 Greek. German. Greek. Greek. 
ey u = | ; 
4 Beginners’ Beginners’ | Beginners’ 3eginners’ 
German. German. German. German, 
—— ae ee eee , = — 
First YEAR—WoMEN. 
. : 9. 15—10, 15 : . 
yerm: ? r, rench, th. 
9 rerman. Gymnasium, ELLNTORY mated Math 
10 anes German. German. 10, 15—11, 15 
renca, Adv. Latin Ady. Latin. | Gymnasium. 
ll Latin Math. | Math, Latin, 
12 English. French, | English. French. English. 
——————— SS ar Te se 2 
9 Greek. Physics. Greek, Physics, 
. : Math, we 
8 Math. Latin. | Greek. (Tutorial) Latin. 
“ Greek. German. /|Latin (Tutorial) P ; ri 
4 Beginners’ Beginners’ | Beginners’ ri deen ty 
German. German. | German, : a Dy 


i a ae 



FacuLty or Arts (Sgession 1907-1908), 



——|-_—__ : ea om 
9 Latin oe French, French, Latin. Chem. Lab. 
Koy od German, i eee gene A . a ; 
jae 2 a ae : Chemistry. French, ‘the Lab. 
10 Soot Gok English Chemistry. éieew, | Com’l. Law. Chem, La 
Logic and | oho ee Ome Se | German. , 
ll French. Psychology. | English English. | Hebvew. Bot. Lab. (b) 
Yhemigz ati | et yee ari | Logic and b. (1 
12 Chemistry. Latin. History. Latin. | Psychology. Bot. Lab. (b) 
ened ET SS tl 
9 English Mathematics. | Logic and Mathematics. |Mathematics. 
i | <s Biology. Psychology. Bot, Lab (b). Biology. 
——-- — —_ [2 _ ——— | ——— — — =~ 
; eek. 
Greek. German. Greek. FEOOR > g 
3 ; eee ae Economics, 
hi Zool. Lab. (a) Neg, Bot. Lab, (b) | Zool. Lab. (a) ; 
| : re Zool. Lab. (a)| Zool. Lab. (a) 
| 4 olsen Economics. | History. 
) ar in | poe 
+ 5 Chem. Lab. | 
| ; 
if i . pn ages 
ye see | 
9 Latin. French. French. English, German. 
: = Chemistry. | History. : A 
10 English. English. | *Gymnasium. | Chemistry. | Latin. Chem. Lab. 
11 French payeus eae English. | Latin. | French. Bot. Lab. (b) 
: i Det ey | | Logicand | 
( 12 Beet A Latin. *Gymnasium. | German. Psychology. | Bot Lab. (b) 
; ¥Gymnasium.| 
——————— a ae a ee ee See ee 
. | Logic and Mathematics. . 
: Mathematics.| .- | : Mathematics. 
2 | Biology (a) |": Psychology. | Biology(a) |. 
Biology (b) Chem. Lab. | Bot. Lab. (b) | Biology (b) 
| History. Greek. Greek. , ae | Greek. 
3 Zool. Lab.(a)} German. Chem. Lab. | eo a | Economics. 
| Adv. Latin. | Chem. Lab. a ly 
er Zool. Lab. (a)| Economics. Adv. Greek. Zool. Lab. (a) 
5 Chem, Lab. German. | 
(a) BeforeChristmas. (b) After Christmas. 

* All women who are undergraduates are required to take one hour per week in the gymnasium, 

— ~— 
a — 



FacuLtTy oF ARTS (Sesston 1907-1908). 

% “TN 4 3 
Geology. Geology. Lati 
9 Mechanics, | Chemistry, Astronomy H * me Zoology. 
Sanskrit. Sanskrit. ee a 
German. : German. 
History. German, German. History. Geology. 
10 Mathematics.| History. History. Mathematies. | Mechanics, 
Botany. Mathematics. | Mathematics. Botany. Sanskrit. 
Physics (B). Physics (B) 
Chemistry. Latin. Tnitini Chemistry. Latin. 
ll English (4 B) Hebrew. _| Pr akrow Psychology. Hebrew. 
| Greek, English (4 A)| ; Greek, English (3 B) 
| as Economics. Economics. Economics. | 
12 se | French, | Eng. Comp. French. French. 
| iS ieat Philos. “oral Philos.| IV. Moral Philos. Moral Philos. 
‘ ; | Physics (A) Physics (A) Greek, 
eee | 
Co . Philo. | ' . ; 
é | arr Science Greek, Sy | Comp. Philol. | 
i ie fk Mechanies. | Polit. Science. | Polit. Science. |Polit. Science 
2 Physics Lab.| Sanskrit. Zoology. Physics Lab. | Pedagogy 
fe hseg Peda,sog Zool. Lab 
| Zool. Lab. EM SOSY- eee arene 
Rath Psychology. |Knglish(3 B), Kung. Comp. Yaey | 
Chem. Lab. |Mathematics, III. ie sri English (4 B) 
3 Physics Lab.| Psychology. | Chem. Lab. Zool Lat , Bot. Lab. 
Zool. Lab. Bot. Lab. 4th year. ee 
Logic & Meta, | p Logic & Meta. | Logic & Meta. 
Roman Law, es et Roman Law. | Roman Law. Cons. Law. 
4 Chem. Lab. | Bot. I rahe | Chem. Lab. English (4 A) |Rom. Law. (a) 
English (3 A) of. Mad. | English (3 A) Bot. Lab. 
SS —-- a - — —— | —_——— ee — eat ee a a | —_——__—_—__—— a ae — _ 
5 \Const, Law(a)| Chem. Lab. | Const. Law (a) | Bot. Lab. 

Botany Lab. 




Chem. Lab. 
Geol. Lab. 
Chem. I ab. 

Geol. Lab. 

Chem, Lab. 
Geol. Lab. 

Geol. Lab. 







= = 


(A) Heat, 

Light and Sound. (B) Magnetism and Electricity. 

(a) During Second Term. 


Facutty or Law (Session 1907-19038.) 

Tunspay, 10TH Sept., To Fripay, 15rH NovemMBER—10 WEEKs. 

a _ = ; 

0) en bz ae | - a a } = i= | r : at 
Legal History.| Procedure, Legal Hist. | Procedure. Legal Hist. 

6.89 | | Prof, McGoun. |Mr. McDougall.} Prof. McGoun. |Mr. McDougall.| Prof. McGoun. 


4.00 | Roman Law. | Pleading. pang Pleading. | Roman Law 
oa | The Dean. Mr. Surveyer, gc Mr. Surveyer, The Dean 
| . The Dean. 

| Persons. | Const.Law. | Persons. | Const. Law, Persons, 

6.00 mr. McDougall} The Dean |Mr. McDougall. The Dean |Mr.McDougal) 

Monpay, 18TH Nov., To Frmay, 20TH Dec.—5 WEEKS. 

=) ate 5 . 

8 30 Pleading. | Procedure. Pleading, Proced. Pleading 
-e —| Mr. Surveyer |Mr. McDougall.| Mr. Surveyer. |Mr. McDougall.| Mr. Surveyer, 

:  —$—$— 7 : : — 
4.09 | Roman Law. | sage haa Roman Law 
; | The Dean. ; The Dean. 

sj | uw . The Dean, _ 

Real Rights, | Roman Law Real Rights. 
F o e ® BS r; 
5.00 | Prof, Marler. | The Dean. Prof. Marler, Roman Law. Real Rights. 
Monpay, 6TH JAN., TO Fripay, 6TH _MAarcuo—! WEEKS. 
HOovwrs. MonpDAY, Turspay, | WEDNESDAY, | THURSDAY. FRIDAY. 
i | a _ 
8 30 Pleading. Pleading, 
; Mr, Surveyer. Mr, Surveyer. 
| Roman Law. | Ties 
4.00 Tie Dean: Roman Law. Roman Law. 
5.00 Three Weeks Law. Real Rights. Const. Law. Real Rights. 
pete The Dean. 
, Monpay, 9rH Marcu, To Turspay, 31st MArRcH—3 WEEKS. 
i wi i ft f , ARIS cet GE a 
8 30 Pleading. Pleading, | 
Mr, surveyer. | Mr. Surveyer. 
cpl as i aaa Constitutional 
4.00 Roman Law. Roman Law. | Roman Law. | Roman Law. Law. 
} | eet or G The Dean 
oy. POmminal Lewis). Ga eel et 
5.00 rns IRE A Usher Criminal Law. | Criminal Law. | aloe saa | Criminal Law. 
Davidson. | erie 




Facutty of Law (Sgssion 1907-1908). 


TourpspAY, 10Ta Sepr., TO FRIDAY 15tH NOVEMBER—10 WEEKS. 
’ 9 ? 





0 a.m. 




Gifis and Wills,| Marriage eawvie we 7 
8.30 Prof. Mr.Justice| Covenants. iGifts and Wills. Hocoabaste Gifts & Wills. 
Doherty. | Prof..Geoffrion. svi 
Commercial | 
Law. Obligations Commercial Obligations. 
4.00 , , = " : SAE Gis ‘ Comm. 
: Prof. Mr.Justice| The Dean. Law. [he Dean. | omm. Law. | 
‘riminal Law. | Commercial 
5.00 ‘Prof.Mr. Justice Law. Criminal Law.| Comm. Law, Crim. Law. 
| Davidson, Prof. R. C. Smith 
T ® uf y Py, s re a “st = - rc 
Monpay, 18TH Nov., To Fripay, 20TH Drec.—5 WEEKS. 
HoukRs. Monpbay. TUESDAY. W RDNESDAY.- THURSDAY. Frmay. 
Gifts aud Wilts. Marriage ey PLS Marriage _ = = ; 
8.30 Prof. Mr. Justice Covenants. Giftsand Wills.| Covenants. Gifts & Wills.| 
Doherty. Prof. Geoffrion. Prof, Geoffrion, 
Commercial } 
4.00 Law. Obligations. Commercial Obligations. Commercial | 
, Prof. Mr. Justice The Dean, Law. The Dean. Law. 
Commercial Comm: Law 
5.00 | Criminal Law. Law. Criminal Law. Prof Smith. Criminal Law 

Prof. Smith. 

Monpay, 6TH JAN., TO FRIDAY, OTH Marcu—9 WEEKS. 




9 a.m. 




Hovurs.| Monpay. TUESDAY. 
Givil Procedure.| Paxtneretiti Rie Tu : 
- et de rsa : ership. ey ae ae ee Wore cn 
8,30 Prof. Mr. Justice Prof. McGoun. | Civil Proced, Partnership. | Civil Proced, 
Keal Property | ; 
Prof. Marler. 
6 weeks. 
4.00 N.B. Thiscourse} Obligations. Real Property | Obligations. |Real Property 
> | will begin after) TheDean. | Law. Law. 
| the completion| 
| of Prof. Mar-| | 
| ler’s course to) 
| the first year. a ' 
7 | Private Inter- | Procedure. 
5.00 nat. Law. iProf.Mr. Justice Linen Oe TP Civ. Proced. P.I.L 
Prof. Lafleur Doherty. i rey WS 
Monpay, 9TH Marcu, To TUESDAY, 3ist Marcu—3 WEEKS. 
tt posh babs ; ad 
8.30 Partnership. Partnership. | Partnership. 
<< Prof. McGoun. 
4.00 Ba Bs Dy Obligations, Be Pisa Obligations. R. P. L. 
me ae eS cs ‘ eid tes ey - 
‘Public Internat.| Procedure, .. oe | Pub. Internat 
5,00 Law. Prof.Mr..,) ustice sPavsnaie s rnat.| (ivil Proced. ' Daw. 

Prof. Lafleur. | Doherty. 

9 a.m. 


Bi a 
ii Hi 

+ vy 

ay 4 
k } 



FACULTY OF APPLIED ScrENCE (Srsston 1907-1908), 

The Time Tables in Applied Science for 1907-1908, will follow in 
the main those for the previous year. Complete particulars will be 

= issued to students at the commencement of the session. 



eee mer 

The extension of the course in Medicine will necessitate a re- 
arrangement or subjects and consequently a number of changes in the 
hours hitherto assigned for lectures, Complete Time Tables will be 

issued to students at the commencement of the Session, 

i ae a 



Morning g—10.30.—English Grammar. 
10.30-11.—English Dictation. 
11-12.—English Composition (Prelim.) 
Afternoon 2.30—-4.30.—English Literature and Composition. 
Morning g-11.—Latin Grammar and Composition. 


Afternoon 2.30-4.30.—Latin Books and Sight Translation. 


Morning g—11.—French. 
Atternoon 2.30—4.30.—German,— 
4.30-6.—Chemistry and Botany. 


Morning g-11.—Geometry, Part I. 
1I-12.30.—Physics and Physiography. 
Afternoon 2.30-4.—Algebra, Part II. 

4—5.30.—Geometry, Part II. 


Morning g—11.—Algebra, Part I. 
t1-1,—Greek Grammar and Composition. 
Afternoon 3-5.—Greek Books and Sight Translation. 


ee EE et 

en eee ee 

te re 2 = ~ 

: . ee ea Se ees ee 

a 4 
tl | 
i 3 

— oe 
a aaa 



A nll 

= be. 
Ee ow tee" 

3 eee et oe Se - 

os ae 

Peay a ae 



FAacuuTy oF ARTS. 


DATE, Hour, 
Monday....... 9 9 
Tuesday....... 10 9 
W ednesday.. .11 9 

Second Year 
___ Exhibitions. 
; English Literature 
English Literature,| (Shakspere) ; His- 
English Composi- |Knglish Literature. 

Supp. to First 
Year Sessional. 

Supp. toSecond 
Year Sessional. 

(Third Year), 
English Literature 
(Shakspere and 
English Composi- |Knglish Literature 
tion. (Burke & Arnold), 

English Literature, 

Supp. to Third 
Year Sessional.* 


Thursday...... 12 9 

PMAGO¥ 503 has fi 13 9 



tion and History 

SS Ee EA reer 
Latin Books. 

Latin Composition, 

Sight Translation 
and History. 





Greek Books. 

Greek Composi- 
tion, Sight Trans- 
lation and 


(Milton, Johnson), | 

Latin Books. 

Latin Composition, 
Sight Translation 
and History, 





Greek Books. 

Latin Books, 

La vet mae “— Latin Books. 

History and 




\Latin Composition,| _ 
Sight Translation, | Latin Composition, 

‘Latin Composition, 
Sight Translation, 
History and 

and Language, 

French jooks. 
French Composi- 
tion and Sight. 
“Animal Biology. 
Analytic Geometry, 
Rom. Hist. and Lit., 

Greek Hist. and 
Lit., 10 30-12. 

French; Botany. 




Greek Books. 

Greek Composi- 
tion, Sight Trans- 
lation and His- 
Algebra and Theory 
of Equations. 


* Periods for other subjects to be arranged at the time of the Examinations. 


German Books. 
Plant Biology. 
Greek ‘Translation | 
at Sight ; Physics.| Greek Books. 
Baie. ss) a 


Greek Composi- 
tion, Sight Trans- 
lation, History and 
“Gonics and Solid 

| Geometry. 
History and 

Greek Composi- 
tion, Sight Trans- 
lation, History and 

Greek Composition 
and Language. 
Calculus ; German, 
Comp. & Sight. 
Modern History 
and English 





i elt ee 



TABLES. xlix 




Friday, Dec, 13th...... 

Monday, Dec, 16th.... 

Tuesday, Dec. 17th.. 

Wednesday, Dec, 18th.. 

Thursday, Dec, 19th ...A. 

Friday, Dec. 20th....... 











| Geometry. 

| Greek and 
Comm, Geog, 





| English. 

| Math.; Moral Phil 


Greek; Econom,;E-on. Hist 

| Physics (Third Year). 

Moral Philosophy ; French 
German; Italian; Botany. 
Pol, Sci.; Greek Lit. 

Zoology; Political Science. 






(Subject to alteration by the Faculty.) 

Day & DaTrE. « Frrst YEAR. | SECOND YEAR. Tuirp YEAR. FourtH YRAR. 

Monday, Dec. 16th, a.m.. Dynamics. |Arch. Ornament | Cont. Cur. Mchy. | Mechl. Eng. 
Arch. Ornament 

Chemistry (A) | Geology 
Arch. Orn. Des.| Arch. Orn. Des. Arch. Orn. Des. 

P.M. | 

i : re BE 5 
‘Puesoay, Dec; 17th, A.M) . 66 sce as Surveying. Graph. Stat. | Ore Dressing. 

p.M.| Exp. Phys.’| Arch. Hist. Det.| Roads and Canals IRoads and Canals 

Sf Arch. Hist. Det. Can. Geol. (C) 
| Arch, Hist. Det. 

Wedn’sday,Dec.18th,a.M. .......... Mechanies. | Qual Anal. Hydraulies. 
Arch. Specifications} Arch. Specifications 

OA caek 6 cece ly whee Oe aes te Surveying. Hydr. Lab. 
Arch. Design. 

Thursday Dec, 19th, 4:M 5) ...4% wees Anal. Geom. Arch. Perspec. Prac. Astron. 
Arch. Des. Des. Geom. Mach. Design. 
Arch. Design. 
: P.M. | Geometry Arch. Des. Arch. Des. *) Arch. Design. 
Friday, Dec. 20th, a.m. |\Geom. Dr. Exp. Physics Metallurgy Elec. Lighting 
| | Hist. of Arch. Hist. of Arch. 
' Mineralogy (C) 

Notre.—Examinations begin at 9 a.m. and 2.30 p.m. Gowns will not be worn. 
C—Chemistry Building. A—With Arts Classes. 
All other examinations in the Main Examination Hall. 

rat. all 





Morning examinations commence at 9; afternoon examina- 


Friday, April ard... 

Saturday, April 4th, 

Monday, April 6th. 

Tuesday, April 7th.. 

Wednesday, April 8th., A.M, | 

Thursday, April 9th... 

Friday, April 10th.. 

Morday, April 13th .. 

Wednesday, April 15th.A.M. | 

——— | 

eae A.M. 

tions at 2.5. 

First YEAR. 


oe vies | 


wade | 




a tee 
























Hist. & Econ, 

Hist. & Econ. 








Botany;Zoology) | 


English Composition. 

| French; Econ.; Moral Ph. 

| French; Econ.; Moral Ph. 

Latin ; Hebrew. 
Mechanics; Latin; Hebrew 
| Chemistry. 

Chemistry ; English. 

| \ Geology ; Sanskrit ; 
|? Astronomy. 

Geology; Sanskrit. 
Logic & Meta.; Botany. 
Logic & Meta ; 


\ History ; Greek, 
) German ; Math. 

f History; Greek, 
\ German; Math. 

§ Political Science; 
} Comp. Phil, 


f Psychology; Zoolozy. 

{ Psycholegy; Zoology. 





eS nr A 

= F 

=: = 
+ deb Et 


PcGill Guinersity. 


Foundation and Early History. 

Almost alone in this respect among Canadian colleges and 
universities, McGill University owes its origin to a private en- 
dowment. Its founder, the Hon. James McGill, from whom 
the University takes its name, was born on the 6th October, 
1744, in Glasgow, Scotland, where he received his early educa- 
tion and training. Emigrating to Canada before the American 
Revolution, he engaged in the North-West fur trade, then one 
of the leading branches of business in Canada. Subsequently 
he settled in Montreal, and, in partnership with his brother, 
Andrew McGill, became one of its leading merchants, distin- 
guished for his public spirit and his exertions for the advance- 
ment of the city. He was lieutenant-colonel, and subsequently 
colonel, of the Montreal City Militia, and, in his old age, on 
the breaking out of the American war of 1812, he became 
brigadier-general, and was prepared to take the field in defence 
of ‘his country. He also represented the West Ward of Mont- 
treal in the Provincial Legislature, and was afterwards a mem- 
ber of the Legislative and Executive Councils. Cultivating 
and enjoying the society of the few men of learning then in 
the colony, he took a special interest in the establishment of an 
educational system in the Province of Quebec. By his will, 
bearing date the 8th January, 1811, more than two years before 
his death, which happened on the 19th December, 1813, he be- 
queathed his property of Burnside and a sum of £10,000 in 
money to found a college in a provincial university, the erec- 
tion of which had already been provided for by the generosity 
of the British Government. Three leading citizens of Montreal 
were among the trustees appointed under his will, who were 
directed to convey the subject property of the bequest to the 


ES SP ~ 
Ps —_ ~ NES 9S Se SS = 
A ee ee ee are ~ acne Gaia 
eee = 
- ew ee 
a > a 7 

P Pi 

— ee -_- 


ee Se " 

- wa a —— — 
eee Slice: 

= ae ee ee 

Se ye = _- 

Sey eS 


= a 

> =i 




plLbes — 

9 Le we Sees ~—- ——- ~ 7 eecun 
a ee ee 

——————— - 



te £ Pr 
: “he AL) 
ee , 225” 


Roya! Institution for the Advancement of Learning, a body 
which, in 1802, had been incorporated by the Legislature “ for 
the establishment of Free Schools and the advancement of 
Learning” in the Province of Quebec. The conditions upon 
which the property was to be transferred to the Royal Institu- 
tion for the Advancement of Learning were, mainly, that that 
Institution should, within ten years after the testator’s decease, 
erect and establish on his Burnside estate ‘‘an University or 
College, for the purposes of education and the advancement of 
learning in this Province,” and that the college, or one of the 
colleges, in the University, if established, should “be named 
and perpetually be known and distinguished by the appellation 
of McGill College.” Owing to persistent opposition by the 
leaders of one section of the people to any system. of govern- 
mental education and to the refusal by the Legislature to make 
the grants of land and money which had been promised, the 
proposed establishment of the provincial university by the 
British Government was abandoned. 

In so far as the McGill College was concerned, however, the 
Royal Institution at once took action by applying for a Royal 
Charter. Such a charter was granted in 1821, and the Royal 
Institution prepared to take possession of the estate. But, 
owing to protracted litigation, this was not surrendered to 
them till 1829. Commencing then the work of teaching with 
two faculties, Arts and Medicine, the record of the first thirty 
years of the University’s existence is an unbroken tale of finan- 
cial embarrassment and administrative difficulties. The charter 
was cumbrous and unwieldy, and unsuited to a small college 
in the circumstances of this country, and the University, with 
the exception.of its medical faculty, became almost extinct. 
But after thirty years the citizens of Montreal awoke to the 
value of the institution which was struggling in their midst. 
Several gentlemen undertook the responsibility of its renova- 
tion, and, in 1852, an amended charter was secured. The 
Governor-General of Canada for the time being, Sir Edmund 
Head, became interested in its fortunes, and in 1855, with the 
advent of a new Principal, an era of progress and prosperity 

Constitution of the University. 

By the amended Charter “the Governors, Principal, and 
Fellows” of the University are constituted a body politic and 
corporate, with all the usual rights and privileges of corporate 
bodies. The supreme authority, however, is vested in the 
Crown, and is exercised by His Excellency the Governor- 
General of Canada, for the time being, as Visitor. This isa 
special and important feature of the constitution, for, while it 
gives the University an imperial character and removes it at 
once from any merely local or party influence, it secures the 
patronage of the head of the political system of the country. 

The Governors of the University are the members of the 
Royal Institution for the Advancement of Learning, above 
mentioned, and in them are vested the management of 
finances, the passing of University statutes and ordinances, 
the appointment of professors, and other important duties. 
Their number is limited to fifteen, and vacancies are filled by 
the nomination of the remaining members, with the approval 
of the Visitor. The President of the Board of Governors is, 
ex-officio, Chancellor of the University. 

The Principal is the academic head and chief administrative 
officer. He is appointed by the Board of Governors (of 
which he is also a member, ex-officio), and holds the office 
also of Vice-Chancellor of the University. 

The Fellows are limited to 43 in number, and are selected 
with reference to the representation of all the faculties and 
departments of the University, and of the graduates, affiliated 
colleges, and other bodies. 

The Governors, Principal and Fellows, together constitute 
the Corporation, the highest academical body. Its powers are 
fixed by statute, and include the framing of all regulations 
touching courses of study, matriculation, graduation, the 
eranting of degrees and discipline. 

The Principal, the Deans of the several Faculties, the Pro- 
fessors and Associate Professors, and other members, not 
exceeding ten in number, of the teaching staff, constitute the 
Academic Board of the University, with the duty of consider- 
ing such matters as pertain to the interests of the University as 
a whole, and of making recommendation concerning the same. 


—_— + 


———— a 


' ; 





The Statutes and Regulations of the University have been 
framed on the most liberal principles, with the view of afford- 
ing to all classes of persons the greatest possible facilities for 
the attainment of mental culture and professional training. 

Faculties and Courses. 

| | The educational work of the University is carried on in 
McGill College, the Royal Victoria College for Women, and 
a other University buildings in Montreal, and also in Macdonald 
College at Ste. Anne de Bellevue, the McGill University 
College of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., and in the Affi- 
liated Colleges at Stanstead, Que., Victoria, B.C., and Edmon- 
ton, Alta. The courses offered in the several Faculties of the 
hy University and in the Graduate School are as follows :— 

The Faculty of Arts.—The undergraduate courses of study 
extend over four sessions of seven and a half months each. 
Two courses are provided, one leading to the Degree of 
Bachelor of Arts and the other to that of Bachelor of Science. 
A two years’ course for the Diploma of Commerce has also 
been established in this Faculty. (For particulars see 
page 147). In the second, third and fourth years extensive 
options are provided, and certain exemptions also are allowed 
| to professional students. The Degree of B.A. from this 
| University admits the holder to the study of the learned pro- 
| fessions, without preliminary examination, in the Provinces of 
} Canada, and in Great Britain and Ireland, and elsewhere. 
5 Information regarding the Higher Degrees given in course 

will be found under “Graduate School,’ page 6, and also 
under “‘ Degrees,” on pages 59-63. | 

Persons actually engaged in teaching may attend classes in 

Arts as partial students under a special arrangement as to 

fees and hours of lectures. (For fees, see page 53.) 
The undergraduate course in Arts can be taken along 

with the undergraduate course in Medicine, in seven years, or 
with that in Applied Science in six years. The Degrees 
of B.A. and B.C.L. can be obtained in five years but only by 
students who give their whole time to their College course. 
This is effected by avoiding the duplication of courses in 

7 ee er 


the same subjects or in those which give the same educational 
training, and by a proper adaptation of the time tables. 
Alternatively, a certificate of Literate in Arts is given along 
with the Degree in Medicine, Applied Science, or Law, to 
candidates who have completed two years in Arts before 
entering the professional Faculty. This certificate is also 
given to students of Affiliated Colleges who have completed 
the work of the first two years and have passed the prescribed 
examination’, as undergraduates of McGill University. 

The courses in Arts are open to women (who are edu- 
cated mainly in separate classes) on equal terms with men. 

The Faculty of Applied Science.—The undergraduate 
courses of study extend over four sessions averaging, with 
summer sessions, about eight months each, and provide a 
thorough professional training in Architecture, Chemistry, 
Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical En- 
gineering, Metallurgy, Mining Engineering and Railways 
(Theory and Practice). The courses of study lead to the 
Degrees of Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.) and Bachelor 
of Science (B.Sc.). For Higher Degrees, in course, see 
under “ Graduate School,” page 6, and also under “ Degrees ‘ 
on pages 60 and 61. The undergraduate course in Arts can 
be taken along with the undergraduate course in Applied 
Science in six years. 

The Faculty of Law.—The undergraduate course extends 
over three sessions of eight months each, and leads to the 
Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law (B.C.L.). (For higher De- 
gree, in course, see under ‘Graduate School,” page 6, and 
also under ‘‘Degrees” on page 62). ‘The undergraduate 
course in Arts can be taken along with the undergraduate 
course in Law in five years, but only by students who give 
their whole time to their College work. 

The Faculty of Medicine.—The undergraduate course of 
study leading to the Degree of M.D., C.M., extends over five 
sessions of nine months each, and that leading to the Degree 
of Master of Dental Surgery extends over four sessions of 
the same length. (For higher Degrees, in course, ‘see 
under “ Graduate School,” page 6, and also under “ Degrees ” 
on page 61). The undergraduate course in Arts can be taken 


Ee ee 


: a rus -_—_— = = ~on 
i 2 ee OE ee as 
i i e > > ee pe 

— — Si a ES ES ti <3 rg = Te = 
3 SSae — te 
we SS 

i ae 





eS es 

ee rg 
a oh —o 3 

a ee 



Cent qe 


along with the undergraduate course in Medicine in seven 


The Faculty of Agriculture—The course of study for 
undergraduates extends over four sessions of about seven 
months each, and leads to a Bachelor’s Degree. 

The course in Agriculture is given in Macdonald College 
at Ste. Anne de Bellevue, for full particulars regarding which 
. see page 270. 

7 \ Graduate School.—In the Graduate School courses of in- 

struction are provided leading to the following Degrees, in 
course: Master of Arts (M.A.); Master of Science (M.Sc.) ; 
and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). All other Degrees, in 
course, Doctor in Dental Science (D.D.S.); Doctor of Civil 
Law (D.C.L.); Doctor of Science (D.Sc.); and Doctor of 
F.| Literature (D.Lit.), are also granted on the recommendation 
of the Committee on Graduate Studies. 

The requirements for the several Degrees in the Graduate 
School and other information in this connection will be found 
on pages 59 to OI. 


Thorough instruction in all branches of music ils given 
in the Conservatorium of Music recently established in con- : 
nection with the University. Pupils are prepared for the 
different examinations of the Associated Board of the Royal 
Academy of Music and the Royal College of Music of London, 
| England, which are now carried on throughout Canada by 
Se the University. Successful candidates receive certificates 
| bearing the imprimatur of the University as well as that of the 
Associated Board. 
; Full details of the requirements for each examination, 
fees, etc., are published in a separate isyllabus, which can be 
obtained (free), together with specimen Theory papers (price 
ten cents) and full information, on application to the Secretary 
of the McGill Conservatorium of Music, 323 Sherbrooke St. 
W., Montreal. 
For information as to the higher courses leading to 
University Degrees in Music, which it is proposed to insti- 
tute in connection with the Conservatorium, application should 
be made to the Registrar of the University. 

Se er 


Affiliated Colleges. 

Students in Affiliated Colleges are matriculated in the Uni- 
versity, and may pursue their course of study in the affiliated 
college, or in part in the affiliated college, and in part in 
McGill College, as the case may be, and may come up to the 
University examinations on the same terms as the students of 
McGill College. 

A certificate of “ Literate in Arts” will be given to stu- 
dents of Affiliated Colleges who have completed two years 
study in one of these colleges, as undergraduates of McGill 
University, and have passed the prescribed examinations. 

The McGill University College of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., is 
a college of the University, at present conducting courses up to 
the end of the second year in the Faculties of Arts and Applied 
Science. Detailed information is given on page 281. 

The Stanstead Wesleyan College, Stanstead, P. Q., is affiliated in 
so far as regards the work of the first two years in Arts. Detailed in- 
formation may be obtained from the Rev. C. R. Flanders, B.A., D.D., 

Victoria College, Victoria, 'B.C., is affiliatei in so far as regards the 
work of the first two years in Arts, and the first year in Applied 
Science. Detailed information is given on page 281. 

Alberta College, Edmonton, Alta., is affiliated up to the end of the 
first two years in Arts. Full information can be obtained from 
the Principal, Rev. J. H. Riddell, B.A., B.D. 

Affiliated Theological Colleges. 

Students of the following affiliated theological colleges may 
attend the courses of study in Arts, either as undergraduates 
or partial students, with such facilities in regard to exemptions 
as may be agreed on :— 

The Congregational College of Canada, Montreal.—Principal, Rev. E. M. 
Hill, D.D., 58 McTavish St. 

The Diocesan College of Montreal,—Principal, Rev. E. I. Rexford, M.A.,, 
LL.D., 2c1 University St. 

The Presbyterian College, Montreal, in connection with the Presbyterian 
Church in Canada. Principal, Rev. John Scrimger, M.A., D.D., 69 
McTavish St. 

The Wesleyan College of Montreal_—Principal, Rev. W. I. Shaw, D.D., 
LL.D., 228 University St. 

Calendars of each of the above Colleges and all necessary informa- 
tion may be obtained on application to the Principals. 

— ee eee eee 

== a — — 
~ ae SS aaa oo Se 
= ~~ = ——— = : 
= to - a = ms / : 
=* —_ is el tna ag -- —_—-- 
—- eT ’ Tall 

ey age 


he mete Si as 
Se a ne 

Se a a 


Se er 



The School of Education of Macdonald College. 

The School of Education of Macdonald College provides the 
instruction and professional training requisite for Pro- 
testant teachers of elementary and model schools in the 
province of Quebec. Candidates for the academy dip- 
loma receive their instruction in the University. Holders 
of model schocl diplomas from this school are encouraged 
by the offer of bursaries (see page 34) to enter the classes 
in the Faculty of Arts for the academy diploma and for 
the degree of B.A. Copies of the announcement may be 
obtained from the Head of the School, George H. Locke, 
M.A., Macdonald College, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Que. 
For further information, see page 275. 

Affiliated High Schools. 

Schools in which candidates are prepared for matriculation 
are reckoned as afiliated schools in that sense. 

The following schools prepared successful candidates for 
matriculation in June, 1906: 

Albert College, Belleville, Ont.; Alberta College, Edmonton, 
Alta.; Ashbury College, Ottawa; Bedford Academy; Belleville High 
School, Ont.; Bishoo’s College School, Lennoxville, Que.; Brooklyn 
Evening High School, N.Y.; Buckingham Academy; Catholic High 
School, Montreal; Coaticook High School; Columbian College, New 
Westminster, B.C.; Cookshire Academy; Cornwall High School, 
Ont.; Cowansville Academy; Chilliwack High School, B.C.; Crich- 
ton School; Danvile Academy; Dunham Ladies’ College; East 
Orange High Schocl, N.J.; Feller Institute, Grande .Ligne, Que.; 
Gananoque High School, Ont.; Gault Institute, Valleyfield, Que.; 
Girls’ High School, Quebec; Gould Model School; Granby High 
School; Hamilton Collegiate Institute, Ont.; NHarrison College, Bar- 
bados; Hawkesbury High School, Ont.; Highheld School, Hamilton, 
Ont.; Huntingdon Academy; Inverness Academy; King’s College, 
Compton; Lachute Academy; Lennoxville Academy; London Col- 
legiate Institute, Ort.; Mico Institute, New York; Montreal High 
Schools; Montreal Senior School; Nanaimo High School; Ormstown 
Academy; Ottawa Collegiate Institute; Ottawa Ladies’ College; 
Pointe aux Trembles Schools; Port Arthur High School, Ont.; 
Prince of Wales College, P.E.I.; Rapid City P. S., Manitoba; 
Revelstoke High Sciool, B.C.; Ridley College, St. Catharines, Ont.; 
Rockland High Schcol, Ont.; Rossland High School, B.C.; Rothesay 
College, N.B.; Sabtevois College; Seattle High School, Washington 
Terr.; Sherbrooke High School; Shortell’s Academy, Montreal; St. 
Andrew’s College, Toronto; St. Francis College Grammar School, 
Richmond, Que.; St. John The Evangelist School; St. Patrick’s 
School, Quebec; Stanstead Wesleyan College; Sutton Academy; 


Miss Symmers and Miss. Smith’s School; Toronto Junction Collegiate 

Institute, Ont.; Trafalgar Institute; Trinity College School, Port 
Hope, Ont.; Upper Canada College, Toronto, Ont.; Vancouver Col- 
lege, B.C.; Victoria College, B.C.; Waterloo Be ademy; Wesleyan 
Theological College; Westmount Academy; Wykeham House School. 

Affiliation to Other Universities. 

The University is affiliated to the universities of Oxford, 
Cambridge and Dublin, under conditions which allow an 
undergraduate who has taken two years’ work, and has passed 
the second year sessional examination in Arts, to pursue his 
studies and take his degree at any of those universities on a 
reduced period of residence. 

The Session. 

The University Year or Session is divided into two terms, 
the first extending to the Christmas vacation, and the second 
from the expiry of the Christmas vacation to the date 
appointed for the meeting’ of Convocation for the conferring 
of degrees. 

The Session 1907-1908 will commence in the Faculty of Law 
on Tuesday, September roth, 1907, and in all other Faculties 
on Wedn nevdiey: September 18th, 1907, and will end in the 
Faculties of Arts, Applied Science and Law on Thursday, 
April 30th, 1908, and in the Faculty of Medicine, about Friday, 
June 12th, 1908. 

Two matriculation examinations (for entrance to all Facul- 
ties) will be held in 1907, the first commencing on W ednesday, 
June 12th, and the second on Monday, September oth. 

Second Year Exhibition, Third Year Scholarship and Sup- 
plemental Examinations in Arts will begin on Monday, Sep- 
tember oth, 1907. (For time table, see first part of Calendar. ) 

Supplement: al examinations in Applied Science will be held 
in August and September, commencing in August, on Wednes- 
day, the 14th, and in September, on Tuesday, the roth. 

Field work in Surveving will-:commence on Monday, August 
19th, 1907, and the summer school in Mining will be held at 
the end of the session. 



= --_ 
= =F = : <a 5 

i 2 . Seite — “ 
Rk ae a a 

PE ea align = a: 

: ——-—_- = 
_ yee - = 
i - ——es 


—- ao = 

a ——_- — ++ —— 



The annual University Lecture will be delivered on Mon- 
day, October 7th, 1907. 

Summer Classes. During the months of May and June, a 
series of SUMMER CLASSEs will be conducted, intended mainly, 
in the first instance, to meet the requirements of students in 
the first two years of their course. The subjects offered in the 
Faculty of Arts are English, Latin, Greek, Mathematics, 
AN Physics, Chemistry, Logic, French, German and elementary 
. Animal Biology. The fees payable are stated on page 53, 

mt Classes will also be conducted in the following subjects of 
the First Year in the Faculty of Applied Science, if a sufficient 
number of students apply: -Descriptive Geometry, Freehand 
Drawing, Lettering, Mathematics, Physics, Shopwork. For 
fees, see page 54. 
yi A Summer School for the training of Librarians will be held 
during the month of June, 1907. Full information may be 
obtained from Mr. C. H. Gould, B.A., University Librarian. 

During July or August, 1908, a summer school in French 
2) will be-conducted at Macdonald College, Ste. Anne de Belle- 
vue, near Montreal. Full particulars will be furnished by 
the Registrar after January Ist, 1908. 

Board and Residence. 

students, but dormitory accommodation for about 60 is 
provided in Strathcona Hall, the new McGill Y.M.C.A. 
| i building, which has been erected by a committee of the 
Association. Full particulars concerning terms of residence, 

I . 
No college residences have as yet been erected for men 

etc., may be obtained trom the Secretary of the Association, 
348 Sherbrooke St. West, Montreal, who will also make ar- . 
rangements to have students met on arrival and helped to 
secure lodgings, if due notice is sent of the station and time 
at which they will arrive. A detailed description of this build- 

ing will be found on page 242. 
The erection of suitable University residential halls for 

men is contemplated in the near future. 

In the “ McGill Union,’ which has been erected for the 
relaxation and social intercourse of the students of the various 
Faculties, excellent board is supplied at a reasonable rate, 


about fourteen dollars per month. A full description of the 
“Union” building is given on page 241. 

Women students may board and reside either in private 
houses or in the Royal Victoria College, which provides, in 
addition to separate lecture rooms, residential accommodation 
for the women students of the University. The expense of 
board and residence in the Royal Victoria College varies from 
$290 to $440, according to the position of the rooms. Stu- 
dents who do ngt remain over for the summer classes receive 
a deduction of $50 from the regular charge. Further parti- 
culars are given on page 265. 

Good board and lodging can be obtained in private houses 
in the vicinity of the University buildings at a cost of from 
$18 and upwards per month; or, separately, board at $12 to 
$18 per month, rooms at $5 to $12 per month. 

A list of suitable boarding and lodging houses, the 
sanitary conditions of which are required to be properly cer- 
tified, is prepared annualiy, and may be obtained upon appli- 
cation to the Registrar of the University. 

Classification of Students. 

Except under special circumstances, no student under the 
age of sixteen is admitted to the first year courses in Arts, 
Applied Science or Medicine, or under the age of seventeeen 
to the second year, and no student under the age of seventeen 
is admitted to the course in Law. 

Students are classified as Graduate Students, Undergradu- 
ates, Conditioned Students and Partial Students. 

Graduate Students are graduates who are taking a course 
of study leading to a higher degree. 

Undergraduates are matriculated students who are pur- 
suing a full undergraduate course of study leading to a degree. 

In order to obtain undergraduate standing, a candidate must 
have passed the matriculation examination of the University 
or some other examination accepted in lieu thereof (see page 
15), and have registered as a matriculated undergraduate. 

Conditioned Students are those who, not having completed 
their matriculation examination, are pursuing a full under- 
graduate course of study leading to a degree, and are entitled 



to obtain undergraduate standing on completing their matri- 
culation. (See Reg. 7, page 14.) 

Partial Students are those who, not belonging to one of the 
above classes of students, are pursuing a course of study in the 
University. Except as provided below, such students may, 
subject to the approval of the Professor, attend any class with- 
out previous examination. 

Persons who wish to take*a'partial course in the first year 

, of the Faculty of Arts must, if under the age of eighteen 
2 \ years, first present to the Dean certificates of having taken a 
satisfactory course of school instruction. In order to obtain 
admission to the classes in French, intending students must 
have passed the University matriculation examination, or an 
equivalent examination, in that subject. 

Partial students who subsequently obtain undergraduate 
standing by passing the matriculation examination may, as 
undergraduates, be exempted, at the discretion of the Faculty, 
from any particular course or courses of lectures which they 
2) may have attended as partial students and in which they have 

passed the sessional examinations. 

Partial students who intend to proceed to a degree will be 
expected to employ the greater part of their time in qualifying 
themselves to pass the matriculation examination. The classes 
provided for the instruction of conditioned students in matri- 
culation subjects will be available also for partial students who 

| | are so qualifying. 

S } The several Faculties shall discourage partial students who 

a are qualifying for matriculation, from attempting more work 

‘than they are able to undertake, consistently with the require- 
ments of the matriculation examination. 

The Secretary of the Matriculation Board shall, after the 
September examination, send to the Dean of each Faculty a 
report of the standing of those candidates who have failed in 
the matriculation examination, for the guidance of the Facul- 

ties in connection with the admission of partial students to the 
| first year. 7 


All students are required to attend lectures at the Univer- 
sity buildings in Montreal, at Macdonald College (for the 
courses in Agriculture), or at one of the Affiliated Colleges. 



All matters regarding matriculation are under the control 
of a Matriculation Board, which is constituted as follows: 

(a) The Heads of all Departments which may include 
matriculation subjects, e+ officio. 

(b) The Deans of the several Faculties and the Registrar 
of the Faculty of Medicine. 

(c) Such other members of the teaching staff (or others), 
as may be appointed annually by Corporation, the Faculty of 
Arts being given the powef, in any emergency, to make an 
appointment, pro tempore. 

I. Regulations. 

1. Matriculation examinations (for entrance into all Facul- 
ties) are held only in June and September—in June at McGill 
college and (on application) at local centres; in September, 
at McGill College and affiliated colleges (Vancouver, B.C., 
Victoria, B.C., and Edmonton, Alta.), only. 

All inquiries relating to the examination should be ad- 
dressed to the Registrar of the University. 

For the convemience of candidates in Great Britain, who are 
not otherwise qualified for entrance, an examination will be 
held regularly in London each year, commencing on, or about 
the 12th of June. Full information regarding the exact place 
of examination and dates, fee, etc., may be obtained from J. 
Stuart Horner. Esq., care of Messrs. John Birch & te .3 
London Wall Buildings, London, E.C., who has kindly under- 
taken to act as the Honorary Representative of the University 

in England. 

2. Every Candidate for examination is required to fill up an 
application form and return the same with the necessary fee 
one month before the examination. Blank forms may be ob- 
tained from the Registrar. 

sen ee 


6 ee 
Saéper. 2 


= - 
¢ ae ~ 

et ee ee 

ee aes ~— 
ae ee ee 


— ton = 

= —— 


es oe Oe ~ cal = 
ee ed 



— ee 


3. In order to obtain an examination at a local centre, any 
Headmaster or other person must, before May ist, submit 
to the Registrar the name of some suitable person, preferably 
a university graduate, who is willing to act as deputy ex- 
aminer, 1.e., receive the questions, hold the examinations and 
forward the answers to Montreal. The University will be 
responsible for no other local expenses than the payment of 
the deputy-examiners. 

4. The matriculation examination may be taken in two 
parts, the Preliminary Division comprising (1) English Com- 
position and Dictation, (2) English Grammar, (3) History 
and Geography, and (4) Arithmetic, and a candidate who 
passes on any three of the four papers set in this Division, at 
one time,* will be allowed to count, to his credit the subjects 
covered thereby, provided he passes on the remaining paper 
when he presents himself for examination in the Final Divi- 
sion. ‘Those who fail on. two or more papers will be required 
to take this part of the examination over again. 

5. Candidates for examination in the Final Division who 
fail in not more than two subjects at one time * may complete 
matriculation by passing in the subject or subjects in which 
they failed, at any matriculation examination held within the 
same or the following year. 

6. The examination may also be taken as a whole (with- 
out reference to Divisions), in which case those who have 
obtained pass standing in at least half of the required subjects 
for-entrance to any Faculty, at one time,* may complete the 
matriculation examination by passing in the remaining subject 
or subjects at any examination held within the same or the 
following year. 

7. Candidates who at the September examination fail in a 
small part only of the whole examination may, if their general 
standing is sufficiently high, be allowed to enter the first year 
as Conditioned Students. Those who are conditioned in a 

language must attend a special tutorial class during their first 

session, for which a fee of $10 is exigible. Any student, so 


* Subjects passed at the June and September examinations of the same year will] 
be considered as having been passed “ at one time.’”’ Candidates, therefore, who have 
failed at the June examination and present themselves in the following September wil] 
not be required to take the subjects in which they passed in June. 

conditioned, who fails to attend this class with regularity, will 
not be allowed to present himself for xamination., The 
standing of a conditioned student will not as a rule be granted 
to any who have not presented themselves for examination in 
September, nor to those who have not shown sufficient know- 
ledge of the subject or subjects in which they failed to justify 
the examiners in making a favorable recommendation. Con- 
ditioned students can obtain full undergraduate standing by 
passing at a subsequent June or September matriculation ex- 
amination in the subject or subjects in which they failed, and 
will not be permitted to enter the second year of their course 
of study until they have satisfied all matriculation require- 

8 When two or more books or subjects are prescribed for 
one examination it is necessary to pass in each. 

9. A candidate in order to pass must obtain at least 40 per 
cent. of the total number of marks allowed for each subject. 

10. In view of the precautions taken to prevent mistakes, no 
request for the re-examination of a paper shall be granted 
except on payment of a fee of one dollar. Should the appeal 
from the examiner’s valuation be sustained the fee will be 

it. Certificates of having passed the following examina- 
tions will, if submitted to the Registrar, be accepted pro tanto 
in lieu of the matriculation examination, 1.¢., in so far as the 
subjects and standard are, to the satisfaction of the Board of 

Matriculation examiners, the same as or equivalent to those 
required for the matriculation examination of this University. 
Candidates offering certificates which are not a full equivalent 
will be required to pass the matriculation examination in stich 
of the required subjects as are not covered thereby :— 
Province of Quebec. 

The University School Preliminary Examination and the 

Departmental Examination of Grade I Academy. 

The University School Leaving Examination. 
The Examination for the Model School Diploma, under 
certain conditions. 

Province of Ontario. 

The Junior and Senior Teachers’ Certificate Examinations. 
Junior and Senior Matriculation Examinations. 


—_—- = 

S ka 

5 oe er ae 




Sas ss --2 a ™ — a eo - 
nS — - - — en = > om ‘ -- — -_ 
S = = + - a « ss . 
Ss — ~— = oe : nr ae ——- bestest S Seeretss—— rye 
—z OO ee eee a a =» <- 
- ~ — ay 
ae ce rte ht . : - ’ sw 
Se — — Chain | . p 


_ - 
> a 

————<——— — - 

ng age 
A ent 

“et nae eo 


ru Province of New Brunswick. 
The Examinations for Superior and Grammar 
Province of Nova Scotia. 
The Leaving Examinations, Grades XI and XII. 
Province of Prince Edward Island. 
Lhe Examination for First and Second Class Teachers’ 
The Leaving Examination of Prince of Wales College. 
\ Province of British Columbia. 
o The Junior, Intermediate and Senior Grade Examinations. 
The Intermediate and Associate Grade Examinations. 
Aiberta and Saskatchewan. 
The Departmental Examinations for Standards VII. 
and VIII. 
Great Britain. 
The Local Examinations of the leading universities, and the 
Leaving Examinations of the Scotch Education Department. 

Applications for exemptions from the matriculation ex- 
amination, based upon certificates of having passed examina- 
tions other than those above mentioned, will be considered as 
occasion may require by the Board of Matriculation Exami- 
ners. Every such application must be accompanied by cer- 
tificates and full particulars, and should be addressed to the 


If. Fees. 
j See page SI. 

III. Subjects of Examination. 
For candidates intending to take the B.A. course. 
. (See Regulation 4, page 14.) 
| English Composition and Dictation. 
English Grammar. 

History and Geography. 



1. English Literature. 

2, Latin or Greek. . 

2, One of the foliowing: 
Greek or Latin (the one not already chosen), French, German. 

4. Algebra, Part I. 

5. Geometry, Part I. 

G. One of the following: 

Physiography, Botan , Chemistry, Physics, a Language not already 

For candidates intending to take the B.Sc. Course in Arts :— 

As above. 

English Literature. 


Algebra, Part L 
Geometry, Part I. 

. One of the following: 
Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, Latin, Greek. 

ok i ae 
* > 


For candidates entering on the Course for the Diploma of 

One of the following examinations :— 

(1) The ordinary Matriculation Examination for the 
B.A. Course. 

(2) The ordinary Matriculation Examination for the 
B.Se. Course. 

(3) An examination consisting of 

(a) The Preliminary subjects of the present Matricula- 
tion Examination and 

(b) The following Final subjects, viz.: 

English Literature. 

French, including oral examination (pass standard 50 per cent.) 
Algebra, Part I. 

Geometry, Part I. 

One of the following, vi": 

Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics. 

Candidates who intend ultimately to proceed to the study of 
Medicine are reminded that for Medical Registration it is 

necessary to take Latin. 


Holders of Model School diplomas who are certified by 
the Head of the School of Education of Macdonald College 
to have taken 75 per cent. of the total marks at their final 
examinations, with not less than 50 per cent. of the marks 
in (1) Mathematics, (2) French, and (3) Latin or Greek, re- 
spectively, will be admitted without further examination as 
undergraduates of the First Year in Arts. 

Nine Exhibitions, ranging in value from $100 to $200 
each, will be awarded on the result of the Matriculation 
Examination for entrance to the Faculty of Arts on the sub- 
jects of the Final Division, in June, 1908; and five, each 
of the value of $150, and three Scholarships of the annual 
value of $150 each, tenable for two years, will be awarded 
on the result of an examination on the subjects required for 
matriculation, together with additional work. Full particulars 
are given on pages 31 to 34" 

In addition to the above, two Exhibitions of the value of 
$50.00 each, tenable for one year, will be awarded in 1907 to 
the two candidates who take the highest standing in the Matri- 
culation Examination for entrance on the Course for the 
Diploma of Commerce. 


For all courses leading to the degree of B.Sc., in Applied 
Science. | 

(See Regulation 4, page 14.) 

English Composition and Dictation. 
English Grammar. 

History and Geography. 



1. English Literature. 

2. One of the following: 
French, German, Latin, Greek. 

3. Algebra, Parts I. and IT. 

4. Geometry, Parts I. and II. 

« §. Trigonometry. 

6. One of the following: 
Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, a Language not already 

SS ——— 


For the course leading to the degree of B.Arch. 


a a Fe ee - 

As above. 

a . 

Mee eee eee — 


1. English Literature. 
2. French. 
3. One of the following: 
Greek, Latin, German, Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics. 
4. Algebra, Part I. 
5. Geometry, Part I. 
G6. Freehand and Geometrical Drawing. 

a a ee Ee 
= — 
- = = 

French-speaking candidates for matriculation in this Faculty 
will be allowed to take examinations in French equivalent to 
those required in English. (For particulars, see p. 25.) 

The Canadian Railway Club has established a Scholarship, 
to be competed for by the sons of members of the club, and 
to be awarded to that one who obtains the highest standing 
at the Matriculation Examination for entrance on the B.Sc. 
course in Applied Science. 

(See Regulation 4, page 14.) 

English Composition and Dictation. 
English Grammar. 
History and Geography. 

Arithmetic. | 

1. English Literature. ) 

2. Latin. i 
3. Algebra, Part I. La 
4. Geometry, Part I. . 
5. Chemistry. | 
6. Physics. | 
7. One of the following: i} 
Greek, French, German. i 
In addition to the certificates mentioned on page 15, the | 
following are accepted in lieu of the Matriculation Examin- 4] 

ation for entrance in Medicine, provided they cover Latin: 

ee ee 

EE ee ee oe 
~~ = 

‘ = 
tlh acct nt 


The degree of Bachelor of Arts obtained from any recog- 
nized university. 

A certificate of having passed the examination of a Pro- 
vincial Medical Council. 

In the case of candidates from the United States, a cer- 
tificate of having passed a State or University examination 
fully equivalent to the Matriculation Examination required 
for entrance in this University. 

The examination requirements for those who intend to 
practise medicine in any of the Provinces of Canada will be 
learned by corresponding with the Registrars of the several 
Provincial Medical Councils. (For names and addresses see 
page 220). 



(See Regulation 4, page 14.) 

English Composition and Dictation. 
English Grammar. 
History and Geography. 

1. English Literature. 

2. Latin. 

3. French. 

4. Algebra, Part I. 

5. Geometry, Part I. 

6. -One of the following: 

Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, Greek, German. 

Candidates must reach a high standard in Latin and 

In addition to those who qualify on certificates men- 
tioned on page 15, Bachelors of Arts, Science, or Letters of 
any Canadian or British University (see R.S.O., 3503a) are 
admitted without examination. 

No candidate domiciled in the Province of Quebec shall 
be admitted as an undergraduate in the Faculty of Law 
who shall not, in: addition to other matriculation require- 
ments, possess an adequate knowledge of French. Every 
candidate for admission as an undergraduate, whether 


exempt from the matriculation examination or not, shall be 
specially examined in this subject by an examiner appointed 
by Corporation, on the recommendation of the Matricula- 
tion Board, before being allowed to enter, and shall not be 
considered to possess an adequate knowledge.unless he can 
e with fair fluency and can translate with 
E ; 

speak the languag 
english into French. 

ease a passage Of 

Candidates who intend to practise law or to be admitted to 
the notarial profession in the Province of Quebec are referred 
to the Statutory requirements, as shown on pages 221-224, 
under Faculty of Law. If they are not sraduates they should 
pass the examination for admission to study required by the 
Council of the Bar or by the Board of Notaries, as the case 
may be, before seeking to matriculate. In that case they will 
be matriculated without examination. 

<7 ae = = 
_ os _ 
A — 9 ae 
See ee 
— - See 

a = 


IV, Requirements in each Subject. 


English Composition and Dictation. 

For Composition.—Candidates will write a short essay on 
a subject to be given at the time of the examination. 

English Grammar. 

Main facts in connection with the history of the language ; 
Etymology and Syntax. A good knowledge of Parsing and 
Analysis is essential. West's English Grammar for Beginners 
is recommended as a text-book. 

History and Geography. 

Candidates will be required to show a somewhat intimate 
acquaintance with the history of England, from 1485 to the 
present time. While any text-book written for the upper 
forms of schools may be used in preparation for the examina- 
tion, Gardiner’s Outline of English History (Longmans) is re- 

The Geography required will be that relating to the His- 
tory prescribed. 


All the ordinary rules, including Square Root, and a know- 
ledge of the Metric System. 


English Composition and Literature. 
Composition.—As in Sykes’s Elementary Composition, witn 

an essay on some subject connected with the works prescribed 

in Literature. Frequent practice in composition is essential. 


1907 and 1908. — Any two of the following: — Shake- 
spere’s Merchant of Venice; Nineteenth Century Prose (ed. 
Cunliffe), pp. I-126, with notes (Copp, Clark Co.) ; Poems of 
the Romantic Revival (Copp, Clark Co.), pages 1 to 82 with 

An alternative paper will be set on the work specified in 
English for the Junior Matriculation examination of the Pro- 

vince of Ontario. 

For 1907 :— 

Grammar, Composition and Translation at Sight. — The 
composition will consist of sentences and easy narrative based 
upon the prescribed texts. 

Texts——(translation and grammatical study) :— 

Xenophon, Anabasis I (as in White’s Beginners’ Greek 
Book, pp. 304-428), or Xenophon, Anabasis II. 

For 1908 :— 

Texts.—Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I, Chaps. 1 to 8, or 
Farnell’s “Tales from Herodotus” (Macmillan’s sciement- 
ary Classics), Chaps. VIII to XVI. 

Grammar.— Knowledge of Grammar will be tested by 
translation and composition, and by grammatical questions 
based on the specified texts. 

Translation at Sight from Greek into English. 

Composition.—Translation into Greek of detached English 
sentences and easy narrative based on the prescribed texts. 



In 1908 two papers will be set:—(1) Translation at 
Sight and Composition ; (2) Translation from and gram- 
matical and other questions based on the prescribed texts. 
No candidate will be allowed to pass who fails on paper (1). 

Alternative questions will be set o1 the work prescribed in 
Greek for the Junior Matriculation examination of the Pro- 
vince of Ontario, if this differs from that specified above. 

At the September examination other texts equivalent to 
those specified may be accepted, if application be made to the 
Registrar at least one month before the date of the examina- 

For 1907 :— 

Grammar, Composition and Translation at Sight—The 
composition will consist of sentences and easy narrative based 
upon the prescribed texts. 

Texts.—(Translation and grammatical study) :— 

Cornelius Nepos, Lives of Themistocles and Aristides 
(Wilkinson, in Macmillan’s Elementary Classics) ; Caesar, De 
Bello Gallico, Bks. IV and V: Ovid, Stories from the Me- 
tamorphoses (as in Gleason’s “A Term of Ovid,” pages 54 
to the end, American Book Company). 

For 1908 :— 

Texts.—Caesar, De Bello Gallico, Book IV, Cnap. 20, to 
the end of Book V; Ovid, Stories from the Metmorphoses 
(as in Gleason’s * A Term of Ovid,” lines 1 to 670, American 
Book Company ). 

Grammar.—Knowledge of Grammar will be tested by 
translation and composition, and by grammatical questions 
based on tne specified texts. 

Translation at Sight from Latin into English. 

Composition.—Translation into Latin of detached Eng- 
lish sentences and easy narrative based on the prescribed texts. 

In 1908 two papers will be set:—(1) Translation at 
Sight and Composition; (2) Translation from and gram- 

ee oT. 


matical and other questions based on the prescribed texts. 
No candidate will be allowed to pass who fails on paper (1). 

Note.—The Roman method of pronouncing Latin , is 

An alternative paper will be set on the Latin texts pre- 
scribed for the Junior Matriculation examination of the Pro- 
vince of Ontario, if these differ from those specified above. 

At the September examination other texts in Latin equi- 
valent to those specified may be accepted, if application be 
made to the Registrar at least a month before the day of the 

For 1907 :— 

Grammar. — Accidence and Syntax, including translation 
into French of simple English sentences to test the candidate’s 
familiarity with elementary grammar. No candidate will be 
allowed to pass who fails in this part of the examination. 
Books recommended :—Bertenshaw’s French Grammar (Long- 
mans), and Cameron’s Elements of French Prose Composi- 
tion (Holt & Co.). 

Translation at Sight from French into English. Transla- 
tion into French of easy English passages. 

For 1908 :— 

Grammar.—A thorough knowledge of French Accidence 
and of those points of Syntax which are of more frequent 
occurrence in an ordinary easy style. 

Translation at Sight into English of a French passage of 
moderate difficulty. 

Lranslation at Sight into French of detached English 
sentences and an easy English passage. Material for such 
translation is selected with a view to testing the candidate’s 
general knowledge of French Grammar. Candidates are 
required to pass in English-French translation as well as 
in the paper as a whole. 


Books recommended :—Bertenshaw’s French Grammar 
(Longmans), and Cameron’s Elements of French Prose 
Composition (Holt & Co.). 

French-speaking candidates for matriculation in the Fa- 
culty of Applied Science will, if they offer French in place of 
English (see*p. 19), be examined in the following :-— 

French Composition, Dictation, Grammar (Larousse, Gram- 
maire Supérieure). 3 

French Literature: — (Corneille, Le Cid: Racine, Andro- 
maque. ) 

French History :—(A. Rambaud, Histoire de la Civilisation 
Frangaise. ) 

For special regulation re matriculation in Law, see page 20. 

For 1907 :— 

Grammar.—A thorough knowledge of German Accidence 
and of the more important rules of Syntax. 

Translation. — Candidates must be able to translate into 
German exercises approximately equal in difficulty to those 
contained in the Joynes-Meissner German Grammar (First 
Part, and Lessons 46, 47, 57; 58, 59 and 60, of the Third 
Part), or in the corresponding chapters of Van der Smissen’s 
High School German Grammar. 

Texts.—(translation and grammatical study) :— 

Auf der Sonnenseite (Heath & Co.) ; Storm, Immensee 
(Heath & Co.). 

For 1908 :— 

Grammar.—A thorough knowledge of German Accidence 
and of the syntax of the topics treated in Lessons 46, 47, 57; 
58, 59 and 60 of the Joynes-Meissner Grammar, and as pre- 
sented in the Joynes-Meissner, Van der Smissen, or any other 
German Grammar of equally good standing. 

Translation at Sight into English of a German passage of 
moderate difficulty. 

Translation into German of detached English sentences 
and of an easy English passage. Material for such transla- 
tion is selected’ with a view to exemplifying the points of 
grammar included within the above limits. 


poe = j 

a in 3 
it i : 
a ae 
i + By af 
i 1) 
Hi fh 
Wh Sid 

Me || 

ne } 

1 ae 



Texts.—(Translation and grammatical study) :— 
Auf der Sonnenseite (Heath & Co.) ; Storm, Immensee 
(Heath & Co.). 

The Ontario Junior Matriculation requirements in German 
will be accepted in place of the texts specified above. 

At the September examination other texts equivalent to 
those specified may be accepted, if application be made to the 
Registrar at least one month before the date of the examina- 

Algebra, Part I. 

Elementary rules, Involution, Evolution, Fractions, Indices, 
Surds, ‘Simple and Quadratic Equations of one or more un- 
known quantities ; as in Hall and Knight’s Elementary Algebra 
to end of Surds (omitting portions marked with an asterisk), 
or as in similar text-books. 

Algebra, Part II. 

The three Progressions, Ratio, Proportion, Variation, Per- 
mutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, Logarithms, 
Theory of Quadratic Equations, as in the remainder of Hall 
and Knight’s Elementary Algebra (omitting Chaps. 40 to 43 
inclusive), or as in similar text-books. 

Geometry, Part I. 

Euclid’s Elements, Books I, II, III, with easy deductions; 
or an equivalent. 

An alternative paper will be set on the Ontario Junior 
Matriculation requirements in this subject. 

Geometry, Part II. 
Euclid’s Elements, Books IV and VI, with definitions of 
Book V, and easy deductions; or an equivalent. 


Measurement of angles, trigonometrical ratios or functions 
of one angle, of two angles and of a multiple angle; as in 
Lock’s Elementary Trigonometry, Chaps. I to XII, Hall and 
Knight’s Trigonometry, Chaps. I to IV and VII to XII, all 
inclusive; or as in similar text-books. 




The elements of the science, as in Davis’s Elementary 
Physical Geography, or any other text-book covering the same 

For 1907 — 

As in Groom’s Elementary Botany. 

Candidates will be given extra credit for plant collections 
of a maximum of 25 species each. They will tse Penhallow’s 

Guide to'the Collection of Plants and Blanks for Plant De- 

The collections will be returned, if desired, at the expense 
of the school or individuals to whom they belong. 

Any plant of the same family may be substituted for any 
one of those specified in Part Il of Groom’s Elementary 
Botany; according to the requirements of the locality. 

For 1908 :— 
Text-book to be selected. 


Elementary Inorganic Chemistry, comprising the prepara- 
tion and properties of the chief non-metallic elements and 
their more important compounds, the laws ef chemical action, 
combining weight, etc. The ground is simply and effectively 

covered by Remsen’s “ Elements of Chemistry,” pp. 1 to 165 
(Macmillan’s Edition). 


Properties of matter; elementary mechanics of solids and 
fluids, including the laws of motion, simple machines, work, 
energy ; fluid pressure and specific gravity; thermometry, the 
effects and modes of transmission of heat. 

Text-book recommended — Gage’s Introduction to Phy- 
sical Science, 1902 edition (Ginn & Co.), Chaps. I to IV in- 


i eal 



a) eS? et 
Se a eee “ 


V. Dates of the Examinations, 

The examinations in 1907 will commence on Wednesday, 
June 12th and on Monday, September oth. Special arrange- 
ments may be made for the examination of candidates who 
are prevented by severe illness or domestic affliction from 
presenting themselves on the dates fixed. 

For the September Time Table, see first part of Calendar. 

Entrance to Second Year. 

Admission to the Second Year in Arts is open, as a rule, 
only to undergraduates who have passed the First. Year 
Sessional Examinations in regular course, but in special cases, 
to be dealt with by the Faculty, candidates may be admitted 
directly to the Second Year without having passed through 
the curriculum of the First Year. 

Admission Ad Eundem Statum. 

Any student of another university wishing to be admitted 
to this University with equivalent standing, is requested to 
send with his application :— 

Ist.—A calendar of the University in which he has studied, 
giving a full statement of the courses of study. 

2nd.—A complete statement of the course he has followed. 

3rd.—A certificate of the standing gained, and of conduct. 

These will be submitted to the Faculty in which he desires 
to register. 

The Faculty, if otherwise satisfied, will decide what exam- 
ination, if any, or what conditions may be necessary before 
admitting the candidate. 



———— em 


1. The Rhodes Scholarships. — A Rhodes Scholar will be 
elected by McGill University in 1908 and again in IQII. 

This scholarship is of the annual value of £300 sterling and 
‘s tenable at the University of Oxford for three years. The 
Scholar must be a British subject, must be over 19 and under 
2s years of age and must have reached at least the end of his 
sophomore or second year in the University. 

Rhodes Scholarships have been awarded as follows :—1904, 
Herbert J. Rose, B.A., and John G. Archibald, B.A.; 1905, 
Talbot M. Papineau, B.A. ; 1906, Alexander R. McLeod, B.A. 

2. Science Scholarships granted by Her Majesty's Commis- 
sioners for the Exhibition of 1851.—These scholarships of the 
value of £150 sterling a year are tenable for two, or, in rare 
instances, three years. They are limited, according to the Re- 
port of the Commission, “to those branches of Science stich as 
Physics, Mechanics and Chemistry, the extension of which is 
specially important for our national industries.” Their object 
‘s not to facilitate ordinary collegiate studies, but “to enable 
students to continue the prosecution of science with the view 
of aiding in its advance or in its application to the industries 
of the country.” ( 

It is open to students of not less than three years’ standing 
who have shown evidence of capacity for original research, 
and is tenable at any university or at any other institution ap- 
proved by the Commission. 

A nomination to one of these Scholarships may be granted 
to McGill University in 1909, in which event applications 
should be sent in to the Registrar on or before March Ist. 

This Scholarship has been awarded as follows :— 

Evans, P. N., 1891; Macphail, J. A., 1803; King, R. O., 1895; 

Gil, J. L. W., 1897; McLean, W. B., 18909; McClung, R. K., 1901; 
Cooke, H. Lester, 1903; Johnson, F. M. G., 1905; ‘Simpson, J. C., 


= —— — — oS  — , 
er - = > as 2 > ; 
<= = ew Asa 

oo gees Ad 




| | 

_—_ — ~~ 
a == 


3. Ihe Dr. T. Sterry Hunt Research Scholarship in 
Chemistry.—It is proposed to offer this scholarship each year 
to graduate students in the Faculties of Arts and Applied 


1. No student can hold more than one exhibition or schol- 
arship at the same time. 

2. Exhibitions and scholarships will not necessarily be 
awarded to the candidates who have obtained the highest 
marks. An adequate standard of merit will be required. 

3. If in any college year there be not a sufficient number 
of candidates showing adequate merit, any one or more of the 
exhibitions or scholarships offered for competition may be 
given to more deserving candidates in another year. 

4. A successful candidate must, in order to retain his schol- 
arship or exhibition, proceed regularly with his college course 
to the satisfaction of the Faculty. 

5. The annual income of the scholarships or exhibitions 
will be paid in four instalments, viz.:—In October, December, 
February and April, about, the 2oth day of each month. 


Lhe Jane Redpath Exhibition, founded by the late Mrs. Red- 
path, of Terrace Bank, Montreal :—value, about $90, Open 
to both men and women. 

Two Sir William Dawson Exhibitions, given by the New York 
Graduates’ Society :—value, one $62, and the other $60. 

Ten Macdonald Scholarships and Exhibitions, founded by Sir 
W. C. Macdonald, Montreal :—value $125 to $150 each. 

The Charles Alexander Scholarship (for men students), 
founded by the late Charles Alexander, Esq., Montreal, for 
the encouragement of the study of Classics and other sub- 
jects :—value $90. 

The Major H. Mills Scholarship, founded by bequest of the 
late Major Hiram Mills :—value $100. 

The Barbara Scott Scholarship, founded by the late Miss Bar- 
bara Scott, Montreal, for the encouragement of the study 


of the Classical languages and literature: — value $100 to 

The Mackenzie Scholarship for Economics and Political 
Science, founded in memory of the late Hon. Alexander 
Mackenzie :-—value $150. 

The P. S. Ross Exhibition, tor competition in the Commer- 
cial Course, founded by Mr. P. D. Ross, in memory of his 
late father, P. S. Ross:—value $100. 

The Rev. Samuel Massey Exhibitions, founded by Mr. George 
Massey, in memory of his late father, Rev. Samuel Mas- 
sey :—Two, of the value of $62.50 each. 

The following Exhibitions and Scholarships * will be offered 
for competition in June, 1908, to candidates for admission to 
the first year :— 

(1) Matriculation Exhibitions. 

Five for the B.A. Course and two for the B.Sc. Course, in 
Arts, open to both men and women, of the value of $100 each ; 
and two, open to women only and conditional on residence in 
the Royal Victoria College, one of $200 and one of $100. 

These exhibitions will be awarded for general proficiency 
on the results of the matriculation examination, in the sub- 
jects of the Final Division. (For which see page r7). 

For the Matriculation Exhibitions the value attached to 

each subject is as follows :— 

Language subjects.... +--+ +++: 100 Marks. 
Mathematical subjects... .- -- +--+ [100 > 
English 4.35 ve ee ee ee ee 7 ay 
Science subjects:. .. ++ s+ «+ ++ 99 i 

Two exhibitions of the value of $50.00 each, tenable for 
one year—and known as the P. S. Ross Exhibitions—will be 
awarded in 1907 to the two candidates who stand highest in 
the matriculation examination for entrance to the Course for 
the Diploma of Commerce. 

For subjects of examination, see page 17. 

* A Scholarship is ordinarily tenable for two years; an Exhibition for one year. 

ae as ae 


ee ee 


a * Se 
4 ae. Ze 
. _ & - 

(2) Advanced Exhibitions. 

Five exhibitions of the value of $150 each, and three 
scholarships, tenable for two years, of the value of $150 each 
per year. 

These exhibitions and scholarships will be awarded on the 
result of an examination on any three of the following sub- 
jects; provided, however, that no award will be made to a 
candidate who has not obtained first-class standing at the Uni- 
versity matriculation examination or at an examination which 
is accepted as its equivalent: English, Latin, Greek, French, 
German, Mathematics. 

The scholarships shall be awarded to the three candidates 
(otherwise qualified) who take the highest standing in the ex- 
amination, and the tenure of the scholarship for the second 
year {shall be contingent on the holder obtaining a first-class 
standing in the sessional examinations of the first year, or, 
in the case of those who obtain first-class in an Advanced 
Course, a standing of not lower than second class in any 

One or more additional Advanced Exhibitions may be 
awarded in case the number of candidates who attain a sufh- 
ciently high standard for Scholarships is less than three. 

Every candidate for a First Year Exhibition or Scholar- 
ship shall, on application for examination, sign a declaration 
to the effect that he intends to proceed to a degree in Arts in 
this University. Blank forms of application, to be obtained 
from the Registrar, must be filled out and returned before the 
first of May preceding the examination. 

The subjects for the Advanced Exhibitions are of equal 

Details of the Requirements in each subject. 

The details, for 1908 and 1900, of the work in the sub- 
jects for Advanced Exhibitions (any three of which may be 
chosen, as stated abcve) are as follows :— 


Grammar.—An advanced knowledge of this subject will be 
required, and, in addition, some acquaintance with the his- 




torical development of English as illustrated in common and 

ee eB pe 


SO we me ee 

important words. The candidate is recommended to read 
Mason’s or West’s Elements of English Grammar, and ex- 
pected to supplement Mason or West by using Morris’s His- 
torical Outlines of English Accidence (Macmillan & Co.) as 


a book of reference. 

Literature, 1908 and i909.—Poems of the Romantic 
kevival (Copp, Clark Co.), pp. 83-200, with Introduction 
and Notes; Macaulay, Essays on Byron, Warren Hastings, 

—— ‘ Bint sles 

ee : 
si = -_—- : 

ee — td a ~—s 
adie Sse 


Compositionn—The candidate will be required to write an 
essay on some subject connected with the examination. 


Grammar; Translation at Sight; Prose Composition. 

Translation from and questions on the following texts :— 

1908.—Horace, Odes, Book I; Livy, Book II, chaps. 1 to 33. 

1909.—Virgil, Aeneid, Book II; Cicero, in Catilinam | 
and II. 

Candidates will have the option of taking an additional paper 
m, Composition and Translation at Sight instead of that on the 
prescribed texts. 


Grammar; Translation at Sight; Prose Composition. 

Translation from and questions on the following texts :— 

1908.—Homer, Odyssey IX ; Thucydides I, chaps. 89 to 118. 

1909.—Homer, Iliad VI, and Lucian, Charon. 

Candidates who do not offer the books prescribed above will 
have the option of taking an additional paper in Composition 

and Translation at Sight. 



4 Li 
eB § 
\ : 



a ee he 8 
_— a See 

ie Mis 

ir i ee 




(a) Grammar, including Syntax; (b) Translation at sight 
of French into English; (c) Translation at sight of easy Eng- 
lish prose passages into French; (d) Translation from the fol- 
lowing texts :— 

1908 and 1909.—Augier, Le Gendre de M. Poirier 
(Heath & Co.); De Vigny, La Canne de Jone (Heath & 
Co.) ; Sand, La Mare au Diable (Ginn & Co.). 

Se A Se 


| RE SS ot oe — ee ee ee er 



. os -t 



(a) Grammar.—Accidence and Syntax; (0) Translation at 
sight from German into English; (c) Translation at sight into 
German of an easy passage of English prose; (d) ‘Translation 
and grammatical study of the following texts :— 

1908 and 1909.—Fouqué, Undine (Holt); Chamisso, 
Peter Schlemihl (Holt); Keller, Kleider machen Leute 



Geometry.—Euclid’s Elements, Books IV and VI, with de- 
finitions of Book V, and easy deductions. 

Algebra.—The three Progressions, Ratio, Proportion, Varia- 
tion, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, 
Logarithms, Theory of Quadratic Equations, as in Hall & 
Knight’s Elementary Algebra (omitting Chapters 40-43 in- 
clusive), or as in similar text-books. 

Trigonometry. — Measurement of angles, trigonometrical 
ratios or functions of one angle, of two angles and of a mul- 
tiple angle, as in Lock’s Elementary Trigonometry, Chapters 
I-XII; Hall & Knight’s Trigonometry, Chaps. I to IV and VII 
to XII, all inclusive; or as in similar text-books. 

In addition to the above first year exhibitions, three bur- 
aries, of the value of $60 each, are offered annually in the 
Faculty of Arts to the three teachers-in-training of the School 
of Education of Macdonald College (1) who have satisfied 
the requirements for entrance to this Faculty. and (2) who, 
of all those applying for these bursaries, stand highest in their 
final examination for the Model School Diploma. 


Six Exhibitions, ranging in value from $100 to $150 each, 
will be offered for competition to students entering the second 
year, in September, 1907 :— 

The subjects of examination are divided into two groups as 
follows :— 

Group I.—Greek, Latin, French, German, English. 

Group II.—Mathematics, Physics. 

* Second Year Exhibitions are open to students who have passed the first year 
sessional examinations, provided that not more than two sessions have elapsed since 
their matriculation ; and also to candidates for entrance into the second year. The 
second year exhibition examination will, for candidates who have not previously 
entered the University, be regarded as a matriculation examination, pro tanto. 



Candidates are required to offer two major subjects and one 
minor subject. The two major subjects must be selected from 
the same group, the minor subject from either group, the ex- 
amination in the major subject being more extensive than that 
in the same subject presented as a minor subject. Two Exhibi- 
tions of $150 each and two of $100 each are offered to candi- 
dates taking their major subjects from Group I, and one 
Exhibition of $150 and one of $100 to candidates taking their 
major subjects from Group II. 

The above Exhibitions are open to all.undergraduates in 
Arts, whether they are taking the B.A. or the B.Sc. course. 

In 1908 an Exhibition, of the value of $50.00, to be known 
as'the P. S. Ross Exhibition, will be awarded to the student 
entering the second year of the Commercial Course who takes 
the highest standing at the sessional examinations of the First 

Requirements in each Subject. 

(As a Major Subject.) 
For 1907 :— 
I. (a) Lucian, Menippus and Timon (Mackie, Pitt Press). 
(b) Cebetis Tabula (Jerram, Clarendon Press). 
(c) Euripides, Heraclide (Jerram, Clarendon Press). 
II. Composition and Translation at Sight. 
III. History :—Morey’s “ Outlines of Greek History with 
a Survey of Ancient Oriental Nations ” (American Book Com- 
For 1908 :— 
I. (a) Plato, Apologia (Adam, Pitt Press). 
(b) Euripides, Hecuba (Hadley, Pitt Press), 
IT. AS mm 1907. 
III. As in 1907. 


(As a Minor Subject for 1907.) 
The same as above, omitting I c. and III. 
(As a Minor Subject for 1908.) 

The same as above, omitting I (b) and III. 



(As a Major Subject). 

For 1907 :— 
I. (a) Virgil, Eclogues, omitting IH and I] (Sidgwick, 
Pitt Press). 
(b) Tacitus, Agricola (Pearce, Bell). 
(c) Ovid, Metamorphoses XIII, lines I to 729 (Sim- 
mons, Macmillan). 
Il. Composition and Translation at Sight. 
III. Roman History:—From the First Punic War to the 
death of Sulla. 
For 1908 :— 
[. (a) Cicero, pro Roscio Amérino (Stock, Clarendon 



(b) Virgil, Bucolica (Sidgwick, Pitt Press), omitting 
the 2nd and 3rd Eclogues. 

Ae an 1907. 

III. As in 1907. 

(As a Minor Subject for 1907.) 

The same as above, omitting I ¢ and III. 

(As a Minor Subject for 1908.) 

The same as above, omitting I (b) and III. 

(As a Major Subject). 

(a) Grammar; (b) translation at sight of an English 
passage into French; (c) French Composition on a prescribed 
subject; (d) a critical study of the following texts, tested by 
questions in the French language to be answered in French :— 

For 1907 and 1908.—Corneille, Cinna (Holt) ; Moliére, Le 
Malade Imaginaire (Macmillan) ; Daudet, Tartarin de Taras- 
con (American Book Co.) ; Thiers, Expédition de Bonaparte 
en Egypte (Holt) ; Ohnet, La Fille du Député (Holt). 


(As a Minor Subject for 1907 and 1908.) 
The same as above, omitting Cinna and Tartarin de Ta- 


(As a Major Subject.) 

(a) Grammar; (b) translation at sight from German into 
English, and from English into German; (c) the lives of 
Lessing and Schiller and a critical study of the following 
texts i— 

For 1907 and 1908.—Schiller, Die Piccolomini (Pitt Press) 
and Der  Geisterseher (Heath); Kleist, Michael Kohlhaas 
(Holt) ; Fulda, Talisman (Heath). 

(As a Minor Subject for 1907 and 1908.) 
The same as above, omitting Die Piccolomini and Der Geis- 



=~) = 


: et - aie al eS z ee - — = == eee 
ae 2 PR a = —= x ie —— —— —— - : = a —— ~~ -- 
Ket. didi — ae eh a 3s : + ‘4 : a 
- = UES. — . — — mes = + Vey oy 
< ———— : i = = Sate nine : = -- — 
ua = _— > ==s Ms : = — — ee _- = 
ents : -- iam . - . - ri 
= = iy ee ee ee a a alles ad oh t as 
- - _ oo es — _— ee == = — — = “ a 
Po —— * = la 

(As a Major Subject.) 

Literature.—Shakspere, Julius Caesar (ed. Deighton, Mac- 
millan); Milton, Comus- (ed. Bell, Macmillan); Johnson, 
Lives of Dryden and Pope (ed. Milnes, Clarendon Press 

Series ). 


History.—Church, Middle Ages. 


(As a Minor Subject.) 

The same as above, omitting Comus and Lives of Dryden 
and Pope. 

} " 
i ft 
Ve) ae. 


te = 

(As a Major Subject. ) 

Plane Geometry.—Ordinary and advanced section courses of 

the first year. 
Algebra.—Selected course from Chaps. I-XXXII of Hall 

and Knight’s Higher Algebra. 
Theory of Equations.—Selected course from Burnside and 

Plane and Spherical Trigonontetry—As in the ordinary 

and advanced courses of the first year. 

tl, el Ama 

e TO ee Pea se ae, ee ete 

Se er 




(As a Minor Subject.) 
The Mathematics of‘the first year ordinary course. 
As in Carhart and Chute. 


The following seven Scholarships, of the annual value of 
$150 each, will be open for competition to students entering 
the third year in September, 1907 :-— 

One for English and another language. 

One for Latin or Greek and another language +. (English 

One for French or Germaniand another language + (Eng- 
lish excepted). 

Two for Mathematics and Physics. 

One for Biology and Psychology.} 

One in Economics. 

In the event of no candidate of sufficient merit presenting 
himself, the scholarship assigned to any group of subjects may, 
at the discretion of the Faculty, be awarded in another group, 
whether a scholarship ha’s been already assigned to that group 
or not. 

Of the two Third Year Scholarships assigned to Mathe- 
matics and Physics, one is open to women only, the other to 
men only. Should, however, no candidate be eligible for the 
scholarship open to men only, it may be awarded to a woman. 

In the award of Third Year Scholarships, the second year 
standing of candidates, in the subjects selected, will be taken 
into account. 

Mackenzie Scholarship. — The holder of the scholarship in 
Economics is required to proceed with the work of the 
Honour Course in Economics and History, course B (see 

page 83). 

* Third Year Scholarships are open to students who have passed the second year 
sessional examination, provided that not more than three sessions have elapsed since 
their matriculation; and also to candidates who have obtained what the Faculty may 
deem equivalent standing in some other un‘versity, provided that application be made 
before the end of the session nreceding the examination. | Double course ‘students 
(Arts and Applied Science or Arts and Medicine) are not eligible for these Scholarships. 

+ The language not chosen in the first instance may be taken as the second 

language. : . , : 
t In September, 1908, this Scholarship will be awarded for Chemistry and Physics. 



Requirements in each Subject. 


Prose Composition; Translation at Sight; questions on 
Greek Language, Literature and History. 


Prose Composition; Translation at Sight; questions on Latin 
Language and Literature and Roman History. 

English and History. 

Literature. Shakspere, Tempest, ed? Deighton (Macmil- 
lan); Milton, Paradise Lost, Books I and II, ed. Macmillan 
(Macmillan) ; Burke, On Conciliation with America, ed. Cook, 
(Longmans); Arnold, Essays in Criticism, Second Series 
(Macmillan’s Colonial Library). History.—Robinson, Intro- 
duction to the History of Western Europe (Ginn & Co.). 
Composition.—The candidate will be required to write an 
essay on some subject connected with the literature or history 
prescribed. High marks will be given for this subject. 



Deuteronomy, Chaps. I-VII (Driver’s Deuteronomy in Inter- 
national Commentary Series) ; also the record of the Call of 
the Prophets Isaiah, Jeremiah and Ezekiel, 7.e., Is.: VI; Jer.: 
I, and Ezek.: I. Papers will also be set on easy prose com- 
position, pointing, sight translation and miscellaneous ques- 


(a) Composition; (b) translation at sight from French 
into English; (c) questions on the subject matter of the fol- 
lowing texts, the lives of their authors and the periods they 
represent :-— . 

For 1907 and 1908. — Moliére, Le Médecin malgré lui 
(Heath); Racine, Phédre (Heath); Hugo, Quatre-vingt- 
treize (Ginn) and Les Misérables (Heath) ; Taine, Introduc- 
tion a l’Histoire de la Littérature Anglaise (Heath) ; Rostand, 
Cyrano de Bergerac (Holt). 

The entire examination will be held in the French language. 



oe ee Oe 
- aoe —— 

ats See 





he, t t 

oak 4 
b Wed | 

7 f i 

: o | y 


- * 
vad oe 
at . 






| | 

. - e 
- = ~ = ome _ 
ee eee 


(a) Composition; (b) translation at sight from German 
into English; (c) questions on the subject matter of the fol- 
lowing texts, the lives of their authors and the periods they 
represent :— 

For 1907 and 1908. — Goethe, Dichtung und Wahrheit 
(Heath); Schiller, Das Lied von der Glocke (Holt) and 
Wallenstein’s Lager (Holt); Eichendorff, Aus dem Leben 
eines Taugenichts (Holt); Heine, Prose Selections (Macmil- 
lan }*s Immermann, Der Oberhof (Pitt Press). 

Mathematics and Physics. 

Differential and Integral Calculus. — Lamb's Infinitesimal 
Calculus and Chandler’s Calculus. 

Analytic Geometry.—C. Smith’s Conic Sections. 

Higher Trigonometry.—Lock’s Higher Trigonometry. 

Algebra. — Determinants as in Burnside and Panton’s 
Theory of Equations. 

Electricity and Magnetism.—S. P. Thompson. 
Biology and Psycho ogy. 

Biology.—Verworn, General Physiology ; Morgan, Evolu- 
tion and Adaptation. 

Psychology.—James’s Psychology, Briefer Course, pp. I 
to 334, omitting Chaps. 7 and 14. 


Chisholm, Handbook of Commercial Geography (Fourth 
Edition), pp. 1 to 225; Hatfield, Lectures on Commerce ; 
Dunbar, Theory and History of Banking; Schloss, Meth- 
ods of Industrial Remuneration; Drage, Trade Unions. 

1. Awarded on result of special Examinations 

1. A British Association Exhibition of $50.00 and prize 
of $25.00, to students entering the fourth year, the subjects 
of examination being the Mathematics and Theory of Struc- 
tures of the ordinary course. 


2. [Three prizes of $25.00, $15.00 and $10.00, to students 
entering the third year, the subject of examination being the 
Mathematics of the second year. 

3. A Scott Exhibition of $50.00, founded by the Caledon- 
ian Society of Montreal, in commemoration of the Centenary 
ot Sir Walter Scott, and two prizes of $25.00 and $15.00, to 
students entering the second year, the subjects of examination 
being :— 

(a) English Literature (summer vacation work); (0d) 
Mathematics of the first year; (c) Descriptive Geometry of 
the first year. 

4. Two prizes, each of $10.00, presented by J. M. McCar- 
thy, Esq., B.A.Sc., to students entering the third year, for 
proficiency in Levelling and Transit Work. 

Students are required to notify the Dean of their intention 
to compete for any of the above, at least one week before 
ihe commencement of the examination. 

5. A scholarship of the value of $200 per annum, estab- 
lished by the Canadian Railway Cfub, to be awarded to the 
son of a member of the Club who obtains the highest standing 
in the matriculation examination. 

2. Awarded on results of Sessional Examinations or for 
special theses. 

1. The sum of $150, presented by W.. A. Carlyle, Esq., 
Ma.E., may be awarded in prizes to students of the Mining 
Course taking the highest positions in the degree examina- 
tions of 1908. 

2. Fhe Allis-Chalmers Company of Chicago offer several 
scholarships for excellence in work in the Mining Department. 
Particulars regarding these scholarships can be obtained -from 
the Professor of Mining. 

3. Workshop Prize.—A prize of $20.00, presented by Mr. C. 
J. Fleet, B.A., B.C.L., for bench and lathe work in the wood- 
working department, open to students of not more than two 
terms’ standing in workshop practice. 

4. Aprize of $50.00, presented by Mr. James Tighe, B.A.Sc., 
for research work in Hydraulics. 




—_—— - <= 


5. An exhibition offered to graduates by Mr. A. E. Childs, 
M.Sc., for a special research on “ lhe flow of gas through 

pipes under pressure.” 

6. Summer Work. (See page 154). The follow ng prizes 
are offered for the best summer theses :— 

To the students of the Civil Engineering Cours?, a prize 
of $25, presented by E. B. Greenshields, Esq., B.A. 

To the students of the Electrical Engineering Course, 8 
prize of $25. 

To the students of the Mining Engineering Course, a prize 
of $25 presented by Geo. E. Drummond, Esq. 

To the students of the Metallurgical Course, a prize of 
S25, presented by Milton L. Hersey, Esq., M.A.Sc. 

Four prizes, each of the value of $25, are offered for com- 
petition to student members of the Canadian Society of Civil 
Engineers, for the best papers on subjects in any department 
of engineering. The summer theses prepared by students of 
this University are available for this competition. 

The sum of $50.00 has been voted by the Undergraduates’ 
Society of the Faculty of Applied Science, to be given as 
prizes for the best papers read before the Society during the 
session 1907-1908. 

For other prizes given in Applied Science, see under 
Metals and Prizes, page 40. 





I. Gold Medals will be awarded in the B.A. Honour 
examinations to students who take the highest honours of 
the First Rank in the subjects stated below, and who shall 
have passed creditably the ordinary examinations for the 
Degree of B.A., provided they have been recommended 
therefor to the Corporation by the Faculty on the report of 
the exarniners :— 

The Henry Chapman Gold Medal for Classical Languages 
and Literature. 

The Prince of Wales Gold Medal for Mental and Moral 

The Anne Molson Gold Medal for Mathematics and Na- 
tural Philosophy. 

The Shakspere Gold Medal for the English Language and 

The Logan Gold Medal for Geology, Mineralogy and Pale- 

The Major Hiram Mills Gold Medal for Biology. 
The Governor-General’s Gold Medal for Modern Languages 
and Literature. 

The regulations for the Governor-General’s Gold Medal 
are as follows :— 

(1) The subjects for competition shall be the French and German 
languages and literature. 

(2) The course of study shall extend over two years, viz., the 
third and fourth years. 

(3) The successful candidate must be capable of speaking and 
writing both languages correctly. 

(4) There shall be examinations in the subjects of the course in 
both the third and fourth years, at which Honours may be awarded 
to deserving candidates. 

(<) The general conditions of competition and the privileges as 
regards exemptions shall be the same as for the other Gold Medals 
in the Faculty of Arts. 


| } 




(6) Students from other Faculties shall be allowed to compete, 
provided they pass the examinations of the third and fourth years 

in the above subjects. 
(7) Candidates desiring to enter the third year of the course, 
who have not obtained First-Class Standing at the sessional examuina- 

tions of the second year in Arts, are required to pass an examination 

in the work of the first two years of the course in Modern Languages, 

if called on to do so by the professors. ; 
(8) The subjects of examination shall be those of the Honour 

Course in Modern Languages. 

In addition to the above, certain medals are offered an- 
nually by the Alliance Frangaise, at the discretion of the 
Department of Modern Languages. 

If there be no candidate for any medal, or if none of 
the candidates fulfil the required conditions, the medal will 
be withheld, and the proceeds of its endowment for the 
year may be devoted to prizes in the subject for which it 
was intended. | 

For details of the work prescribed for the several Honour 
courses, see pages 81-83, and also pages 92-140. 

2. Special Certificates will be given to those candidates 
for B.A. who have been placed in the First Class at the 
ordinary B.A. examination; have obtained three-fourths 
of the maximum marks in the aggregate of the courses 
proper to the third and fourth years, are in the First 
Class in not less than half of these courses, and have no 
Third Class. At this examination, no candidate who has 
taken exemptions (see pages 88 to 92) can be placed in the 
First Class unless he has obtained First Class in the ex- 
amination in four of the subjects offered (each correspond- 
ing to a full course of lectures), and has no Third Class. 


2. Certificates of High General Standing will be granted 
to those undergraduates of the first two years who have 
obtained three-fourths of the maximum marks in_ the 
ageregate of the studies proper to their year, are placed in 
the First Class in not less than half the subjects, and have 
not more than one Third Class. 

4. Prizes or Certificates will be given to those under- 
eraduates who have distinguished themselves in the studies 


of a particular class, and have attended all the other classes 
proper to their year. 

5. Graduates who attend lectures in any subject, and 
pass the corresponding examination therein, may obtain 
certificates of their standing, whether the course in ques- 
tion be Ordinary or Honour. 

6. The Neil Stewart Prize. — An annual prize of $15 1s 
open to all undergraduates and graduates of this University, 
and also to graduates of any other university, who are students 
of Theology in some college affiliated to this University. The 
rules which govern the award of this prize are as follows :— 

(1) The candidate selected for the Prize shall have passed 
thorough examination in (1) Hebrew-Grammar, Syntax, easy com- 
position, pointing, and miscellaneous questions: (2) Translation from 
Hebrew into English, both prepared and unprepared. [The Hebrew 
texts prescribed for the present year as in Ordinary Hebrew Course A, 
i (a)-and thy] 

(2) ‘Three papers will be set of three hours each:—One on 
Pointing and Translation (with lexical and grammatical notes); one 
on grammar and composition; and one on miscellaneous questions. 

(3) Credit will be given to candidates showing a knowledge of 
Biblical Aramaic, and Rabbinic, provided the work done on classical 
Hebrew be thoroughly up to Scholarship standard. Special applica- 
tion should be made for a paper on these subjects. 

(4) Should no candidate’s work be up to the Scholarship standard 
the Prize will be withheld, and a prize of $30 will be offered in the 
following year for the same. 

This Prize, founded by the late Rev. C. C. Stewart, M.A., 
and terminated by his death, was, re-established by the 
liberality of the late Neil Stewart, Esq., of Vankleek Hill. 

7. Early English Text Society’s Prize. — This prize, the 
annual gift of the Early English Text Society, will be 
awarded for proficiency in the subjects of the language 
eroup in the English Honour curriculum of the third and 
fourth years. 

8. New Shakspere Society’s Prize. — This prize, the an- 
nual gift of the New Shakspere Society, open to graduates 
and undergraduates, will be awarded for a critical know- 
ledge of the following plays of Shakspere:—Hamlet, Mac- 
beth, Othello, King Lear. 

9. Charles G. Coster Memorial Prize. — This prize, in- 
tended as a tribute to the memory of the late Rev. Chas. 


e Jet Sse 


, uw 

— atest ‘ te — — 7 


ee ee 



G. Coster, M.A., Ph.D., Principal of the Grammar School, 
St. John, N.B., is offered for competition, by Mr. Colin H. 
Livingstone, B.A., to undergraduates (men and women) from 
the Maritime Provinces (Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and 
Prince Edward Island). In 1908, it will be awarded to the 
student from the above Provinces who, in the opinion of the 
Professor of English Language and Literature, has written 
the best essay on the aboriginal Indian tribes who inhabited 
the territory now embraced in these Provinces, the essay to 
set forth the geographical distribution of these tribes, the 
characteristics of their language, worship, customs, manner ot 
conducting war, tribal relationships with western Indian na- 
tions. social customs, history since European occupation, and 
present status and prospects. 

10. Annie McIntosh Prize. — The income of the sum of 
¢425, subscribed by the pupils and friends of the late Miss 
Annie M. McIntosh, will be offered as a prize to students 
of the Royal Victoria College in such subject, or for such 
work, as the Faculty may determine. 

11. The names of those who have taken Honours, Certi- 
ficates or Prizes will be published in order of merit, with 
mention, in the case of students of the first and second years, 
of the schools in which their preliminary education has been 


1. The Governor General’s silver medai (the gift of His 
Excellency The Right Honourable Earl Grey ) will be awarded 
for graduate research work. 

2. A British Association medal and prize in books are open 
for competition to students of the graduating class in each of 
the eight courses, and, if the examiners so recommend, will be 
awarded to the student taking the highest position in the final 

The British Association Medals and Exhibition were founded 
by the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 
‘1 commemoration of the meeting held in Montreal in the 
year 1884. 


3. A gold medal and two prizes of $35 and $15, offered by 
the Canadian Mining Institute, will be open for competition 
to students from McGill University, Toronto University and 
Queen’s University, and will be awarded to the students pre- 
senting the best papers on some subjects connected with min- 
ing, ore dressing, metallurgy, or economic geology. Prefer- 
ence will be given to those theses which show decided origin- 

4. Prizes or Certificates of Merit are given to such stu- 
dents as take the highest place in the sessional and degree 
examinations. Partial students are not eligible for prizes. 

5. Honours——On graduation, Honours will be awarded for 
advanced work in professional subjects. 

Ill. IN LAW. 

1. The Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal is awarded to the 
student who obtains the highest marks in the Final Examina- 
tions, provided that his answers are, in the estimation of the 
Faculty, of sufficient merit to entitle him to this distinction. 

2. Various money prizes are awarded to the students of 
each year who obtain the highest distinction at the examina- 
tons held at the close of the session. .No prize will, how- 
ever, be awarded to any student unless a sufficiently high 
standing is attained. 


1. The Holmes Gold Medal, founded by the Medical 
Faculty in the year 1865, as a memorial of the late Andrew 
Holmes, Esq., M.D., LL.D., late Dean of the Faculty of Medi- 
cine, is awarded to the student of the graduating class who 
receives the highest aggregate number of marks in the different 
branches comprised in the medical curriculum. 

The student who gains the Holmes’ Medal has the option 
of exchanging it for a bronze medal and the money equiva- 
lent of the Gold Medal. 

> The Sutherland Gold Medal, founded in 1878 by the 
late Mrs. Sutherland in memory of her late husband, William 
Sutherland, M.D., formerly Professor of Chemistry in this 


Faculty, is awarded for the best examination in general and 
medical Chemistry, together with creditable examination in 
the Primary branches. The examination is held at the end 
of the third year. 

3. The Wood Gold Medal, founded by Mr. Casey A. 
Wood, M.D., is awarded to the student of the graduating 
class who receives the highest aggregate number of marks 
in the clinical branches of the Final Year. 

4. The Woodruff Gold Medal, founded by Dr. Thomas 
A. Woodruff, of Chicago, is awarded to the student of the 
Final Year who takes the highest standing in Ophthalmology 
and Oto-Laryngology. 

5. The Final Prize.—A prize in books (or a microscope 
of equivalent value) awarded for the best examination, written 
and oral, in the Final branches. The Holmes’ medallist is not 
permitted to compete for this prize. 

6. The Third Year Prize.—A prize in books awarded for 
the best examination, written and oral, in the branches of the 
third year. 

7. The Second Year Prize.—A prize in books for the best 
examination in all the branches of the second year course. 

8. The First Year Prize.—A prize in books for the best 
examination in all the branches of the first year course. 



1. Candidates entering on a course of study in any 
Faculty, whether as undergraduates, conditioned students « 
partial students, are required to attend at the office of the 
University Registrar some time uuring the week preceding Keg 
the opening day of the Session, for the purpose of filling oul 
in duplicate the wsual form of registr: ution, and of signing the 
following declaration in the Matricula or Register :— 

“T hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules, 
regulations and ordinances of McGill University, and of the 
Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered, and to any 
amendments thereto which may be made while I am a student 
of the University, and I promise to observe the same.’ 


2. On the opening day of the session, or on one of the 
three preceding days, all students who have not registered 


under Regulation 1, shall register in such place or places a 
7 > 

may be announced by circular and by notices posted in the 

several buildings. 


After registering, the student will be given a registra- 
tion ticket, on presentation of which to the different professors 
and lectures whose classes he proposes to attend, his name 
will be entered on the class register. It will not be entered, 
nor will he be permitted to attend lectures on any other con- 

In the case of students whose standing cannot be deter- 
mined at the time of registration, special tickets will be issued, 
which will give them the right of admission to classes until 
such time as their status is ascertained. 

4. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths 

of the total number of lectures in any One course, Those 

whose absences exceed one-eighth of the total number of lec- 

tures in a course shall not be permitted to come up for the 
examination in that course. Each absence from lectures dur- 


2 ~ - 
ae ee eee 


a = 

_— > 



a “alin =e » 

i} “ 



‘ ing the first three days of the session, or of the second term 
: thereof, shall count as two. 

Excuses on the ground of illness or domestic affliction shall 
be dealt with by the Deans of the respective Faculties. 

5. Punctual attendance on all classes is required of each 

student. Absence from lectures can only be excused by 
necessity or duty, of which proof must be given to the Faculty. 
Ihe number of times of absence which shall cause the loss 
of a session shall in each case be determined by the Faculty. 

“* The following special regulation regarding attendance 
a) has been adopted by the I‘aculties of Arts and Applied 

Science :— 

Lectures shall commence at five minutes after the hour, 

on the conclusion of the roll-call, and students failing to answer 
to their names shall be marked “absent,” unless they report 
themselves at the close of the lecture, in which case they shall 
be marked “late,” and given such credit for attendanee as 
the Faculty may deem advisable. Lectures shall end at five 
| minutes before the hour.* 
Z 6. A record shall be kept by each Professor or Lecturer, 
in which the presence or absence of students shall be care- 
fully noted. This record shall be submitted to the Faculty 
when required. 

7. Credit for attendance on any lecture or class may be 
refused on the grounds of lateness, inattention, neglect of 
study, or disorderly conduct in the class-room or labora- 
tory. In the case last mentioned, the student may, at the 
discretion of the Professor, be required to leave the room. 
Persistence in any of the above offences against discipline 
A | shall, after admonition by the Professor, be reported to the 

Dean of the Faculty concerned. The Dean may, at his discre- 
tion, reprimand the student, or refer the matter to the Faculty 

~ ee ee 

at its next meeting, and may in the interval suspend from 

Ley * This regulation has been changed in the case of the Faculty of Applied Science 
to read as follows:--- 

Lae Lectures will commence at five minutes after the hour, on the conclusion of the 
Yeo roll-call. After the commencement of a lecture students are not allowed to enter 
except with the permission of the professor. If permitted to enter they will, on re- 
porting themse!ves at the close of the lecture, be marked “ late,’”’ and given such 
credit for attendance as the Faculty may deem advisable. Lectures end at five 
minutes before the hour. 



1. Fees shall be paid to the Bursar on or before October 
ist. The registration ticket must be shown to the Bursar, in 
every case, before the fee is paid. After October Ist an addi- 
tional fee of $2.00 will be exacted of all students in default. 

No fees will be refunded to Partial Students ‘ander any 
circumstances whatever. 

2. Immediately after October roth the Bursar shall send 
to each professor and lecturer a list of the registered students 
who have not paid their fees, on receipt of which the pro- 
fessor or lecturer shall strike their names from the register of 
attendance, and such students cannot be re-admitted to their 
classes except on presentation of a special ticket, signed 
by the Bursar, certifying to the payment of fees. 

Students registering after October roth shall pay their fees 
ai the time of registration, failing which they become sub- 
ject to the provisions of Regulation 2. 

a. = aeraeimets a= 
= : eS ee 



ewes ek, 



— — a ae —- nel 

For the first examination * .. .. «+ «+ +++ $5 .0O if | 
(For examination at a local centre where not more f AN 
than two candidates are writing the fee wili be ME 
determined by the Registrar, provided however, rit 
that it shall in no case exceed $12 for each can- | i | 
didate. ) : } : 
For a sttbsequent examination in one Or two sub- i] 
| jects 9:3 igh wien Ope eee re aoe 2.00 ti 
For a subsequent examination in three or more ral 
Sub pects on “gaye. We A ie le Aa NES 3.00 ti 
For examination of certificates, in respect of which 1a 
candidates are exempted from the whole of the iy 
1.00 1 

matriculation examination 

* In the case of candidates wi 
all but three subjects, or parts 0 

> an 

“s - 
- _ x eid 
ee SE te re 

or = 

10 qualify on certificates, or by other examinations, 

in f subjects, or less the fee will be $3.00. 



Candidates writing on matriculation papers, with the view 
of qualifying as partial students in the Faculty of Arts, shall 
pay a fee of $1.00 per subject. 

Matriculation fees must be sent to the University Registrar 
at the time of application for the examination. 

Certificates will be issued to successful candidates with- 
out additional fee. Duplicate certificates will not be granted 
unless satisfactory proof be given of the loss or destruction 
of the original. The fee for a duplicate certificate is $1.00. 

(For Regulations re payment, see page 51.) 

Sessional fee for undergraduates and conditioned 
NMRA Ys. ig ay pee ermemen cet S e T  Sae 

(This includes fees for laboratorics, library, gym- 
nasium, athletics and graduation.) 

Fees for Partial Students.—(First and Second Years. )}—$16 
per session for one course{ and $10 for one half-courset of lec- 
tures, including the use of the Library; $12 per session for 
each additional course; $8 per session for each additional half- 
course, In addition there will be a fee of $3 for Athletics 

Fees for Partial Students—(Third and Fourth Years.)— 
$22 per session for one course{ and $13 for one half-courset 
of lectures, including the use of the Library; $20 per session 
for each additional course ; $11 per session for each additional 
halt-course. In addition there will be a fee of $3 for 

Partial students taking the full curriculum in any one year 
pay the same fees as undergraduates in that year. 

Graduates in Arts of this University and graduates of other 
universities attending full courses in affiliated theological col- 
leges are allowed, on payment of one-half of the usual fees, 
to attend all lectures in the undergraduate course, except those 
for which a special fee is exigible. 

t At the request of the students themselves and by the authority of Corporation, 
an additional] dollar will be exacted from all undergraduates and conditioned students 
(men) in the Faculty of Arts, for the support of the Literary and the Undergraduates’ 
Societies of that Faculty. 

t The lectures and laboratory work, if any, in one subject in any of the four 
college years constitute a ‘‘course,’’ if occupying three hours per week, a*‘half-course. 
if occupying less than three hours per week. 

‘GE? “2 
FEES. ba ee 

Fees for special courses of lectures to teachers, given after 
4. p.m. 

For one hour per week during the Session™. .. .. S 4.00 

For two hours per week during the Session. .. .. 7.00 
For three or four hours per week during the Session 10.00 

For more than three or four hours per week regular partial 
student rates will be charged. 

The fee for athletics and the caution money deposit are 
not exacted from partial students attending only the 
courses of lectures included in the Teachers’ Syllabus. 


Fees for summer classes :-— 

For one class (Chemistry excepted).. Ss 8.00 

For each additional class (Physics and Chemistry 
excepted)... 4.00 

For Physics 8.00 

Special fees :— 
Supplemental examination in any subject or any part 

of a subject taken at the regular date fixed by 

tlie Faculty ona Owes roe ee ees eee eR y oe ete 2.00 
Supplemental examination, when granted at any 

other time than the regular date fixed by the 

Faclty suit cet cra Re etna te ose aint es eo aes 5.00 

All fees for supplemental examinations must be paid to 
the Bursar, and the receipts shown to the Dean before the 

Fee for the Degree of B.A. or B.Sc. (Arts) conferred 
in absentia (except when the candidate has been 
specially exempted by the laculty) ......----- ', 20.00 
Caution Money. — Every student is required to deposit 
with the Bursar the sum of $5, as caution money, to cover 
damage done to furniture, apparatus, books, etc. This amount, 
less deductions (if any), will be returned at the close of the 

* Two hours a week for one term is considered as the equivalent of one hour a 
week for the Session. 




— = 

eo "< 





(For Regulations re payment, see page 51. 
Annual fee for the undergraduate course in soda. 

tecture, INO. Ts..." “f! aie ig ace eae 
Annual fee for all other fiiderpfaduate COUTHOS 4 eis 175.00 

Students taking the six years’ Double Course in the Facul- 
ties of Arts and Applied Science shall pay full fees in the 
Faculty of Arts, and the following fees in the Faculty of 
Applied Science: 
\ | First-year .. fay be Ae ee OE chs wai, so @ Ja-64 ae 6 
~~ Second, third and fourth years... .. 05... 16s 3. TRS 



No student can obtain undergraduate standing in any year 
unless he has already paid the full undergraduate fee for that 

The fees for partial students are: — $4.00 for Library, 
$3.00 for Athletics, and a fee at the rate of $6.00 per annum for 
each hour of instruction per week, but the maximum fee shall 
in no case exceed the full undergraduate fee. 

In addition to the fees specified above every student is re- 
guired to pay a fee of $1.00 for the Undergraduates’ Society in 
ihe Faculty of Applied Science, to be collected with the tuition 
fees at the office of the Bursar. 

Caution money deposit (for all classes of students). $ 5.00 

Fee for Graduates taking a full undergraduate 

Pog 20k. eee ee PAM eriate Vows Sse. ak yi ARES 

aa (Graduates of this F Siecle will i sien to pay only one- 
half of this amount.) 

Fee for the Degree of B.Sc., conferred in absen- 
tia (except when the candidate has been spe- 

Cinhy exempted Dy tue acuity.) .....5.. 6565: $20.00 

Fees for Summer classes (First Year). 

For one division of the subject.........4.. $8.00 
POL Coch ddnitional Part... Fes ish ewe eek 4.00 
PUGS AS Gd 5 RRR CAR a Rp le Dick Ghats 8.00 
Descriptive Geometry, Freehand Drawing and 
ER cg asc Fie eis een EO tee wham 25.00 

Chemistry, with Laboratory Work (Second 

CIR a he) 0 OB Ow QO 0 OF Oo B00 0. 6 ce, 6.6 Se" ee weve OS) Se) oy Be 





For supplemental examinations, the fee is $2.00 for each 
examination period (morning or afternoon). It must be paid 
to the Bursar of the University not later than the day bef ore 
the examinations, and receipt tor the same must be shown to 
the Professor in charge before the examination papers are 


The fee for a special supplemental examination is $5.00. 


(For Regulations re payment, see page SI.) 

First Year. 

Class fees. St ere te eer es ee $125.00 
Caution money (deposit)* . 10.00 
Rehietion...¢ nike Mes nee See ee ee he ees 3.00 
Second Year. 
C taht F668. Fay PEG Eel eres es ee $125.00 
Caution money (deposit)* ./ .. 6+ +e ee te te tees 10.00 
Athletics... \- gua eee hee oo om aie 4 eee pees 3.00 
$138.00 } 
Third Year. | 
Claes fees . «<n ee eee mae ee ete | ee $125.00 Ii 
Caution money (deposit) * 10.00 | 
Hospitales i). aks epg gine im naa ee he 10.00 be | 
Wihletics a Lied cae eee ete Serer ha het See 3.00 fil; 
ss i | 
$148.0 | : 
Fourth Year. ay 
Chise 3ée6cck PRC eeUMA eS eee en ae $125.00 ' 
Caution money (deposit) * | 10.00 |} 
Hospitals.... - 15,8 nee LON ek aS 10.00 P 
Maternity Hepes (half fas): RE Waa 6.00 | 
Athloticn <<... Jao Seale nine ates ur 3.09 


ee ae tema 



Ivfth Xear. 

PANGS ERT aE eta eh co A bed cow ede hos Le bs $125.00 
ReaMerO OM A BONOSIT) 140i sees ow ee ee ve eee 10.00 
Oe ere oi sic a lean Bias eds be ee ew 10.00 
Puereraiy sa0epita! (Malt Tee). fae ee es lee oes 6.00 
MPU Ua IN 5 00S We a tacs, ra’ ase th 4 6 wie hice we ee 3.00 
Pee iar aie weerce Or MI), CMe ee fe ey wi 30.00 

Class fee for students repeating a session .. .. .. $35.00 

Repeating students must also pay, in addition to the above, 
$3 for Athletics and make the usual caution money deposit 
of SIo. 

Fee for students from other coileges who have paid 
full fees there for courses to be taken........ $3 




These students are also required to pay in addition $3 
for Athletics, an ad eundem fee of ten dollars and ten dollars 
for Hospitals, and to make the usual caution money deposit 
of ten dollars. 

Partial students will be admitted on payment of special fees. 

Fee for Supplemental Examination. 6... .....%.. $5.00 

Fee for the Undergraduates’ Society :— 

At the request of the students in this Faculty the sum of 
$1.00 will be collected from each for the Undergraduates’ 
Society at the time of the payment of the sessional fees. 

The fee for the regular Graduate Course will vary in pro- 
portion to the number of subjects taken. A registration fee 
ct $5.00 will be exacted from each ‘person taking this Course. 

Fee for the Course in Public Health, and Diploma... $50.00 

* The Caution money deposit is intended to cover breakages in the different 
laboratories, ete. The amount of the deposit, lessdeductions (if any), will be returned 
at the close of the Session. 

+ When the Degree is conferred in absentia an additional fee of twenty dollars 
will be exacted unless the candidate has been specially exempted by the Faculty. 



(For Regulations re payment, sce page at. 
Reoretration Fee ss. <a eae eg in ts : 7 BOO 
Sessional Kee (including fee for athletics) for the 

undergraduate course... ++ ee ee ee re tt 60.00 
Athletics Fee, payable by partial students.... rp ee 3.00 
ecb stirs VERE; ysl 28 0 xe. ER ee ee *T 2.50 
Fees for partial students :— 

For course in Roman Law.. .. .- -- SECS NN PE 8. 
For each of the following ‘courses :—Successions, 
Criminal Law, Commercial Law, Obligations, 
Civil PrOcemure as ei are eee ih Be 15.0 
For each of the shorter courses.. .- ++ +--+ 10.00 

Caution Money.—Every student is required to deposit with 
the Bursar the sum of $5, as caution money, to cover damage 
done to furniture, loss of books, etc. This amount, less 
deductions (if any), will be returned at ihe close of the session.. 


For course leading to the Degree of M.A. or M.Sc. $40.00 
Graduation fee for M.A. or M.Sc... 6. ++ +s t+ ss 20.00 
rm = «(In absentia) «. .+.+ 40,00 
a PPR er ei ets cua ak ee 
‘ f 5 Bs 5 CE te CPM a Phare Se eo 80.00 
Ks " AYER Te Oe cians Tae eee Gale Re Als 80.00 
i ‘ ELD (ir cOUPse ree ee ss 80.00 
For each year of the course leading to the Degree 
of Ph.D. Phy) Rie erate com Meek tL tc 40.00 
Graduation fee for Ph.D. Pree Rr ee ee cn 30.00 

No fee shall be charged for the Degree of LL.D., granted 
“honoris causa.” 

Lecturers, tutors and demonstrators in this University 
who are proceeding to the degree of Master of Arts, Master 
of Science, or Doctor of Philosophy, shall be exempt from 
the tuition fees, but will be required to pay the fee for 
graduation in every case. 



Elocution (optional).. md ee eo 
Library (optional for students in Apedicine: included 
in sessional fee in the case of all apices’ Saieiat le pees 4.00 
Gymnasium (optional for undergraduates in Law and 
Medicine, and also for partial students in all Fa- 


culties; included in sessional fee in the case of all 

Ree Re gh ta Me ee A s+ .-y'e 40 Cae 
\ Certificate of Hendin. as fo yearior Courkéiwi.ssced 1.00 
ho Certificate of standing, accompanied by a statement of 

classification in the several subjects of examination. 2.00 

All applications for certificates must be addressed to th 
Registrar of the University, accompanied by the required fee 

No certificates are given for attendance on lectures unless 
the corresponding examinations have been passed. 





In order to obtain the degrees of B.A., B.Sc., B.Arch., 
BCL. M.D., C.M., and M.D.S., students are required to 
attend lectures (for length of courses, see pages 4 to 6), to 
complete the course of study for the degree sought, to pass all 
the prescribed examinations during the course, and any special 
examinations for graduation, and to perform such other exer- 
cises as may be prescribed to that end. 


All theses for higher degrees should be sent to the Registrar 
of the University, or to the Chairman of the Comnuttee on 
Graduate Studies. No thesis will be received or examination 
granted until the fee for the Degree has been paid. 

Degree of M.A. 

Bachelors of Arts of at least one year’s standing who, 
after graduation, shall have taken for one year a Graduate 
Course of Study in Arts in the University previously sub- 
mitted to and approved by the Committee on Graduate 
Studies, shall have passed an examination at the end of the 
year, shall have presented a satisfactory thesis (the title 
of which must have been previously approved by the Head 
of the Department concerned and by the Committee on 
Graduate Studies) and shall have performed such other 
exercises as may be prescribed to that end: or Bachelors 
of Arts of at least two years’ standing who shall have pre- 
sented a satisfactory thesis( the title of which must have 
been previously approved by the Head of the Department 
concerned and by the Committee on Graduate Studies), 
shall have passed a special examination for the Degree, 
and shall have performed such other exercises aS may be 

= ee eee 



a Se oD ne 
Fee -—-— = - _ 
Ee eee ee - . on 
— a ce = 

-_ + 


= eet 


’ - 2 = 
Vea ea Ser = 



prescribed to that end,—the whole to the satisfaction of 
the Committee on Graduate Studies and also of any other 
examiners whom the Corporation may associate with that 
Committee—shall be entitled to the Degree of Master of 

For detailed regulations regarding the Degree of Master of 
Arts, see under “Graduate School,” page 260. 

The fee for the degree is $20; in absentia, $40. (In case 
of failure, the candidate may present himself in a subsequent 
year without further payment of fees.) The examination ° 
will be held in April in McGill College only. 

All theses for 1907-8 must be in the hands of the Chairman 
of the Commuttee on Graduate Studies on or before April tst, 
1908. No thesis received after this date will be accepted. 

Degree of M. Sc. 

Bachelors of Arts, or Bachelors of Science, or Bachelors 
of Applied Science of at least one year’s standing who, 
aiter graduation, shall have taken for one year a Graduate 
Course of Study in the Faculty of Arts, or the Faculty of 
Applied Science of the University, previously submitted 
to and approved by the Committee on Graduate Studies, 
shall have passed an examination at the end of the year, 
shall have presented a satisfactory thesis (the title of which 
must have been previously approved by the Head of the 
Department concerned and by the Committee on Graduate 
Studies), and shall have performed such other exercises 
as may be prescribed to that end; or Bachelors of Arts, 
or Bachelors of Science, or Bachelors of Applied Scierice 
of at least two years’ standing, who shall have presented 
a satisfactory thesis (the title of which must have been 
previously approved by the Ifead of the Department con- 
cerned and by the Committee on Graduate Studies), shall 
have passed a special examination for the Degree and shall 
have performed such other exercises as may be prescribed 
to that end—the whole to the satisfaction of the Commit- 
tee on Graduate Studies, and also of any other examiners 


whom the Corporation may associate with the Commit- 
\ tee.—shall be entitled to the Degree of Master of Science. 
For detailed regulations regarding the Degree of M.Sc., 

see page 202. 
The fee for the Degree is $20.00; in absentia, $40.00. 


Degree of D.D.S. 

ae ied 

Masters of Dental Surgery who have either presented at an 
time later than one year after graduation a satisfactory thesis, 
embodying, original research, upon some branch of dental 
science: or have, at the completion of three years, passed satis- 
factorily an examination in advanced dentistry, the scope of 
which shall be determined by the Faculty of Medicine, shall 

be entitled to the degree of Doctor in Dental Science. 

Degree of D.Litt. 

Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Literature must be 
Masters of Arts, and graduates of at least five years’ stand- 
ing, who shall have distinguished themselves by special re- 
se.rch and learning in the domain of literature or philosophy. 
‘Lhey are required to present a satisfactory thesis or published 

The fee for the degree is $8o. 


~ a a) 


= a ree — | 

Degree of D.Sc. 


Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Science must be 
Masters of Arts, or Masters of Science, or Doctors of Medicine, 
and graduates of at least five years’ standing, who shall 
have distinguished themselves by special research and 
learning in the domain of science. They are required to 

present a satisfactory thesis or published work. 
The fee for the degree is $80. 

ee eee = 
—s _ wenseas ~ Es 


= . 
EE eee 


Degree of Ph. D. 

aig eR 

Bachelors of Arts, or Bachelors of Science, or Bachelors 
of Applied Science of McGill University, or graduates of 
other universities holding degrees which shall be accepted 



by the Committee on Graduate Studies as the equivalent 
of any of these, who, after graduation, shall have taken a 
graduate course of study for three years, in the University, 
or at least one year in the University and not less than 
two years at some other recognized seat of learning, shall 
have passed an examination at the end of the course, shall 
have presented a satisfactory thesis, and shall have per- 
formed such other exercises as may be prescribed to that 
we end, the whole to the satisfaction of the Committee on 
om | Graduate Studies, and also any other examiners whom the 
Corporation may associate with that Committee, shall be 
entitled to the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 

For detailed regulations, see under “ Graduate School,’ 
page 203. 

The fee for the Degree is $30.00. 

Degree of D.C.L. 

| Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Civil Law must be 
fi) Bachelors of Civil Law of at least twelve years’ standing. 
a They are required to pass a special examination for the 
degree and to present a satisfactory thesis or published work 
on some subject selected or approved by the Faculty of Law. 
For details of the examination, etc., see under Faculty of Law, 
A} | page 210. 

| The fee for the degree is $80. 

aa Degree of LL.D. 

Except as hereinafter mentioned, the degree of Doctor of 
Laws is given only as an honorary degree. 

Any person who matriculated and attended lectures in the 
Faculty of Arts before the 31st January, 1899, may proceed 
to the degree of Doctor of Laws, in course, upon the following 

Candidates for the degree of LL.D., in course, must be 
Masters of Arts of at least twelve years’ standing, and are 
required to prepare and submit to the Faculty of Arts, not less 
than three months before proceeding to the degree, twenty- 
five printed copies of a thesis on some literary or scientific 



subject which has been previously approved by the Faculty. 
The thesis must exhibit such a degree of literary or scientific 
extent of research as shall, in the opinion of the Faculty, 
justify recommendation for the degree. 

merit, and give evidence of such originality of thought or 

Candidates are also required to submit, with their thesis, a 
list of books treating of some one branch of literature or of 
science satisfactory to the Faculty, in which they are pre- 
pared to submit to examination, and in which they shall be 
examined, unless otherwise ordered by the Faculty. 

The fee for the degree is $80. 


The following are the regulations applicable to admission 
“‘ad eundem gradum ” :— 

Extract from the Statutes, Chap. VIII. 

“Graduates of other universities, desirous of admission to 
“the like degree in this University, may be so admitted by 
“the Corporation; due enquiry being first made as to their 
‘moral character and sound learning, and opportunity given 
“to the several Faculties, or the Committee on Graduate 
“Studies, as may be required, to make such representation 
“in the premises as they may see fit. Provided always, 
“that, except in the case of candidates proceeding to a 
“higher degree, such admission shall not be put to vote 
“ until after three months’ notice, unless by unanimous con- 
“ sent, and shall not be ordered, if as many as five members 
of the Corporation shall vote against 1 a 


Extracts from the Regulations of the Corporation, 

“Tn all cases in which anyone is proposed for any ‘ad 
“eundem’ degree, it shall be necessary for the member or 
“members of the Corporation making such proposal, to state 
“in writing therewith the grounds upon which the granting 
“of such degree is advocated, and when the case shall be re- 
“ferred to the Faculties, under Chap. VIII. of the Statutes, 



a , ‘copies of such proposal and grounds shall be transmitted to 
“the Faculties by the Registrar for their consideration.” 

Note. In considering applications wnder the above regu- 
lations, the Faculties will require as “ grounds” the pursuit 
of a course of study or research in this University; assocta- 

tion with the academic work of the University; or similar 
gualifications. ) 
Admission “ad eundem gradum” is not granted merely as a 
YS titular distinction. 
~ ‘The Degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, 
“ad eundem, shall be granted only to candidates who are 
“ proceeding to a higher degree, and admission to the lower 
| ‘degree shall be withheld until the higher degree has been 
Fy) * granted.” 
¥ ‘Graduates of all universities desiring an ad eundem 
> ‘degree of this University, as a condition of entering on 
a “a course of study leading to a higher degree, shall make 
ej ‘application to the Committee on Graduate Studies, who 
. “shall thereupon report their recommendation to Corpor- 
: ‘ation, which body shall immediately take action without 
: “ previous reference to the various Faculties.” 
| The Chairman of the Committee on Graduate Studies is 
A | + Dr. Frank D. Adams. 




. University eric? shall be exercised by the several 
Faculties, and by the Committee on Morals and Discipline, 
subject in the cases hereinafter mentioned to revision or con- 
firmation by Corporation. 

2. Subject to the provisions of the following section, each 
Faculty shall be natinied to exercise University discipline over 
its own students. 

3. All cases of discipline involving the interests of more 
than one Faculty, or of the University in general, shall be 
dealt with by a Standing Committee of Corporation, to be 
lrown as the Committee on Morals and Discipline, which 
shall consist of the Vice-Principal, the Deans of the several 
Faculties, one member of the Board of Governors and another 
member of Corporation who must be outside of the University 
staff. The two members last named shall be appointed an- 
nually at the regular meeting of the Corporation in February. 
The Committee shall have power to add to their number the 
President and Vice-President of the Students’ Court of Hon- 
our. in cases in which that body has taken action and made a 

All such cases of discipline as are referred to in sub- 
ion 3 shall be reported to the Principal, or, in his absence, 
to the Vice-Principal, or, in the absence of both, to the senior 
Dean present in the City. If the Principal, or, as the case 
may be, the Vice Principal or the Dean, deems action neces- 
sary, the matter shall be reported to the Committee on Morals 
and Discipline. 

When sentence of expulsion or of suspension for more 
shine three months has been pronounced by a Faculty, or by 
the Committee on Morals and Discipline, the Corporation 
may entertain an appeal. 

6. “University discipline” shall mean any appropriate 
method of exercising authority over students, and shall, but 
without prejudice to the foregoing generality, include the 



power of expulsion, suspension, disqualifying from competing 
for scholarships, exhibitions, medals, prizes or honours, 1m- 

posing fines, not exceeding $25, on any student, levying assess- 

ments for damage done, reporting to parents or guardians, 
and admonition. 

7. Any student found guilty of immoral, dishonest, dis- 
orderly or improper conduct, or of wrongfully causing damage 
to person or property shall be liable to University discipline. 

8 If on an occasion of general disorder on the part of a 
year, class, or group of students, damage be done to Uni- 
versity property, or acts committed meriting discipline, and 
the individuals who have done such damage, or committed 
such acts, have not been discovered, an assessment to cover 
the damage may be laid, or a fine imposed, or both, on all 
the members of such year, class or group. 

9. While in college, or in the college grounds, students shall 
conduct themselves in the same orderly manner as in the class- 
rooms. Smoking is prohibited in the college buildings, except 
in such rooms, if any, as may be set apart for that purpose. 
Any Professor observing improper conduct on the part of a 
student in the college buildings or grounds may admonish him, 
and, if necessary, report him to the Dean of the Faculty in 
which he is enrolled. Without, as well as within the walls of 
the college, every student is required to maintain a good moral 


The management of the college grounds and of out-door 
athletics and sports are under the control of a Committee con- 
sisting of a member of the Board of Governors, the Principal, 
a member of each Faculty, the medical Director of Physical 
Training, a graduate, the President of the Athletic Association, 
and an undergraduate representative from each of the affiliated 

The several members of the Committee are elected annually 
by their respective bodies. The undergraduate members of 
the Committee are entitled to vote only on matters relating to 


The following extracts are made from the rules and regula- 
tions of the Committee, for the guidance of members of the 
University and the several athletic clubs and associations 
which are from time to time permitted to use the grounds: 

During the summer season the Sherbrooke Street gates shall 
be closed between Io p.m. and 6 a.m. every day, and the Uni- 
versity and McTavish Street gates between 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. 
on week days and the whole day on Sunday. 

Such persons as are entitled to use the grounds shall be 
provided with tickets renewable each year. Those entitled 
to tickets are the members of the University and prominent 
benefactors, and the families of Governors and Professors. 

The several Clubs may be permitted to issue special 
tickets, entitling the holders to admission to the grounds 
for the purpose of viewing matches, or for other special 
occasions of public interest. 

All students desirous of taking part in football matches, 
or otherwise engaging in violent athletic contests, must 
pass a medical examination, to be held under the direction 
of the Medical Director of Physical Training. A complete 
record of all such examinations shall be kept by the Direc: 
tor or some other officer appointed to this duty. The man- 
agers and captains of Clubs, or other responsible executive 
officers, are required to insist upon the strict observance of 
the rule in regard to medical examination, and all the rules 
and regulations of the Committee which concern them. 

All Clubs must subrnit their regulations, rules, and by- 
laws, and any changes in the same, for the approval of the 
Committee. They must make application for the use of such 
portions of the grounds as they require, and for any special 

Clubs must not engage in matches with outside clubs 
except with the approval of the Committee. ; 

The Athletic Association must submit its programme tor 
each year for the approval of the Committee. 

All students in good standing who are taking a course of 
study held to be sufficient will be allowed to take part in 
athletics, subject, however, to the regulation of the Grounds 
and Athletics Committee regarding medical examination. 


Suspension from lectures for any cause, OF absence from 
more than one-eighth of the total number of lectures given in 
any course, as shown by the monthly reports furnished to the 
Dean of each Faculty by the several Professors and Lecturers, 
shall be considered as sufficient ground to disqualify a student 
for engaging in athletic contests. 

Partial students will be debarred from entering athletic com- 
petitions:or contests unless they take courses which are con- 
sidered adequate by a special committee of the Faculty in 
which they are enrolled. 

All students of the University are required to pay a fec 
of three dollars ($3.00) for the use of the grounds. (This fee 
‘s included in the sessional fee except in the case of students 
in medicine.) The amount so paid is handed over to the Com- 
mittee, and is by it expended in the interest of college athletics 
and in the permanent improvement of the portions of the 
srounds used for athletics. 

The amount derived as grounds and athletics fees from the 
students of the Royal Victoria College is placed at the dis- 
posal of the Committee in charge of the grounds, for expendi- 
ture in the interests of women-students. 

The annual sports of the University are held on the second 
Friday of October in each year. The day is observed as a 


All matters connected with athletics at the University are 
under the direct supervision of this Association, which in turn 
is responsible to the “Grounds and Athletics Committee.” 
The executive of the Athletic Association consists of the pre- 
sidents of the various clubs of the Association, ten in number. 

The Track Club has its special field in regulating and en- 
couraging “ Track:and Field Athletics.” The management 
of the Inter-class Sports and of the annual University sports 
‘s in the hands of this club. This year (1907) Freshman 
Sports and open handicaps will probably be held on September 
28th, and the Annual University Sports on October 11th. 

The Rugby Football Club, one of the strongest of the clubs, 
is represented by a senior and intermediate team in the Inter- 

=a — : 


collegiate Union, and a junior team in the Bed R.F.U. In addi- 
tion to these championship matches, a series of inter-class 
matches are played annually for the “Wood Cup 

The Skating and Hockey Club has a well ‘itched re- 
putation. As in football, a series of inter-class games are 
played annually, in this case for the “ Capper Trophy.” 

The Association Football Club, the Basket-Ball Club, the 
Boxing Club, the Cricket Club, the Harrier’s Club, the Tennis 
Club, the Fencing Club and the Wrestling Club are the re- 
maining clubs of the Association. Most of ther condtict inter- 
class matches, and have a senior team, which represents the 
University in outside matche 

(1) The University Gymnasium. 


B.A., M.D. 

Instructor :—W. J. Jacomb. 

The classes, which are open to men students of all Faculties, 
will meet at the University Gymnasium at hours to suit, as far 
as possible, the convenience of students. 

Instruction is given in boxing, wrestling, fencing, jiujitsu 
and swimming, for each of which a special fee is required. 

Special attention is given to the application of exercise in 
treating cases of weakness or deformity, which should be re- 
ported to the Medical Director before the regular class work 
is undertaken. 

The Wicksteed Silver and Bronze Medals for Physical Cul- 
ture (the gift of Dr. R. J. Wicksteed) are offered for competi- 
tion to students of the graduating class and to students who 
have had instruction in the gymna sium for two sessions; the 
silver medal to the former, ihe bronze medal to the latter. 

The award of these medals is made by judges, appointed 
by the Corporation of the University. 

Every competitor for the silver medal is required to lodge 
with the judges, before the examination, a certificate of good 
standing in the graduating class, signed by the Dean or Regis- 
trar of the Faculty to which he belongs, and the medal wil 


not be awarded to any student who may fail in his examination 
for the degree. 

(2) The Royal Victoria College Gymnasium, 

Instructor :— 

Classes for women-students are conducted in the gym- 
nasium of the Royal Victoria College, at hours arranged to 
suit the convenience of the students, all of whom are required 
to pass:a satisfactory medical examination before engaging in 
basket ball, or other exercises in the gymnasium. Students of 
the first year are required to take regular physical exercise in 
the gymnasium, amounting to two periods per week. 

The Strathcona prizes of $20 and $10 are open for competi- 
tion to students of the second and fourth years, under the 
following regulations :— 

(1) Competitors must be able to show an attendance of 65% 
on the gymnastic classes throughout the session. 

(2) No prize shall be awarded unless the judges consider 
the work up to a standard of 754. 

(3) The prize shall be awarded if one candidate reach the. 
required standard, even if there be no competition. 

(4) The prize shall not be awarded should the winner fail 
in obtaining her full academic standing. 

(5) A programme from which the exercises are to be chosen 
will be posted in the gymnasium at the beginning of each ses- 
sion (not later than October 15th of each year) and the actual 
programme of the competition will be posted not later than 
January 15th. 

(6) Judges for these competitions shall be appointed yearly 
by the Corporation, on the recommendation of the Medical 
Director of Physical Training. 


Professors, lecturers and students are required to wear 
academic dress at lectures, except in those cases in which 
a dispensation shall have been granted by the Faculty. 

Undergraduates shall wear a plain black stuff gown, not falling 
below the knee, with rourid sleeve cut above elbow. 

Bachelor of Arts——Black stuff gown, falling below knee, with full 
sleeve cut to elbow and terminating in a point (similar to that of 

the Cambridge B.A.) ; hood, black silk, lined with pale blue silk and 
edged with white fur. 

Bachelor of Science-—The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, 
black silk, lined with, yellow silk and edged with white fur. 

Bachelor of Civil Law.—The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, 
black silk, lined with French grey silk and edged with white fur. 

Master of Arts—Black gown of stuff or silk falling below knee, with 
long sleeve with semi-circular cut at the bottom (similar to that of 
the Cambridge M.A.) ; hood, black silk, lined with pale blue silk. 

Master of Science—The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, 
black silk, lined with yellow silk. 

Doctor of Medicine—The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, 
scarlet cloth, lined with dark blue silk. 

Doctor of Laws.—The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet 
cloth, lined with white silk. 

Doctor of Literature -—The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, 
scarlet cloth, lined with pale blue silk. 

Doctor of Science-—The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, 
scarlet cloth, lined with yellow silk. 

Doctor of Civil Law.—The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, 
scarlet cloth, lined with French grey silk. 

Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, Doctors of Literature, and 
Doctors of Science shall be entitled to wear for full dress a robe of 
scarlet cloth (similar in pattern to that of the Cambridge LL.D.) faced 
with silk of the same colour as the lining of their respective hoods. 

All hoods shall be in pattern similar to that of the Masters of Arts 
of Cambridge University. 

Undergraduates and graduates shall wear the ordinary black 
trencher with black tassel, but Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, 
Doctors of Literature. and Doctors of Science shall wear for full dress 
a black velvet hat with gold cord, similar to that worn by Doctors of 
Laws of Cambridge University. 

Samples of the colours of the linings of all hoods shall be kept for 
inspection in the office of the Registrar. 

_- *s - Sy t 





C.‘H. Goutp, B.A., Librarian. 

The University Library is under the general management 
of a Committee of Corporation, consisting of the Principal, 
Chairman ;-the Librarian, Secretary ; two members of the Board 
of Governors; one Representative Fellow, appointed by corpor- 
ation; two representatives of the Faculty of Arts, elected by 
the Faculty; one representative of each of the Faculties of 
Applied Science, Law and Medicine, elected by their respective 
Faculties; and four other members appointed by Corporation. 

The various libraries of the University now contain over 
112,000 volumes, nearly 20,000 pamphlets, and considerable 
collections of maps and of photographs. 

In addition to providing for the symmetrical growth of the 
Library, the Committee has latterly been dgmited: through 
generous gifts, to pOuare a number of the rarer and more 
costly monographs and serials which are indispensable for 
reseatch; there being now on the shelves nearly 300 complete 
fyles of periodicals pee publications of various literary and 
scientific societies. Many of these have been added through 
the liberality of Sir William C. Macdonald. 

Among the special collections exclusive of departmental 
libraries, mention should be made of the Redpath Historical 
Collection, formed by the late Mr. Peter Redpath some years 
before his death, and, from that time forward, steadily aug- 
mented during the remainder of her life, by his widow. It 
is now of great value, and affords unusual opportunities for 
the study of English History. The most striking feature of 
the collection—a series of political and religious tracts—was 
creatly enriched by the late Mrs. Redpath, and now comprises 
about 10,000 brochures, dating from 1600-to the end of the . 
nineteenth century. 

Abundant materials, bearing upon the History of Canada, 
have been gathered together. Of these the nucleus is formed 
by the entire library of the late Mr. Frederick Griffin, whose 
choice books were, some years ago, bequeathed to the Univer- 



sity. This branch of the library is being steadily augmented, 
and includes, besides important manuscripts, an interesting col- 
fection of Canadian portraits and autographs. 

The Medical Library, directly controlled by the Faculty of 
Medicine, is the largest of the departmental libraries, and is 
one of the most complete collections of its kind in the 

Current periodicals, with Transactions and other Society 
publications to the number of about 360 in the aggregate, are 
regularly received by the Library. The list of these serials 
is being extended year by year. 

Members of the family of the late Mr. Hugh McLennan 
generously enabled the Library Committee to establish a sys- 
tem of travelling libraries, during the autumn of 1900, and 
since then have provided for the maintenance and operation 
of the system. The libraries are sent on application, and on 
payment of a nominal fee of $3.00, to any point in Canada. 
Regulations and full particulars may be obtained from the 
Librarian of the University. 

Although the library is maintained primarily for members 
of the University, the Corporation has provided for the admis- 
sion, upon certain conditions, of such persons as may be 
approved by the Library Committee. It is the desire of the 
Committee to make the library as useful to the entire com- 
munity as is consistent with the safety of the books and the 
general interests of the University. 


1. During the College Session the Library is open daily 
(except Sundays and general public holidays), from 9 a.m. il] 


s p.m.; and the Reading Room from 9 a.m. till 6 p.m., and 
also from 7.30 till 10.30 p.m. On Saturdays, both Library 
and Reading Room close at 5 p.m. During vacations, both 
Library and Reading Room close at 5 p.m., and on Saturdays 
at I p.m. 

2. Students in the Faculties of Arts, Law, and Applied 
Science are entitled to read in the Library, and may borrow 
books (subject to the regulations) to the number of three 
volumes at one time. 

re ore 


3. Students in the Faculty of Medicine, who have paid the 
Library fee to the Bursar, may read in the Library, and on 
depositing the sum of $5 with the Bursar, may borrow books 
on the same conditions as students in other Faculties. They 
are required to present their Matriculation Tickets to the 
Bursar and to the Librarian. 

4. Graduates in any of the Faculties, on making a deposit 
of $5, are entitled to the use of the Library, subject to the 
same rules and conditions as students in Arts, Law, or Ap- 
plied Science. 

s. Books may be taken from the Library only after they 
have been charged at the Delivery Desk: borrowers who can- 
not attend personally must sign and date an order, giving the 

titles of the books desired. 

6. Books in the Reference Library must not be taken from 
the Reading Room; and, after they have been used, they must 
be returned promptly by readers to their proper places upon 
the shelves. 

7. Before leaving the Library, readers must return the books 
they have obtained to the attendant at the Delivery Desk. 

8. All persons using books remain responsible for them so 
long as the books are charged to them, and borrowers return- 
ing books must see that their receipt is properly cancelled. 

9. Writing or making any mark upon any book belonging to 
the Library is unconditionally forbidden. Any person found 
guilty of wilfully damaging any book in any way shall be 
excluded from the Library; and shall be debarred from the 
use thereof for such time as the Library Committee may 

10. Damage to or loss of books, maps, or plates, and injury 
of Library fixtures, must be made good to the satisfaction of 
the Librarian and of the Library Committee. 

Damage, loss or injury when the responsibility cannot be 
traced will be made good out of the caution money deposited 
by students with the Bursar. 

11. Should any borrower fail to return a book upon the 
date when its return is due, he may be notified by postal card 
of his default, and be requested to return the book. If the 
loan is not renewed, or the book returned, after a further 





delay of at most three days, it may be sent for by special mes- 
senger, at the borrower's expense. 

12. Before the close of the session, students in their final 
year must return uninjured, or replace to the satisfaction of 
the Librarian, all books which they have borrowed. 

13. Silence must be strictly observed in the Library. 

14. Infringement of any of the rules of the Library will 
subject the offender to a suspension of his privileges, or to 
such other penalty as the nature of the case may require. 

EsTABLISHED, A.D. 18609. 

This Club is in the 38th year of its existence, and has for its 
two-fold object to procure an early supply of new books 
(novels excluded) for its members, and the increase of the 
Library. By this means an addition has already been made 
to the Library of not less than 4,000 volumes in special and 
general literature. 

Membership in the Club is open to all, at an annual sub- 
scription of ten dollars. 

Apart from the advantages to be directly derived from mem- 
bership, there is the special privilege accorded to members of 
using the College Library on the same conditions as graduates, 
without being required, however, to make a deposit when 
books are borrowed. 

The members of the Executive Committee are as follows :— 
Dr. Alex. Johnson; F. P. Walton, B.A., LL.B., LL.D. ; Mr. 
G. B. Cramp, K.C.; Dr. Andrew Macphail; Wm. Gardner, 
M.D.: Mr. Fayette Brown, and Mr. G. A. Farmer, to any 
of whom application for membership may be addressed, or 
to Mr. E. M. Renouf, Secretary, at the Club’s Depository, 
320 St. Catherine Street, West. 

itil —— 





Information on the following matters will be found by re- 
ferring to the pages mentioned :— 
Amission:iot partial studetis Wea. we 18 4 a4 Pit ne SE 
Pet ce Ect Oe i een Oy TOR ein Er samt e Sad mgeen es eames 
Exhibitions and Scnalarshipgs >)... i. mse oni ie 30 
eMwbIaCITAN iy bik Bite Ne ais GR Sie ls ks ce S36 
ENS COIL SER hr 2s BRIO Ae Lei Ed. ates eo AS 
RONNIE Pe LNRM Ei tes i ocr eee eat bas ce do) EO 

‘For Time Tables of Lectures and Examinations, see first part 
of Calendar. 


After passing the matriculation examination, an under- 
graduate, in order to obtain the degree of B.A or B.Sc., is 
required to, attend regularly the appointed courses of lec- 
tures for four years, and to pass the required examinations 
in each year. He cannot take more than the number of sub- 
jects specified for each year without the special permission of 
the Faculty, nor can he proceed with his course unless he 
passes each examination in its assigned order. In case of 
failure to pass any of these examinations, permission to re- 

* For full particulars regarding registration, see page 49. 

cover standing by passing supplemental examinations must 
be obtained from the Faculty. The conditions under which 
on page 87. Un- 

such permission is granted are stated 
dergraduates are arranged in years, from first to fourth, ac- 
cording to their academic standing. 

Before October Ist (except in special cases), every under- 
craduate is required to submit to the Faculty, through the 
Dean’s office, for approval, a written statement of the sub- 
he session. He will not 
if approved, or begin, 
without the 

jects he proposes to study during t 
be allowed to discontinue any of these, 
or obtain credit for an examination in any other, 
special permission of the Faculty. 


44 4 
me i a 
: { t 7 
' i ‘ ; 
: 4 . 
7 ) 
We 1 
ey | 
nil 48 
a) ET 

First Year. 

Greek. 1 or 2, (page 93) or Latin, I (page 96). 

English, 1A, 1B (page ror) and History, 1 (page 122). 
Mathematics, 1—Algebra, Geometry and Trigonometry—( age 129). 
Latin, 1 (page 96), or Greek, 1 or 2 (page 93), 0” French, 1, 2 (page 106), 
or German, 2 (page 109), or Spanish. (page 112). 

Physics, 1 (page 131). 

German may be taken instead of Trigonometry by students 

who intend to read for Modern Language | 
option will, however, be granted only on the recommendation 
of the Modern Language Department. 

e taken as a qualifying option in the first 
ho have passed the matriculation 

Tonours. ‘This 

French cannot | 
year, except by students w 
examination in this subject. 

An additional language may be taken as an extra subject 

in the first two years, 1f application be made to, and permission 
obtained from the Faculty at the beginning of the session. 
Credit will be given for it on application. 

he encouragement of 

Advanced Courses.—With a view to t 
ed in all subjects 

advanced courses will be pr: vid 

higher work, 
Permission to take an advanced course 

as far as practicable. 
is granted by the Professor. 


Students taking the work of advanced courses may be ex- 
cused from the work of the corresponding ordinary courses, 
on the recommendation of the Professor. No exemptions from 
other subjects will be granted to students in advanced courses. 

An outline of the First Year Course for the Diploma of 
Commerce will be found on page 148. 

Second Year. 

English Composition, 2B (page 102). 

Latin, 2 (page 97) or Greek 3 (page 94). 

and three of the following: 

Greek, 3(page 94) or Latin 2 (page g7). 

English, 2A (page ror). 

French, 3, 4 (page 107). 

German, 3 (page 110). 

Semitic Languages, Ar (7) and B 1 or B 3 (page 113). 

Psychology and Logic, 1A and 1B (page 117). 

Descriptive Economics, 1 (page 125) and History, 2 (page 123). 

Mathematics, 2 (page 129). 

Elementary Biology [ Zoology, 1A (page 144) and Botany, 1 (page 140). 

Chemistry, 1 (page 134). 

Physics, 2 (page 122) (only for students taking the advanced course 
in Mathematics). 

Students intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) 
and Applied Science must take Mathematics and Chemistry : 
those intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) and 
Medicine must take Chemistry and Biology. 

Advanced Courses will be offered in the second year as in 
the first. 

Students taking an advanced course may be excused from 
the work of the corresponding ordinary courses, on the re- 
commendation of the Professor. An exemption from one 
other of the three subjects specified above may be granted to 
students taking the advanced course in mathematics, but to 
no others. 

An outline of the Second Year Course for the Diploma of 
Commerce will be found on page 148, 


Third and Fourth Years. 

The subjects of the third and fourth years are arranged 
in the following divisions :— 

English, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B Philosophy, 2, 3,4 °T 5 Mathematics, 3 (page 

and3Cand4C (page (page 117)- 129). 

102). History, 3 (page 123). Mechanics, 4 (page 133), 
Latin, 3 (page 97). Economics, 2(page 125). and Astronomy, 4 
Greek, 4'(page 95)- ‘Political Science, 3 (page (Page 130). 

Sanskrit, 1A, 1B (page 126). (Two half courses). 

99). Constitutional Law Physics: 

Comparative Philology (page 128). Sound, Light, Heat 

(half course), A, B Roman Law (page 129). (full course), 2 (page 

(page 100). 132). 

Electricity and Magne- 
tism (full course), 3 
(page 133)- 

Chemistry, 2,3, 43 5) ©} 
or 7, 8 (page 134). 

Geology, 1 (page 137)- 

Zoology, 2 (page 144)- 

Botany, 2, 3 (page 140). 



French, 5 (page 107). 

German, 4 (page 110). 

Italian, in alternate 
years (page 112). 

Semitic Languages, A I 
(b), A 2,B2and C 
(page 113). 

From the above divisions six courses are to be selected by 
each student in the third and fourth years, three in each 
year. Each will be studied in lecture courses extending over 
not more than four hours per week, with collateral reading, 
and, in the case of the science subjects, laboratory work. One 
subject chosen in the third year must be continued by every 
student in his fourth year (Political Science, 3, will be ac- 
cepted as a continuation of Economics, 2, and vice versa) ; 
two subjects may be continued if application to that effect be 
granted by the Faculty or the Advisory Committee of the 
Faculty. Of the whole six courses, one must and three may 
be chosen by all candidates from the list of subjects included 
under the head of Science, except when Chemistry or Biology 
has been selected as an option ‘n the second year, in which 
case no science subject need be taken. 

WESPLine ree” 

* These courses in_ the Faculty of Medicine are accepted as the equivalents of 
ordinary courses 1n the Faculty of Arts in the case of Double Course students in Arts 
and Medicine, but not otherwise. 


In addition to the six courses, a course of one hour a week 
in English Composition (3C, 4C) must be taken by every can- 
didate for the ordinary B.A, in the third and fourth years, 
and also by Honour students in English. 

The Advisory Committee will mect not later than October 
Ist in each session, and will report to the Faculty on the sub- 
jects selected by students in each of the four years. 

In order to obtain an ordinary B.A. degree of the First 
Class, a candidate must obtain not only the required aggre- 
gate of marks (viz., three-fourths of the:maximum), but also 
First Class standing in three of his subjects, and not less than 
Second Class in any subject. 

For arrangements enabling students in Medicine or Applied 
Science to take the course in Arts also, and obtain B.A., and 
B.Sc. (Applied Science) in six years, or B.A. (or B.Sc.) and 
M.D. in seven years, see pp. 88 to oI. 

The degrees B.A. or B.Sc. and M.D. may also be taken in 
eight years. Details are given on page go. 


Honours of First, Second, or Third Rank will be awarded 
to successful candidates in any Honour Course established by 
the Faculty, provided they have passed creditably the regular 
examinations in all the subjects proper to their year. 

A student proposing to read for an Honour Course: — 
(1) Must satisfy the Department of his qualifications to pro- 

ceed with the subject or subjects in question; 

(2) Must, while attending lectures, make progress satisfac- 
tory to the Department. In case his progress is not 
satisfactory he may be notified by the Faculty to dis- 
continue attendance. 

Students who wish to graduate with Honours in any sub- 
ject are strongly recommended to take the Advanced Courses 
in these subjects in the first and second years, where such are 

A candidate for Honours must take the ordinary course in 
the subject in which he is reading for Honours, but where 
the Honour Course corresponds to two ordinary subjects, a 
candidate may, at the discretion of the Department, be ex- 
empted from attendance on lectures in these ordinary subjects 


for a number of hours not: exceeding four weekly. In addi- 
tion to ‘the ordinary subject specified above, he 1s re foeee to 
take a second ordinary subject, which may be determined by 
the department in which he is a can lidate for Honours. The 
Faculty may, on the recommendation of the department 

exempt any student ‘from the obligation to take a second 
ordinary subject. 

A student who desires to be a candidate for B.A. Honours 
must have taken at least Second Rank Honours in the third 
year. In this case he shall be required to take only one sub- 
ject in his ordinary course, viz., that in which he is reading 
for Honours. A candidate, however, who obtains Third Rank 
Honours at the B.A. Examinations, will not be allowed credit 
at the end of the session for the exemption from other ordin- 
ary subjects, unless the examiners certify that his knowledge 
of the whole Honour Course is sufficient to justify it. 

Honour lectures are open to all partial students who can 
satisfy the Professor of their fitness to proceed with the work 
of the course. Such students will not be ranked with under- 
eraduates in the examination lists. 

No student is allowed to attend two Honour Courses with- 
out the special permission of the Faculty. 

Note.—For subjects of Ordinary Course, see page 79. 
The Honour Courses offered are as follows :— 

Third Year -—Greek—Lecture Courses, 4, 

5 (page 95). 
Latin— * - 3, 4 (page 97)- 

Fourth Year -—Greek—Lecture Courses, 4, 5 (page Q5). 
Latin—  ~ a 3, 4 (page 97)- 

The details of this course have not yet been arranged.. 

Third Year :—Latin—Lecture Courses, 3, 4 (page 97). 
French (Session 1907-8)— Lecture Courses, 
6, 47. gO: (page 167). 

Fourth Year :—Latin—Lecture Courses, 2, 4 (page 97)- 
French (Session 1907-8 )— Lecture Courses, 
5, 7, 9 (page 107). 



Third Year :—Latin—Lecture Courses, 3, 4 (page 97). 
German (Session 1907-8)— Lecture Courses, 
4, 6, 8 (page IIo). 

Fourth Year :—Latin—Lecture Courses, 3, 4 (page 97). 

German (Session 1907-8)— Lecture Courses, 
4, 6,8 (page I10). 


Third Year :—-Lecture Courses, 3A, 3B, 3C, 5; 9, 10, 11 and 
12 (page 102). 

Fourth Year :—Lecture Courses 4A, 4B, 4C and either 6, 7, 
8, or 9, 10, II, 12, with one hour a week in 

language (page 103). 

Third and Fourth Years :—-French—Lecture Courses, 5, 7, 9 
(Session 1907-8) (page 107). 
German — Lecture Courses, 4, 4, 
8 (page II0O). 
Comparative Philology (for third 
year students) (page 100). 
Third and Fourth Years :—French—Lecture Courses, 6, 8, 9 
(Session 1908-9) (page 108). 
German — Lecture Courses, 5, 7, 
8 (page 110). 

See Semitic Courses, pages 112 to 116. 
Third Year :—Lecture Courses 5a, 50, 7, or 8 and 9 (page IIQ). 
Fourth Year :—Lecture Courses II, 12, 13, 14 (page 121). 

A. (Studies chiefly in History and Politics). 
Third Year :—History—Lecture Courses 3, 6, II (page 123). 
Economics and _ Political Science — Lecture 
‘Courses 2, 3 (pagt 125). 



Fourth Year :—History—Lecture Courses 6, 7, 11 (page 123). 
Economics and Political Science — Lecture 

Courses 5, 6 and 7 or 8 (page 127). 

B. (Studies chiefly in Economics and Politics.) 

Third Year :—History—Lecture Course 3 (page 123). 
Economics and Political Science — Lecture 

Courses 2, 3,4 (page 125). 

Fourth Year :—History—Lecture Courses 6, 7 (page 123). 
Economics and Political Science — Lecture 
Coursts 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (pagt 120). 

A special thesis of advanced character will also be exacted 
from Fourth Year Honour students in History and Economics, 
Part A. 

For examinations on readings at the end of both Third and 
Fouth Years see page 124. 

The examination of Honour students on Economics 2 and 

Political Science 3 will include an extra paper as well as those 
set to the rest of these classes. 


Third Year :—History—Lecture Courses 3, 6, II (page 123). 
and thesis in connection with Course II. 
English—Any courses aggregating six hours a 
week may be chosen from the programme of 
the English Department. for the third and 
fourth years (pages 102 to 105). 

Fourth Year :—History—Lecture Courses 6, 7, 11 (page 123). 
English—Any courses aggregating six hours 
a week may be chosen from the programme 
of the English Department for the third and 
fourth years, so long as these courses have 
not already been taken by the student in his 
third year (pages 102 to 105). 

A special thesis of advanced character is also exacted from 
Fourth Year Honour students in History and English, 



: Third Year:—Mathematics — Lecture Courses 7, 8, 9, 10 
(page 130). 

Physics — Lecture Courses 3, 4, 5 (in part) 
(page 133). 

Fourth Year:—Mathematics — Courses selected from ITI, 12, 

13, 14 (page 130). 
Physics—Lecture Course 5 (page 133). 


_ eat Third Year :—Chemistry—Lecture Courses 2, 3, 4 (page 134). 
~ (Extra reading and laboratory work. ) 
Physics—Lecture Course 2 (page 132). 
Mathematics—Lecture Course 4 (pageI30). 
A half-course in Calculus or Biology, or 
Geology, or Mineralogy. 
Fourth Year :—Chemistry—Lecture Courses 5, 6, 7, 8 or 7, 8, 
Q (page 135). 
Physics—Lecture Course 3 (page 133). 


Third Year :—Geology—Lecture Course I (page 137). 
Minieraivey” a teee I and 2 fpamé 136). 
Zoolog’ se 2 (page 144). 
Chemistry — Lecture Course 2 or 3 and 4 
(page 134). 

Fourth Year :—Geology—2, 3 (b), 4, §, 6, 7, Lectures, Labor- 
atory Work, Field Work, Colloquium, Reading. 
Mineralogy, 3. 
Botany, one half-course, 3a (page 141). 


Third Year:—Botany Lecture Course 2 (page 140), and a 
special course of reading and ister! themes. 
Zoology—Lecture Courses 1B, 2 (page 144), 
and Darwin’s Origin of Saasiog. 
Geology—Lecture Course 1 (page 137). 

Fourth Ycar:—Botany—Lecture Course 3 (page I41}j, and 
a special course of reading and weekly themes. 
Zoology—Lecture Courses 3A and 3B (page 
145) and essays on selected subjects. 




A number of courses, leading to a degree in Honours in 
McGill University, and qualifying for specialists’ standing in 
the province of Ontario, have been accepted by the Education 
Department of that, province. Full details of these courses 
are given in the Calendar for 1905-6, and may also be obtained 
on application to the Dean of the Faculty of Arts. The pro- 
vincial regulation as to specialists’ standing in Ontario is as 
follows :— 

“er. (1) Any person who obtains a degree in Arts in the 
honor department of Mathematics, Science, Classics, English 
and. History, Moderns and History, or French and German, 
as specified in the calendar of any University in Canada and 
accepted by the Education Department, who has sraduated 
with at least second class honors (or 66 per cent., in each 
subject of such honor department) and who has been in actual 
attendance in such department at a University for not less than 
two academic years, shall be entitled to the non-professional 
qualification of a specialist in such department.” 

Graduates of McGill University who, having taken any of 
Hese courses, have obtained the necessary standing in 
Honours, as stated in the foregoing regulation, will, on attend- 
ing such courses and passing such examinations in subjects 
relating to the Art ot Teaching and School Management as 
are prescribed by the Department of Education of the Pro- 
vince of Ontario, be qualified as specialists in that province. 
Undergraduates will not be permitted to substitute these 
courses for those of the regular McGill curriculum, except as 
a whole. 


The B.Sc. course in Arts has been specially arranged to give 
the student a thorough training in science, combined with a 
good knowledge of English, French, and German. A wide 
range of sciences may be studied, and the course differs from 
‘hose offered in the Faculty of Applied Science in the substitu- 
tion of modern languages for the more purely technical work 
of that Faculty. 

A high standard of attainment will in all cases be exacted, 
and it is expected that in the final year the course will include 
‘nstruction in the methods of modern research. 


First Year. 

English, 1A, 1B (page tor), and History, 1 (page 122). 
French, 1, 2 (page 106). 
German, 2 (page 109). 
Mathematics, 1 (page 129). 
Physics, 1 (page 131). 
Second Year. 
English, 2B (page 102). 
French, 3, 4 (page 107). 
German, 3 (page II0). 
Chemistry, 1 (page 134)—-Laboratory work in addition. 

Mathematics, 2, (page 129) or Elementary Biology (pages 140 and 144). 

(a) Upon entering the second year, the student must de- 
cide upon the general character of the course which he will 
follow in the third and fourth years. If his course in these . 
years is to consist chiefly of Mathematics.and Physics, he 
must choose Mathematics; if it is to be chiefly biological or 
geological, he must take Biology; while if he intends to select 
Chemistry, he must take Mathematics if he intends to devote 
special attention to Physical Chemistry, but Biology if he 
intends to make special study of other branches of this 

(b) A candidate for the degree of B.Sc. must obtain at least 
Second Class standing both in French and German at the 
sessional examinations of the second year, and, upon entering 
the third year, must, in order to proceed with his course, be 
able to read with ease scientific both of these 

(c) The student shall, in the third year, take a full course 
in three of the following sciences, viz.:— Mathematics, 

Physics, Chemistry, Zoology, Botany, Geology. He shall take, 
in addition, a portion of the B.A. Honour Course in one of 
them, as well as a course in English Composition. 

(d) In the fourth; year the student shall devote his time 
chiefly to advanced work in one of the three sciences which 
he has already studied in the third year.. The course which 
he is to follow will be drawn up by the Professors of the 
science which he selects and must be approved by the B.Sc. 
Advisory Committee. He shall take, in addition, a course 
in English Composition. 


1. There are two examinations in each year, viz., at Christ- 
mas and at the end of the session. Successful students are 
arranged in three classes at the sessional examinations. 

Christmas examinations will be held in all the subjects of 
the first and second years, and are obligatory on all under- 
graduates, and also on all partial students of the first year, 
unless they have been specially exempted. Partial students 
of the first year, who fail in.the Christmas examination, 
will be requested to withdraw from the class. Twenty-five per 
cent. of the marks given for the sessional work in each subject 
will be assigned for the results of the Christmas examinations. 
Students prevented by illness from attending the Christmas 
examinations will, on presenting a medical certificate, be given 
sessional standing on the results of the April examinations. 
Candidates who fail in courses of the first and second years, 
terminating at Christmas, will be required to pass, at the April 
examinations, on an extra paper in the subject in which they 
have failed. 

Christmas Examinations in the third and fourth years may 
be held at the option of the Professors. When held, the-same 
value will be assigned to them as in the case of the first and 
second years. 

>. An undergraduate whio fails in ohe subject at the ses- 
sional examinations of the first or of the second year, will 
not be allowed to proceed with his course unless he passes a 
supplemental examination therein at the beginning of the 
session, or takes the summer course, if there be one, in the 
subject, and passes the corresponding examination. 

3. Failure in two or more subjects at the sessional examina- 
‘nations of the first or of the second year, or in one subject 
at the third year sessional examinations, involves the toss 
of the session. The Faculty may permit the student to re- 
cover his standing by passing a stipplementa! examination at 
the beginning of the following session. If he fail in any sub- 
ject at this examination he will be required to repeat the year. 

A summer course, on the same conditions as above, may be 
accepted instead of a supplemental examination. 

4. Examinations supplemental to the sessional examina- 
tions will be held in September, simultaneously with the ma- 



triculation examinations. The time for each supplemental 
examination will be fixed by the Faculty; the examination will 
not be granted at any other time, except by special permission 
of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $5. 

A list of those to whom the. Faculty has granted supple- 
mental examinations in the following September will be pub- 
lished after the sessional examination. 


Any student intending to claim the privileges offered 
below, is required, at the beginning of the session, to present 
to the Dean of the Faculty of Arts a certificate of registration 
in the Professional Faculty, and to produce, at the end of the 
session, certificates of attendance and examination in the pro- 
essional classes specified. 



1. Undergraduates beginning the third year in Arts, who 
have taken all the ordinary Mathematics of the first two years, 
and the Chemistry of the second year, and who wish to pursue 
their professionai studies in the Faculty of Applied Science 
so as to obtain the degrees of B.A. and B.Sc. (App. Sc.) 
within the following four years, will be exempted by the Fa- 
culty of Applied Science from the Mathematics of the first 
year in Applied Science and from Chemistry of the second 

2. They must, unless by special permission of the Faculty 
of Arts, distribute the course of the third and fourth years in 
Arts over three years, in accordance with the following sche- 
dule of studies :— ; 

I. In the Third Year :— 

(a) Physics of the third year. 

(b) Two of the courses which are not placed under the 
heading “Science” in the Arts curriculum. The 
time tabies of the two Faculties allow the follow- 
ing to be chosen :—English, History. 

(c) Either one or two hours weekly in English Compo- 

* Note —Students are recommended to distribute their English work over two 

Il. In the Fourth Year :— 

(b) One hour weekly in English Composition, if only one 
has been taken in the third year.” 

(c) The Mathematics of the second year Applied Sci- 
ence (6 hours weekly as 114 courses). 

(a) Physics of the fourth year. 

Ill. In the Fifth Year :— 
The Mathematics of the third year Applied Science 
(2 hours weekly as a half course), or another 
course in the Arts curriculum. 

3. Students who, having obtained permission of the Faculty, 
desire to complete the course for the B.A. Degree in four 
years, are required to take a full course in one subject in the 
Arts curriculum in addition to the courses prescribed in 2, 
Il, above. 


Students taking this course, who intend to practise in the 
province Of Quebec, are required to matriculate and register 
vith the Quebec Licensing Board at the end of their third. 
year in Arts. 

1. Undergraduates beginning the third year, who have 
taken the Chemistry and Biology of the second year, and who 
wish to pursue their professional studies in the Faculty of 
Medicine so as to obtain the degrees of B.A. and M.D. within 
the following five years, will be exempted by the Faculty of 
Medicine from the subjects of Chemistry, Physics, and 
Biology in the first year of the Faculty of Medicine. 

2. They may complete the Arts curriculum by taking the 
following courses :— 

1 Twcthe Tied Yeti 

(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology, Embry- 
ology and Bacteriology, of the first year Medicine. 
(b) Zoology, or Chemistry, and one-half the course in 
Honours Zoology of the Arts curriculum for the 
third year, as well as a modern language, but the 

* Note.—Students are recommended to distribute their English work over two 



language in question must have been taken in th 
first and second years. 
(c) Either one or two hours weekly in English Com- 

Il. Jn the Fourth Year :~— 

(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology, Phy- 
siology, Chemistry, Pharmacy.and Bio-Chemistry, 
of the second year Medicine. 

(b) One hour weekly in English Composition, if only 
one has been taken in the third year.* 

The two degrees, B.A. and M.D., may also be obtained in 
eight years by Honour students in Biology, they being allowed 
to substitute the Anatomy of the first year in Medicine for 
one-half the Zoology of the fourth year Arts. 


Students taking this course, who intend to practise in the 
province of Quebec, are required to matriculate and register 
with the Quebec Licensing Board at the end of their third 
year in Arts. 

I. Students who wish to take a combined course in the 
Faculties of Arts and Medicine with a view to obtaining 
the degrees of B.Sc. (Arts) and M.D. within seven years, 
must take Latin under head 6 of the matriculation require- 
ments for the B.Sc. course, see p. I 

2. They must take the ordinary B.Sc. course with the 
following modifications :— 

Second year students shall take the course in Biology as 
prescribed for students in Medicine. 

Third year students taking the Double Course shall be 
required to offer one of the following :— 

1. Zoology.—(a) The full Ordinary Continuation Course 
of the Faculty of Arts, and in addition (b) half the Honours 
Course, the latter to be taken during the first half of the 

II, Physics. — (a) The full ordinary course of the Fa- 
culty of Arts, under which head students may take either 

* Note,—Students are recommended to distribute their English work over two 


the course in sound, light and heat (Physics 2), or that 
on electricity and magnetism (Physics 3), Or a combined 
course consisting of portions of these, and in addition (bD) 
advanced work constituting half an Honours Course, the latter 
to be taken during the first half of the session. 

III. Chemistry. —(@) A half-course in Physical Chemis- 
try, during the first half of the session (from Chemistry, 7, 
8); (db) a half-course in Organic Chemistry, during the 
second half of the session (Chemistry, 3; G}5)tc) advanced 
work constituting half an Honours Course, the last to be 
taken during the first hulf of the session. 

IV. Botany. —- (a) The full ordinary primary course of 
the Facuity of Arts (Botany, 2); (b) either half the Honours 
Course prescribed for fourth year students in the Faculty 
of Arts (Botany, 6); or” half an Honours Course in Chemis- 
tr), Physics or Zoology. The work under (b) is in any 
case to be taken during the frst half of the session. 

Fourth Year—Wednesday afternoon and Saturday morn- 
ing of each week shall be devoted either (1) to Laboratory 
Work in connection with still more advanced study in the 
subjects selected during the third year; 07 (2) to work in 
another branch of science, provided the student is’ suff- 
ciently well grounded to enable him to do the special work 
which may be assigned to him. 


Students intending to go forward to the Faculty of Law 
are recommended to include in their Third and Fourth Years 
Arts, such subjects as Constitutional Law and History, 
Economics, Political Science, 2nd Roman Law. 


See page 143. 


A certificate of “ Literate ‘n Arts,” will be given along 
with the professional degree ‘in Medicine or Applied Sci- 
ence, to those who have completed two years’ study in 
the Faculty of Arts, and have passed the prescribed ex- 


‘> . . 7 Ps 
e certificate will also be given to students of affili- 

4 . . . - . aa S ] + 
ated ‘colleges in the provinces of British Columbia, Alberta 
and Saskatchewan, who have completed the work of the first 

two years and have passed the prescribed examinations as 
undergraduates of McGill University. 



I. Lhe Faculty will make formal reports to the go rerning 
body of the Theological College which such students may 
attend as to:—(a) their conduct and attendance on the 
classes of the Faculty, (b) their standing in the several exami- 
nations ® such reports to be furnished after the examinations. 
called for. 

Nn 0 
a | 
am | 
— * 
> +e 

years the courses which constitute the ordinary curriculum in 
Arts, less a half course in each of these years, or a whole 



( W. Peterson, M.A... LL.D. 
\ W. Scott, M.A. 

ASSOCIATE Proressor:—A. J. Eaton, M.A., P#_D. 

S. B. Stack, M.A. 
AssISTANT ProFessors = ) =e Seis 
( RusseLL E. MaAcNaGHTEN, B.A. 


Tutor AND Lecturer:—T. H. Brmurncs, M.A. 
Tutor (Royal Victoria College) :—EnizasetH A. Irwin. M.A. 

The four years’ course in classics consists of a progressive 
study of the languages, literature, and history of the ancient 
Greeks and Romans. The work of each of the four years 
includes the reading of selected Greek and Latin authors, to- 
gether with exercises in composition and translation. In the 
first and second years, prominence is given to the study of the 
languages, and to the cultivation of facility in reading and 
accuracy in translating. In the third and fourth years, while 
the study of the languages is continued, the subject-matter 

GREEK. 03 

and literary significance of the books are more fully dealt with, 
an 1 the work includes continuous courses Of lectures on his- 
tory, literature, and kindred subjects, and the writing of essays 
on matters connected with the subjects of the lectures. 

Students may be examined on the work prescribed for each 
class, even though it may not have been covered in the lectures. 

Subjects are suggested for Summer Readings in connexion 
with the work of each class. Students are ecommended to 
study these subjects in the Summer Vacation. An examina- 
tion on the Summer Readings will be held in the first week OF 
the Session; and credit will be given for the results of this 
examination. Students who take the examination in Latin 
or Greek for Second Year Exhibitions will be exempted from 
the examination on Summer Readings in that subject. 

Students are also recommended to devote some part of the 
vacation to the subjects set down under the heads of History 
and Literature, which will be included among the subjects of 
the sessional examination. 


All students taking Greek are expected to provide themselves 
with a grammar, a Greek-English dictionary, and 
ancient geography. The following are recommended :— 
Allen’s Elementary Greek Grammar. 
Liddell and Scott's Greek Lexicon (Abridged, or Inter- 

Kiepert’s Atlas Antiquus ; OTF, Putzger's Historical Atlas. 



1. Lectures, four hours a week. 

The Ordinary First Year Course in Greek is 
students only who have already reached the matriculation 
standard in the subject. Students who have not reached the 
matriculation standard may take the Beginners’ Course in place 
of the Ordinary First Year Course as one of the qualifying 
Courses of their First Year. Such students, in order to com- 
plete their First Year in Greek, are required to pass an ¢xX~ 
amination on the work of the Beginners’ Course at the end 
of the Session, and ‘n addition, either to attend a tutorial 
class conducted during May and June, and pass an examination 


. c 4 
wited for those 



in June, or, if exempted by the Faculty from attendance at 
this class, to pass a supplemental examination in September. 

Books required for 1907-8 :—White’s First Greek ~ Book 
(Ginn & Co.) ; Macmillan’s Greek Reader, by Colson. 

First Year. 

2. Lectures, four hours a week. 

For 1907-8:—Auruors: Xenophon, Hellenica, Book TI. 
chapter 6 to end of Book II (Underhill, Clarendon Press) ; 
Euripides, Alcestis (Blakeney, Bell). 

Composition: North and Hillard’s Greek Prose Composi- 
tion (Rivingtons). 

TRANSLATION AT SicHT: Greek Unseens in Prose and 
Verse, Junior Section (Liddell, Blackie). 

GREEK History: 560 to 479 B. C. Book recommended, 
Cox’s Greeks and Persians (Longman’s Epoch Series), or 
Bury’s History of Greece (Macmillan), chs. V to VII. 

Additional work may be prescribed for advanced students. 
(See Extra Course below). 

Second Year, 

3. Lectures, four hours a week. 

For 1907-8:—Autuors: Summer Reading: Cebetis Tabula 
(Jerram, Clarendon Press). Lectures: E. H. Moore’s Easy 
Selections from Thucydides (Longmans), from the beginning 
of Part I to the end of Section III of Part II; Homer, 
Ihiad I (Wainwright, Bell) ; Sophocles, Ajax (Campbell and 
Abbott, Clarendon Press). 

Composition: North and Hillard’s Greek Prose Composi- 
tion (Rivingtons). 

TRANSLATION AT SiGuHt: Greek Unseens in Prose and 
Verse, Intermediate Section (Blackie & Son). 

GREEK History: 479 to 403 B. C. . Books recommended, 
Bury, History of Greece (Macmillan), ens. ViItb txt 
Abbott, Pericles and the Golden Age of Athens (Putnam). 

Advanced students will take the work of the Ordinary 
course, together with additional work to be prescribed. (See 
Extra Course below). 



Third and Fourth Years. 

4. Lectures, four hours a week. 

For 1907-8 :—HisTory AND LITERATURE: Greek History to 
404 B.C. The lectures will include a course of twelve hours. 
on this period of history, and a course of twelve hours on 
Greek Literature of the same period. 

Autnors: Summer Reading: Herodotus, Book VIII, chap- 
ters 1 to 90 (Shuckburgh, Pitt Press). Lectures: Homer, 
Iliad (Monro, Clarendon Press, Vol. I), selections from Books 
I to XII: Thucydides, Book II (Marchant, Macmillan ). 

Composition: Passages to be selected. 

TRANSLATION AT SIGHT: Florilegium Tironis Grecum 
(Burrows and Flancers, Macmillan). 

7 Honour. COURSES. 
Third and Fourth Years. 

s. Honour students of the third and fourth years will take 
the work of the Ordinary course together with additional 
work, and will attend the Ordinary lectures (except those from 
which they may be exempted under the regulation on p. 80), 
together with four hours a week of additional lectures. They 
will study privately such parts of the authors and subjects 
prescribed as are not covered by the lectures. 

Additional work for Honours :—1907-8 -—Autuors: (Third 
and fourth years), Homer, Iliad (Monro, Clarendon Press, 
vols. I and II), with special study of selected portions; Thu- 
cydides, Books VI and VII (Marchant, Macmillan). 

(Fourth Year only) : Sophocles, Oedipus Tyrannus (Jebb, 
Pitt Press, ed. minor), and Oedipus Coloneus (Campbell and 
Abbott, Clarendon Press). See E-tra Course below. 

Composition: Passages to be selected. 

TRANSLATION AT SIGHT: Fox and Bromley, Models and 
Exercises in Unseen Translation (Clarendon Press). 

(In 1908-9, the work of the third and fourth years will be 
arranged on the following lines: — Ordinary: HisToRY AND 
LITERATURE; Greek History, from 404 to 323 B.C... The tec- 
tures will include a course on this period of history, and a 
course on the history of Greek Thought, with special reference 
to Ethics and Politics. AUTHORS: Ordinary: portions of 


Plato and Euripides. Additional jor Honours: further read- 
ings in Plato; selected speeches of the Attic Orators; selected 


dramas. ) 
(for Honour Courses in Classics, see also page Sz). 

Extra’ Course IN GREEK. 

6. One hour.a week: Thursday , 4.15 p.m. 

Interpretation of a Greek Author. Text, Sophocles, Oedipus 
Tyrannus (Jebb, ed. minor,’ Pitt Press) and Oedipus Coloneus 
(Campbell and Abbott, Clarendon Press). 

This Course is intended for Advanced and Honour Students 
of all years, Graduates, Teachers, and others 


McGill University is a contfibutor to the support of this 
School, which affords facilities for archeological and classical 
investigation in Greece. Graduates in Arts of McGill 1 Uni- 
versity are accordingly entitled to special privileges and 
advantages as regards tuition in the School. 


All students taking Latin are expected to provide them- 
selves with a grammar, a Latin- English dictionary, and an 
Atlas of ancient geography. The foliowing are recom- 
mended: — Allen and Greenough’s New Latin Grammar: 
Lewis’ School Dictionary, or White’s Junior Students’ Latin- 
English Dictionary; Kiepert’s Atlas Antiquus, or Putzger’s 
Historical Atlas. 

First Year. 

. Lectures, four hours a week. 

For 1907-8 :—AuTHorS :—Cicero, pro Lege Manilia (Wil- 
kins, Macmillan) ; Livy, Book V (Alford, Macmil! lan), chs. 5 
to 55; Virgil, Aeneid IV (Sidgwick, Pitt Press). 

CoMPosITION: North and Hillard’s Latin Prose Composi- 

. (Rivingtons). 

TRANSLATION AT SiGHT: Rivington’s Class Books of Latin 
Unseens (Smith), Books I and IV. 


RoMAN History: outlines, to 133 B.C. Book reconi- 
mended, Botsford, History of Rome (Macmillan), chs. I to 

Additional work will be prescribed for advanced students. 
(wee Extra Courses below ). 

Second Year. 

2. Lectures, four hours a week. 

For 1907-8:—AutHors: Summer Reading: Ovid,.Meta- 
morphoses XIII, lines 1 to 729 (Simmons, Macmillan). 
Lectures: Livy, Book Il (Conway, Pitt Press); Virgil, 
Aeneid VI (Sidgwick, Pitt Press); Horace, Selected Odes 
(Wickham, Clarendon Press). 

ComposITION: North and Hillard’s Latin Prose Composi- 
tion (Rivingtons). 

TRANSLATION AT SicGHT: Alford’s Latin Passages for Sight 
Translation (Macmillan). 

RoMAN History: outlines, from 133 B.C. to 337 A.D. 
Book recommended, Botsford, History of Rome (Macmillan), 
chs. VII to XII. 

Advanced students will take the work of the Ordinary 
Course, together with additional work to be prescribed. (See 
Extra Courses below). 

Third and Fourth Years. 

3. Lectures, four hours a week. 

For 1907-8:—History AND LITERATURE: Roman History, 
from 133 to 31 B.C. The lectures will include a course of 
twelve hours on this period of history, and a course of twelve 
hours on Roman Literature to the death of Augustus. 

AutHors: Summer Reading—Ovid, Tristia, Book I 
(Owen, Clarendon Press). Lectures: Cicero, Epistolae Selec- 
tae (text without notes, Watson, Clarendon Press), Letters 
20 to 62; Cicero, pro Murena (Freese, Macmillan) ; Horace, 
Epistles, Books I and Il (Wilkins, Macmillan). 

CoMPosITION: Bryans, Latin Prose based on Czsar (Mac- 
millan), and passages to be selected. 

TRANSLATION AT SIGHT: Rivingtons’ Class Books of Latin 
Unseens (ed. Smith), Book X. 


Fi ee er tree em ab 


Honour CourRSES. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

4. Honours students of the third and fourth years will take 
the work of the ordinary course together with additional work, 
and will attend the ordinary lectures (except those from which 
they may be exempted under the regulation on p. 80), together 
with four hours a week of additional lectures. They will study 
privately such parts of the authors and subjects prescribed as 
are not covered by the lectures. 

Additional work for Honours (1907-8): AutHors (Third 
and Fourth Years) :—Cicero, Epistolae Selectae (Watson), 
Letters 63 to 148; Cicero pro Sestio (Holden, Macmillan) ; 
Plautus, Captivi and Trinummus (Morris, Ginn & Co.); 
Lucretius (text, ed. Bailey,-Script, Classic. Bibl. Ox., Claren- 
don Press), Selections. 

(Fourth Year only), Catulli, Tibulli, Propertii Poemata 
Selecta’ (Wratislaw and Sutton; Bell). See Extra Course C 

Composition: Passages to be selected. 

TRANSLATION AT SIGHT: Fox and Bromley, Models and 
Exercises in Unseen Translation (Clarendon Press). 

(In 1908-9, the work of the third and fourth years will be 
arranged on the following lines:—Ordinary. HIsToRY AND 
LITERATURE: Roman History from 31 B.C. to 180 A.D. The 
lectures will include a course on this period of history, and a 
course on Roman Antiquities. AuTHoRS: portions of Tacitus, 
Juvenal, and other writers of the Empire. Additional for 
Honours: further readings in Tacitus and other writers of 
the Empire. ) 

(For Honour Courses in Classics, see also page 81). 

ExtrA Courses IN LATIN. 

A. One hour a week: Monday, 4.15 p.m. 

Composition and Translation at Sight. Text-books, Brad- - 
ley’s Arnold, and Fowler, Sportella. 

B. One hour a week: Tuesday, 4.15 p.m. 

Interpretation of a Latin Author. Text, Suetonius, Augus- 
tus (Peck, Holt & Co., New York). 

LATIN. 09 

Courses A and B are intended for Advanced Students of 
the First and Second Years; for Students of the Third. and 
Fourth Years who wish to continue the study of Latin without 
taking it as one of their qualifying subjects; and for graduates, 
teachers and others. Advanced Students of the First and 
Second Years who attend Course A may, at the discretion of 
the Department, be exempted from attendance at the corres- 
ponding lectures of the Ordinary Course. 

C. One hour a week: Wednesday, 4.15 p.m. 

Interpretation of Latin Authors. Text, Selections from 
Catullus, Tibullus, and Propertius (Wratislaw and Sutton, 
Bell). Course C is intended for Advanced and Honour stu- 
dents of all years, graduates, teachers and others. 


McGill University is a contributor to the support of this 
School, which affords facilities for archeological and classical 
investigation at Rome. Graduates in Arts of McGill Univer- 
sity are accordingly entitled to special advantages as regards 
tuition in the School. 

(Omitted in 1907-8). 
LCT RI, sree 

The two courses in Sanskrit are primarily intended for stu- 
dents who have passed the second year sessional examination, 
but permission may in certain other cases be obtained to 
attend the elementary course. 

1. A. For beginners, the work mainly consisting in the 
mastering of the elements of Sanskrit Grammar with such 
composition as tends to fix in the mind the knowledge thus 
acquired. Etymological references will be frequently made 
and comparisons suggested in order at once to familiarize the 
language and give it an educational value in spite of the ele- 
mentary nature of the course. This course counts as a half- 
course qualifying for the degree, and it is especially recom- 
mended to students attending the half-course in Comparative 

Two hours a week. 

oe = 

etc aeet een 
La r 

to tin 


ete teenie chaditemee Ln ems 


2 eT 



LOTS nt er 

Oe mr ee 

oe DS eee eee ee. Sa See —2cTe- mm 

+ — 

et EE pe 


eee ree r poms “ 


_ a 


B. For those students who have already passed through 
Course A or its equivalent in Sanskrit preparation; one 
hour per week is devoted to Lectures on Indian Literature, 

commencing with the Post Vedic Period. Two hours are 

devoted to reading selections; one hour to grammar and 
composition bearing especially on the texts read. Course B 
counts as one full course to the Final; courses A and B to- 
gether, one and one-half, the student taking up Course B not 
being debarred thereby from repeating a course in another 

Four hours a week. 

Books required :—Perry, Sanskrit Primer; Whitney’s San- 
skrit Grammar; -Lanman’s Sanskrit Reader (Ginn & Co.). 
For reference: Sanskrit Literature, A. A. Macdonell (Heine- 

Summer Readings.—A course of Summer Readings will be 
suggested according to individual needs. During the months 
of May and June the lecturer will be glad to give his personal 
supervision to students of Sanskrit and is prepared to give 
lectures if due notice is given. 

Comparative Philology. 
LzectureR:—S. B. Stack, M.A. 

A. The first part of the course on Comparative Philo- 
logy will deal with the following subjects: the history 
of the Science of Comparative Philology; the Indo-Germanic 
languages and their classification and relation to one an- 
other; the primitive home and culture of the so-called Aryan 
people; the nature of compounds in Indo-Germanic; recent 
theories about Ablaut and its relation to the Indo-Germanic 
system of accentuation ; the importance of Ablaut in explaining 
apparent irregularities of declension and conjugation ; external 
Sandhi in the Indo-Germanic languages; and the influence of 
Analogy and Contamination in the formation of words. The 
lectures will then go on to disctiss the various sounds of the 
primitive Indo- Germanic language, and the development of 
those sounds in the various languages of the Indo-Germanic 

B. After Christmas, a study will be made of one of the 
less known Indo-Germanic languages, e.g., Anglo-Saxon or 


Gothic. Texts will be read with grammatical comments. The 
intention of the Course is to illustrate the methods of the 
scientific study of language. 

N.B.—If students desire it, it is possible that the A course 
may be omitted altogether during the Session 1907-8, and the 
B course carried on for the whole year from September to 
April. Definite information about this will be given at the 
beginning of. the session. 

ProFessor :—Cuas. E. Moyset, B.A., LL.D. 
Proressor oF EnciisH:—P. T. Larreur, M.A. 
LECTURER :——_—_-—_-———- 
Vice-Warden of the Royal Victoria College. 

First Year. 

1, A. Enciisnh Composition.—The course will be of a 
practical character. Regular essays are required of all stu- 
dents. One hour a week. 

t. B. Enorisa Lirerature.—tThe course will consist of, a 
study of representative English writers. One hour a week. 

1. C. ‘History.—For course, see under History, page 122. 

or affiliated colleges, in place of the above: — Halleck’s 
History of English Literature (American Book Co.) pp. 1-304; 
with the following readings:—Chaucer, Prologue to the Can- 
terbury Tales; Spenser, Faerie Queene, Book I; Milton, 
Comus; Johnson’s Lives of the Poets, Dryden and Pope; 
European History (G. B. Adams, Macmillan). Regular, prac- 
tice and instruction in composition are strongly recommended. 

Second Year. 

2. A. LirerAture.—English Prose from Bacon to Burke. 
Three hours a week before Christmas, with the following 
special readings: — Bacon: Essays of Truth, of Unity in 
Religion, of Revenge, of Atheism, of Travel, of Friendship, 
of Plantations, of Building, of Studies; Browne: Religio 
Medici: Milton: Areopagitica; Defoe: A Journal of the 
Plague Year; Swift: A Tale of a Tub; Steele and Addison : 
The Tatler and the Spectator, passim; Goldsmith: The Citizen 

ad oF an — 


of the World. Craik’s Prose Specimen and Chambers’s 
Cyclopedia of English Literature (new ed.) may also be used. 

English Prose in the Nineteenth Century. Three hours a 
week after Christmas. The course is a continuation of that 
followed in the first term and will include representative prose 
writers from Jeffrey to Leslie Stephen. Readings will be 
prescribed from the essays of Lamb, DeQuincey, Carlyle, 
Ruskin, Froude, Arnold and others. Prof. Lafleur and Miss 

B. Composition.—Continuation of I A. 

Fortnightly Essays will be required and will be taken into 
account in determining the standing of students at the end of 
the session. One hour per week. 

This course is obligatory on all second years students. 

For affiliated colleges :—Halleck’s History of English Liter- 
ature, pp. 305-480, and Nineteenth Century Literature (Cun- 
liffe and Cameron, Copp, Clark Co.). Continued work in 
composition is strongly. recommended. 

Third Year. 

3. A. Enouisu LirerATURE.—Shakspere.—This course will 
begin with a review of the early history of the English drama, 
and of the conditions which led to its development in the time 
of Elizabeth. ° The advances made by the earlier Elizabethan 
dramatists will be noted, and Shakspere’s methods illustrated 
by a comparative study of A Midsummer Night’s Dream, 
Romeo and Juliet, Henry V, As You Like It, Hamlet, King 
Lear, Macbeth, and The Tempest; the relation of these plays 
to their sources will also be considered. Students are recom- 
mended to read as many of Shakspere’s plays as they can, and 
to give special attention to those mentioned above. Two hours 
a week. Dr. Moyse. 

2 B. A course on Poetry and the Drama. England from 
1660 to 1789, with special and detailed reference to changes 
in literary ideals and expression during the period discussed. 
The lectures will include poets, from Dryden to Crabbe; dra- 
matists, from the writers of Heroic plays to Sheridan. Stu- 
dents will be called upon to pay special attention to the fol- 
lowing works: Dryden, Absalom and Achitophel ; Pope, Selec- 
tions from the Essay on Man, and The Rape of the Lock; 
Thomson, The Seasons (one book) ; Cowper, The Task (one 


book) ; Crabbe, The Borough (four divisions) ; Dryden, Essay 
on Dramatic Poesy ; Addison, Cato; Goldsmith, She Stoops to 
Conquer; Sheridan, The School for Scandal. Two hours a 
week. Prof. Lafleur. 

3.C. EnciisH Composition.—An advanced course on Eng- 
lish Composition, including style; methods and principles of 
literary criticism treated from the historical point of view, 
and an introduction to the comparative study of literature in 
accordance with the most recent results of contemporary 
thought and research. In connection with this course students 
will be examined in a course of prescribed readings. Essays 
at stated periods are required of all. 

Books of reference and authorities :— Saintsbury's History 
of Criticism; Lessing, Sainte-Beuve, Brunetiere, Arnold, Rus- 
kin, Worsfold. One hour a week. Prof. Lafleur. 

Fourth Year. 

4. A. Encrtsu Lirerature.—A Course on the Leading 
Poets of the Nineteenth Century. The chief aspects of the 

French Revolution will be considered, and Republican feeling 
in England illustrated chiefly from the works of Wordsworth, 
Coleridge and Southey. The indirect revolutionary poets 
Byron and Shelley will then be considered, and their typical 
poems, together with those of the poets already mentioned, 
critically examined. The remainder of the course will be given 
to Scott, Keats, Tennyson, Browning, Matthew Arnold and 
Swinburne. Two hours a week. 

The poems which have been selected for private reading 
will be announced at the commencement of the session. Dr. 
Moyse, Prof. Lafleur and Miss Cameron. 

4. B. A general course on the history of English Prose 
Fiction from Richardson to the middle of the nineteenth cen- 
tury, treating of the various forms successively given to Eng- 
lish novels during the period, and the influences that stimul- 
ated or otherwise affected such productions. While students 
are expected to show particular knowledge of English master- 
pieces in this kind, frequent reference to cognate works by con- 
tinental writers will also demand some familiarity with con- 
temporary European literature. Portions of the following 
works will be selected for detailed study and discussion: 
Richardson, Clarissa Harlowe; Fielding, Amelia; Goldsmith, 

—— - oa Past Pts Sra a 



ne ge 


x kde sad. 
a a 


SO ee 


— te, ect 
- Fes emo = 


he Vicar of Wakefield; Godwin, Caleb Williams; Walpole, 
The Castle of Otranto; Thackeray, Henry Esmond. Books of 
reference :—Raleigh, The English Novel; Dunlop, History of 
Fiction; Cross, The Development of the English Novel. Two 
hours a week. Prof. Lafleur 

4. C. Encrisn Composrtion.—The statement respecting 3 
C (p. 103) indicates the method and character of this course, 
which is regarded as a continuation of the course in the Third 

Honour COURSES. 

Third Year. 

In addition to the ordinary work of the third year, Honour 

students will take the following, together with courses 9, I0, 
II, and 12 (page 105) :— 

5. English Language. Two hours a week. Sweet, Anglo- 
Saxon Reader, Extracts (all the Prose); XX, XXI, XXIII, 
XXVII; Wright, Primer of the Gothic Language, The Gos- 
pel of St. Mark (Clarendon Press). (The use of Braune, 
Gotische Grammatik is recommended). Dr. Moyse. 

Fourth Year. 

Honour students in the fourth year will select Language 
or Literature. 

Language Students will take the following special courses 
in addition to 4A, 4B, and 4C :— 3 

6. ANGLo-SAxon.—The whole of Béowulf will be read in 
class and illustrated by notes on origins, philology and textual 
emendations. Text-Book: NHarrison and Sharp’s Béowulf 
(Ginn). Students will read selected portions of other poems 
for examination. Anglo-Saxon prose will be studied mainly 
in the translation of Gregory’s Pastoral Care and /éIfric’s 
Homilies. Students will be guided in the examination of 
dialectal texts and referred to important articles in periodical 
literature dealing with that subject and also with the field of 
Anglo-Saxon generally. 

Two hours per week. Dr. Moyse. 

7. MippLE EnciisH. — The course is intended to give a 
knowledge of dialectical English and to illustrate the changes 
the language has undergone. The texts given in Morris’s 
Specimens of Early English, Part I, and Morris and Skeat’s 


Specimens of Early English, Part II, may be regarded as the 
chief material for study. A list of books of reference and of 
important monographs will be given at the commencement of 
the course. Two hours a week. Dr. Moyse, 

Two hours a week. 

8. Mceso-GotHic.—The course on Meeso-Gothic is intended 
to open the way to the comparative study of allied Teutonic 
languages. Particular attention will be given to the phono- 
logical relations of Mceso-Gothic and Anglo-Saxon. Tezst- 
Books: Wright, Primer of the Gothic language; Uklfilas 
(Heyne). Dr. Moyse. 

Honour Students selecting Literature will take the follow- 
ing, in addition to the ordinary work of the Fourth Year, and 
one hour a week in Language (Anglo-Saxon). 

9. COMPARATIVE LITERATURE.—A course of lectures on the 
influence of English literature upon the continent of Europe, 
chiefly during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. The 
treatment discusses mainly the historical development of ideas, 
but examines also corresponding modifications regarding liter- 
ary method and form. 

Voltaire, Letters concerning the English Nation; Elton, The 
Augustan Age; Texte, Jean Jacques Rousseau and the Cos- 
mopolitan Spirit in Literature (tr. Matthews); Brunetiére, 
L’Evolution des Genres. Two hours a week. Prof. Lafleur. 

10. English Prose from Dryden to Burke. Details and read- 
ings to be announced at the beginning of the session. Prof. 

rt. American and Canadian Literature. <A historical and 
critical outline of English Literature in the New World. Two 
hours a week. Miss Cameron. 

12. TENNyson (Continuation) and Minor Poets of the 
NINETEENTH CENTURY. One hour a week. 

For examination: Maud and the Idylls of the King. Read- 
ings from minor poets will be announced at the beginning of 
the session, Dr. Moyse. 

Any of the above Honour Courses may be taken as an ordin- 

ary course with the approval of the Faculty, provided that the 
time-table allows of such substitution. 

Sg a a i Ay 





Associate Prorressor:—LeicH R. Gregor, B.A., PH.D 
ASSISTANT ProFEssor:—J. L. Morin, M.A. 
Mire MitHav, Lic. UNIv. FRANCE. 
LecturerR:—E. T. LAMBERT, B.A. 


Owing to the position which this University occupies in the 
midst of a very large French-speaking population, there is a 
permanent demand for courses of a practical, conversational 
character; for the same reason the Department profits by the 
co-operation of French church services, French family life, 
French newspapers, French theatres, French literary clubs, 
and public lecture courses in the French language. 

In drawing up the following dual courses endeavours have 
been made to meet the special needs of the professional men 
of the Province of Quebec (every student being given the op- 
portunity to learn to speak French), and also to provide for 
the maintenance of scientific methods. In Courses I and 3, 
the study of grammar and literature is carried on in accord- 
ance with the usual academic traditions, the French language 
being, however, largely used in class instruction. In Courses 
2 and 4, the method of teaching is of a more practical char- 
acter; the French language only is used, and the texts pre- 
scribed are made the subject of conversation, analysis, résumés, 
etc. In the third and fourth years all lectures are given and 
all studies carried on in French. 

Honours may be taken in French and German together or 
in Latin and French or in Latin’and German. (See page 82). 

First Year. 

t. Borel, Grammaire Francaise (Holt and Co.); Sandeau, 
Mile. de la Seigliére (Holt); Super, Histoire de France 
(Holt). | 

2. Daudet, Selected Stories (A. B. Co.) ; Lamartine, Scenes 
de la Révolution Francaise (Heath & Co.); Pailleron, Le 
monde ow Jl’on s’ennuie (Jenkins) ; French Poems. 

FRENCH. 107 

The examinations for the students of Affiliated Colleges will 
include the whole of courses t and 2. Equivalents for the oral 
work and the oral examination will be stated on application. 

Four hours weekly, two for each course. 

Second Year. 

SumMMER Reapincs for students entering on their second 
year :—Corneille, Cinna (Holt); Daudet, Le Petit Chose 

The examination on Summer Readings will be held in the 
first week of the session. 


3. Borel, Grammaire Francaise (Holt and Co.) ; Corneille, 
Horace (Holt); Vigny, Servitude et Grandeur Militaires ; 
Elementary Historical French Grammar. 

4. Mansion, Esquisse de la Littérature Francaise (Mc- 
Dougall, London); Racine, Andromaque (Holt); Moliere, 
L’?Avare (Heath & Co.); Taine, Origines (Holt); French 

The examination for the students of Affiliated Colleges will 
include the whole of Courses 3 and 4. Equivalents for the 
oral work and the oral examination will be stated on appli- 

Four hours weekly, two for each course. 

For Honour students an additional hour will be provided 
for the purpose of further study. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

The courses will consist mainly in the study of French 
Literature and Advanced Prose Composition. 

SUMMER Reapincs for students entering on the Third or 
Fourth Year :—Beaumarchais, Barbier de Séville (Clarendon 
Press) ; Chateaubriand, René (Biblotheque Nationale). 

The examination on Summer Readings will be held in the 
first week of the session, 


5. For 1907-1908 :—Literature in the XVIIIth and XIXth 
Centuries. Lesage, Gil Blas (Heath and Co.) ; Marivaux, Le 
Jeu de l’Amour et du Hasard; J. J. Rousseau, Selections ; 




Voltaire, Mérope; Victor Hugo, Ruy Blas; Musset, Selections 
(Ginn and Co.); Balzac, Eugénie Grandet; Rostand, Prin- 
cesse Lointaine. | 

Prose Composition.—Spiers, Graduated Course of Transla- 
tion into French Prose (Simpkin, Marshall and Co., London). 

6. For 1908-1909 :—Literature up to the end of the XVIIth 
Century. Corneille, Polyeucte; Racine, Les Plaideurs, Iphi- 
genie; Moliere, Le Misanthrope; Boileau, Choix d’Epitres et 
de Satires; La Bruyére, Selections; Madame de la Fayette, 
La Princesse de Cleéve. 

Prose Composition :—Spiers, Graduated Course of Transla- 
tion into French Prose (Simpkin, Marshall and Co., London). 

N.B.—In order to be admitted to the Third Year French 
a student must understand French well enough to take lectures 
delivered in French. 

Four hours weekly. 
Honour COURSES. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

The work of the Honours Classes in French is divided into 
three sections. The First includes the historical study of the 
French language, the Second, the History of French Litera- 
ture, the Third, French Composition. The First and Second 
Sections are taken up in alternate years, the Third annually. 
Students of the third and fourth years take lectures together. 
In order to obtain Honours, candidates must be able to speak 
French fluently. 

7, PutLotocy (1907-1908) :—Students will use Schwan’s 
Altfranzosische Grammatik (revised by Behrens), Darmeste- 
ter’s Cours de Grammaire Historique, Nyrop’s Grammaire 
Historique and Bartsch, Chrestomathie de l’Ancien I'rangais. 

Three hours weekly. 
8. History or LITERATURE (1908-1909). Two hours weekly. 
9. ComposiTIon. One hour weekly. 

Students will take in their Third Year as part of their 
Honour Course in Modern Languages that part of the Course 


GERMAN. 109 

on Comparative Philology which deals with the general prin- 
ciples of linguistic development. 

N.B.—Before entering on their Third Year Course, Honour 
Students are expected to have read the following :—Corneille, 
Le Cid, Horace, Cinna, Polyeucte; Racine,—Andromaque, 
Britannicus, Phédre, Athalie; Moliére.—Ecole des Femmes, 
Misanthrope, Tartuffe, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme, Les 
Femmes Savantes; Boileau,— L’Art Poetique; except when 
these texts are part of the readings prescribed for the Ordin- 
ary Course in the Third or Fourth. Year. 

(For Honour Courses im Modern Languages, see also 
page &2). 

B.— German. 

Beginners Course. 

:. The Joynes-Meissner German Grammar (Heath and Co.) ; 
Joynes, German Reader (Heath and Co.); Meissner, Aus 
deuitschen Landen (Holt) ; Riehl. Der Fluch der Schonheit 
(Holt) ; Schiller, Maria Stuart ( Holt and Co.) ; Wildenbruch, 
Harold (Heath and Co.). 

A tutorial class conducted during May and June enables 
students to overtake work not completed by the close of the 
Winter Session. Students intending to proceed to the second 
year are required to take this class, or, if exempted by the 
Faculty, to take a supplemental examination in September. 

Four hours weekly. 

First Year. 

2. The Joynes-Meissner German Grammar (Heath and Co.) ; 
Horning, German. Composition , Riehl, Der Fluch der Schon- 
heit (Holt); Freytag, Die Journalisten (Ginn); Schiller, 
Maria Stuart (Holt and Co.) ; German and French Poems 
(Holt and Co.). 

Four hours weekly. 

The examination for the students of Affiliated Colleges will, 
‘in addition to the above, include equivalents for the oral exam- 

ination, which will be stated on application. 
Second Year. 

Summer Reapines for students entering on their second 
year :—Schiller, Die Piccolomini (Holt). 


The examination on Summer Readings will be held in the 
first week of the session. 

3. SESSIONAL LEcTURES. — The Joynes-Meissner German 
Grammar; Horning, German Composition; Schiller, Wilhelm 
Tell (Holt); Goethe, Hermann und Dorothea (Ginn) ; 
Freytag, Karl der Grosse (Holt); Keller, Bilder aus der 
Deutschen Literatur (American Book Co.), edition 1905. 

Four hours weekly. 

For Honour students an additional hour will be provided 
for the purpose of further study. 

The examination for the students of Affliated Colleges will, 
in addition to the above, include equivalents for the oral exam- 
ination which will be stated on application. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

SUMMER Reaprncs for studerits entering on their third or 
fcurth year: — Grillparzer, Der Traum ein Leben (Heath) ; 
Stifter, Das Heidedorf (Am. Book Co.). 

The examination on Summer Readings will be held in the 
first week of the Session. 

4. (For 1907-1908) :—Lessing, Dramaturgie (Selections) : 
Lessing, Nathan (Am. Book Co.); Gcethe, Iphigenie (Pitt 
Press) ; Schiller, Wallenstein’s Tod; Keller, Legenden (Holt 
and Co.). 

Translation of prose passages from English into German; 
History of German Literature (up to 1750). 

Four hours weekly. 

5. (For 1908-1909:—Biedermann, Deutsche Bildungszu- 
stande im 18; Jahrhundert (Holt); Schiller, Die Braut von 
Messina (Holt) ; Kleist, Prinz Friedrich von Homburg (Ginn 
& Co.) ; Sudermann, Der Katzensteg (Heath & Co.); Heine, 
History of German Literature (1750-1856). 

Four hours weekly. 

Honour CourssEs. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

The work of the Honour Classes in German is divided into 
three Sections. The First includes the historical study of the 
German Language; the Second, the History of German Witera- 
ture; the Third, German Composition. The First and Second 



Sections are taken up in alternate years; the Third, annually. 
Students of the third and fourth years take lectures together. 
Language in German is taken up in the same session as Liter- 
ature in French, and vice versa. The German Language 
alone is used in class instruction. 

In order to obtain Honours, candidates must be able to speak 
German fiuently. 

6. History oF LITERATURE. (For 1907-1908:—(a) Ger- 
man Literature from 1856 to the present time; (0) Gcethe’s 

Each one hour weekly. 


7. PuiLotocy. For 1908-1909:—A general outline of the 
development of the German Language and a special study of 
the Middle High German period, its language and literature. 

The following books will be used :—Bachmann, Mittelhoch- 
deutsches Lesebuch (Faesi and Beer, Zurich) ; F. Kaufmann, 
Deutsche Grammatik; Behaghel, Die Deutsche Sprache; 
Wright, Middle High German Primer (Clarendon Press). 

Three hours weekly. 

8 Composition: — Perini, Extracts in English Prose 

Students will take as part of their Honour Course in Modern 
Languages that part of the Course on Comparative Philology 
which deals with the general principles of linguistic develop- 

N.B.—Before entering on their third year course, Honour 
students are expected to have read the following :—Lessing,— 
Minna von Barnhelm or Nathan der Weise, Emilia Galotti, 
Schiller.—Wilhelm Tell, Maria Stuart, Jungirau von Orleans, 
Wallenstein, Ballads; Goethe, — Goetz von Berlichingen, 
Egmont, Hermann und Dorothea, Faust I, Poems; except 
when any of these texts are part of the readings prescribed 

for the Ordinary Course in the third or fourth year. 

(For Honour Courses in Modern Languages, see also 
page 82). 

ys ee ee 


LECTURER :—LrIGH R. Grecor, B.A., PH.D. 

“or 1907-08. 
Third Year 

The following course, given in alternate years, is intended 
for students who have passed the Sessional Examination of the 
second year. Partial students who wish to join the class 
must give satisfactory evidence of their ability to keep up 
with the undergraduates. 

Grandgent, Italian Grammar (Heath & Co.) ; Grandgent, 
Italian Composition (Heath & Co.); De Amicis, Selections 

from [1 Cuore; Manzoni, Selections from I Promessi Sposi; 
selections from the Divina Commedia; Notes on sore of the 

great names of Italian Literature. 


LECTURER :—J. L. Morin, M.A. 
First Year. 

Hill and Ford, Spanish Grammar (Heath) : Matzke, Spanish 
Readings (Heath) ; Valera, El Pajero verde (Ginn) ; Moratin, 
El si de las ninas (Ginn) ; Galdos, Dofia Perfecta (Ginn). 

Four hours weekly. 



Rev. C. ALexAnperR Bropir BrocKweti, B.A., (Oxon.), 
M.A. (Kings, N.S.). 

The courses are constructed with a view to providing stu- 
dents with a thorough knowledge of a limited portion of the 
Semitic field and a general acquaintance with the entire range 
of the same; including some of the leading contributions of 
the Semitic world to Western thought and culture: with a 
view, too, to enabling students wl> have taken high honours 
to pursue, unaided, in much fuller detail,:a number of the 
more interesting and important questions arising out of Sem- 
itic literature and civilization. 

The Ordinary Course is especially d signed to meet the needs 
of the younger theological student, but the Honour Courses, 


while covering much more ground than the Ordinary course, 
include most of the work prescribed for it. 

There is only one option in the Ordinary course, i.¢., B. 3, 
but for Honours students have a choice of one of three courses : 
in the first of which Hebrew, in the second Arabic, and in the 
third Aramaic and Syriac, forms the main study. Each one of 
these courses includes also, in addition -to the main 
language, the study of the history and literature connected 
with the same; and one special language; and one special 
subject. A thesis will be written in the fourth year, on the 
special subject, under the direction of the lecturer. 

Pointing in the different systems, sight translation and the 
writing of proses, and essays on important questions of phil- 
ology, history, and literature form a marked feature of the 

In the early stages the inductive method ts largely employed, 
the intricacies and complexities of grammar and syntax 
receiving more particular attention as the course advances. 

In all the courses some knowledge of comparative grammar 
is required. 

N.b.—The present scheme is subject to modification. 

caps. 17, 18, 19, 21; and 2 Kings, caps. I and 2; and 
Judges, cap. 4. (0) Poetry: Psalms 1-15; and Judges, 
cap 5. (c) Wisdom; Proverbs 1-9. 

2. Post-Biblical. Mishnah Tract., 2.e., Pirke-Aboth, 
caps. I-4. 

A. HEBREw.—1I Classical. (a) Prose: Genesis 1-11; I Kings, 

3. Medizeval. Kimchi’s commentary on the Psalms, 

B. ARAMAIC AND SyriAc.—1. The Aramaic of the Bible, 

and the Targum of Onkelos on Genesis I-IT. 

2. Syriac of Psalms 1-10 (Peshitto version) and the 
Syriac names and sentences incorporated in the Greek 
of the New Testament. 

3. Instead of either 1 or 2, as above, elementary 
Arabic with the Arabic versic.: of the Book of Jonah 
may be substituted. | 

So eet ST ae 
ES _ 

eS Set sae eet eae 
— ee 



lid tg 



D. BRIEF OUTLINES oF Semitic History, with reference to 
recently discovered documents. 


SECOND YEAR. A. I, (a), and B. 1, or B. 3. 
THIRD YEAR. A. 1, (b), and A. 2, and B. 2 
if not previously taken) and C. 
FourtH YEAR. A. 1. (c) and A. 3, and a continuation of the 

two languages chosen from B. 1-3 and D. 

2, (or B. 1 or B. 3, 


Honour COURSES. 
luther 1 HEBREw Course. 

IQ, 21; 2 Kings 1-2; Judges 4; Jonah; the Poems 
of Gen. 49, 1-27; Exod. 15; Numb, 21, vs. 14-18, 
27-30; 23, VS. 18-24; 24, vs. 3-9 and 15-24; Deut., 
chs. 32 and 33; Judges, 5; I Sam., 2, vs. 1-10; and 
2 Sam., ch. 1, vs. 18-27; Psalms, 1-15; Proverbs, 1-0. 
A Mishnah Tract i.e. Pirke-Aboth; and Kimchi on 
Psalms 1-10. 

2. History of the Jews (outlines), general and literary, from 
B.C. 400 to A.D. Soo. 

3. Special language: one only of the following. 

(I) Arabic— Texts:—Socin’s Arabic Grammar, 
pp. 30-55; The Arabic vs. of Jonah; and the following 
suras of the Koran version, i.e. the Introduction No. 
I; and the Creator, 35; the Kingdom, 67; the Resur- 
rection, 75; and the Unity of God, 112. 

(2) Aramaic.— Texts as in the Ordinary Course, i.e., 
B. I and 2, with the addition of St. Matthew’s Gospel 
(the Sermon on the Mount) in the Syriac v.s.s. 

(3) Phoenician and Neo-Punic, and Moabitish,—-i.e., 
all the principal inscriptions and a general knowledge 
of the history, the sacrificial system, and theology of 
the same. 

(4) Ethwopic—Grammatica Aethiopica, by Praetorius, 
and the Ascension of Isaiah (text of Charles). 

I. Hebrew Texts :—Genesis I and 2, and 1 Kings,; 7, is, 


4. SPECIAL Supjecr. One of the following :-— 




(1) Semitic Epigraphy, including the history of the 
alphabet, and all the principal inscriptions in Phoenician, 
Neo-Punic, Moabitish, old Aramaic, Nabathean, Pal- 
myrene, and with special reference to those in Hebrew; 
(2) Primitive Religion and folklore, especially of 
the Northern Semites. 

(3) Hebrew Poetry; 

(4) History of the Talmud ; 

(5) Jewish Literary History, from A.D. 500 to 1300. 
(6) Phoenician History, Commerce and Civihgation. 


Arapic TExts:—Socin’s Arabic “Grammar, pp. 30-35; 
The Koran, suras I, 35, 47, 63, 75, 91, 92, 106 and 112; 
El-Fakhri, pp. 88-100. 

History (general) of the Caliphate, and growth of Arabic 

SPECIAL LANGUAGE :—One only cf the following :-— 
(1) Hebrew.—(as in the ordinary Hebrew course, 
Lé., 0, ¥.: 2) an a 
(2) Aramaic.—(as in Hebrew Honours course 3. (2). 
(3) Phoenician and Neo-Punic.—as in Hebrew Hon- 
ours course 3. (3). 
(4) Ethiopic—(as in Hebrew Honours course 3. (4)). 

4. SpecIAL SuByEcT.—One of the following: 

(1) Semitic Epigraphy.—See Hebrew Honour course 
4. (1), but with special _ reference to Arcbian 
inscriptions ; 

(2) History of Arabic Literature ; 

(3) Arabian contributions to Western civilisation and 

(4) The Structure, contents, and Ethics of the Koran; 
(5) Arabic Poetry. 

(6) Primitive Religion, and folk-lore, especially of 
the Southern Semites. 


1. Aramaic Texts——Onkelos on Genesis 1-20, and 49; Tlar- 
gum of Jonathan on Isaiah, 40-50; Babylonian Talmud 
(Lederer’s Lehrbuch, heft, 2, Pressburg, 1887) and 
the Aramaic portions of the Old ‘Testament. 
Syriac Texts—The Syriac hymn of the Soul; dt. 
Ephraem’s Treatise, pp. 21-37 (Overbeck’s Edition) 
Julian the Apostate, pp. 5-15 (Hoffmann’s Edition) 
Ge_esis 49, in the Peshitto v.s.; and the Syriac v.s.s. of 
St. Matthew’s Gospel (the Sermon on the Mount). 





History (general) of the Aramaeans, political and literary, 

from the earliest times. 
SPECIAL LANGUAGE :—One of the following :— 

(1) Hebrew.—See the Ordinary Hebrew course, 1.¢., 
Met, 2 atid 3. 
(2) Phoenician, Neo-Punic and Moabitish—See Heb- 
rew Honours course, 1.é., 3. (3); 
(3) Arabic—See Hebrew Honours course, 3. (1); 
(4) Ethiopic—See Hebrew Honours course, 3. (4). 


4.. SPECIAL SuByEcT.—One only of the following :— 
(1) The History of Syriac Literature. 
(2) The Value and Relation of the Aramaic Dialects. 
(3) The Influence of the Aramaeans upon religion, art 
and commerce in pre-Christian times ; 
(4) Semitic Epigraphy, as above, but with special refer- 
ence to Aramaic; 
(5) Syriac Poetry and Metres; 
(6) Influence of Aramaic and Syriac on Jewish and 
Christian Theology. 


Pp _ § W. Catpwett, M.A., D.Sc. 
sedan i, A. E. Taytor, M.A. 

AssISTANT Professor oF PsycHoLocy AND LEcTURER IN PHILosopHy :— 
J. W. A. Hickson, M.A.,- Px.D. 

The courses in this department are designed to meet the 
wants of students in the Faculty of Arts, of students in the 
professional schools and of partial students. 


In addition to regular and continuation courses short sets of 
study or lecture-courses are given from time to time. See e.g. 
Course 14, or Courses 6A, OB. 

In all the ordinary courses such topics as the subject of 
Scientific Method, the relation of Ethics to legal and social 
questions, the relations of Psychology and Philosophy to 
Education, etc., are definitely kept in view. 

Attention is drawn to the fact that it is now possible for 
students (graduate and others) to specialise in Psychology as 
well as in Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

Second Year. 

1A. Psychology. Text-book :—James, Psychology, Briefer 
Course, pp. 1-279, omitting chs. 7, 14, 15. 

This course will include a general account of sensation, with 
special illustration by reference to the sensations which are of 
pre-eminent importance for the purposes of practical life (sight, 
hearing, contact, movement). This will be followed by a gen- 
eral outline sketch of the functions of the central nervous 
system and particularly of the higher brain-centres, as the 
physiological correlates of mentzl activity. The nature of 
Habit and its importance for mental life will next be studied, 
and will be followed by an examination of the leading features 
of the concrete stream of actual mental life and the principal 
‘constituents of the self. The course will conclude with a 
study of attention and association. Occasional essays will be 
prescribed. Three hours weekly throughout the first term of 
the session. 

1B. Formal Logic.—In the second term a course in Formal 
Logic and Fallacies. Text-book: S. H. Mellone, Introductory 
Text-Book of Logic, chs. 1-3, 4 (§$§ 1-3), 5-7 (omitting ch. 6, 
§§ 8-11), 10. The course will embrace an outline of the gen- 
eral formal principles of valid reasoning, with frequent illus- 
trations of their application to actual discussion. This will 
be followed by more detailed examination of the types of 
fallacious reasoning most commonly perpetrated in literature 
and daily life. Weekly exercises will be set and will form an 
important feature of the course. Three hours weekly. 


Third or Fourth Year. 

2A. Moral Philosophy.—In the first term a course on the 
Outlines of Ethical Theory. The following topics—among 
others—will be treated of by means of short sets of lectures, 
study-notes, private reading, exercises, discussion, etc. :—the 
phenomena of the moral life in the individual and in the race; 
the postulates of ethical science; the relations of Ethics to the 
sciences, to law, politics, education, etc.; theories of con- 
science and the morai standard; ancient and modern concep- 
tions of Moral Philosophy: the Ethics ef idealism and the 
Ethics of evolution; the theory of moral progress. 

2B. In the second term a course on the problems of Social 
Philosophy and Applied Ethics. 

Short sets of lectures will be given upon the following 
topics: Ethics and the sociological movement of recent years; 
biological and psychological theories of society and of social 
progress; the Ethics of the social questions; the Duties and 
the Virtues; the unity of the moral life; moral pathology; 
moral training; the ethical problem of the present. 

Some modern manual will be used for purposes of class- 
room discussion, but the student will constantly be referred 
to the literature of the subjects treated, and to sources of 
independent investigation. 

The course will be varied from year to year according to the 
needs of the subject and those of the students. 

Four hours per week. 

For a continuation course, see either 5A, 5B, or 9 with 7 
Or 12, 

3A. General Course in Psychology, analytic and experi- 
mental.—An attempt will be made to indicate the most im- 
portant topics of modern psychological inquiry and to illustrate 
and test some of the results reached by leading investigators. 
Among the problems to be discussed will be: — Association, 
perception, imagination, illusions, memory, perception of time, 
perception of space and of external reality, instinct, the emo- 
tions and will, hypnotism and subliminal consciousness, 
theories concerning the relation of mind and body. 

3B. (Continued throughout the session.) 

Books recommended: James, Principles of Psychology; 
Stout’s Manual of Psychology, Ebbinghaus, Grundziige der 


Psychologie, Murray's Introduction to Psychology, Strong’s 
Why the Mind has a Body, Titchéner’s Manual of Experi- 
mental Psychology. 

Four hours a week throughout the session. 

4. Logic and Metaphysics. — Preliminary study of Bosan- 
quet’s Essentials of Logic. Discussion of the relation be- 
tween Logic, Metaphysics and Psychology; the ultimate pre- 
suppositions of inference; the more important inductive me- 
thods of experimental science (as @.g. in Mill’s System of 
Logic) ; the relation between existence, knowledge, and truth. 
The course thus aims at being at once a continuation of the 
second year course 1B and an introduction to the problems of 
Metaphysics and the Theory of Knowledge which are pursued 
further in courses 10 and 13. 

Four hours a week throughout the session. May be given 
in alternate years with course 5. 

Books of reference :—Bosanquet, Logic; Bradley, Principles 
of Logic; Mill, System of Logic; Jevons, Principles of Science ; 
Hobhouse, Theory of Knowledge; Lotze, Logic; Sigwart, 
Logic; Venn, Empirical Logic; Taylor, Elements of Meta- 

Fourth Year. 
sA. History of Modern Philosophy. 
First Term: From the Renaissance to Kant. 
Fours hours a week. 

cB. Second Term -__From Kant to the Present Time. 

Books of Reference: — Falckenberg’s History of Mod- 
ern Philosophy ; Héffding’s History of Modern Philosophy (2 
vols., translated by Meyer) ; Adamson’s Development of 
Modern Philosophy. 

Four hours a week. | 

Here and in other courses students are requested to procure 
some of the cheap texts in the Open Court Pub. Co. Series 
of Philosophical Classics. 

Second Year. 
6A. Introduction to Philosophy.—Study of some easy pieces 
of typical philosophical literature such as Descartes’ “ Dis- 
course on Method,” Berkeley’s “ Dialogues,” Plato’s “ Phzedo,” 


Spencer's “ First Principles.” Lecture notes upon the same 
and upon the general outlines of philosophy. This course is 
designed to start students upon the work of intelligent philoso- 
phical reflection and will not in the first instance entail an un- 
due amount of work on their part. It will be adapted to 
the needs of beginners in philosophy whether undergraduate or 
partial students. 
One hour a week throughout the session. 

6B. An Introduction to Psychophysics. — This course will 
be supplementary to 1A. After a careful discussion of the 
various views regarding the localization of brain functions, the 

Weber-Fechner law will be investigated by the different psy- 
chophysical methods. The psychophysical theories of light and 
sound sensations put forward by Helmholtz, Hering, Meyer 
and others will be compared; and some experiments in 
reaction-time will probably be made. No text-book is pre- 
scribed, students being referred to différent authors according 
to the problems investigated. 

One hour a week throughout the session. 

}ionouR COURSES. 
Third Year. 

Honour students will take the ordinary course of the fourth 
year (5A and 5B) and, in addition, the following: 

7. A course in Greek Philosophy. Students are expected 
to make an independent study of the fragments of one of the 
early philosophers, and to write an essay embodying the results 
of their study. 

Pre-Socratic Physicists in Ionia, Italy and Sicily. The 
Athenian Period, and the rise of systematic Logic, Ethics and 
Psychology: Socrates, Plato, Aristotle. General diffusion of 
Philosophy over ancient life as a rule of conduct: Stoicism, 
Epicureanism, Scepticism. 

Books of Reference :—Zeller, History of Greek Philosophy ; 
Windelband, History of Ancient Philosophy; Burnet, Early 
Greek Philosophy; Ritter and Preller, Historia Philosophiz 
Grece; E. Wallace, Outlines of the Philosophy of Aristotle; 
Taylor, Aristotle on his Predecessors. 

Two hours weekly. 


8 Plato and Aristotle. In this course it is expected that 
some work of each of these thinkers will be read. 

Books prescribed for 1907-08 :—Plato, Phaedo; Aristotle, 
Metaphysics, Bk. A. Two hours weekly. 

Courses 7 and 8 will be given in alternate years. 

9. The Philosophy of Kant.—Lectures, study notes, and dis- 
cussions of the writings of Kant, with a study of Kant’s in- 
fluence upon philosophy. The various translations of Kant or 
of portions of Kant’s writings (Watson’s Selections e.g.) will 
be used, with use of the German text where possible. Two 
hours weekly throughout the session. May be taken with 7 
or 8 to make a four-hour course. 

10. Psychological Seminary.—During the session of 1907-8 
the problem of spatial perception with experiments will form 
the subject of investigation. This work is for students who 
have already taken or are taking Psychology 3 A, 3 B. One 
hour weekly. 

Fourth Year. 

rt. Advanced Formal Logic.—Limitation and defects of 
traditional Aristotelian Formal Logic; difficulties in tradi- 
tional doctrines of Immediate Inference; the existential 1m- 
port of Propositions ; defects of the Aristotelian syllogism; 
non-syllogistic forms of Inference, reasoning from mathe- 
matically definite premises; the Logic of extension: Jevons’s 
Equational Logic, modern Symbolic Logic, outlines of the 
Algebra of Logic. 

One hour a week. | 

Books of reference recommended :—Boole, Laws of Thought ; 
Tevons, Principles of Science and Studies in Deductive Logic; 
Keynes, Studies in Formal Logic; Venn, Symbolic Logie. 

12. Problems of Comparative Psychology, including some 
chapters of Child Psychology. Students undertaking this 
course must have already taken Psychology 3 A, 3 B, or show 
that they have done its equivalent. One or two hours weekly. 

13. Advanced Moral Philosophy.—Designed to meet the 
wants of students who have taken course 2, OF who are other- 
wise competent to undertake the study of the more important 
works (Classical or Modern) upon the theory of morals, or 

ee = ~ = » 

rae “tz 

ST gE 6 a a el 

= a neon 

ee — 



= eas Ss 




I22 FACULTY OF A~-.°‘S. 

to pursue the study of special questions in Ethics and Social 

As a rule a careful study will be undertaken of the follow- 
ing works :—Aristotle’s Ethics, Green’s Prolegomena to Ethics, 
Sidgwick’s Methods of Ethics, along with prescribed portions 
of writers like Spencer, Stephen, Martineau, and others. 
Special topics, however, (both in Theoretical and Applied 
Ethics) will also be prescribed for investigation and discussion, 
and the course will be varied from year to year to suit the 
needs and the capacities of students. It may occasionally be 
applied to suit the needs of advanced students in other depart- 
ments, such as Classical or Modern Literature, Political Eco- 
nomy, Biology, History. Two hours weekly throughout the 

14. Topics in Philosophy.—Independent and detailed study 
of such questions in philosophical science as may, from time 
to time, seem to require specialised treatment. Such topics 
as the following may be considered: 

Systematic thinkers of the Seventeenth Century; the Eng- 
lish Utilitarians; some Cosmological Problems of the present 
time; the Philosophy of Evolution. Two hours a week. 

Graduate study and Seminary Work may be undertaken in 
connection with any of the more advanced of the above courses, 
e.g. Nos. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. All such work, however, will as 
a rule depend upon the previous training of the student, and 
upon his capacity for original research under the personal 
guidance of members of the Department. 

Fourth year students are expected to present an essay or 
thesis to be approved by the Department. 

(For Honour Courses in Philosophy, see also page 83). 



ASSOCIATE ProFEssor:—STzPHEN B. Leacock, B.A., Pa.D 


TutTor:—EtHeL, Huripatt, M.A., T.C.D., Warden of the Royal 
Victoria College. 


I. Great Men and Great Movements. 
In this course no attempt will be made to present an epitome 
of fact. The aim of the lectures is rather to stimulate the 


beginner’s interest in historical reading through an appeal to 
biography and the chief episodes in the progress of European 
thought. The sessional examination will be based on the fol- 
lowing texts: : 

Butcher, “ What We Owe to Greece”: Thucydides, The 
Funeral Speech of Pericles, Book II, sections 35-46, Jowett’s 
translation: Plutarch, Life of Timoleon, Clough’s translation ; 
Mommsen, Character Sketch of Julius Czesar, History of 
Rome: Matthew Arnold, Essay on Marcus Aurelius; Free- 
man, Ancient Greece and Mediaeval Italy; Einhard, Life of 
Charlemagne, Glaister’s translation; Macaulay’s Essays on 
“Ranke’s History of the Popes,” and “Clive”; Macaulay’s 
State of England in 1685, History of England, chapter III; 
Parkman, The Heroes of the Long Sault; Stevenson’s Essay 
on the English Admirals. 

The results of the examination will be counted under the 
head of English, and at intervals students will be required to 
present short essays on historical subjects. A few illustrated 
lectures may also be given if sttitable hours can be found. 

One hour a week. 

Second Year. 

2. The History of England, 1603-1688. 
Two hours a week. 

Third or Fourth Year. 

3. The History ot Europe from the accession of Augustus 
to the death of Luther, B.C. 27—A.D. 1540. 

In this course special attention will be given to institutions 
and movements. Topics for investigation will be assigned, 
and students will write at least one thesis during the year. 
Readings to accompany each lecture are assigned in the sylla- 
bus for the course. 

Four hours a week. 

Honour COURSES. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

4. The Renascence. Two hours a week, (Omitted in 

1907-1908. ) 


5- [he Early Reformation. Two hours a week. (Omitted 
in 1907-1908. ) 

6. The Catholic Revival and the Thirty Years’ War. Two 
hours a week. 

7. Che History of England since 1784. Four hours a week. 

8. The Political and Constitutional History of Europe since 
1789. Four hours a week. (Omitted in 1907-1908.) 

9. Canada, Government and Public Policy. Four hours a 
week for the first term. 

10. English Constitutional History—1307. Two hours a 
week. (Omitted in 1907-1908. ) 

* 11. History of Canada, 1760-1837. Two hours a week. 


First and Second Years. 

12. Canadian History. Two hours a week. 
13. English History since 1756. Two hours a week. 
(Omitted in 1907-1908. ) 


Honour Students in History will be examined at the 
end of the third year on the follow; ing texts :—Herodotus, 
VI-VIII,. Macaulay’ is trans.: Thucydides, I, II, 1-65, VI, 
VII, Jowett’s trans.; Plutarch, The Lives of Themistocles, 
Pericles, Pyrrhus, Caius Gracchus, Cato the Younger, and 
Julius Cesar, Clough’s trans.; Polybius, Book VI-IX, Shuck- 
burgh’s trans. ; Livy, Books XXI-X XII, Church and Brodribb’s 
trans.; Tacitus, Annals, Book I, Germania, Vita Agricole, 
Church and Brodribb’s trans. 

Honour students in History will be examined at the end of 
the Fourth Year on the following texts :—Clarendon. History 
of the Rebellion, Book VII: Burnet, History of My Own 
Time, Book IV, from the beginning of 1689 to the end of 
the book; Gibbon, Decline and Fall. chapters I, II, III, 
XXII, L, LEVII, LVIII: ° Burke. Reflections on the French 
Revolution; Macaulay, History of England, chapters IV-IX: 
Captain Mahan, Influence of Sea Power on History; Buckle’s 



History of Civilization, chapters I-Il; Parkman, Montcalm 
and Wolfe: Lord Acton, Lectures on Modern History. 

Summer Readings —All students in History are expected 
to follow a course of summer readings as a preparation for 
the work of the ensuing session. Special programmes will be 
drafted with a view to individual needs. 

For Honour Courses in History, see also page 53. 



Proresson:—A. W. Friux, M.A. 


Second Year. 




The most important features of modern industrial and com- 
mercial organization will be studied, including trade and 
transportation, the great wholesale markets, joint stock com- 
panies, monetary and banking systems, trade unions and wage- 
systems, with the purpose of preparing the student for the 
study of economic and political theory. Some attention will 
also be given to the development of social organization. 

Readings bearing on the topics of the lectures will be given. 

Two hours per week. 

Third or Fourth Year. 

The scope and method of Economic Science; the theory of 
value; the distribution of wealth, including the theories of rent, 
wages, interest and profits ; the theory of money); international 
trade; principles of taxation. 

Four hours per week throughout the session. 

Recommended for preliminary reading : — F, A. Walker, 
First Lessons in Political Economy. | 

Tert-Book :—Seligman, Principles of Economics. 


Other books recommended : — Flux, Economic Principles ; 
Keynes, Scope and Method of Political Economy ; Hadley, Eco- 
nomics; Marshall, Principles of Economics; J. S. Mill, Prin- 
ciples of Political Economy, Book III; Jevons, Money and the 
Mechanism of Exchange; Bastable, Theory of International 
Trade; Sidgwick, Principles of Political Economy, Book III. 

3. ELEMENTs oF PoLiTICcs. 

This course covers the general principles of political sci- 
ence, and a study of comparative national government. 

Four hours per week throughout the Session. 


Books of Reference :—Sidgwick, Elements of Politics: Bur- 
gess, Political Science and Constitutional Law; Anson, Law 
and Custom of the Constitution; Bryce, American Common- 

wealth; Bodley, France; Lowell, Governments and Parties in 
Continental Europe. 

Woodrow Wilson, The State. 

Honour CoursgEs. 
Third or Fourth Year. 

4. (a2) Mopern' InpustrriaL Procress.  Half-Course. 
(Omitted in 1907-8.) 

(b) Pugstic Finance. Half-Course. 

State expenditures, with a discussion of the relations be- 
tween those of central and local governments; public revenues, 
forms of taxation, incidence of taxation: public debts, finan- 
cial administration. 

Two hours per week throughout the session. 

Text-book :—Plehn, Introduction to Public Finance. 

Works of Reference :—Bullock, Select Readings in Public 
Finance; Bastable, Public Finance: Adams, The Science of 
Finance; Cohn, The Science of Finance: Leroy Beaulieu, 
T'raité de la Science des Finances; Seligman, Essays in Tax- 
ation and The Shifting and Incidence of Taxation; Adams, 

Public Debts. 

Courses 4 and 6 may be taken as Continuation Courses by. 
candidates for the Ordinary Degree. 




Fourth Year. 


An examination of the theories of wages, rents and profits. 

Works of Reference :—Carver, The Distribution of Wealth ; 
Clark, The Distribution of Wealth; Commons, The Distribu- 
tion of Wealth; Hobson, The Economics of Distribution; 
Walker, The Wages Question ; Taussig, Wages and Capital ; 
Bohm-Bawerk, Capital and Interest; Leroy Beaulieu, Essai 
sur la Repartition des Richesses. 


Nature and functions of money, the currency systems of 
the leading nations, index numbers and their interpretation, 
banks and their functions, commercial crises, foreign €x- 
changes, bi-metallism. A study of trade organization in con- 
nection with the circulation of goods will form part of the 

Text-books:—Nicholson, Money and Monetary Problems; 
Scott, Money and Banking; Dunbar, Theory and History of 

(b) Lasour Prosrems. Half Course. (Omitted in 
1907-8. ) 


Four hours per week during the first half of the Session. 

Works of Reference :—British North America Act; Sir J. 
G. Bourinot, Constitutional History of Canada (Revised Edi- 
tion, 1901); Dominion and Provincial Statutes; Sessional 
Papers of the Dominion of Canada ; Fourth Census of Canada 
(1901); Statistical Year Book of Canada (Annual); Can- 
adian Annual Review. 

8 PoriticaL THEORY. Modern political and social theories 
(1700-1900) 1n their relation to the history of the time. 
Four hours a week during the second half of the Session. 

References :—P. Janet, Histoire de la Science Politique; 
Sir F. Pollock, History of Political Science; J. Graham, Eng- 
lish Political Philosophy; D. Ritchie, Natural Rights; T. 
Kirkup, History of Socialism. 

9. LEGISLATIVE Poticy. A Study of Modern Industrial and 
Social Legislation. (Omitted in 1907-8.) 


Courses 7 and 8 may be taken as Continuation Courses by 
candidates for the Ordinary Degree. When the subjects 
offered deal, as in 1906-7, partly with Political Science, partly 
with Economics, students will find it of advantage to have 
taken previous work in Economics. 


Candidates for Honours in History and Economics (Course 
B), will attend the economic seminary. A more careful study 
of the writings of leading economists and publicists will be 
made than is possible in connection with the ordinary courses 
of lectures. Reports will be prepared by the members:of the 
class, and methods of investigation illustrated practically. 
The extra examination papers referred to on page 83 will 
have reference, in part, to the work of the Seminary. 

The meetings of the Seminary will be fortnightly. 

SUMMER READINGS:—During the summer vacation follow- 
irg the third year, Honour students are ‘advised to study the 
following books :— 

Adam Smith, Wealth of Nations; Ricardo, Principles of 
Political Economy and Taxation; J. S. Mill, Principles of 
Political Economy; Sidgwick, Elements of Politics; Leroy 
Beaulieu, The Modern State. Students are strongly recom- 
mended to obtain the advice of the members of the Depart- 
ment as to their summer readings. 

(For Honour Courses in Economics and Political Science, 
see also page 83). 

ProFEssoR:—F, P. Watton, B.A., LL.B., LL.D. (DEAN oF THE 
FaAcuLty or Law). 

The Constitutional Law of Canada will be treated in the 
following order :—1. Canadian Constitutional History prior to 
Confederation. 2. The British North America Act, and the 
leading cases under it which illustrate the respective powers 
of the Dominion and the Provinces. 3. The fundamentals 
of English Constitutional Government which form the basis of 
the Canadian Constitution. 4. The Cabinet System. 5. The 
difference between English and French practice as to responsi- 
bility of officials. 

Two hours a week. 


Proressor:—F. P. Watton, B.A., LL.B., LL.D. (DEAN OF THR 
FacuLty or Law). 
A Course is offered in Roman Law, open to third and fourth 
year students in Arts, and qualifying as an option for the B.A. 
degree. For details, see under Faculty of Law, page 212. 


PRoFEssoR:—J. Harkness, M.A. 
Associate PRroressor:—H. M. Tory, M.A., EX Se 
f§ Murray Macneii1, M.A. 
LA. S. Eve, M.A. 
LECTURER:—T. Riwrter Davis, B.A. 



First Year. 

1, PLANE AND SoLtip GEoMETRY. — The equivalent of Books 
IV, VI and XI of Euclid, with supplementary matter. 
Hall and Stevens’ Euclid. 

Algebra. — Hall and Knight's ‘lementary Algebra 
(omitting chapters 40-43 inclusive), or fhe same sub- 
ject matter in similar text books. 

Trigonometry.—Hall and Knight’s Elementary Trigo- 
nometry; the elements of Spherical Trigonometry. 
Nature and use of logarithms. 

Four hours per week. 

Second Year. | 

2. GeoMEtRY.—(a@) Solid Geometry, continuation of the First 
Year; (b) Geometrical Conic Sections, Wilson’s Solid 
Geometry and Geometrical Conics. 
Algebra.—Exponential and Logarithmic ‘series; Unde- 
termined Coefficients; Partial Fractions; Elementary 
Theory of Probabilities; Elements of Determinants ; 
Graphic Methods. This course is subject to change. 
Three hours per week. 

Third or Fourth Year. 

3. ELEMENTARY ANALYTICAL Grometry ; elementary parts of 
the Differential and Integral Calculus; simple Differen- 
tial Equations. 

Four hours per week. 


—— 2 <= 

Jer — S= 

as ere 



CO CO 9 «ee a 






ee ~ = 

4. AsTRoNomY. — This course is intended to give a general 
account of the main facts of Astronomy, and the 
methods by which these facts are obtained. The lec- 

tures will be illustrated, and occasional evenings will be 
given to work in the observatory. 
Two hours per week. 

First Year 

5. Lachlan’s Modern Pure Geometry, or an equivalent text- 
book: Hall and Knight’s Advanced Algebra; Burnside 
and Panton’s Theory of Equations (selected course) ; 
Trigonometry, as in ordinary course; Higher T'rigo- 
nometry, Lock. 

Four hours per week. 

Second Year. 

6. ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.—Smith’s Conic Sections. 
tesimaal Calculus and Chandler’s Calculus. 
Four hours per week. 

Honour COourSES. 
Third Year. 

7. Selected topics in Differential and Integral Calculus. 
8. Differential Equations. 
9g. Geometry of Three Dimensions. 
10. Vector Analysis. 

In addition students reading for Honours will be required 
to take course 6 and selected topics from course 5, under 
Physics, see page 133. 

Fourth Year. 

The courses given will be selected from the following :— 
11. Introduction to the Theory of Functions. 
12. Elliptic Functions. 
13. Lectures in connection with Scott’s Modern Analytic Geo- 
metry and the early chapters of Salmon’s Higher Plane 


14. Lectures on Modern Geometry, based on Reye’s Geometry 
of Position. 
In addition students reading for Honours will be required 
to take the seminary topics of course 5, under Physics, (see 
page 133). 

(For Honour Courses in Mathematics, see also page 84). 


( JOHN Cox, M.A., LL.D, Director. 

| Howarp T. Barnes, D.Sc. 
LECTURER :—H. L: Bronson, PH.D. (Yale) 
(Rk. W. Boyuez, M.&c. 
| Senior Demenstrator. 
& H. Day, B.Sc. (Boston). 


First Year. 

1. Puysics.—This course has two objects: (1) to give the 
minimum acquaintance with Physical Science requisite for a 
ak education to those whose studies will be mainly liter- 
ary; (2) to be introductory to the courses in Chemistry and 
other branches of Natural Science, and to the more detailed 
courses in Physics in the third and fourth years. Only 
the most important principles in each branch of the subject 
will be treated, as far as possible, with reference to- their his- 
torical development and mutual relations ; and they will re- 
ceive concrete illustration in the study of the principal instru- 
ments in daily use in the laboratory. Two illustrated lectures 
will be given per week. During the session each student will 
be required to attend in the laboratory, and make mea- 
surements involving the use of the following instruments: 
—Balance, Pendulum, Barometer, Thermometer, Sonometer, 
Telescope or’ Microscope, Tangent Galvanometer, W heat- 
stone’s Bridge. 

Outline of Syllabus. 
primary phenomena (“states and properties of matter ’’), 
motion, velocity, acceleration, laws of motion, momentum, 
energy, work; the parallelogram law for velocities and forces, 
equilibrium and the simple machines ; uniform circular motion, 

The scope and method of Science, 

ae +. 3 

SS eae Si 



“= ee 

a ae ce me 




~~ een ee ee ee 

<= a 




——_—o_—_ oo ee 


ia aaa aig en oe, 


vibration, the pendulum; fluid pressure, the barometer, spe- 
cific gravity; summary of Mechanics, indicating the principle 
of the conservation of energy. 

The missing energy traced in:— 

(1) Sound :—Nature of wave motion, intensity, pitch and 
quality of musical notes; the stretched string and organ pipe; 

(2) Heat:—Temperature and the thermometer; the calo- 
rimeter, fusion and vaporisation; laws of Boyle and Gay- 
Lussac; the mechanical equivalent; application of conduction, 
convection and radiation to common problems of climate, ven- 
tilation, etc. 

(3) Light: — Reflection, refraction, the spherical mirror, 
prism, lens, microscope, telescope, spectroscope, polariscope ; 
principle of interference and sketch of the undulatory theory. 

(4) Electricity and Magnetism: — The electrophorus, the 
modern induction machine, the condenser; the idea of 
potential; atmospheric electricity; magnetic field and lines 
of force; the compass and terrestrial magnetism; effects of 
current; the voltameter and storage cell; the galvanometer ; 
heating effects; simple batteries; Ohm’s Law; units and 
meastirement of current resistance, electromotive force; mutual 
mechanical effects of conductors and magnetic fields; prin- 
ciple of the electric motor; the electro-magnet; induction of 
currents, and principle of the dynamo; applications to tele- 
graph, telephone, lighting, and supply of power. 

Conclusion. — Restatement of principle of Conservation of 
Energy in complete form; dissipation of Energy. 

Two hours a week. Text-books:—Mann and Twiss. 

Third Year. 

2. EXPERIMENTAL Puysics.—(First Course.) —Laws of en- 
ergy, sound, light and heat. Text-book :—Watson, 
(Longmans ). 

Lectures fully illustrated. Two hours a week; with 
Laboratory Course, three hours a week. 

Laboratory Manual.—-Tory and Pitcher. 
Sounp.—Velocity of sound; determination of rates of 
vibration-of tuning forks; resonance; laws of vibra- 
tion of strings. 


Licut. — Photometry; laws of reflection and refrac- 
tion; indices of refraction; focal lengths and magni- 
fying powers of mirrors, lenses, telescopes and micro- 
scopes; the sextant, spectroscope, spectrometer, diffrac- 
tion grating, optical bench and polariscopes. 
Heatr.—Construction and calibration of thermometers; 
melting and boiling points; air thermometer; expan- 
sion of ‘solids, liquids and gases; calorimetry; specific 
and latent heats; laws of vapour pressure; radiation ; 
the mechanical equivalent of heat. 

Fourth Year. 
EXPERIMENTAL Puysics.—(Second Course.) — Electricity 

and Magnetism. Text-book:—S. P. Thompson. 
Lectures fully illustrated. Two hours a week; with 
Laboratory Course, three hours a week. 

Laboratory Manual.—Tory and Pitcher. 

Measurement of pole strength and moment of a 
magnet; the magnetic field; methods of deflection and 
oscillation; comparison of moments and determination 
of elements of earth’s magnetism; frictional electricity ; 
current electricity :—complete course of measurements 
of current strength, resistance and electromotive force; 
calibration of galvanometers ; the electro-dynamometer ; 
comparison of galvanometers; the electrometer; com- 
parison of condensers; electromagnetic induction; dis- 
charge of electricity through gases; radio-activity ; 
electrical waves. 

N.B. — For Advanced Courses intended for Electrical En- 
gineering students and graduates pursuing the study of 
Physics, see under Courses in Applied Science, page 196. 
Third or Fourth Year. 

4. Mechanics and Hydrostatics.—Two hours a week. 

Honour COURSES. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

5. Analytical Statics; Dynamics of a particle; rigid dynamics ; 



6. Advanced Courses in heat, optics and electricity. A short 
course in Physical Chemistry. 
(For Honour Courses in Maihematics and Physics, see 
also page Sh). 

‘B. J. Harrincton, M.A., Pa.D., LL.D. 
(J. Wattace Waker, M.A., Px.D 
ASSOCIATE PRoFESSOR:—NeEvi. Norton Evans, M.A.5c. 
ASSISTANT PRroFessoR:—Douctas McIntosyu, M.A., D.Sc. 
( J. W. Ince, M.A. 
DEMONSTRATORS :— | R. S. BoeHNer, B.Sc. 
~ A. F. Ropertson, B.Sc. 



Second Year. 

I. GENERAL CHEMISTRY.—A Course of iectures on Elementary 
Chemical Theory, and on the principal elements and 
their compounds. ‘The lectures are fully illustrated by 
means of experiments. 

Text-book: — Holleman’s Text-book of Inorganic 
Chemistry (Translation by Cooper). For Reference :— 
Bloxam’s Chemistry. Three hours a week. 

compulsory for all undergraduates taking the above 
course of lectures. The work includes experiments il- 
lustrative of the laws of chemical combination, the 
preparation of pure chemical compounds, and elemen- 

tary Qualitative Analysis. Four hours a week. 

Third Year. 

2. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.—A course on Historical and Phy- 
sical Chemistry. One hour a week. 

3. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.—An elementary course 
of lectures on Organic Chemistry open to students in 
Biology and compulsory for students intending to take 
the advanced course on Organic Chemistry in the 
fourth year. 

Text-book. — Holleman’s Text-book of Organic 
Chemistry. One hour a week. 



4. ADVANCED PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.—Laboratory practice in 

methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis, during 
the first term, and preparation of simple organic sub- 
stances in the second term. 

Text-books.— Talbot’s Quantitative Chemical Ana- 
lysis and Holleman’s Laboratory Manual of Organic 

Six hours a week. 

Fourth Year. 

5. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.—A systematic course of lectures on 

Organic Chemistry, including the analysis of organic 
substances, calculation of formule, determination of 
molecular weights, polymerism, isomerism, etc., fol- 
lowed by a discussion of the more important derivatives 
of the aliphatic and aromatic series of compounds. 

Two hours a week. 

6. PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. — A complete course on 

the preparation and analysis of Organic Substances, 
with determinations of molecular weights, etc. 

YSICAL CHEMISTRY.—The lectures are a continuation 
of those given during the third year and include 
Thermo-Chemistry, the principles of Thermodynamics 
as applied to chemical action, osmotic phenomena 
and their application in deducing the ionisation theory 
of solutions, a study of such physical properties of 
oases, liquids and solids as are known to depend on 
their chemical constitution, the phase rule and 

Two lectures a week. 

Books of Reference :—Ramsay’s Text-Books of Physical 


8. PracticaL PaystcAL CHEMistrY. — Laboratory work will 

include the various methods of determining the mole- 
cular weights of gases and of substances in solution, 
accurate measurement of densities, refractive indices, 
surface tensions and specific rotations; also examples 
of chemical statics and kinetics, and electro-chemical 


pe A EE ly 

= P . 
Be a 



Se ae grmeiaienatemne 

—_— ee eee 


9. MINERAL ANALYsis.—A course of laboratory work compris- 
ing advanced quantitative analysis and investigation of 
the constitution of mineral species. 

- Honour COourRSES. 

Third Year. 

Honour students in the third year will be required to take all 
the ordinary courses of that.year and in addition do 
some extra reading and laboratory work. 

Fourth Year. 

Honour students in the fourth year will take courses 5, 6, 7 
and 8 or 7, 8 and 9. 

(For complete Honour Courses in Chemistry, see page é}). 

ProFEssor:—B. J. Harrincton, M.A., P#.D., LL.D. 

Honour Courses. 

Third Year. 

1. MINERALOGY.—Lectures and demonstrations illustrated by 
models and specimens in the Peter Redpath Museum 
and the Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building. 
Among the subjects discussed are: crystallography ; 
physical properties of minerals dependent upon light, 
electricity, state of aggregation, etc. ; chemical composi- 
tion, calculation of mineral formulz, quantivalent ratios, 
etc.; principles of classification, description of species. 

Two hours a week. 

2. DETERMINATIVE MINERALOGY. — Laboratory practice in 
blow-pipe analysis and its application to the determina- 
tion of mineral species. This work is carried on in 
the laboratory provided for the purpose in the Chemis- 
try and Mining Building. 

Thursday, 2 to 5 p.m. 

Fourth Year, 

3. MINERALOGY (In continuation of No. 1). — Description of 
species, particular attention being paid to those which 
are important as rock constituents and to the economic 

minerals of Canada; measurement of the angles of 
crystals with the reflection goniometer; projection of 
crystal forms; calculation of axial ratios of crystals; 
drawing of crystal forms; use of the polarising micro- 
scope, axial angle apparatus, etc. 

Kirst term, eight hours a week. 

(For Honour Courses, see also page 8h). 


PROFESSOR :—FRANK D. ApAms, D.Sc., Pu.D., F.R.S. 

Second Year. 


be devoted to a study in outline of the physical features of 
the earth, and their influence upon commerce, especially upon 
the distribution and utilization of commercial commodities. In 
so far as practicable, a study will be made of the resources of 
the various countries of the world, and especially of the Dom- 
inion of Canada, 

I'wo hours a week throughout the year. 

N.B.—This forms part of the Commercial Course of the 
Second Year. 

Third Year. 

1, GENERAL GeEoLocy.—The lectures will embrace a genera) 
survey of the whole field of Geology, and will be intro- 
duced by a short course in Mineralogy. Especial atten- 
tion will be devoted to Dynamical Geology and to His- 
torical Geology, including a description of the fauna and 
flora of the earth during the successive periods of its 
past history. 

The lectures will be illustrated by the extensive col- 
lections in the Peter Redpath Museum, as well as by 
models, maps, sections and lantern views. There will 
be an excursion every Saturday until the snow falls, 




after which the excursion will be replaced by a demon- 
stration in the Museum. 
Text-book :-—Scott, An Introduction to Geology. 
Books of Reference:—Dawson, Hand-Book of Geo- 
logy ; Dana, Manual of Geology. 

Three hours a week throughout the year, with additional 
excursions and demonstrations as above stated. 

Honour Courses. 
Third Year. 
(In Geology and Mineralogy. ) 

In the third year, students pursuing the Honour Course will 
take the ordinary work (General Geology, I). 
(For Mineralogical portion of this course, see page 136.) 

Fourth Year. 

2. PeTRoGRAPHY.—The modern methods of study employed in 
Petrography are first described, and the classification 
and description of rocks are then taken up. 

One lecture a week during the first term. One after- 
noon a week throughout the year will be devoted to 
special microscopical work in the Petrographical Lab- 

Text-book :—Harker, Petrology for Students. 

Books of Reference: — Rosenbusch, Mikroskopische 
Physiographie, and Zirkel, Lehrbuch der Petrographie. 

3. A. PAL#zonToLtocy.—An extension of the Palzontology of 
Course I, with special studies of some of the more im- 
portant groups of fossils. 

One lecture a week during the second term and one 
demonstration a week, with special studies in the Peter 
Redpath Museum. 

Books of Reference :—Nicholson and Lydekker, Man- 
ual of Palzontology; Zittel & Eastman, Text-Book of 


3. B. PHystocrapHy. — A description of land forms with 
reference to their origin, classification, drainage, de-' 
velopment, climatic and human controls. 


The physical features of Canada will be described 
during the latter half of the course. 

The course will consist of lectures, demonstrations, 
and laboratory work, and will be illustrated by maps, 
models, and lantern slides. 

Two hours a week during the first term. 

Books of Reference: — Davis, Physical Geography ; 
Mill, The International Geography. 

4. Ore Deposits, Economic GeoLocy and PRACTICAL GEo- 
LoGy.—The nature, mode of occurrence and classifica- 
tion of ore deposits will first be taken up. A series of 
typical occurrences will then be described and their 
origin discussed — the more important non-metallic 
materials—e.g., fuels, clay, abrasive materials, building 
stones, etc., will be similarly treated, as well as ques- 
tions of water supply, artesian wells, etc. The methods 
employed in carrying out geological and magnetic sur- 
veys and in constructing geological sections will then 
be taken up with special studies in folding, faulting, etc. 

The course will be illustrated by maps, models, lan- 
tern slides and specimens. 

Four lectures a week throughout the second term. 

Text-books :—Geikie, Outlines of Field Geology; 
Kemp, Ore Deposits of the United States and Canada ; 
Philips and Louis, A Treatise on Ore Deposits; Beck, 
Ore Deposits. 

Books of Reference:—The Reports of the Geological 
Survey of Canada and the Monographs of the U. 5. 
Geological Survey. 

s. CANADIAN GEOLOGY.—A general description of the Geology 
and Mineral Resources of the Dominion. 

One lecture a week during the first term. 

Text-book :—Dawson, Hand-book of Geology. 

Books of Reference:—The Reports of the Geological 
Survey of Canada. 

6. GEOLOGICAL CoLLoguium.—A discussion each week of some 
geological topic, references to the literature of which 
have been given by the Professor in the week preceding. 
The course is intended to give students some acquain- 
tance with geological literature, as well as a wider know- 
ledge of the great principles which underlie the Science. 

One hour a week in second term. 


| 7, GEOLOGICAL SurvEy.—Candidates for Honours in the fourth 
q vear will also undertake, under the direction of the 
Demonstrator in Geology, a geological survey of some 
suitable area selected for that purpose. This survey 
will occupy two weeks, and will be made either at the 
close of the third year or immediately before the open- 
ing of the regular work of the fourth year, as may be 
arranged by the Professor of Geology. The preparation 
7 of a geological map of the surveyed area, the examina- 
Vet tion of the specimens collected, and the writing of a 
\ detailed report upon. the area, will form: part of the 
work of the fourth year. 
N.B.—A large amount of additional private reading will 
also be required of candidates for Honours. 
(For Honour Courses in Geology, see also page 54). 
ProFessor:—D. P. PENHALLow, D.Sc. 

1 AssIstant Proressor:—C. M. Derick, M.A. 

Second Year. 

1. ELEMENTARY BroLtocy.—Second half session. A course 
ah in the general morphology of plants embracing a discussion of 
the general principles of morphology and classification, respira- 
tion, photosynthesis, nutrition, reproduction, symbiosis and 
adaptations, as also the relations of plants in geological time. 
These studies will be illustrated by means of special types taken 
from the principal groups. 

) This course is designed with special reference to those who 
may not be able to carry such work beyond the limits of an 
elementary course, and as a basis for more specialized work 
in the third and fourth years. 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week. 

For the first half of this course, see Zoology IA, page 144. 

Third Year. 

2. SpeciAL Morrpuotocy.—tThis course is designed to give 
a comprehensive knowledge of plant structures and relation- 
ships. The principles of development will be illustrated by 

BOTANY. [4] 

type studies which may also serve as the basis of more special 
work in Bacteriology, Physiology, ogy, or Palzobotany. 
It comprises :-— 

(a) First Half-Sesston.—During the autumn term, atten- 
tion will be directed to a study of the general histology of the 
plant, with special reference to the seed plants, as a basis for 
the more advanced work of the fourth year; and also to differ- 
ential reactions, methods of’ staining, imbedding, section cut- 
tine and general technique. 



This course will be especially adapted to chemists as applied 
to a study of food adulterants, etc. ; to those who are intending 
to follow a medical course, as a preparation for animal his- 
tology, and it will be required of all who elect the course in 
the fourth year. 

The course pre-supposes familiarity with the optics of the 
microscope:as given in Physics 1, (3) of the first year. 

(b) Second Half-Session.—Critical studies of the Thallo- 
phyta by means of selected types designed to illustrate the 
origin of organs, the origin and development of sex, the divi- 
sion of labour and the general laws of development. 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week through- 
out the session. 

Fourth Year. 


(a) The complete study of a selected series of types, illus- 
trating the structure, origin and relationships of the Bryo- 
phytes, and Pteridophytes.* 

(b) The special morphology of the Seed Plants as repre- 
sented by types illustrative of the principal groups, with special 
reference to relationship, development and adaptations. 

Students entering upon this course will be required to present 
qualifications equivalent to the course of the third year. 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week through- 
out the session. 

For the work of the third and fourth years, each student 
will be required to provide himself with a laboratory drawing 
book of specified form, and with necessary pencils, slides and 
cover glasses. 

* Students taking Honours in Geology and Mineralogy will also take Botany. 3 (a) 
during the first half of the session. 

) -_ 
4. SYSTEMATIC Botany. — A special course embracing 

herbarium work and the systematic study of the seed plants 
with reference to the determination of species, their environ- 
ment and mutual relations. These studies will be prosecuted 
with special reference to a field knowledge of the ferns and 
flowering plants in the neighbourhood of Montreal. 

This course is designed to complete and round out the study 
of the higher plants as given in the courses on Special Mor- 
phology (2 and 3). Students specializing in Botany will be 
required to follow this as part of the ordinary course of the 
fourth year. The course 1s also open to teachers of schools 
and to others who may have gained a knowledge equivalent to 
that represented by Gray’s Structural Eotany. 

Two laboratory periods each week throughout the session, 
with field days as may be arranged for, 

5. STRUCTURE OF Woops.—This course is designed to meet 
the special requirements of students proceeding to the study 
of forestry. It will deal with the practical study of the prin- 
cipal woods employed for structural purposes, their structure, 
modification under conditions of decay, mechanical stress, etc., 
determination of age, methods of preparing material for 
microscopical examination. 

Laboratory, two hours per week thrcughout the session. 
Honour COURSES. 
(In Biology.) 
Third and Fourth Years. 
For work in Zoology, see page 145. 
6. Candidates for Honours in the third and fourth years 
will, in addition to the ordinary work in Botany of each year, 

take a special course of reading under the direction of the pro- 
fessor, and write themes upon assigned topics. 

‘(For Honour Courses in Biology, see also page 84). 
B.Sc. CoursE (OrprNary). 
Third Year. 

7. students proceeding to the degree of B.Sc. will be re- 
quired to take the ordinary course of the third year Arts, (2) 

BOTANY. 143 

and, if specializing in Botany, also the Honour course in that 
subject for that year. 

Two lectures and twc laboratory periods each week through- 
out the session. 

Fourth Year. 

During the fourth year, students proceeding to the degree 
of B.Sc. will be requirel to pursue special studies in extension 
of the work of the fourth year Arts, (3), in accordance with 
sich plan as may be adopted by the B.Sc. Committee at the 
time of his entrance upon that year. 


Students who contemplate the adoption of Forestry as a 
profession, are advised to take the following course of: study 
as a preparation for grzduate work at a Forestry School. This 
course is framed with special reference to those who may be 
proceeding to the degrze of B.Sc. 

In the first and second years, Physics (1) and Elementary 
Biology will be regarced as essential elements of the course. 

Third Year. 

Special Morphology of Plants (2). 

Honour readings with Colloquia (Botany 5). 
Zoology (2). 

Geology (1). 

English Composition (4C). 

Fourth Year. 

Special Morphology of Plants (3). 
Systematic Botany (4). 
Physiology and Ecdogy (6). 
Structure of Woods (5). 
Entomology (First Half Session). 
Mammals and Fishes (3B, Second Half Session). 






PROFESSOR :—E, W. McBripe, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. 


Second Year. 

tA. ANIMAL Brococy. 

This course consists of a careful study of the laws of 
Biology as illustrated by a selected series of types. . Special 
stress is laid on vertebrate structure and function, to the study 
of which most of the time is devoted. The types dealt with 
are Amoeba, Pa cecium, a Klagellate, Hydra, Lumbricus 


g yee ERS EEA ae ? “les 1 Anam 4 am Rene 7 ae 2 . *a5 ib ge ee 
| WO ICCLTUTES alld TWO demonstrations a week up tlii Unrist- 

Thie raiis|cs + nlanoc mth the. crarracnec ‘ - re 2a it 
lhis course, taken adiOng With the Cort esponding course in 

PA +7 05 7 . a Te a 1 R\V14¢>7 P or vee pes pa 
Botany, constitutes the course in general b10i0gy. 


This course includes a study of the principal organic com- 
pounds found in the animal body and also of the principal 
functional activities of Vertebrates. 

Two lectures and one demonstration a week from Christmas 
till Easter. 

This course is to be taken by those students who intend to 
quality for the Ontario Specialists’ Certificate in Biology. It 
is recommended to all those who intend to proceed to Honours 

in biology. 

Third or Fourth Years. 

This course consists of a general review of all the classes 

of invertebrate animals, including the Tunicata and other 

Protochordata. Special attention is given to parasitic forms 
and those responsible for the production of disease. 

Two lectures and two demonstrations a week throughout 
the Session. 





Fourth Year. 

his. course includes a systematic 
, a a oe, | 4 wr TER: 
imals. followed by a study 

pe study of the anatomy of 
the principal types of \ ertebrate al 
of the histology of vertebrate tissues. 
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week throughout 
the Session. 
This course consists of a’study of the typical form of 


development and of its principal modifications in every class 

in the animal kingdom. 
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week throughout 
the Session. 
Students desiring 
the fourth year may take either of the above courses. Stu- 
dents taking the seven year course in Arts and Medicine lead- 
and B.Sc. and M.D., 

to continue the study of Zoology during 

‘ne to the degrees of B.A. and M.D., 

may take 2, 3A and 3B asa third year subject. 

Honour COURSES. 

Students proceeding to Honours in Biology shall, during the 
crest half of the third year take, in addition to course 2,a series 
of special readings under the supervision of the Professor, 
with weekly colloquia. The subject for the coming session 
wil! be Darwin’s Origin of Species. During the second half 
1 they shall pursue the study of Mammalian 
Anatomy as illustrated by the Rabbit. 

One lecture and one demonstration per week. 

This course is required in addition to TA in order to enable 
iption from the Biology examination 

During the fourth year they 
shall take courses 3A and 3B. For students proceeding to 
the degrees of B.A. and M.D. in eight years, the Anatomy of 
first year Medicine may be substituted for 3A. 

Text-Books:—For courses tA, 2 and 3A the Text-book of 
* Zoology by Shipley and MacBride is recommended; for 35, 

Korschelt and Heeder Text-book of Embryology. 

of the Sessiol1 


students to obtain exen 
in the first year of medicine. 

(For Honour Courses in Biology, see also page S4). 


B.Sc. Course, 

Students proceeding to the degree of B.Sc. will be required 
to take 2, 

If they intend to specialize in Zoology in the fourth year, 
they shall, in addition, take the Honours work prescribed for 
the third year. In the fourth year they shall take courses 
3A and 3B and, in addition, such extra reading and laboratory 
work as may be prescribed by the Haculty. 

A special fee of $2.50 is charged against the caution money 
of each student attending the Zoological laboratory, in order 
to cover. the cost of instruments and laboratory note-book 
which are supplied to him and become: his property. A 
student attending the lab ratory for a second time is not called 
on to pay this fee. 


Instruction in meteorological observations will be given in 
the Observatory at hours to suit the convenience of the senior 

Certificates will be granted to those students who pass a 
satisfactory examination on the construction and use of me- 
teorological instruments and on the general facts of Meteor- 



Lectures on this subject will be given (either at the Uni- 
versity or at Macdonald College) to undergraduates of the 
third and fourth years, who wish to obtain the Provincial 
Academy Diploma. 



The University offers a systematic course of study extend- 
ing over two years, and intended asapreparation for entrance 
‘nto business life. The course is not merely designed to im- 
part instruction of a purely technical character. [It is believed 
that a sound training in the essential branches of a liberal 
education affords the best equipment for the conduct of prac- 
tical affairs. The object of the course is therefore rather to 
develop capacity than to impart special information. While 
adhering, however, to this general plan, the work of the com- 
mercial department is differentiated from that of the curri- 
culum in Arts. Special stress is laid upon those subjects a 
knowledge of which is a necessity for business men, and the 
character of the instruction and the class methods adopted 
are specially suited for the end in view. Lhe greatest em- 
phasis is laid upon teaching the student to speak and write 
with fluency and accuracy, and to be able to apply a ready 
intelligence to practical business problems. The course is open 
to both men and women. On the successful completion of the 
course, a diploma is awarded. 

It is entirely within the aim of the University, in establish- 
ing this department, that the students therein should seek 
practical employment during the vacation period. Such em- 
ployment, if of a suitable character, will form a useful 
complement to the work done in the University. It is con- 
fidently expected that the institution of the present course will 
be viewed with such favor by the business community as to 
render the students particularly eligible applicants for positions 
in business houses. 


For admission to the Commercial Course a student must 
have passed one of the following examinations: 
I. The ordinary Matriculation Examination of the Faculty 
of Arts for the B.A. or B.Sc. Degree. 
II. An examination consisting of 
(a) the preliminary subjects of the present Matricu- 
lation Examination in Arts or in Science. 


(0) the following final subjects: 
Hlistory and Geography; English Literature; 
French ; Algebra, Part I: ( reometry, Part I. 
One of the following, viz. 
Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, 

The subjects of the course are as follows :-— 

First Year. 
I. English 

Zi History 

3- Mathematics (including commercial arithmetic) 
4. French (including commercial French ) 
ay. Phy SICS. 
Second Year. 
I. English and History 
2. French 
3. Commercial Geography : Descriptive Economics. 
4. Physical Ge raphy 
5. Chemistry 
6. A ccountancy. 

ENGLISH.—The work done in this subject will be of an 
essentially practical character. The students will be given a 
constant drill in essay writing, the making of abstracts, précis 
and reports, and in such exercises as wil] train them toa ready 
use of English. Letter writing and business correspondence 
will be made important features of the work. A systematic 
training will be offered in reading and public speaking and 
in the oral presentation of reports. In addition to this a cer- 
tain amount of formal instruction will be given in the elements 
of English Literature. 

History.—The work here will consist of a survey of 
modern political history and a view of the structure of existing 
Sovernments. By special arrangement with the Dean of the 
Faculty of Law, students will have the opportunity of study- 
ing, in this connection, an outline of the operation of Canadian 
government, federal, provincial and municipal. They will also 
have their attention directed to questions of every-day law, 


especially such as are likelv to be met with in business prac- 


The work in History will be closely co-related-to the work 
in Enelish. It is expected that the facility acquired by the 
student in taking notes, writing his logical abstracts, etc., will 
serve as a useful practical exercise in connection with his 
English studies. 

PRENCH.—The course in French aims especially at impart- 
ing facility in the sp ken and written language. During the 
first year, in addition to four hours a week of oral instruction, 
a fifth hour will be devoted to the teaching of Commercial 
French. and the forms to be used in correspondence and 

\MATHEMATICS.—The course in Mathematics will consist of 
Commercial Arithmetic, Algebra and Geometry; the Arith- 
metic and Algebra being taught with special reference to their 
practical application. 

ScrpNcE.—The course in Science includes Physics in the 
Frct year, with Chemistry and Physical Geography in the 

second. The subjects will be presented in such a way that 
the students may not merely profit by the mental training 
afforded by the study of Natural Science, but may secure a 
general acquaintance with the scientific principles underlying 
modern industrial progress. 

DESCRIPTIVE Economics.—This course will consist of a 
study of the main outlines of Commercial Geography. The 
most important features of modern industrial and commercial 
organizations, including trade and transportation, the great 
wholesale markets, joint stock companies, monetary and bank- 
ing systems, etc., will also be treated in some detail. 

AccoUNTANCY.—In the second year formal instruction will 
be given in the principles and practice of accounting. The 
object will be to provide students with a sound knowledge of 
the science of accounting rather than to train them in the 
craft of keeping books. 

REGISTRATION.—The names of students intending to enter 
the course should be sent in to the Registrar of the University 
not later than September 19th, 1907. 

Ters.—The fees are the same as in the Faculty of Arts. 

For particulars regarding the P. S. Ross Exhibitions, see 

page 31. 



IQTH, 1907. 

Particulars regarding the following points will be found by 
to the pages mentioned :— 

Admission from other universities... .. .. .. . os 
Admission of Partial Students.. .. .. .. .. .. [2 
PRR OR EMCI ye BG iiss Ra ae? ely ee: AO 
Exhibitions and Scholarships... .. .. .. .. .. 40 
Bee ea eyeiae ae Wee ie kg veh Pee IG PT 54 
2 Le CSRS Oe Oat ae a Se = 
oe TN os a 46 

For Time Tables of Lectures and Examinations, see first 

part of Calendar. 

(1) Degrees. 

The degrees conferred by the University upon ‘such under- 
graduates of the Faculty as fulfil the conditions and pass the 
examinations hereinafter stated are, “Bachelor of Architec- 
ture (B. Arch), and Bachclor of Science” (B.Sc.), mention 
being made in the diploma of the particular course of study 

* For complete registration regulations see page 49. 

¥ Full information regarding entrance ean be obtained from the University 
Registrar and. ‘n Engtand, from J. Stuart Horner, Ksq., of Messrs. John Birch & Co. 
3 London Wall Buildings, London, E. C. 


Students who take the Bachelor of Science degree in one 
of the courses provided by the Faculty may graduate in any 
of the remaining courses by attending one or more subsequent 

Particulars regerding the combined course in Arts and Ap- 
plied Science leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.Sc. (Ap- 
plied Scieace). in six years, are given on page 88. 

By a resolution of the Institution of Civil Engineers (Eng- 
land) the holders of the degree of B.Sc., in the courses of 
civil, electrical, mechanical, and mining engineering, are 
exempted from the examination for associate membership 
(A. M. Inst. C. E.) of the Institution. 

(2) Examinations. 

1. Sessional examinations are held in all subjects. In addi- 
tion, there are Christmas examinations in certain subjects, and 
class examinations are held from time to time, at the option 
of the Professor. 

>. Credit will be given in the sessional standing for class 
examinations held during the session, and also for the Christ- 
mas examinations. 

3. Students who have failed in one or more subjects of 
the curriculum (pp. 154 to 167) shall be required to make 
good their standing by passing :— 

(7) hive supplemental examinations, or 

(2) The sessional examinations, or 

(3) The examinations of the summer courses when 
such examinations are equivalent to the sessional 

4. Students who, at the commencement of lectures in any 
session have failed to make good their standing in three or 
more subjects, or in any two major subjects,* shall, if they 
remain in attendance as undergraduates, be required to repeat 
all the work in those subjects. 

s. Partial students are entitled to examinations in the sub- 
jects which they have taken as Partial Students, but not to 
supnplementals, nor to examinations in other subjects. 


* These subjects are ‘ndicated in the course for each year by a section mark. (§). 




I, Students in Applied Science may, On application to the 
Faculty, take such Honour Courses jr the Faculty of Arts as 
are practicable. 

Undergraduates in Arts of the second and third years, or 
graduates in Arts of any university, entering the Faculty of 
Applied Science, may, at the discretion of the professors, be 
exempted from such lectures in that Faculty as they have pre- 
viously attended as students in Arts. 

Admission of Women. — The conditions upon. which 
women are admitted into any of the courses in the Faculty of 
Applied Science may be obtained on application to the Dean, 

4. Certificates may be given to students who have passed 
through any of the special courses attached to the curriculum, 

»» Lhe headquarters of the Canadian Society of Civil En- 
gineers are located in Montreal. Students in all departments 
of engineering are strongly recommended to become student 
members of the Society, which they can do on payment of a 
fee of $2.00. They are then entitled to the two volumes of 

Transactions,” which are annually published, and to the use 
of the Society’s rooms on Dorchester Street. They also have 
opportunities of meeting the prominent engineers of the coun- 
try and of being present at the fortnightly sessions, at which 
papers are read by leading members of the Society on current 
engineering subjects and works of construction. 

During the winter there will be a special series of students’ 
meetings, at which papers, illustrated by lantern slides, will be 
read by well-known engineers. Students may also compete 
for the prizes which are offered by the Society (see Du. <2 hs 

6. Students in Mining and Metallurgy are strongly recom- 
mended to become members of the McGill Mining Society, 
which, although a student bod ly (see p. 195), is affiliated with 
the Canadian Mining Institute, the headquarters of which are 
in Montreal. Members of this Society receive the Trans- 
actions of the Institute without extra expense, and are entitled 
to attend all meetings and to compete for the prizes offered 

(see p. 47). 



The instruction in this Faculty 1s designed to afford a 
thorough training of a practical as well as a theoretical nature, 
in the following branches of Applied Science :-— 



The regular work of each session in Applied Science will 
end about the middle of April, at the close of the sessional 
examinations. The summer work will commence as soon as 
practicable thereafter, and will be continued for six weeks 
(see Reg. 2, below). 


1. All undergraduates entering the second year (excepting 
those taking the Practical Chemistry Course), students in the 
Civil and Mining Engineering Courses entering the third year, 
and students in the Civil Engineering Course entering the 
fourth year, are required to be in attendance at the Survey- 
ing School on the 19th August, when the fieldwork in Sur- 
veying and Geodesy will commence. .(See page 199). 

2. Undergraduates in the Mechanical, Electrical and Metal- 
lurgical Courses are required to attend a summer session of 
about six weeks between the second and third years. The 
work to be done in the first two of these courses is as fol- 
lows :——Mechanical Drawing (Machine Design and Machine 
Drawing), 10 hours per week; Physics and Physical Labor~ 
atory Work, 11 hours per week; Shopwork (Smith shop and 
Foundry), 11 hours per week. 

3. Undergraduates in the Mining and Metallurgical Courses 
are required to attend the Summer School in Mining, held be- 
tween the third and fourth years (four to six weeks of field- 
work). The school is held in May and June. (See page 195). 


4. During the summer vacation following the close of each 
session, all students entering the third and fourth years are 
required to prepare a thesis on a subject specified by the Fa- 
culty, or make a report on some practical work in course of 
construction. The marks given for these theses are added to 
the results of the sessional examinations, but no credit will be 
given for any report handed in after October 2nd. 


The curriculum, as laid down in the following pages, 
may be changed from time to time as may be deemed advis- 
able by the Faculty. The work prescribed for the first two 
years is the same in all courses, except in Practical Chemistry 
and in that leading to the degree of Bachelor of Architecture. 
The subjects of instruction in these years for all courses, ex- 
cept those above-named, and the number of hours per week 
devoted to each, are as follows :-— 

First YEAR. 

Ars, Hrs: 
?@ Algebra.. : aes (p. 185 :. 242 wet} Lettering ee a (p, 182), 3 
§ Descriptive Geometry.(p. 178), € BG BIC. 854s ss cea (p. 196), 2 
DI FNGIMNVICS 6 650-50. S00 -(p. 185), 4 (a) Physical Laboratory .( p. 196), 44 
dL Ee eee (p. rSr), 2 STI WORK sosb oe Cis avn (p. 205), 6 
Freehand Drawing.,....( p. 182), 3 y, Trigonometry ease (p. 185), 5 (b) 
MSCORICIEY oii ceva ies (p.154),4 (a) Surv. Field Work....(p. 199), 4 weeks 


Hrs. HRs. 
Analytic Geometry..(p. 185‘, 3 (a) @Mechanics......... (p. 185), 3 (b) 
Shs RIDE nde sci wn neinn (p. 185),3 Mechanics of Machines(p. 186), 3 
¢Chemistry...., $5 SRO (p. 171), 3 We NOIR See Nee da as xvas « (p. 197), 2 
¢Chemical Laboratory.,(p. 172), 4 Physical Laboratory. ..(p. 197), 3 
CANIN Sa Se reels veers ". (p. 200), 5 A gy (p. 205), 3 
Materials of C »nstruction(p. L759, 3: POULTEVAN <0 ohiecee 6s ch (p. 198), 2 
¢Mechanical Drawing... (p. 187), 3 Surv. Field Work. (p. 199), 4 weeks 

(a) First Term. (b) Second Term. § Major subject. 


I. Architecture. 

The Course in Architecture is now being revised. A pamphlet embodying 
the changes will be issued during the summer. 

The Architectural Course, qualifying for the degree of 
Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.), differs from the others in 
the Faculty of Applied Science in that the curriculum is trom 
the first year separate and distinct, the studies in that year 
being divided between the Ka-ulties of Arts and Applied Science. 

In the second year the architectural studies proper com- 
mence and the amount of time devoted to design increases in 
the third and again in the fourth years. 

Students of Architecture studying for the B.Arch. degree 
will attend the Summer School in surveying before entering 
the second year. 

Broadly speaking, the lectures may be divided into five 
groups dealing respectively with History, Structure, Theory 
of Design, Ornament and Decoration, and Professional Prac- 
tice, and in all courses studio work goes hand in hand with 
oral teaching, thus ensuring a thoroughly practical acquaint- 
ance with the subjects taken up, while at the same time afford- 
ing abundant opportunity for the acquisition of power in 
draughtsmanship and practice in Design, this latier being the 
chief aim of the course. ‘ | 

The degree of B.Sc. in Architectural Engineering is provided 
for in an alternative course. In this case, the first two years 
are taken with the Civil Engineering students and Theory 
of Structures is included in the work of the latter years. 

A modification of the Arts matriculation examination (with 
French compulsory, and Freehand and Geometrical Drawing 
added) will be taken by those studying for the degree of 
B.Arch., while the Applied Science matriculation examination 
will be taken by those studying for the B.Sc. degree. 

The lecture hours in the third and fourth years are, as far 
as possible, from 9 to Io in the morning, to enable partial stu- 
dents working in offices to avail themselves of the instruction. 
Such lectures -will be found valuable for those studying for 
the R.L.B.A. and the P.Q.A.A. examinations. 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 
week devoted to each are as follows. (The allocation of time 



is liable to be varied according to the aptitude of the stu- 
dent) :— 

First YEAR. 

Re IROUR sis Wi tad fide bable 3. Architectural Drawing.......... 4 
RIM eR A tile igo gets bkcele's k<'s 4 Descriptive Geometr yee ceccseee 6 
MUIR s Stata hy alte fs 4 Préehartd  Drawities i.c0saieccws 2 
DRTC TIMTICRS oss ooe coos oe on oa 4 RUE VEIET pols Ws 6k aidini da Recents I 
Physics A Ue epeiled BOR Rh ow i BL fart og i 2 PUP OIOE 6S Sons ky Og oie gee 2 

Physical Lab oo kag kde eee So 

PRRtIOTIALIC® Gb 6 bid v cos ec ok 3 ( Building Construction........ i 

History of Architecture...... I ( Working PAWS «+56 cee 6 

fore > + Qrarweawir yr y 

2 . . ~ » : . . 

cicparip hit. Se ee te ee { Surveying i4 Wikio emcee ben 
< . < 

Archt. Drawing, Historical... 4 ( Mapping: + cas 5 doe 3 

"i Theory and Evolution of Arch. 1 Freehand JOTA WINE 5 8 cbenaeees 5 

| 2 es a 2.6 ©? 2648820 6846 5 f Ornament. A, B. or C 6 <0 © ease I 

\ SPOCOHING so sce 6550s ee evs 2 


4 HRs. Hrs. 

Histo:y of Architecture..... 2 f Sanitation and Heating..... 1 

*} Reference...... 5 meee ae iN 2 *4 Drain Plans and Heating Sys- 
Archt, Drawing, Historical... 4 orient brea ees leeds elt! 3 
f Ornament, A, B, or C......... ( Structural Engineering....... 2 
[ pCR AS. BOs sete dy daw. 3 | Structural Eng. Detaileivises. 14 
Descriptive Gseometrys.-. 60.5% I Architectural Design.... ... 6 
B RPOROCEIVE ill oa oS owen oihes 3 Freehand Drawing........... 3 

FourTH YEAR.—( First Lerm). 
ARs, Hrs 

( History of Architecture...... 2 { Ornament, A, B, or C........ 7 
ESR SPOYOTEGO 5 oiled ose. detore., 2 l RPGS eo d,s oon Ces 3 
_Archt, Drawing, Historical... 4 , { Professional Practice ...... I 

i Planning. Ses ase ote po ee Ee? I ( Specifications ..... tee setee 2 
| Architectural Design......:..%0 Structural DCHEN, oe seNT eek 6 
PCRGSIING 66 os se Ss edcn. {ieee 3 

* Third and Fourth years together in alternate years 


FourtH YEAR.—(Second Lerm). 

Hrs. Hrs. 

( History of Architecture,.----- 2 ( Ornament A, B, or © Sins eae I 
| Reference---+-+++++++s a ie oe | Detailing ...... «+. Sd Ligh wee eek 2 
f Planning «.--- seen cese toeevees I *{ Professional Practice--+++++- I 
Archt. Design ee NC sy a ke {9 Specifications ea ee ce aaa 3 

Structural Design-«-+++++e+e. 3 


Asin other Engineering Courses. Tor details, see page 154. 
> dD b t > al 

THirp YEAR—(/irst Term). 

Hrs. HRs. 

History of Architecture,-.-+.-- 2 ( Sanitation and Heating----. I 
Reference. -++ssseresceeecsees 2 »*4 Drain Plans and Heating Sys- 

Archt. Drawing, Historical.--- 4 O) PRs vapawate dun apres NSS RSe 3 

Building Construction-+-+++«» I , Structural Engineering.------ 2 

{ Working Draw INGScaesgvecese 6 | Structural Eng. Details..----: 4 

Descriptive Geometry.-+-«+++ I - Theory of Structures.-++..++++ 3 

Perspective----+-- piece ee ee eees 3 Graphical Statics...+++.++e+es 2 

| Testing Laboratory ++++.++-+++- 3 


HRs. wd HRs. 
| History of Architecttre....+-+- 2 Specifications and Professional 
Reference... .ccecees cscs acoees 2 #4. Practic@.+<s.0vcerteace eevnes t 
Archt. Drawing, Historical---- 4 Reference. .-.s.eeeee- eaten 3 
( Planning .ceess-s-eeeree recess 1 Structural Design.----+++-eeeees 10 
| Architectural Design. ---++.+++: 10 

II. Chemistry. 

The course in Chemistry is arranged to give the student in 
the first two years a thorough knowledge of the fundamental 
principles of Chemistry and Physics, with sufficient Mathema- 
tics to enable him to understand the theoretical parts of these 

In the two subsequent years Chemistry, analytical, organic, 
and physical, is taught both in its purely scientific aspects and 
in its relations to the various departments of commercial 
work. Special facilities are afforded for the prosecution of 
post-graduate research work in all the branches of Chemistry. 

* Third and Fourth years together in alternate years. 
J J 


the subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 
week devoted to each are as follows :-— 

First YEAR. 
As in other Engineering Courses. For details, see page 154. 


Hrs. HRs. 

Chemistry's itis ss. J oees bs 19%), So) BPH ysitsscewivs ve paeewes (p- 197), 2 

Analytic Geom......(p. 185), 3 (a) §Chemical Laboratory(p- 171), | es 

we | ade ein eae, ii oa 7 
DRI SES bro orn 64s was, (p. 185), 3 @Qualitative Analysis. (p.172) J 

SMechanics........., (p. 185), 3(b)  §Physical Laboratory..(p. 197) 3 


HRs Hrs 
¢Industrial Chemis stry-.(p. 172), 14 eMineralogy.. is. sess (p: 19}. 2 
SOrganic -e(p. 172), 1 SPractical Analytical Chem- 

a ‘¢ ’ ie . -*7 Fé mya 
OPI 1ysical | are, & e 172), 2 peErY eeese n ; 6is ea 42ND 173) - 18 
¢Determinative Mineral.(p. 191), 3 §Practical Organic Chem- 
Gre OlO Y's he bol ie cee ex (ps, 182). 3 C28 ge Rega e (p. 173) 
métaliurgy i iactsagieal vs (p. 189), 1 

Hrs, Hrs. 

AMORIBUEY «tis s's vis 2.2 (p. 173), 4 Chemica! Laboratory..(p. 173), 29 

Mineralogy.....; s+ (p- I9g1) 6(a) 
Ill. Civil Engineering. 

The courses of study in Civil Engineering are designed to 
give to the student a sound theoretical and practical training 
in the sciences and principles which underlie the profession of 
a civil engineer. It is scarcely possible for any One person to 
become proficient in all branches of civil engineering, so wide 
lis its scope and so inclusive is its purpose. As generally de- 
fined it is the “ art of economically directing the great Se ee 
of power in nature to the use and convenience of man,” by 
the construction of roads, railways, bridges, aqueducts, via- 
ducts, canals, docks, harbours, breakwaters, light-houses, etc. ; 
by the construction and ailanintion of machinery; by the lieht- 
ing and draining of cities and towns: and by the exploitation 
of mines. All these works are more or less governed by the 
same principles, and in these principles the student is care- 
fully instructed, and by means of numerous problems occurring 

(a) First Term. (b) Second Term, § Major subject, 


in every day practice, he is taught to apply his knowledge to 
the actual conditions of life. 

During the session arrangements are thade for the delivery, 
by distinguished engineers, of special lectures or short courses 
of lectures on actual works of construction. 

Provision is made, by means of advanced classes, for gradu- 
ates and special students to continue their studies and to en- 

gage in researches with a view to the solving of some of the 
rmiberless problems which confront the engineer in every 
direction. Much valuable work of. this character has been 
already accomplished, and special reference may be made to 
the fact that for several years graduates of other universities 
some holding scholarships under the Royal Commissioners 
for the Exhibition of 1851—have carried out investigations in 
the several laboratories. 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 
week devoted to each are as follows :— 


As in other Engineering Courses. For details, see page 154. 


HrRs. Hrs. 
Calculus & Anal. Geom., Railway Structures. -(p. 201), 3 (b) 
(p. 180), 2 (a) Railway Eng..--..+++- (p. 201), 2 
Descriptive Geometry.--(p. 178), 4 Struct. Eng.-- (p. 176), 1(a),3 (bd) 
ZGedlOgy--++ eee veeeees (p. 182), 3  @Surv. S& Pract. Astry.--(p. 199), 2 
Geological‘Excursion(p. 182), 3 (c) Theory of Structures...(p- 174), 3 
Graphical Statics. . (p. 176), 5 (a) Thermodynamics.....-.(p. 187), 1 
@Mapping--++-+seeeeeee (p. 200), 6 Testing Laboratory.---- (pe: 175).< 
Mechanical Drawing(p.:187), 3 (opt) Thermodynamic Lab .(p. 188), 2 (b) 
Mechanics. ....e.sees (p.185;,2(b) Surveying Fieldwork, 
Municipal Engineering.(p. 177), 1 (p. 199) 4 weeks 

Mus. Work in'Geol. (p.183),2(b),1(d) 
aah YEAR. 

Hrs. Hrs 
Designing «+--+: a acen Ui Tere So Theory of Structures....(p. 175), 4 
Geodesy ....-++ereeeees (p. 199), 2 Geodetic Laboratory-.-(p. 200), 4 
Graphical Statics. ..-+-- (p. 176), 3 Hydraulic Lab.. sath ¥P7y-s (2) 
Hydraulics «+++++ sees: (p. 176),2 Testing Laboratorv..(p. 175), 3 ‘b) 
Mechanical Eng..-- (p. 185), 2 (a) Surveying Fieldwork, 
Municipal Engineering..(p. 177), 1 (p. 199) 4 weeks 

Roads, Railroads, &c...(p. 201), 2 

(a) First term. _(b) Second term. (c) First half of first term. (d) Second 
half of first term. #@Major subject. 


IV, Electrical Engineering. 

The first and second years of the undergraduate course of 
instruction in Electrical Engineering are devoted, mainly, to 
a preparation in Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Mechanics, 
Drawing, Shopwork and work in the physical and chemical 

The electrical studies of the third year embrace a consider- 
ation of continuous current flow, in circuits of different kinds, 
the principles of electro-magnetism, electrical measurements 
and the design and action of commutating machinery. 

The fourth year is devoted principally to electrical work, 
and includes lectures and recitations on variable and alter- 
nating current phenomena, the principles of action and the 
design of alternating current machinery, electric lighting and 
systems of power distribution, central station design and oper- 
ations, urban and inter-urban railways and long distance 
‘ power transmission, 

In the second term of the fourth year a choice may be made 
between electro-chemistry and hydraulics. Each fourth year 
student is required to present a thesis giving the results of a 
suitable experimental investigation. 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 
week devoted to each subject are as follows :— 

As in other Engineering Courses. For details, see page 154. 


Hrs. Hrs. 

Calculus & Anal. Geom., §$Mechanical Drawing--.(p. 157), 3 

é (p. 185), 2 (a) Mechanics so+. sseess (p. 185), 2 (b) 
Chemistry...--+,.seeee. (p. 172), 1 §Physics........-.-.(p. 197), 2 
§Continuous Currents and §Theory of Structures(p. 174), 3 
Commutating Machi- , Chemical Laboratory(p. 173), 3 
NTICTY + sere ee eveceeas . (p 178), “ §Elec. Eng. LAs) Hee (p. 180), 6 
Graphical Statics....(p.176),2(a) §Physical Laboratory(p. 197), 6 

Machine Design.....+«.- (p. 186), 2 Testing Laboratory..(p. 175), 3 (b) 

(a) First term. (b) Second term 

§$ Major subject. 


Hrs. HRs. 

Alternating currents Hydraulics. ..665 «00. (p. 176), 2 
and Alternating cur- Machine Design.-... (p. 187), 2 ‘a 
rent machinery....(p. 179), 3 _ Mechanical Eng..--(p. 183), 2 (a) 

Electro-Chemistry ..(p. 173), 1 (b) Thermodynamics..--(p. 157), 2 

Electrical Designing.(p. 180), 4 Hydraulic Lab..--..(p. 177), 3 (&) 

Electric Lighting and Electro-Chemical Lab. (p. 174),3 (b 

Power Distribution (p. 179) 3 (a) Electrical Eng. Lab..(p. 150), 9 

Electric Traction....(p. 179), 3 (b) Mech. Eng. Lab.....(p. 158), 3 
V. Mechanical Engineering. 

The complete undergraduate course in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing extends over four years, and provision is made for a 
fifth year or graduate course in advanced experimental and 
other work. 

The first two years of the undergraduate course of instruc- 
tion are largely occupied in preparation in Mathematics, Phy- 
sics, Chemistry, Mechanics, Drawing, and Shopwork. 

During the second year one lecture and one exercise class per 
week are devoted to the kinematics and dynamics of machines. 
While motion without regard to force is treated in the Kine- 
matic course, the action of external forces in producing or 
changing motion in the links of mechanisms is considered in 
the second, third and fourth years, under the head of Dyna- 
mics of Machines. The lectures in these two subjects form 
the course in Mechanics of Machines. [Exercise classes are 
held for the purpose of working the problems necessary for 
illustration, graphic methods being used in most cases. 

The work in Machine Design is carried on during the third 
and fourth years in conjunction with the practical instruction 
in mechanical designing and drawing in the Drawing Rooms. 

The course in Thermodynamics (see p. 187) deals more 
particularly with the theory of Heat Ergines. Two lectures 

(a) First term, (b) Second term. 




per week are given, ind time is assigned for additional graph- 
ical and experimenta. work in connection with the subject. 

A course of two lectures per week is given during the fourth 
vear in Mechanical Engineering as applied to questions con- 
nected with Power Installations and Prime Movers. A large 


portion of the work of this course is supplementary to, and 

follows, the instruction. 21 

ven in Thermodynamics and Ma- 
chine Design, which extends over the third and fourth years. 
(See page 1860). 
Instruction in Workshop Practice (see p. 205) is given 
in each of the four years. It is of a systematic nature, and is 
intended to prepare for, but by no means to replace, that prac- 
tical experience of workshop operations on a commercial basis 
which every mechanical engineer must obtain for himself. 
The work of the lecture rooms is illustrated throughout the 
course by experimental work carried out by the student, and 
by demonstrations in the laboratories of the department. 
Arrangements are made for occasional visits to power plants 
and manufactories of importance. 
The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 

week devoted to each are as follows :— 



As in other Engineering Courses (see page 154), with 
additional course in May and June for Second year (p. 153). 



Calculus and Anal. MIPEHARICRS <6 ii 0's'8% <6 (p. 185), 2 (b) 
SOOM. « «0:0 taco (p185), 2 (a) §Mechanics of Machines.(p. 186) 2 
C: ntinuous Currents §$Thermodynamics .---. (, 87), 2 
and Commutating §Theory of Structures..(p. 174), 3 
Machinery ..-.«- (p. 178), 2 Elect. Eng. Laboratory.(p. 180), 3 
Graphical Statics.... (p. 176), 2 (a) Testing Laboratory..... io, 595). 4 
§$Machine Design.....(p. 186), 2 Mech, Eng. Labora'ory.(p. 188), 3 
gMechanical Mrawing(p. 187), 6 GWOT gs se as tees (p. 205), 6 
(a) First term. (b). Second term § Major subject. 



HRs. HRs. 
Designing, .....+..cece. (p. 187), 6 Mechanics of Machines.. 
Hydraulics and Hydraul. (p. 186), 5 (a) 2 (h) 
Miseh ssa pi wee jee kD, Ta6Y, 52 Thermodynamics. (p. 187), 2 (a),5 (b) 
Machine Design..... .-(p. 187), 2 Liydraulic Laboratory.(p. 177),3(a) 
Mechanical Eng....... (p. 1835), 2 Mech. Eng, Lab.....(p. 188), 12 

Shopwork. et th PP. 206) 2 tah, 6 (b) 

VI, Metallurgy, 

The successful guidance of metallurgical industry requires, 
apart from considerations of business training and aptitude, 
an adequate knowledge of certain branches of Chemistry and 
Engineering as well as a familiarity with Metallurgy proper. 

Provision has been made for a certain amount of specializa- 
tion in the third and fourth years, a group of engineering 
studies being offered, optionally, with a corresponding amount 
of Chemistry and Metallurgy. Students electing the engineer- 
ing options in both years, will, on graduating, obtain the 
degree of B.Sc. in Metallurgical Engineering, while those 
who do not elect these options will take the degree of B.Sc. 
in Metallurgy. 

Between the second and third years there is a short summer 
course in the Chemical Laboratories. 

In the third year, instruction is given in Chemistry, Mine- 
ralogy, Geology, Metallurgy, Ore Dressing and Ore Dressing 
Machinery, Mechanical Testing and Draughting. The en- 
gineering option consists of Mathematics, Graphical Statics 
and Theory of Structures. 

setween the third and fourth years is a summer school in 
Metallurgical Works. In the fourth year instruction is given 
in Chemistry, Mineralogy, Metallurgy, Ore Dressing and 
Machinery. The engineering option consists of Dynamo 
Machinery or Hydraulics. | 

(a) First Tem, (b) Second Term, 



- i 

T : gee Nine j ‘ , ee itis: «by Nise a 
[The subjects of instruction and the number of hours pé! 

week devoted to each are as follows :— 


1 oe 

A . . i ~~ f Tt) 4 . 
As ther courses. lor detail 

Hrs. HRS. 

SChemiustrv.. Aes 172 : 3 (9). 2 (bh S 3 he cal Lab seseeseeeee ee p.173 - . 
SGeolOgvesssesseees (p. 102), 3 Metallurg. Lab. (p. i159), © (a), Opt. 
GeolovicalExcursions.(p. 182).4 (c¢ Determin.Mineralogy- p. IOI), 3 
Geol. Museum.(p. 182),  (d), 2 (b) Ore-Dressing Lab.-- (p. 190), 3 \® 
Mechanical Drawing(p. 157), 3 Testing Lab..:.----- p- 175), 3 \®) 
S Metall Irgy----( D. 189), 2(a), 1 (bd) Graphical Statics p.170) 2\a) i 
: . + 9 ‘ ] - . ] . ® , i 
Min. & ee hee hie: p. 189) 2 Calc. © Anal. Geom., 
Mineralogy .« Dp. 191), 2 (p. 1065), 2 (a) ¢ Opty 
Ore-Dressing....... (p. 192), 2 (b) Mechanics....(p. 185), 2 (b) | 
SAssaying Lab. (p.1s9 3 (d). 4 (b) § Theory oO] otruct,(p. 174) 3 
HRs. HRs. 
Chemistry... «.+.+s+(p. 173), 2 Chemical Lab. (ip. 173), 12 (a), 6 (b 
a eee ee oe ot: “| ; \ 2 (3 . 
DeEsigNING. «+... p. 157), 3 Metal. Lab..(p. 190), 3 (a) ) 8 (b 
Mechanical Eng.... (p. 188), 2 (a) Ore-Dress.Lab(p. 190), 3(a ’ 
re Ty fy PGs eet ¢ } oi at ee es x ’ Nee 
Metallurgy.-..(p. 189),3 (a), 5 (b) Petrography..(p. 153), 1 (a). .., 
Metal. Be ORT ee (p. 190), 1 (b) Petrograph.Lab(p. 1383),3 (b) 2 
Metal.Machinery.(p. 190), 2{a) 1(b) Dynamo Mach’ry..(p. 179), 2 ) 
I ) ) i i9 ani 
Mineralogy ......... (p. '91), 2 (a) Dynamo Lab.....-(p. 180), 39 — 
Ore Weposits-.. (p. is ne (b), opt. Hydraulics....(p. 176), 1 (a) 
Ore- Dre ss. & Milling.(p. 193), 2 (a) Hydraulic Mach'y.(p. 176), 1 }opt 
Hydraulic Lab.(p. 176), 3 (a) ) 
= rae ate Al ae. 
Vil. Mining Engineering, 

(With Options in Metallurgical Engineering). 

J. The first two years of the undergraduate course in Mining 
Engineering are mainly devoted to Mathematics, Mechanics, 
Physics, Elementary Chemistry, etc., as it is deemed necessary 
that the students should master the genera! principles under- 

(a) First term. (b) Second term. (c) First half first term. (d) Second half 
first hgh Se §Major Subject. 
+ These subjects form the E ngineering option. 
Nore.—The engineering option in the fourth vear is Dynamo machinery (subject 
to modificati ion) or Hydraulies. Ore-deposits and Petrography are entirely optional 


lying scientific work before they attack the somew: hat complex 
and specialized sttbjects of the professional course. 

In the third year, elementary courses in both Mining and 
Metallurgy are given, and a thorough course in Fire A ssaying, 
but again the chief work is in Applied Mechanics, Mechanical 
Engineering, Geology, Mineralogy and Chemistry 

The fourth year, on the other hand, is very largely given 
up to detailed work in Mining, Ore Dressing and Metallurgy, 
and; in addition to the lectures and demonstrations, two days 
per week are spent in the Mining and Metallurgical laborato- 
ries and the drawing room. During the iat year each 
student is required to prepare a thesis giving the result of an 
individual expesirnental investigation. 

In the fourth year, students who are interested in Metal- 
lurgical work can elect to take advanced work in that subject 
in place of Advanced Hydraulics. 

Students who wish to fit themselves for both Mining and 
‘ements are advised to take this course instead of Course 
VI (page 153), which is exclusively metallurgical. 

The cepts of instruction and the number of hours per 

week devoted to each are as follows :— 
As in other Engineering Courses. For details, see page 154. 


HRs. Hrs. 

Calculus and Anal. Geom., Surveying. ---++++6s (p. 199), 2 

(p. 185), 2 (a) §Theory of Structures (p. 174), 3 
SGeology+-++++sse9" (po. 187), 3 Transportation.-+--. (p. 201), 2 (b) 
Graphical Statics.-..(p. 176), 2 (a) §Chemical Lab..-.-- (p. 173), 3 
Mining Mach..---- (p. 192), 2 §Deter. Min. Lab -...(p. 191), 3 
Mapping ---++++«+++- (p. 200), 6 (a) §Fire Assaying Lab.(p. 189), 4 (b) 
§ Mechanical Drawing(p. 187), 3 Geol, Ex. & Mus. 
Mechanics ....++++: (p. 185), 2 (b) (p. 182), 3 (c), 1(d),2(b) 
Metallurgy++-+...++: (p. 189), 3 (a) Ore-Dressing Lab...(p- 192), 2 (b) 
Mineralogy.-++.++--(p. 91), 2 Testing Lab........ (mp; 175), 3 (db) 
§Ore-Dressing. «+++: (p. 192), 3. (b) : 

(a) First term. (b) Second term. § Major subject. 



Hrs Hrs 
DIECIORING ose eicdeesewes (p. 187), 3. Ore-Dress. & Milling. (p. 193), 3 (a) 
Geol. & Physiography..(p. 183), 1 Petrography .-.-++-. (p. 183), I (a) 
Hydraulics....-++e..(p. 176), 2 (a) Mechanical Eng,....(p. 188), 2 (a) 
Metallurgy ..-.-.+....-. (p. 189), 2. Chemical Lab.(p. 173), 9 (a), 6 (b) 
Hyd.-Met., Alt...... (p. 176), 1 (b) . Mining Lab. ...... .(p.. 493),. 3 Gay 
Mineralogy ..... --(p. 191), 2 (a) Metal. Lab «ces ss... (p. a 3 (a) 
MINING .2 sesso (p. 192), 2(a),5 (b) Ore-Dress, Lab..(p. Igo), 4 (a),1o (b) 
Mining Mach..(p. 192), 3 Petrographical Lab .(p. eer 3 (b) 
Ore-Deposits Lh bwewer (p. 193), 4 (b) 

VIII. Transportation. 

The courses in Transportation are designed for students 
who will enter :— 

(1) The Operating Department or Executive Offices. 
(2) The i lati e Power Department. 
(3) The Engineering Department. 

The work of the first and second years is indentical with 
that of the other courses in the Faculty of Applied Science; 
that of the third and fourth years is shown below. 

The Department reserves the right to reject any student 
who, in its judgment, cannot fulfil the requirements of the 

Students in the Department will, so far as possible, enter 
the employ of a railway company, during the summer vaca- 
tions, with the intention of continuing their connection with 
the company after graduation. 

The subjects of instruction in each branch of the course, 
and the number of hours per week devoted to each, are as 
follows :— 



As in other courses. For details, see page 154. 

(a) First term. (b) Second term 


Hrs. Hrs. 

BIE COMOMICS «0s o's ee awes Hae 2 $Railway Engineering......- 5 
Elementary Law........--.- 2 (a) SRailway Org» nization....-. 1 (a) cece 2 §Steam Engineering... 5 
Freight Services s...066!a:0% s6 0 2 (b) $Strength of Materials..1 (a), 2 (b 
Graphical Statics......-. see 5 (a) Structural Engineering.1 (a), 3 (b) 

FourtH YEAR. 
Hrs. HRs. 

PCCOUNLING «<< 6ne ge Hew dio inl 1 (a) Physical Geogranhy and Climato- 

Chemistry... essen sees 3 (a) LOZY soc oc sein bs ss vewece nen 2 
ECOMODRICS: «6 <9-0n6eue se Saieew 2 Signals and Telegraphy....---- . 
Bae ieliviseisisiccicgt cece as aes I Shops, Round houses, etc....... 5 
Operating. .cicdsosacescccss 3 Electric Railways..-..-----+-+- I 
Passenger Servicc...-+++--+e- t (b) Yards and Terminals,..--...--. I 

For particulars of the work in each of the above subjects, 
see pages 202 to 205. 


The work of the first, second and third years will follow 
that outlined for Mechanical Engineering students (p. 162). 
During the fourth year opportunity will be given for special- 
izing in locomotive construction and operation. 


Civil Transportation students will follow the course outlined 
for Civil Engineering students (p. 159), and, in addition, will 
be required to engage in practical work during the vacations 
under the supervision of the Department of Railways. 

(a) First term. (6) Second term. ? Major subject. 

= : 


N.B.—The following courses are given subject to such mo- 
difications during the year as the Faculty may deem advisable. 

I. Architecture. 

r} 117°C 1 Averhitonrtiitr 1c naw 1 on co A neamnhie +7 Axying 
Ihe course in Architecture is now being revised. A pamphlet embodying 

the changes wiil be issued in the course of the summer. 

PRoFESSOR :—Percy. E. Nopss, M.A. (Edin.}), A.R.I.B.A. 
Ceci E. Burcess, A.R.1.B.A. 
| EK. S. S. Marttice, B.A.Sc. 

) . 

| MARCEL BrutiLac, B.Sc. 


The work of the first year, which includes Mathematics, 
English, French, and Physics, with the first year, and History 
with the third year in the Arts Faculty. and Drawing and 
Shop-work in the Applied Science Faculty, is fully detailed 
under the head of each of these subjects. During the last 
three years the courses of study for architectural students are 
as follows :— 

1. History of Architecture SECOND YEAR. (First Term.) 
Egypt, Assyria, Babylonia, Greece. (Second Term.) 
Rome, Pompeii, the Early Christian and Byzantine 
periods. Mr. burgess. 

Text Books:—‘‘ A History of Architecture,” by Banister 
Fletcher (Batsford); Anderson and Spiers, “ Archi- 
tecture of Greece and Rome” (Batsford). 

2. Gothic Architecture. THIRD AND Fourth YEARS together 
(alternately). (First Term.) The Romanesque Period 
in Europe; the Gothic Periods in England. (Second 
Term.) The Gothic Periods in France and Spain; the 
Gothic Revivals of the XI Xth Century. Mr. Nobbs. 

Text Books :-—Banister Fletcher, “A History of Architec- 
ture’ (Batsford) ; E. S. Prior, “ History of Gothic Art 
in England (Bell); Moore, “Gothic Architecture” 


3 Kenaissance Architecture, Tuirp AND FourtuH YEARS to- 
gether (alternately). (First Term. ) 
in Italy. (Second Term. ) The |] 
France and England and the XIXth Century movements 
in Europe and America. Mr. Nobbs. 

Lext Books :—Banister Fletcher, ‘A History of Architec- 

en? , > Mas Paseo Ge 3 i Ce ae main ds 
ture’ (Batsford): Anderson. Renaissance Architec- 


ey Pee ee Se NEA 
ale INCTIAaAISSance 1Nn 

ture in Italy’ (Batsford); Bloomfield, “ Short History 
of ASE SIRLSs Architecture in England’ (Bell). 

4. Lheory and Evolution of Architectural Forms. Seconv 
YEAR. (First Term.) The origins of Art: the moral 
and material logic of ornament; principles of Design 
(Second Term.) The evolution of ‘column and lintel 
Architecture; the evolution of arched and vaulted 
Architecture. Mr. Nobbs. 

Text Book:—G. Baldwin Brown, “The Fine Arts ” 

§. Building Construction. SECOND YEAR. (First Term.) 

Masonry; concrete; brickwork; carpentry for floors 
and roofs. (Second Term.) Joinery for doors, case- 
ment and sash windows, stairs, etc. Mr. Burgess. 

Reference Books :—Rivington, “ Building Construction ” : 

Kidder, “ Building Construction and Superintendence ” 


Clark, “ Building Superintendence”’: Martin. ‘‘ Details 
of Building Construction”: Chandler. “ Construction 
Details”; Mitchell, “ Plates of Building Construction ” 

6. Ornament. Second, THrD AND FourtH YEARS together 
in three courses, A, B, and C, taken consect utively in 
different years. 

(A) The Building Trades. The Building Construction of 
the second year will, in a sense, be continued in the 
course on the materials and techniques of the trades. 
Details will be prepared for stone carvers and wood 
carvers, for plaster work and w rought iron and beaten 
metal and cast bronze; for decorative jOinery and 4At- 
tings; for marble pavements; leaded glazing, stained 
glass, and simple cabinet work. Mr. Nobbs. 

Reference Books :—Dobson, “‘ Masonry and Stonecutting ” 
Starkie Gardner, “Wrought Iron Work”: Millar. 
“ Plastering, P tain and Decorative”; Day, “ Windows, 
a Book about Stained Glass,” etc. 



Reference Books:—Marks, “ Principles of Planning”; 


(B) Heraldry and Decoration. (First Term.) Heraldry, 

Ancient and Modern. (Second Term.) The Evolu- 
tion of Mural Decoration. 

Designs for decoration will be prepared in connection with 

this course, which will in this way correspond with the 
work in the course on the Building Trades. Mr. Nobbs. 

Text Books:—Day, “Anatomy of Pattern” (Batsford) ; 

Eve, “ Decorative Heraldry” (Bell). 

Reference Books :—Fox-Davis, “The Art of Heraldry”; 

Walter Crane, ‘‘ The Basis of Design”; Valance, “ Wil- 
liam Morris, his Art, etc.” 

>) Historic Ornament. (First Term.) Classic and 

Medizval ornamental systems. (Second Term.) The 
Renaissance Styles of Ornament; the Louis Periods 
in France; English Ornament and Furniture down to 

Designs will be prepared as in connection with courses A 

and B. 

Reference Books: — Violet-le-Duc, “‘ Dictionnaire Réson- 

né’’: Owen Jones, “ Grammar of Ornament”; Meyer, 

* Handbook of Ornament”; Blanc, “Grammaire des 
Arts Décoratifs.” 

The Science of Planning. Fourtn Year. The planning 

of stables, farm buildings, cottages, workmen’s dwell- 
ings, villas, country houses, city tenements , office build- 
ings, schools, colleges, churches, hospitals, baths, banks, 
fire-stations, libraries, town halls, public buildings con- 
sidered in the light of the governing principles of each 
type. For his diploma design the student will prepare 
a complete set of drawings for a building of moderate 
dimensions in connection with this course. Mr. Nobbs. 
Statham, ‘‘ Modern Architecture ”; Stevenson, ‘ House 
Architecture”; Also back numbers of the Building 
Papers, etc., etc. 

8. Professional Practice. Fourrn YEAR. (First Term.) 

Conditions of contract; specifications; bills of quan- 
tities. (Second Term.) Building by-laws; architec- 
tural jurisprudence. Mr. Beullac. 


9. Hygiene. TuHirp Year. {First Term.) Light and air, 

water, sanitary plumbing, Drain plans will be pre- 
pared. (Second Term.) Gas, electric light, heating 
and ventilation. A Heating plan will be prepared. 

Special lecturer to be appointed. 

Keference Books:—Lister Sutcliffe, “ Modern House 
Construction”; Stevenson and Murphy, “ Public 
Health’; Carpenter, “ Heating and Ventilating of 

Structural Engineering. Courses of lectures will be ae 
in this subject continuing the Constructional side of the 
Art of Building commenced in the second year “ Build. 
ing Construction” class. These lectures will be pro- 
vided by the Department of Civil Engineering. 

Third Year. (First Term.) Materials, foundation. piers, 
arches, aoe walls, framed timber, roofs and floors. 

(Second Term.) Iron roof truss, steel frame buildings, 
and ah construction. 

The Drawing period in connection with this course will be 
devoted to the designing of lumber-framed trusses and joints 
in iron-work. Mr. Mattice. 

Reference Books: — Baker, “Masonry Construction ” 
Rivington, Building Construction.’ 

Fourth Year. Special designs will be prepared for iron 
roofs and steel frame structures. Mr. Mattice. 

Reference Books: — Baker, “High Office Buildings ’ 
Greene, “Roofs and Bridges”; Merriman, “Theory of 
structures ne: Bovey, “Theory of Structures and Strength of 

2. Chemistry and Assaying. 

ProFEssors :—B. J. Harrincton, M.A., P#.D., LL.D. 

J. Wattace Waker, M.A., PH.D. 

ASSocIATE Proressor:—Nevit Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. 

ASSISTANT ProFessor:—Doucitas McIntosu, A.M., D.Sc. 

R. S. Boruner, B.Sc. 
A. F. Rosertson, M.Sc. 

SECOND YEAR.—Students in all the courses of Applied 

Science are required to take up the study of Chemistry 
in the second year, having previously acquired a know- 

+ ca3 : 

ledge ot some branches of [Physics 1n 
their MO1lITSe They ATTEN ] } OVTrse () 
tneir course. imey attend UTS¢ L 

mMmenred by tutorial ClasscCs, 

] ys ; ] 5 “-y “rn Ty ~ a a ioe | 
and properties of the more Mlpottan 

compounds, etc. They must ilso devote 
ine or atternoon a week, hroughout th 
tical work in the: laboratory, where they 
tion and use of ordinary apparatus, and 

lectures, supple- 

of chemical com- 

quations, the preparation 
elements and their 


least one morn- 
session, to prac- 

earn the construc- 

perform a series of 

- ’ ae he 
wers Ot opservation 

5 39 as : » ieee eae cede coun See! (Nes. 
experiments designed to cultivate the pow 

and deduction. Viany Ol] the experiments involve accurate 
; ' . . ’ 4 . as = ivy Fag ary : - , es 
weigning, dallid i i U1] S 1 lental iaporatory 15S 
1] | iP j 7? 1, ] - ] : l \a4e°4 . e 4] ‘ £7* 7 7} rear ™ .4 ] 
ell supplied WI1tTN DalaliCcs. Wuring the second term cComns1d- 
i » 
1 1 : j rs «a eee c sae Latinas 
erabie a 11 ] ilso devoted to the supyect Ol ( ualitative 
|" tah Ar i> ' an’c “CY a“ ( . / 
CXt-DOOK i ali s NOT allic CTS vl 
ey | L397 47 i}. : h Tr? ‘ +** | 117°C 1171 ] + ? 1 ++; mn ry 
JIEURICEIES Lid Liit COLES PELEL oa: -Y 11 it CLO 1T) AU UiLliOtt a 
1 = Aen tl ee © EE ee Oe C 41 eelsan ey. 8 bevy entre ciek 
large nuniber Of preparations O!} the ordinary inorganic COom- 

, ‘ ‘ ; 
pounds during the nrst term, and a COlMmpiecte 

tative Analysis during the second. i ney 

tutorial class expianatory or tne laborato1 \ 

Ge ds 2 em ee A ' ol 79 ta Se ee 
L ext Book a TS lat Noyes ( ual LALIVE 
ry* aie ~ 7 . ~,=a ers ~ es ral Se 
Sg Oe SAE Gy Ee el pee Pere T ane Open 
(a) LnauSsirvas CHhemistry.— i wo iectures 

nde . : j te. Seas sige 
first term and one during the second. 

course of Quali- 

must aiSo attend .a 


Chemica! Analysis. 

a week during the 


Text Book :—Outlines of Industrial Chemistry. ‘Thorp. 

(b) Organic Chemsiry.—One lecture 


Text Book:—Holleman’s Organic Chet 

Organic Chemistry. 
( Cc) Physical Chemistry.—One lecture 

session will be given on the Mass Law, 
during the second term on Atomic Weights, Vapour 


a week during the 
nistry, or Remsen’s 

a week during the 


and one lecture a 


Densities. the Kinetic Theory, Diffusion of Gases, Change ot 

Physical State and Isomorphism. 
Text Book :—Walker’s Introduction to 

Physical Chemistry. 

(d) History of Chemistry.—One lecture a week during the 

first term. 


(e) Oualitative Analysts.—A course explanatory ol the work 

done in the laboratory. One lecture a week during the first 

Pext Book:—A. A. Noyes’ Qualitative Chemical. Analysis. 

~ - ; } ‘ ‘ re —~ 

Laboratory. (f) Quantitative Analysis—An extensive course 


on gravimetric, volumetric and electrolytic methods. 

7 te a | ryl Pa |] ee ( laae t+ - +4 . \nalw - 
L OX LOK . La KHUL S Miantitativ< y LnaiVstis. 

ts ))} LANL ( henisiryv.—A course on tie preparation ana 
cdetection or the comimo;nest OTg allt compounds. 

Fext Book:—Holleman’s Laboratory Manual of Organi 

(i) Gas Analysis. _A course of two weeks on the main 
operations employed. 

(1 Qualitative Analysis.— \ complete course. 

Students in the Chemistry course will omit (e) and (). 
Students of Metallurgy take (a), (¢), (f), (4) and (+). 
Students of Mining take only (e) and (2). 


: ; . * ‘ 
aag>T 14 { | tieTiys raaTt ,~ +I T ae | »* 
Lect ires Im the fOurtsl Veal COTM PTist — 


(a) Organic Chemistry—A systematic course consisting oO 
two lectures a week. 

(b) Physical Chenustry— The lectures are a continuation 
of those given during the third year and include ‘Thermo- 
Chemistry, the principles of Thermodynamics as applied to 
chemical action, Osmotic Phenomena and their application in 
deducing the Ionisation Theory of Solutions, a study of such 
physical properties of gases, liquids and solids as are known 
to depend on their chemical constitution, the Phase Rule and 
Electro-Chemistry. Two lectures a week. 

Books of Reference:— Ramsay's Text Books of Physical 

(c) A course on Mineral Analysis. 

(d) A course on the Coniposition and Analysis of Tron and 

» teel. 

Laboratory work in the fourth year will be arranged to st 
the requirements of students. Those intending to prosectte 



organic work will take up a complete course of Organic Pre- 
parations and Analysis, but they must also spend some time 
on the essential Physico-chemical methods; while students of 
t.ysical Chemistry must spend enough time in the organic 
laboratory to become familiar with the chief methods of or- 
ganic work. Those intending to devote themselves to Mineral 
Cuemistry will omit the Organic Chemistry, but must study 
the more important Physico-chemical methods, and devote a 
arge amount of time to advanced Mineral Analysis. 

Laboratory courses will also be provided for students who 
wish to make a specialty of any particular branch of Indus- 
trial Chemistry, such as Chemistry of oils, iron and _ steel 
analysis, bleaching, paper-making, and manufacture of sub- 
stances by electro-chemical and other methods. 

Of the above abe year subjects students in the Mining 
Course take only the lectures and practical work in Mineral 

3. Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. 

PROFESSOR:—HENRyY T. Bovey, M.A., D.C.L.. LL.D.. F.RB.S. 
AssociaTE Proressor:—H. M. Mackay. B.A.. B.A.Sc. 
‘ae 4\ 25 >AT nS ' \ a : 
Assistant Proressors: | ‘!: BROWN, M.Sc., M.Ena. 
( W. Muir Epwarps, M.Sc. 

. | N PEDLEY, B.Sc. 

1. Lheory of Structures.—The lectures on this subject em- 
brace :— | 

(a) The analytical and graphical determination of the 
stresses in the several members of framed-structures, both 
simple and complex, as, e.g., cranes, roof and bridge trusses, 
piers, etc. 

(b) The methods of ascertaining and representing the shear- 
ing forces and bending moments to which the members of a 
structure are subjected. 

(c) A study of the strength, stiffness and resistance of ma- 
terials, including a statement of the principles relating to 
work, inertia, energy, together with a discussion of the nature 
and effect of -the different kinds of stress, and the resistance 
offered by a material to deformation and to blows. 


(d) Lhe design and proper proportioning of beams, pillars, 
shaits, roots, bridge piers and trusses, arches, arched ibs, 
INasonry dallis, toundations, earth works, ana retaiming walls. 

Text Book :—Bovey’s 1Lheory of Structures and Strength 
ot Materials. 

The Laboratory Work (see page 254) is as iollows :— 

Third Year.—During the third year a systematized course 
of laboratory instruction is given in which students carry out 
tor themselves a series of tests upon engineering materials. 

{he course comprises :-— 

(a) luinear measurements by Whitworth measuring machine, 
dividing engine, and micrometer gauges. 

(b) Calibration ot extensometers, gauges, and the like, 

(c) Tension tests of long wires above and below the elastic 

(uy Tensile and compressive tests of cast iron, wrought iron, 
steel, brass, copper, timber, stone, bricks, and cements. 

(e) ‘Transverse tests of beams under different conditions of 

loading and fixing. 

(f) Shearing tests of iron, steel, timber, stone, and the like. 

(2) ‘Torsional tests of metals. 

(1) Tests of materials under compound stress. 

(i) Tests of chains, wire cables, spikes, screws, and the like. 

(j) Pillar tests under various conditions of loading and fixing. 

(k) Determination of the various moduli of materials by static 
and dynamic.methods. 

(1) Determination of centres of gravity, moments of inertia, 
and moments of resistance. 

(m) The testing of concrete and cement in accordance with 
standard specifications. 

Fourth Year.—During the fourth year students are required 
to engage in a research upon the physieal properties of a ma- 
terial of construction, with special reference to the form and 
position of such material in the structure. 

2. Materials of Construction—Elementary treatment of me- 
tallurgy of iron and steel—Blast furnace, cast iron, wrought 
iron: crucible, Bessemer and open hearth processes ; effects of 
impurities ; heat treatment; principal alloys (nickel steel, toc! 
steels, brasses and bronzes, white metals, etc.) ; discussion of 
standard specifications for iron and steel; considerations 

a “A ‘TT ah Oa — mr rit! “TT T 

@4 Trott 1 a . . ise ~ + 7) anes : = . “Ary ss4 46 
governino selection of materials; manu 

Of P rtlat } V+ al "a +- ant = on 7 + : oF - . . PAM OT T ‘ee. 7 Ne \ f cq 
] OTtiand ana I] tural ce bLic ILS . L1iTT1€ ~~ ae EEL eT . SLU LIC and 

brick masonry; principal kinds of timber used for engineer- 

ino purposes ; preservation OT timper. streneth or materiais 
Mette aa Sa i heahed ie CP as ag anderetand ctandard 
id Lal KA nN Lill ii} Si) idl as ls mec . SSal y LV uncacerstana standart 
> “tapas “S47 - j a ; ,A53074°14" - Ty . late + . @ | ie | 04914 o i TAT + 
3° Structural LNW erviIng,—LOUNGATIONS , DCAine pow Gi O07 
31 A . : 4 - ‘ £ ee 
SULLS ti 5 allU p i@ dl l <4 iC] ¢ \) S = ark ld? ¢ 5 rounda- 
LIOT) Inger Watel COmer Gam, Op GUrecayviiy’, vil limMatic and 
CCZ4INS processes , | implies in Ine design oO DCalITis, Pid! 
GPirders, columns, rooting piers and root truss reinror< 
‘ . 
concrete: estimation of auantitie pane lrawines: estimates 
AJLIL SL's wy bil lGALIVU I Ji UATILITIC 5 LivViti UlaWillies, Cs lI 1ates 
4. Graphics. — Ceneral methods Involving the wuse oO! tne 
=e i \ ‘ { a } 
a | > . a J i i } 1] i LY : Lif 1] es It) eT) » UI a8 I ld a id 

moments of resistance; graphical representation of shearing 

Ss all } 1c Oo li [LCTj Stresses lil Cranes, Prat CG ~COWeTS 
Le, C2 US Co, aliC WLLL LTuUSSeS : Lilt e€ hinged ciCliCs, LWO 
‘ ‘ ‘ 
445 ror Heonea 1719) 9 4°%F re ol ee ' , . 199 m+ atr 
Plea dalLCiucs, ibidsOli jy arches, aputments, etc. 

- BRS pee 709 -ofaras ta i ae = a See > tree = NETO ae 
5. Bridge Construction.—A course of lectures is yiven on 

pladCtiCdl Diddy CONStruction, including coor 
(a) Lhe reasons governing the selection of a particular 
- ie RE Po 
ype OF pi ldge ; 

(b) A discussion of the loads to whic 


pes © 


subjected ; 

(c) Lhe calculations of the stresses in the several members 
of the brid: 
(d) The determination of the sectional areas and forms of 

the members: 

idge ; 

(@) Lhe design of the connections ; 

(7) The preparation of complete engineering drawings. 
Dr. Bovey, Mr. Mackay and Mr. Brown. 

yo 7 : aor . cm eee ; 4 _ ° <f 2m 7 ~ i 7 

6 Hydraulics. — The student is instructed in the funda- 
mental laws governing the equilibrium of fluids, and in the 
laws of flow through orifices, mouthpieces, partially or wholly 
submerged openings, Over weirs, through pipes, and in 
open channels and rivers. ‘The impulsive action of a free jet 
of water upon vanes, both straight and curved, is carefully 
discussed, and is followed by an investigation of the power 


and efficiency of the several hydraulic motors, @.g., reaction 

wheels, pressure engines, vertical water wheels, turbines, 

pumps, etc. Dr. Bovey and Mr. Brown. 
Text Book :—Bovey’s Hydraulics. 

The laboratory work (see also page 246) will inciude tne 

following :— 

(a) Flow through orifices—The determination of the co-eth- 
cient of discharge, velocity, etc. 

-The determination o1 the co-efncient 

h Ly ] , — 1/4" ee SE 
(0 ) l LOW OU €7 WE ti Ss. 

{ ; “cy ak: ‘ oT ++i, + ] . . “6 . 2 + Ale 
Ol discharge with and without side contraction. fr:1SO 
the measurement of the section OT the stream, 
; fs ae Alea Pe er By = oe eee pa > DY embede wwe least 
{ ¢ } | (J iv LiF OU | isu g/e Je ~~ ; Lic qaecvteTnilnatiorl SS | Cl Ll a VOi J 

ae . ~4 
and sudden chan 1 section. 
, ad } Lmpact.— he cetermination of the co-eimcient OL impact. 

(e) Motors, etc.—The determination of the efficiency of Pelton 
and other wheels, of vortex and other turbines, of cen- 
ited and other pumps, etc. 

(f) The laboratory equipment 1s also available for any special 

hydraulic investigation. 

7» 41YQaraU tlic Maciwnery.- lhe lectures in this course appli 
[ee E Tas clemaelie emlain +i “Ane +40n ¢ } 
ine principles OF Nydraulcs to explain the construction and 
a ntetrAn : | woes lic . “Acca Pe tel Gn y) lai “Cc 13+ os =| PITT AaATINGOG 
action Of hydraulic presscs, accumulators, 111ts, rams, TIVCtuls 
machiner ree , multi-cvli fs Ss a 4 ° 
nachinery, pumps, Mmuiti-Cyiitl ider en igines, WOrKSNOp tOOls it- 

bines, centrifugal pumps, and the like. The design of one or 
two types is considered in detail. The hydraulic transmission 
of power and the design and construction of central stations 
is also included. Mr. Brown. 

8. Municipal Engineering. — The lectures on this subject 

will embrace :— 


(a) Water Supply.—The ese and quality of water ; sys- 
tems and sources of supply; rainfall and evaporation ; storage 
as related to the suj ih; ing piven of water-sheds; natural 

and artificial purification; distribution, including the location 
of mains, hydrants, stop-valves, etc.; combined or separate fire 
and domestic systems; details of construction, including dams, 
reservoirs, pumps, etc.; preliminary surveys, estimates of 
cost, statistics, etc. 


(0) Sewerage of Cities and Towns.—The various systems 
tor the removal of sewage ; special methods in use for its treat- 
ment and ultimate disposal; the proportioning and construction 
of main, branch, and intercepting sewers; man-holes, flush- 
tanks, catch-basins, etc.; materials used in construction; esti- 
mates of cost. Mr. Edwards. 

4. Descriptive Geometry. 

(C, H. MclLeop, Ma... 
. J. B. Harvey, M.Sc. 

This course deals with the methods of representing objects 
on one plane so that their true dimensions may be accurately 
scaled. It discusses the methods emp loyed in the graphical 
solution of the various problems arising in engineering design, 
and deals generally with the principles underlying all construc- 
tive drawing. The methods taught are illustrated by applica- 
tions to practical problems. It is the aim of the work to develc yp 
the imagination in respect to the power of mentally picturing 
unseen objects, and, incidentally, precision in the use of the 
drawing instruments is attained, 

First Et ae drawing; problems on. straight 
line and plane; projections of plane and solid figures ; curved 
surfaces and tangent planes; intersections of surfaces ; 
axometric projections; shades and shadows. Mr. Art mstrong. 

Text Book :—McLeod’s Elementar y Descriptive Geometry. 

Third Year.—Mathematical perspective and perspective of 
shadows, etc.; photographic surveying; graphical detetrmin- 
ation of s piierica triangles; spherical projections and the con- 
struction of maps. 

5. Electrical Engineering. 

rags B. Owens, M.A., E.E.. D.Sc. 


I. Continuous Currents and Commutating Machiner .—The 
theoretical consideration of continuous current flow in circuits 
of different kinds; the laws of electro-magnetism and of the 


magnetic circuit; the action and principles of design of com- 
mutating and rectifying machinery :—required of students in 
ttlectrical.and Mechanical Engineering, 
it. and Th., 9-1o—Mr. Herdt. First ana second terms. 
text Books :—Magnetic Induction of lron and other Metals, 
J. A. Ewing; Dynamo Electric Machinery, S. P. Thompson. 

Z. Alternating Currents and Alternating Current Machinery. 
The theoretical consideration of variable current flow in cir- 
cuits containing resistance, inductance and capacity under dif- 
ferent conditions; the action and principles of design of syn- 
chronous and induction machinery :— required of students in 
Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded by course I. 

W., Th. and F., 11-12—Professor Owens. First and’ second 

Text Books :—Theoretical Elements of Electrical Engineer- 
ing, C. P. Steinmetz; Alternating Currents and Alternating 
Current Machinery, D. C. Jackson; The Induction Motor, B. 
A, Behrend. 


3. Electric Lighting and Power Distribution.—The design 
and operation of central and isolated lighting and power plants ; 
the design and construction of distributing lines; arc and in- 
candescent lighting; the appliances of stationary motors to 
general power purposes :—required of students in Electrical 
Engineering. Must be preceded by course I. 

T., W. and F., to-11—Mr. Herdt. First term. 

Text Books:—Electric Lighting, F. B. Crocker; Electric 
Power Transmission, Louis Bell. 

4. Electric Traction.—Determination of power required to 
accelerate and draw, at ditterent speeds, loads under varying 
track and other conditions ; car equipment as affected by nature 
of service; track construction; systems of distribution for 
urban and for heavy through traffic conditions :—required of 
students in. Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded by 
course I. 

T., W. and F., 1o-11—Mr. Herdt. Second term. 

Text Books:—The Electric Railway, Louis Bell; Aske & 
Kerley Electric Railways. Students are furnished with sup- 
plementary notes. 


. Electrical Designing. 
(a) Detailed electric and magnetic calculations and complete 
drawings for a commutating machine, a synchronous. machine 


and a _transtormer or an induction motor :—required of stu- 
dents in Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded by course 
ip is taken in conjunction with course 2. 

Saturday, g-I— Professor Owens. First and second terms. 

Text Boolks:—Hobart, Design of Continuous Current Ma 
chinery; Supplemented by M5. notes and data. 

(b) Complete plans and estimates for an isolated or centra: 
lighting or power plant, including distributing system :—re- 
| ngineering. Must be preceded 

: . ae 2 : aie oo hed en : a } ol 4 oe y 
by course I and taken in conjunction with courses 3 and 4. 

Text Bo $51 ext books. Notes and data are furnished. 

6. Electrical “Be cmeermg Laboratory. 

(a) Includes such tests of direct current metering and con- 
trolling devices, dynamos, motors, boosters,,motor-generators, 
dynamotors, converters, open and closed coil, constant current 
machines and arc and incandescent lamps as illustrate the prin- 
ciples of their action and the limits of their proper use; also 
complete test of direct current isolated or central lighting or 
power plant :—required of students in Electrical Engineering. 
Must be taken in conjunction with or be preceded by course t. 

T., Th., 2-5—Professor Owens, Mr. Herdt. First and 
second terms. 

Text Books :—Testing of Dynamos and Motors, Charles F. 
smith. In addition, students are furnished with special 1. ark 
atory notes and forms. 

(b) Includes experiments on variable current flow in cir- 
cuits of different kinds; tests of alternators, synchronous mo- 
tors and converters, compensators, induction motors, trans- 
formers, frequency and phase-changing apparatus, potential 
regulators, reaction coils, etc., and complete test of alternating 
lighting or power plant:—required of students in Electrical 
Engineering. Must be preceded by course I and taken in 
conjunction with course 2. 

M., W. and F., 2-5—-Professor Owens, Mr. Herdt. First and 
second terms. 


Text Books :—Practical Alternating Current Testing, Char- 
les F. Smith. Students are also furnished with special labor- 
atory notes and forms. 

7. Telegraphy and Telephony. —Single, duplex, quadruplex 
arid multiplex telegraph systems, telephone systems, current 
ceneration for telegraph and teiephone work, central telegraph 
and telephone stations; line construction and testing; special 
systems of signalling :—optional. One lecture per week, at 
time to be arranged—Professor Owens. First term. 

Text Books:—Telegraphy, Preece and Sievewright; A 
manual on Telephony, Preece and Stubbs. 

6. English Composition. 


In view of the importance of accuracy of expression in the 
case of those engaged in scientific or professional work, a 
course on English Composition is prescribed for all under- 
oraduates of the first year who do not give evidence of having 
already reached the required standard of proficiency, either by 
university certificates, or by passing a special exemption exam- 
ination. This special a aR will be held in the Molson 
Hall on Wednesday, September 18, at 11 o'clock. 

Students who are required to take this course will be as- 
signed to a section which will meet week kly for practice and 
instruction 1n cog Reem The handbook used is the latest 
edition (1906) of Rhetoric and English Composition (Macmil- 
lan Co.), and every member of the class is required to provide 
himself with a copy. 

Satisfactory results in class and essay work must be ob- 
tained before entry into the Second Yea 

Summer Reading. _During the sities undergraduates en- 
tering the second year will study Cunliffe’s Nineteenth Cen- 
tury Prose (Copp, Clark Co.), and will be examined thereon 
at the beginning of their second session. The marks obtained 
in this examination will be reckoned in determining the rela- 
tive standing at the sessional examinations at the end of the 
second year. 

French Students may substitute for the above the following :— 

Corneille—Le Cid, Horace; V. Hugo—Hernani, Ruy Blas; 
Balzac—Eugenie Grandet. 

i “eek Pe 


Students will also be required to possess some knowledge of 
the lives of the above French authors. 

Students who have already taken equivalent courses in 
this, or in any other university. may be exempted from the 
work prescribed for Summer Reading, on written application 
to the Dean, All others must pass the examination. 

In 1907 this examination will be held on luesday, Septem- 
ber 17th, at 2.30 p.m. in the Molson Hall. 

7- Freehand Drawing, Lettering, Etc. 

In the Freehand Course, the object is to train the hand and 
eye so that students may. readily make sketches from parts of 
machinery, etc., either as perspective drawings in light and 
shade, or as preparatory dimensioned sketches from which to 
make scale drawings. 

in the Lettering Course, plain block alphabets, round writ- 
ing, and titles, will be chiefly dealt with. In this course, also, 
tinting, tracing, blue printing and simple map drawing will 
be included. 

8. Geology. 

Proressor:—F. D. ApAMs, Pu.D., D.Sc. ey a 

The courses are arranged as follows :— 
Third Year. 

General Geology.—The lectures will embrace a general sur- 
vey of the whole field of Geology, and will be intro- 
duced by a short course on Mineralogy. Especial atten- 
tion will be devoted to Dynamical Geology and to His- 
torical Geology, including a description of the fauna 
and flora of the earth during the successive periods of 
its past history, as well as to the economic aspects of 
the subject. 

The lectures will be illustrated by the extensive. col- 
lections in the Peter Redpath Museum, as well as by 
models, maps, sections and lantern slides. There will 
be an excursion every Saturday until the snow falls, 




after which the excursion will be replaced by a demon- 
stration in the Museum. 
Text Book :—Scott, An Introduction to Geology. 

Fourth Year.— 

Petrography.—The modern methods of study employed in 
Petrography are first described, and the classification 
and description of rocks is then taken up. 

In addition to the lectures, one afternoon a week 
during the second term will be devoted to special micro- 
scopical work in the Petrographical Laboratory. 

Text Book:—Harker, Petrology for Students. 

Petrographical Laboratory.— See page 252. This labor- 
atory is open to fourth year mining students during the 
second term. 

Ore Deposits, Economic Geology and Practical Geology.— 
The nature, mode of occurrence and classification of 
ore: deposits will first be taken up. A series of typical 
occurrences will then be described and their origin 
discussed. ‘The more important non-metallic materials, 
e.., fuels, clays, abasive materials, building stones, etc., 
will be similarly treated as well as questions of water 
supply, artesian wells, etc. The methods employed in 
carrying out geological and magnetic ‘surveys and in 
constructing geological sections will then be taken up, 
with special studies in folding, faulting, etc. 

The course will be illustrated by maps, models, lan- 
tern slides and specimens. 

Text Books:—Geikie, Outlines of Field Geology ; 
Kemp, Ore Deposits of the United States and Canada; 
Phillips and Louis, A Treatise on Ore Deposits. 

Books of Reference :—The Reports of the Geological 
Survey of Canada, and the Monographs of the U. 5. 
Geological Survey. 

Canadian Geology.—A general description of the Geology 
and mineral resources of the Dominion. 

Physiography.—The course will consist of a study of the 
principal types of land forms and their influence upon 
human development. Attention will be given more 
particularly to the practical bearing of the subject on 

engineering WOTK, During ime latter part or the course, 

a brief aescription of the salient physical features of 
AmnAa +1 : encanto 
(Canada will be presentec, 
; (sia 

the course will be illustrated by maps, models and 

lantern slides 

i MYSTICAL ur OSTAPHhy GILQ C buUhULOLO 2) ,— ' COL TdaApiicdl SUD- 
PR dt a eee len sie ES, SE ee ; Re yy Pa Re ‘ } a4 
G1iv1isions of (¢ anada: mineral aT@aS ,; timber pelts: wneat 
darTeas and Watel powers ; 1rrigation ; CilMaAtOloOgN’y and iS 
i »] ra i ’ ~s> 144 “"\r4 r) ‘ . ] sy | ” 44 fan ~4 

7 r ~ r 7 ’ 7 | y 

mS 18 a special COUTSE pro\ idea tor tne Fou \ Cdl 
StUdeENTS 10 the VWepartivent o1 INMALIWaVS. | W 1 y 
“17 j = ; | j a! ; 
LUUSTTated D lhlaps, models and lanterns S11des 

will receive a course 



Field Work.—The stud lents in 

of instruction in geological mapping and field work— 

ene Over one week—in CONNECTION With 

immer school of mining 

hida \ 

- 4 —s Re Ae Sigeyes Sods, ; ss) . a5 E. 93 . . “ 
Nore.—Students of the Minirg and ( hemistry courses tal 
all the Mineralogy of the third year. Mining students take 

. F 4 : 14°? . sToO Tr 17791 > Ta 
al] the COUTSeS OF the LOU th Yta Fs ( L}¢ i S(try STU CE its 7% ‘ 

in addition to the Geology of the third year, the Mineralogy 
in the fourth year, 

9. Mathematics and Mathematical Phy ysics. 
PROFES SOR i— - — 

LECTURER :—W M.\Epwarps. M.Sc. 

The work in this department is conducted from the outset 
with special reference to the needs of students of applied 
science. Much time iS given to practice in the use of mathe- 
matical tables, particular attention being paid to the tracing 
of curves, graphical illustrations and solutions, methods of 
computing, approximations, etc. 

The courses of study are as follows :-— 

I. Geomelry.—Exercises in Plene Geometry, including loci, 
transversals, etc., elements of Solid Geometry and of Geome- 
trical Conic Sections. First year (first term). Text Book 
Wilson’s Solid Geometry and Conic Sections (Macmillan). 


Pe ee eee 


Algebra.—Miscellaneous theorems and exercises, e€xpo- 
nential and other series, determinants, probabilities, properties 
and solution of higher equations, complex numbers and vector 
aleebra, graphical algebra with an introduction to Analytic 
Geometry. First year (second term). Text Book :—Dickson’s 
College . Moebr (Wiley) with lecture notes. 

3. Trigonometry.—Plane and Spherical. First year (sec- 
ond term). Text Book:—Murray’s Plane and Spherical Tri- 
gsonometry (Longmans), with Bottomley’ s and Chambers’s 
Mathematical Tables. 

4. Analytic Geometry.—The point, straight line, circle, para- 
bola, ellipse and hyperbola. Second year (first term). Lext 
Book:—Lambert’s Analytic Geometry (Macmillan). 


5. Calculus.—Differentiation of functions of one or more 
variables, successive differentiation, tangents, etc., multiple 
points, asymptotes, curvature, maxima and minima, integra- 
tion, with applications to areas, volumes, moments of inertia, 
etc. Second year (first and second terms). Text Book :— 
Chandler’s Calculus (Wiley). 

Analytic Geometry.—Elements of Geometry of Three 
Dimensions . Third year (first term). 

7. Calculus.—Various applications, elementary differential 
equations. Third year (first term). 

8. Dynamics—An elementary course in Kinematics, Kine- 
tics, Statics and Hydrostatics. First year (first term). Text 
Book :—Blaikie’s Dynamics (J. Thin, Edinburgh). 

Dynamics (Mechanics).—Kinematics, Kinetics of a Pratr- 
ticle, Statics. Second year (second term). ‘Text Book :— 
Wright’s Mechanics (Van Nostrand). 

10. Dynantics ( Mechanics ).—Kinetics of a rigid body, cen- 
tres of pressure, etc. Third year (second term). 

Classes may also be held for advanced (optional) work in 
the above or other subjects. Students taking graduate courses’ 
will receive guidance in any advanced mathematics required 
in connection with their work. 


10. Mechanical Engineering. 

PROFESSOR :---R, J. Durtey, B.Sc, MAE. 
~"\ J. W. Haywarp, M.Sc. 
LEcTURER:—J. Buizarp, B.Sc. 



{ SE DS AE eu Sage oe 

I. Mechanics of Machines.—Second Year.—Monday, II; 
Wednesday, 11; Thursday, 12. 

Kinematics of Machines.— Constrained motion: kinematic 
paving; velocity and acceleration in mechanisms: centrodes ; 
analysis and classification of simple mechanisms. including the 
quadric crank chain, the slider crank chain and various wheel 
trains; design of involute wheel-teeth. 

Dynamics of Machines.—Work and power; the power and 
turning effort of prime movers; inertia.and kinetic energy of 
revolving and reciprocating parts of machines. 

Text Book :—Durley’s Kinematics of Machines ( Wiley). 

Third Year.—Monday, 10; Wednesday, 9. 

Mechanisms involving chamber crank trains and chamber 
wheel trains ; helical, skew, and worm gearing; relative motion 
and displacement; the mechanism of the simple slide valve 
and of expansion valves; solution of valve setting problems; 
the function and dynamics of engine fly-wheels and governors ; 
elements of engine balancing. 

Text Books :—Durley’s Kinematics of Machines (Wiley) ; 
Ewing’s Steam Engine (Camb. Univ. Press). 

Fourth Year.—Tuesday, 9; Wednesday (first term), 9; 
Thursday, rt. 

Friction and lubrication; gyrostatic action in machines: 
further treatment of engine governors; primary and secondary 

balancing of engines; knocking and shocks in reciprocating 
machinery ; vibration. 

Reference Books :—Goodman’s, Mechanics Applied to En- 
gineering; Dalby’s Balancing of Engines. 

2. Machine Destgn.—Third* Year.—Thursday, 10. Princi- 
ples of the strength of materials as applied to the design of the 


parts of machines; fastenings used in machine construction, 
bolts, screws, keys, cotters, rivets and rivetted joints; journals 
and bearings; shafts and couplings. 

Fourth Year.—(Monday,:-12; Wednesday, 12).—Design of 
wheel gearing ; belts, ropes and pulleys; pipes and pipe joints ; 
cylinders; eccentrics, piston and piston rods, connecting rods, 
cross-heads and other engine details; flywheels; design of 
valves and valve gears. 

Text Book :—Unwin’s Machine Design (Longmans, 2 Vols.). 

Book of Reference :—Low and Bevis’ Machine Drawing and 
Design (Longmans. ) 

3. Mechanical Drawing and Designing. — Second Year. — 
(Monday and Thursday, 2). Elementary principles of me- 
chanical drawing and draftsmanship; preparation of working 
drawings of simple machine details; making dimensioned 
sketches of machines and the:r parts; preparation of tracings. 

Third Year (Monday and Thursday, 2).—Designing of sim- 

ple machine parts; more difficult exercises in mechanical draw- 
ing; making assembly drawings. 
_ Fourth Year (Monday and Thursday, 2).—-The complete 
design of a machine, such as a steam engine, a pump, or a 
machine tool, is worked out, and the requisite working draw- 
ings and tracings are prepared. 

4. Thermodynamics.—Third Year.—(Monday, 11; Tues- 
day, 10.)—Fundamental laws and equations of Thermodyna- 
mics; their application to gases and to vapours, saturated and 
superheated; efficiency of ideal heat engines; properties of 
steam, and elementary theory of the steam engine; elementary 
theory of gas-and hot air engines. 

Fourth Year.— (Monday, 9; Wednesday | second term], 9; 
Thursday, 12.--Theory of reversed heat engines and refriger- 
ating machines; entropy and entropy-temperature diagrams ; 
a thermodynamic study of the steam engine, including the 
behaviour of steam in the cylinder; economy of steam engines ; 
influence of size, speed, and rate of expansion; compound 
expansion; the steam jacket; the testing of steam engines ; 
flow of gases and vapours; theory of steam turbines; more 
advanced theory of internal combustion engines. 



iL Ne i = ~ . — 4 
: ..¢ » . . ‘ 
*\49 49 Ort < a xxr<1ths + >< q<¢ e+ + TY e 
\ A444~—N Wa } | » A & : . : ~ ‘\. — & -& > i + Bi _ > 
. . 
~ bh ~n +x 
’ iT 7} (\T \ 
4t- » 44 — «2 
r = . + : . . ~~. 
: - - 7 " a —— 
. be ‘* : ~~ . 
; L r >t >} ~ —— ’ S “TZ 
: : : : Lis : LiLa = 
T> . . ov e¢ . ~~. : 
“aoe : <=, > a ove! ~ + ; ~ + 
: ecco > [Fe LP = . qntas 
2 it . . La : S LaisitCs 2! i i 
s.r = — . 
im = : ~s¥ — | aman 
— _ ——— 
- _ _ . _ . 
n . ~ . « : ‘ 
™.* 4 : 
Ic . 4 *< —— oy ' 
. . : iid Vv. “ 
_ > a, " 
er . : 1707 “7+ * - — = P ¢ 
_ . 
~ P ~ —— TT} ’ - ~ 
. ~ nc 44 " 
= ee ¢ 4 e< at : ¢ e —— —, “* 
~ ~ ; 
_ - <5 i. “> . " +i. — _ 
~ ~ 
* * : . 
i . — — : - _ _ —— - 

. : ~ ~ 
= - ~~ —, —, — 
3 . . 4 - . " = ‘=> . — — [Ar = 

. ~ ~ . ~~ 
. = » ‘ 
smorIimMmoc a+. — 4 « «a a¢ o< _ “~<4 
—_— ~ : = 
. - Ait . E A214 ~ as 
‘4s q* “ . 
~ -o-- — sin<- —<- 445 = -- . ry «> 
A atad ’ CANS GG . — ' . re 
. . : qe . . 4 *< : 
+ ~~ i 2h hale se Iearyrinf-enry = — -— *« -. 7 
4 : wre So! — 4 — it — cli : £iLiiciL Ai. 
: . : ‘ q : - 
Aer ~~ << aewer _ ~ +> AAAS 
: co ct) : ; : Cis . . 
Ws £14442 : Wi ta | | ct.i4 > sw 4 : : — 
: > ) J - 48 Ss=:A . — 
; t+ { eri boat CC 7 = : 
L . t pee ~<a ~ : 
a = _ : - — 
Area ¢*% ta. oe —-_ . ~~ 35 lia« - 
; : cf) : ry ; : 
: gas hil LAL PVLIVES , PT AV : Liy ' 
. . 7 . . - . . 
Meo oc +<4 7 Aner 1744+ 2 + _ ee 
xcs : . : ' ; : : 
VidKC . Lik cal : Watll A : - ~i 

; ; — 
- ~<a ce = ses 
~— . - - 
ate anette * nHnerrormancre + ~y*Nrre OTe 
SSL ZL LIN Y ef tiki [P/U ici i . , SL_Ui < i 
4 *< eqs 7° 
An r seo CF a i i ae ee on CL oo oc ae Pale hee oe : 7 
Tt Tt nc } Ty } e 
eiiti Aili - qguAiiiai \ atu . . ' 
= * : . . 
tormance ; > machiner 
“ 7 . | 7 . **« _ 
YTR — \IIT A Save = as : 
: ‘ eB: . A/Uil , : M4 c W : De - 
_ - : . - 

Ep ea Sie iarstine’ 
Liit LIVE (J ' : vil 

~ - ~ * : -_-: ie _— . ~ +. ° " = ~+ ; . . 
erm, a student may take eithe then 


. > 
- . 
"7 +45 : 

. ~~ 
++5 45 


— eee -¥= 

11. Metallurgy. 

“ake oo 17 redite . 1 Be athe rn . 
(For Metallurgical and Mining students.) 

Tuirp YEAR—(1) General Elementary Metallurgy, includ- 
ing introduction, fuels, furnaces and refractory materials, 

, oa 

typical metallurgical operations and reactions. Two iectures 
a week during first term. 

(2) Fire Assaying, including introduction, furnaces; bal- 
ances and other appliances, sampling and preparation of ores 
for assay, fluxes and reagents, assays of gold, silver, and lead 
ores, assays of bullion and base bullion. 

ectures. demonstrations, and laboratory work,—6o hours. 
Text Book :-—Lodge, “ Notes on Assaying.., 

(3) Mining and Metallurgical Machinery. Lectures and 
laboratory, two hours a week (see Mining 2, p. T92). 

(4) Metallurgical Laboratory. — One day a week during 
first term for Métallurgical students. (See Metallurgy IT, 
page 1gO). 

FourTH YEAR. (5) The Metallurgy of iron and steel 
copper, lead, gold and silv The lectures cover the more im- 
portant dry and wet meth a of capeeoarss these metals from 
their ores, and refining them. The chemical, physical and me- 
chanical properties of the metals are cn paciee The 

milling and amalgamation, cyaniding and chlorination of gold 
and silver ores are excluded from this course, as they are 
treated in the lectures on ore-dressing (see Mining 6, p. 193). 

Two lectures a week. Laboratory (see Metallurgy 11. 
page 190). 

Books of Reference :—T. Turner, “Metallurgy of Iron 
H. M. Howe, “ Metallurgy of Steel’; F. W. Harbord, “ Metal- 
lurgy of Steel”; H. H. ‘Campbell, * ‘Manufacture and Proper- 
ties of ius. oP Steel’: E. D. Peters, “ Modern Copper Smelt- 
ing”; H. Hoffman, “ Metallurgy of Lead”; H. F. Collins, 
“Me in: of ‘Silver and Lead”; T. K. Rose, “ Metallurgy 
of Gold ”:-C. Schnabel, ~ Handtock of Metallurgy,” Vol. I. 



(6) Electric Smelting and Refining of Metals.—One lecture 
a week during second term. (This course is alternative with 

(7) Metallurgical calculations and the metallurgy of nickel, 
cobalt and zinc. Two lectures a week during second term. 
(This course may be alternative with physiography for mining 
students. ) 

(8) Additional lectures are given in the third and fourth 
years to metallurgical students. In these lectures the metal- 
lurgy and electro-metallurgy of the remaining metals is con- 
sidered, and attention is given to laboratory and research 
work in metallurgy and to furnace construction and cost of 
nietallurgical operations. 

(9) Mining and Metallurgical Machinery (see Mining 5, 
page 192). 

(10) Metailurgical Colloquium (see Mining 7, p. 193). 

(11) Laboratory: — One whole day per week is given to 
work in the Ore Dressing and Metallurgical Laboratories in 
the first term. This time is evenly divided between ore dress- 
ing and metallurgy, and certain typical operations in each are 
carried out either as demonstrations, or by groups or individual 

One whole day and one half-day in the laboratory in the 
second term is given to thesis work, and in this individual work 
each student is permitted to elect between ore dressing and 
metallurgy, and, when practicable, to select his own special 

The following metallurgical exercises will be carried out, as 
far as time will permit, during the first term, either as demon- 
strations, individual work, or work in groups. During the 
second term, any of these or some similar exercises may be 
selected by the students as their thesis work:—(a) Roasting 
a sulphide or arsenical ore on a small scale and also in the large 
roasting furnaces; (b) formation and properties of copper or 
lead mattes and slags; (c) smelting a copper or lead ore in 
the water jacketed blast furnace; (d) melting and casting 
certain metals and alloys; (e) the use of the electric furnace: 
(f) leaching a copper or silver ore; (g) elementary exercises 
in some of the following:—pyrometry, calorimetry, flue gas 
analysis, tests of refractory materials, microscopic examination 
of metals, heat treatment of iron or steel. 


Che details of the ore dressing work are given in Mining 
(3), page 193. 


Students attending the courses in Mining and Metallurgy 
are required to attend the Summer School in Mining (see 
page 195). at the end of their third year. 

At this school, when practicable, a portion of the time is 
devoted to a thorough examination of some metallurgical es- 

In addition to this, excursions may be made by the class 
from time to time to such metallurgical works as are within 

(For description of Metallurgical and Assaying Laborato- 
ries, See page 250). 

12. Mineralogy. 

Proressor:—B. J. Harrincton, M.A., Pedi), LiL. 


Mineralogy.—Lectures and demonstrations illustrated by 
models, specimens and lantern slides.’ Among the sub- 
jects discussed are: crystallography; physical proper- 
ties of minerals dependent upon Light, electricity, state 
of aggregation, etc.; chemical composition, calculation 
of mineral formule, quantivalent ratios, etc.; prin- 
ciples of classification, description of species. 

Determinative Mineralogy.—Laboratory practice in blow- -Pipe 
analysis and its application to the determination of min- 
eral species. 

FourtH YEAR :— 

Mineralogy (in continuation of the course in third year)— 
Description of species, particular attention being paid to 
those which are important as rock constituents and to 
the economic minerals of Canada. 

Students in the Chemistry Course will also take the follow- 
ing subjects :—Measurement of the angles of crystals with the 
reflection. goniometer; projection of crystal forms ; calculation 
of axial ratios of crystals; drawing of crystal forms; use of 
the polarizing microscope; axial angle apparatus, etc. 



13. Mining Engineering. 

PROFESSOR :—JOHN BoNSALL Porter, E.M., Pu.D., D.Sc. (Hown.) 
FeLLow 1n Minrtnc:—Henry Fox Srrancways, B.Sc. 

A + 



Tuirp YEAR.—(1) Ore Dressing—The theory and practice 
of ore dressing and coal washing.—The forms in which ores 
occur and the effect of mixture, impurity, etc.; the theoretical] 
considerations affecting mineral separations; the general me- 
chanical operations involved. Dressing Machinery—breakers, 

rolis screens, jigs, vanners, tables, washers, buddles, magnetic 
. \ “r)* . : . j | - ~4 i ate - : “4 ca 4.1 Ar . +! 
separators, Clic. (lhree lectures per week in the second term 

VT) } 

and laboratorv. his course is continued in the fourth vear. 

See Mining O, page 193). 

(2) Mining Machinery. Elementary machine design; rivets 
and giveted joints, screw threads, shafting, pulleys and belt- 
ing laws of thermodynamics and their application; the com- 
pression of air and the transmission and use of compressed air ; 

tests of steam engines and boilers, of air compressors and of 

gas engines. (Two hours per week. This course is continuec 

in the fourth year. See Mining 5, page 192). 

(3) Laboratory. Simple tests of ores, sands and gravels, 

by means of pan, vanning shovel, hand jig, magnet, classifier, 
etc. (Ten afternoons in the second term. Further laboratory 

work in the fourth year, see Mining 8, | 

9 page [92 ). 

FouRTH YEAR.—(4) Mining Engineering.—The principles 
and \practice of mining.—Prospecting, excavation, explosives 
and blasting, rock .drills, coal cutters, etc.; gold washing, 
hydraulic mining and goid dredging, sinking, drifting, 
developing, methods of mining, timbering, hauling, hoist- 
ing, draining, lighting, ventilating, etc.; mine accidents and 
their prevention ; general arrangement of plant, administration, 
stores and dwellings; examination and valuation of mines 
and mineral properties and mine reports. (Two lectures a 

week in the first term and five in the sccond. ) 

(5) Mining and Metallurgical Machinery (continuation of 
the course from the third year). The generation, transmission 


and utilization of power in mining, ore dressing, and metal- 
lurgy; steam, hydraulic and electric power plants, air com- 
pressors, blowing engines, dynamos, transmission lines, motors, 
conveyors, cranes, hoists, pumps, ventilating machinery, etc. 
(Three lectures a week and twenty-five afternoons in the 
designing room. ) 

(6) Ore Dressing and Milling. Continuation of the ore 
dressing course of the third year; concentration plants, coal 
breakers and washers, dry concentration, amalgamation, gold 
and silver milling, cyaniding, chlorinating, etc. (Three 
lectures a week in the first term.) 

(7) Mining Colloquium. One hour a week from the time 
assigned to lectures throughout the session is given to in- 
formal discussion of the work being done in the depart- 
ment and to other matters relating to mining, ore dressing 
and metallurgy. Students are required to take the leading 
part in these discussions. 

(8) Laboratory. Two mornings pet week in the first term 
and one whole day and one half-day per week in the second 
are given to the ore dressing and metallurgical laboratories. 
In the first term this time is evenly divided between Ore Dress- 
ing and Metallurgy, and certain typical operations in each are 
carried out. In the second term each student is permitted to 
choose an individual subject or thesis, and the .whole of the 
taboratory time in the second term is given to this thesis work. 

The set exercises in Ore Dressing comprise a series of ex- 
periments in crushing, classifying, jigging, slime treatment, 
magnetic separation, and amalgamation, and include a com- 
plete trial run of the five-stamp battery on a free milling gold 

The subjects available for thesis work are very numer- 
ous, and range from purely theoretical investigations in 
classification, concentration, etc., to the experimental deter- 
mination of the best methods of treatment of ores and coals. 
Over one hundred Jifferent lots of ore are available, and the 
quantities are sufficient for work on a comparatively large 
scale. New ores are constantly being secured. 



Seo a = 


TExtT Books :— 

No set text books are used, but students are recommend- 
ed to freely consult the following works of reference, in 
addition to the special references given from time to time: 
Sir C. LeNeve Foster’s Ore and Stone Mining, H. W. 
Flughes’ Text Book of Coal Mining; Saunders’s Mine Timber- 
ing; Ihlsing’s Manual of Mining; R. H. Richard’s Ore Dress- 
ing; IT. A. Rickard’s Stamp Milling of Gold Ores; H. Louis’ 
Handbook of Gold Milling; T. K. Rose’s Metallurgy of Gold; 
M. Ejissler’s Metallurgy of Gold; H. F. Collins’ Metallurgy 
of Silver; James’ Cyanide Practice; The Coal and Metal 
Miners’ Pocket-book. 


During the first three years of the course the students do 
systematic work in the several workshops and laboratories of 
the other departments. During the last half of the third and 
the whole of the fourth year they spend a large proportion of 
their time in the special laboratories for Ore Dressing and 
Metallurgy. (See pp. 250 and 251). In these, the general 
method is first to conduct before the whole class a limited num- 
ber of important typical operations, and then to assign to each 
student certain methods which he must study out in detail, and 
upon which he must experiment and make written report. In 
this work he is guided by the professors and demonstrators, 
and assisted by the other students, whom he must in turn 

' assist when practicable. In this way every student acquires 

detailed knowledge of certain typical operations and a fair 
general experience in many of the important methods in use. 

ILLUSTRATIONS, MusEuMs, SocietigEs, Erc. 

In addition to a large series of lantern slides, the depart- 
ment owns a collection of about four thousand photographs 
and other illustrations. This collection is constantly being 

The Museums of the building contain suites of ores, con-: 

centrates, fuels and metallurgical materials, models of mines 
and furnaces, and collections of finished products. 

The McGill University Mining Society meets to read 
and discuss papers by graduate and student members, 





and from time to time to hear lectures given by gentlemen 
eminent in the profession. Special arrangements are made 
whereby students may attend meetings of the mining section 
of the Canadian Society of Civil Engineers, and members 
of the Mining Sotiety are privileged, for a nominal fee, to 
become student members, and to receive all the publications 
of the Society. 

The Society has also been made a students’ section of 
the Canadian Mining Institute, and its undergraduate mem- 
bers are therefore student members of the Institute, and re- 
ceive all its publications. Papers read before the Mining So- 
ciety may be entered in competition for any students’ prizes 
cffered either by the Can. Soc. Civil Engineers or by the 
Can. Mining Institute. See pp. 42 and 47. 


The summer vacation class instituted in 1897 is now a fixed 
part of the course. All students of Mining in regular course 
are required to attend this class at the end of the third year. 

The school lasts about six weeks. Of this period about 
one-sixth is given to field work in geology, one-half or more 
to mining work proper, and the remainder, when practicable, 
to an examination of ore dressing and milling plants and met- 
allurgical establishments. The professor of mining and his 
assistant go with the party and hold daily demonstrations or 
classes. The students take notes and sketches on the ground, 
and afterwards are required to work up these notes and to 
submit a formal report on some part or the whole. 

The work in Geology and Metallurgy is carried on by offi- 
cers of these departments, who attend the school for this pur- 
pose, and in certain cases it is found practicable to permit 
students especially interested in these stbjtects to substitute 
additional work in them for a portion of the Mining. 

During the last ten years these field parties have visited 
3itish Columbia twice, Nova Scotia thrice, Pennsylvania 
twice, Michigan, Newfoundland and Ontario one each. In 
1907 the work was done in the Cobalt district of Ontario and 
in British Columbia. 

The instruction given during this field course is free to 
all mining students, the only expense to them being the cost 

of board, lodging, and railway fares. These expenses are 

kept as low as is practicable and are in part met by the income 
of a fund provided by. Sir William Macdonald, from which 
deserving students who require aid can also nave money ad- 
vanced them by applying to the Professor of Mining. 

14. Physics (Experimental). 

H. T. Barnes, M.A.Sc., D.Sc. 
LECTURER :—H. L. Bronson, PH.D. 
(Senior Demonstrator.) 
F, H. Day, B.Sc. (Boston.) 


The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of experi- 
mental lectures on the general principles of Physics (embrac- 
ing, in the first year, The Laws of Energy—Heat, Light, and 
Sound; in the second year, Electricity and Magnetism), ac- 
companied by courses of practical work in the laboratory, in 
which the students will perform for themselves experiments, 
chiefly quantitative, illustrating the subjects treated in the 
lectures. Opportunity will be given to acquire experience with 
all the principal instruments used in exact physical and prac- 
tical measurements. 


First YEAR. — Three hours per week spent in practical 
measurements in the Macdonald Physical Laboratory in con- 
junction with the lecture courses and in accordance with the 
following outline :— 

Heat.—Construction and calibration of thermometers; melt- 
ing and boiling points; air thermometer; expansion of solids, 
liquids and gases; calorimetry ; pyrometry. 

Sound.—Velocity of sound; determination of rates of vibra- 
tion of tuning forks ; resonance ; laws of vibration of strings. 

Light.—Photometry ; laws of reflection and refraction; focal 
lengths and magnifying powers of mirrors, lenses, telescopes 
and microscopes; the sextant; spectroscope, spectrometer, dif- 
fraction grating, optical bench, polariscopes. 


Text Books:—Watson, (Longmans); Jory and Pitcher, 
Laboratory Manual. 

Seconp YEAR.—Magnetism and Electricity Measurements 
of pole strength and moment of a magnet; the magnetic field ; 
methods of deflection, and oscillation , comparison of moments 
and determination of the elements of the earth’s magnetism ; 
frictional electricity. 

Current Electricity—A compiete course of measurements of 
current strength, resistance, and electromotive force ; calibration 
of galvanometers ; the electrometer ; comparison of condensers ; 
electromagnetic induction. 

Text Books:—S. P. Thompson, Electricity and Magnetism ; 
Tory and Pitcher, Laboratory Manual. 

An additional course of six weeks, involving four laboratory 
periods per week with lectures, will be given in May and June. 

Tuirp YEAR.—Students of Electrical Engineering will con- 
tinue their work in the Physical Laboratory in the third year. 
The following is a brief outline of the course :— 

Magnetic elements and measurements; use of variometers ; 
testing magnetic qualities of iron; theory and practice of abso- 
lute electrical measurements ; comparison and use of electrical 
standards of resistance, E. M. F., self-induction, and capacity ; 
principles of construction of electrical instruments ; testing and 
-alibration of ammeters, voltmeters and wattmeters; insulation 
and capacity tests; electrometers and bailistic methods; con- 
struction and treatment of storage cells; testing for capacity 
and rate of discharge; electric light photometry. 


The following are some of the sections in which special pro- 
vision has been made for advanced physical work :— 

Heat.—Thermometry :—comparison and verification of deli- 
cate thermometers; air thermometry ; measurement of high 
temperatures; electrical resistance thermometers and pyro- 
meters: thermo-electric pyrometers. 

Calorimetry :—Mechanical equivalent of heat; variation of 
specific heat and temperature , latent heat of fusion and vapor- 
‘cation: heat of solution and combustion ; electrical methods ; 
radiation and conduction of heat with special methods and 


en Ee ——- 



apparatus ; dynamical theory of gases; viscosity; surface ten- 
sion; variation of properties with temperature. 

Light.—Photometric standards: spectro-photometry ; theory 
of colour vision; spectroscopy and spectrum photography ; 
compound prism spectrometers; six inch and 2%4 inch Row- 
land gratings; study of spectra of gases; fluorescence and an- 
omalous dispersion; polarimetry; Landolt and other polari- 
meters ; form of wave surface. 

Sound.—Velocity in gases and various media; absolute deter- 
minations of period; harmonic analysis of sounds; effects of 
resonance and interference. 

Electricity and Magnetism.—Magnetic properties; influence 
of stress and torsion; influence of temperature: effects of hys- 
teresis; magneto-optics; other effects of magnetisation; dia- 
magnetism ; electrical standards and absolute measurements: 
calibration of electrical instruments: insulation and capacity 
testing ; electrometer and ballistic methods; temperature, vayia- 
tion of resistance, and E.M.F.: thermo-electric effects; electro- 
lysis; chemistry of primary and secondary batteries ; resistance 
of electrolytes; polarisation: electric discharge in gases and 
high vacua; dielectric strength; behaviour of insulators under 
electric stress, specific inductive capacity ; alternating currents 
of high frequency and voltage; electrical waves and oscilla- 
tions; conductivity of gases, and radio-activity. 

I5. Surveying and Geodesy. 
PRoFEssor :—C, H. McLeop, Ma. }. 
Lecturer :—J. B. Harvey, M.Sc. 


This course is designed to give the student a theoretical and 
practical training in the methods of Plane and Geodetic Sur- 
veying, in the field work of engineering operations, and in 
practical astronomy. The lecture course ic divided as fol- 
lows :— 

Second Year.—Chain and angular surveying; the construc- 
tion, adjustment, use and limitation of the transit, level. 
micrometer, compass and minor field instruments; topo- 
graphy ; levelling; contour surveying; descriptions for deeds: 

general land systems of the Dominion and Provinces. Mr. 


Third Year.—Theory and use of office and field instruments , 
theory of transition curves ; hydrographic surveying ; the use 
of the plane table; mining surveying ; barometric and trigono- 
metric levelling; elements of geodetic surveying; elements of 
practical astronomy. Professor M cLeod. 

Fourth Year.—-Practical Astronomy :—The determination of 
time, latitude, longitude and azimuth. Geodesy :—Figure of 
the earth, measurements of base lines and triangulation sys- 

tems; adjustment and reduction of observations. Professor 

Field Work.—The students are required to carry out the 
following work :—- 

In the Second Year:—(1) A farm survey using chain and 
compass; (2) a compass and micrometer survey ; (3) a detail 
survey using chain and offset ; (4) levelling ; (5) transit work. 

In the Third Year.—(1) Level and transit practice, includ- 
ing the adjustments of the instruments, (2) a survey and loca- 
tion of a railway line, with determination of topography and 
contours and subsequent staking out for construction; (3) a 
stadia sutvey; (4) a hydrographic survey of a river channel, 
including measurement of discharge ; (s) a survey at night 
illustrating underground methods ; (6) astronomical observa- 

tions with sextant and engineer’s transit. 

In the Fourth Year :—(1) Determination of latitude (a) by 
transit and sextant observations on Polaris, (b) by zenith tele- 
scope, (c) by noon observations with transit and sextant; 
(2) determination of azimuth, (a) by equal altitude observ- 
ations of the sun, (b) by observation of elongation of Polaris, 
(c) by observation of a circumpolar star with engineer's 
transit, (d) by means of solar attachments and solar compass; 
(3) determination of time, (a) by equal altitude observations 
of the sun with sextant and transit, (b) by observations of the 
meridian passage of stars with astronomical transit ; (4) deter- 
mination of longitude by clock comparisons and by lunar ob- 
servation; (§) base line measurements ; (6) precision level- 
ling: (7) measurement of angles by geodetic methods; (8) 
plane table surveys; (9) special problems in railroad track 


All students are required to keep complete field notes, and 
to prepare maps, sections and estimates from their own sur- 
veys. This office work is principally done during the regular 

Field work is required of all students of the second year 
(except those taking. the Practical Chemistry Course), of 
students of the third year in the courses of Civil and Mining 
Engineering and in Transportation, and of the fourth year in 
the Civil Engineering Course. The work will begin in 1907 
on 19th August, and will continue for a month. 

The following determinations of the constants and errors 

of surveying instruments are made in the geodetic laboratory 

(for equipment, see page 247) by the fourth year students in 
the Civil Engineering Course :— 

(1) Measurement of magnifying power; (2) errors of 
graduation; (3) measurement of eccentricity of circles; 
(4) determinations of errors of run of theodolite microscopes ; 
(5) investigation of the errors of graduation of a stan- 
dard bar; (6) graduating scales with the dividing engine, and 
comparison thereof on the comparator; (7) investigation of 
the errors of graduation of circles on the circular comparator ; 
(8) determination of the constants of steel tapes; (Q) investi- 
gation of the graduation errors of steel tapes on the fifty-foot 
comparator; (10) determination of the scale value of level 
vials; (11) investigation of the accuracy of barometers. 

The equipment of the surveying department comprises the 
following, in addition to the apparatus of the observatory and 
geodetic laboratory :—Fifty-four transit theodolites by various 
makers, with solar and mining attachments: a photo-theodo- 
lite; an 8-in. alt-azimuth; nineteen dumpy and thirteen wye 
levels; two gradient-telemeter levels; hand levels and clino- 
meters; three precision levels; thirteen surveyor’s compasses: 
one miner’s dial; three prismatic compasses ; pocket compasses ; 
two solar compasses; marine sextants; artificial horizons: box 
sextants; two reflecting circles; seven plane tables: six cur- 
rent meters; Rochon micrometers; double image micro- 
meters: field-glasses: two heliotropes: several barometers: 
300 ft. and 500 ft. steel tapes suitable for base measurements; 
steel chains and steel bands; linen and metallic tapes ; sounding 

ee ee ae 


lines ; pickets; levelling rods; micrometer targets; slope rods; 
pedometers; station pointer, pantographs, planimeters, slide 
rules and minor appliances. 

the Faculty of Applied Science in the Department of Civil 
Engineering and Land Surveying. may have his term of ap- 
prenticeship shortened to one year for the profession of Land 

Text Books and Books of Reference :—Gillespie’s Surveying, 
Johnson’s Theory and Practice of Surveying, Shortland’s 
Nautical Surveying, Greene’s Practical and Spherical Astron- 
omy, Nautical Almanac, Baker’s Engineers’ Surveying In- 


The lecture course is subdivided as follows :— 

Railway Engineermg.—Third Year :—History of Canadian 
railways; principles of location; preliminary and location 
surveys; railroad curve problems; the measurement of quan- 
tities; preliminary and final estimates; management of con- 
struction; contracts and specifications; the duties of the 
engineering staff during location; the major construction 
problems to be dealt with; the construction clauses of the 
Railway Act of 1903; track surveying and track work; 
switches and turnouts; the. economic theory of location; 
operating expenses; rolling stock and motive power; train 
resistances; momentum; traffic; topography; the adjustment 
of the limits of grades and curvature to the conditions of the 
special undertaking ; compensating ;« the effect of rise and fall, 
curvature and distance on operating expenses; usual methods 
of locomotive rating. 

Railway Engineering.—Fourth Year :—Details of track con- 
struction; ballast, rails, ties, fastenings; yard design; iocal 
yards; divisional yards; terminals; the principals of signal- 
ling and train movement; standard rules; interlocking plants. 

Electric Railway Engineering— Fourth Year:— Motive 
power; car resistances; speed-time and distance-time curves ; 
principles of location; traffic estimates; surveys; construction 
estimates; special track details; turnouts and switches; oper- 


ating expenses; economics of location; similarity between 
steam and electric railroad construction; conditions under 
which the use of electric power is especially desirable. 

Common Roads.—Fourth Year :-—Provisions made for their 
construction in the subdivision of land; principles of location ; 
tractive power; resistances; economics of design; surveys; 
details of construction; grades; road materials; drainage; 
snow; maintenance; cost of consiruciicn; cost of traffic 
movement; special constructions for city streets. 

Canals.—Fourth Year :—Canadian canal system; geography 
and history; commercial importance; surveys; hydrographic 
questions; effects of climate; details of construction; wave 
movement; canal prism; locks; guard gates; by-passes; 
sluices; alignment; entrance piers; speed of traffic; cost of 
maintenance; cost of vessel operation; cost of water trans- 
portation; economics. 

Text Books and Reference Books:—Shunk’s Field En- 
gineer; Allen’s Railway Curves and Earthwork; Wellington’s 
Economic Theory of Railroad Location; Smith’s Railway 
Engineering; The Railway Act of 1903; Recommended Prac- 
tice M. of Way Association; Stephen’s Rules for Railroad 
Construction; Rules of the Maintenance of Way Department, 
Canadian Pacific Railway; Paine’s The New Roadmaster’s 
Assistant; Standard Rules; Gotshall’s Electric Railway Econ- 
omics ; Gillette’s Construction of Macadamized Roads; Byrne’s 
Highway Construction. 

16. Transportation. 

Tuirp YEAR. (Operating and Executive.) 

Economics.—Economic theory, with special reference to the 
organization of modern commerce and industry, railways 
and their development, essay writing, the preparation of 
reports and discussion of practical problems. 

Elementary Law.—This course is intended to present such an 
outline of the law as will be useful to business men, with 
a more detailed study of the law affecting railroads. The 
main topics of general law dealt with will be elementary 


notions of jurisprudence, explanation of legal terms, the 
franchise and an outline of the law of real property, con- 
tracts, torts and commercial paper. 

In the more special part the Railway Act will be ex- 
plained and an outline given of the law of common 

Special attention will be given to such subjects as ex- 
propriation, damage-suits against railroads, and the more 
sual forms of contracts with carriers. Dr. Walton. 

English—The preparation and criticism of reports on stated 
stibjects, the object being to acquire a clear and accurate 

| Freight Service.—The freight department and the methods of 
conducting it, records, etc.; a full explanation of the 
methods and means of handling freight. Mr. Herbert 

Graphical Statics.— Problems in beams, cranes, derricks, roof 
trusses, car-framing, etc. Mr. Mackay. 

Railway Engineering.—-Details and theory of location, con- 
struction and maintenance of road bed track and struc- 

Railway Orgamzation.— Organization and work of the various 
departments; duties of the officers. Mr. Morgan. 

Steam Engineering.— (First Term)—Elementary course on the 
steam engine with laboratory work. (Second Term)— 
boiler work, power, plants. gas engines and elementary 
locomotive construction and operation and laboratory 

| work. Mr. Keay. 

Strength of Materials.—-Study of the strength and resistance 
of materials as applied to beams, columns, shafts, found- 
ations, etc., with laboratory work. Mr. Mackay. 

Structural Engineering.—Foundations ; bearing power of soils, 
piles, and pile driving; open dredging, pneumatic and 
freezing processes ; design of beams, oirders. columns, 

> > , > ; 

| footings, piers; taking off quantities from drawings; esti- 
| > > > 
mates of cost; drafting room work. Mr. Mackay. 

Students will be required to secure a working knowledge of 
chorthand during the Third Year. 

a | 

FourtH YEAR.—(Operating and Exccutive). 

¥ Accounting.—The principles of accounting, statistics, their 

nature and value. Mr. Morgan. 

Chemistry.—Boiler incrustations, corrosions and pitting; sim- 
ple laboratory methods for determining scale-forming 
constituents, hardness, acidity, etc. Dr. Harrington. 

Economics.—The work of the year will consist mainly of ad- 
vanced studies in Railway Economics. These wil! include, 

hs the theory of railway rates, the taxation of railways, state 

‘ \ . ownership and state control, railway commissions. Atten- 

; tion will also be given to special Canadian economic ques- 

tions closely related to the transportation system of the 
country. Under this head will be included the tariff and 
banking systems of Canada, land settlement and immigra- 
tion, Canadian public finance and the relation of the 
Dominion to the provincial governments. 

Seminar of two hours per week to be devoted to work leading 
to a graduating thesis on subjects of intimate connection 

ont with transportation and commerce in Canada. 

. Enghsh.—Continuing the work of the third year. 

O perating.—Organization, train movements, despatching, train 
orders, etc. ; time tables, make up of trains and assignment 
of crews; pay and methods employed. 

a Passenger Service.—The passenger department, its organiza- 
tion, methods and general principles governing passenger 
business; baggage system; mail and express. 

Physical Geography and Ciunaiology.—Geographical subdivi- 
sions of the country; mineral areas; timber belts; wheat 
areas and water powers; irrigation; climatology and its 
relations to occtipations and soil products. Mr. Bancroft. 

Bil Signals and Telegraphy.—Equipment and operation of stan- 

dard signal system; telegraphy. 

Shops, Round Houses, etc.—Their design, equipment and loca- 
tion. The distribution of motive power, tonnage rating 
of locomotives, coal and water supply. Economy in 

; motive power operation. A study of Terminal Facilities 

with reference to freight and nassenger traffic. Mr. Keay. 






Electric Railways.—The traffic they carry; their location and 
construction; their future. 

Yards and Terminals.—Buildings and tracks; division and 
through yards, their location and lay-out; passenger ter- 

17, Shopwork, 
CARPENTER SHOP AND PATTERN SHOP ..-seeceesreereres _.G. WOoOoLey. 
Sacrres SHOE: os NOS eerie eemeree ern Se cae J. STEWART. 
FOUNDRY .---++ eeeeeees Sct er ere: eaeanas LANE. 
MACHINE Sacibit iy sae La eae ame eee TOR ER W. MILLER. 

The course in shopwork is intended to afford some pre- 
paration for that study of workshop practice on a commercial 
scale which every engineer has to carry out for himself. With 
this end in view, the student works in the various shops of 
the department, and completes in each a series of practical 
exercises. . He thus obtains some knowledge of the nature 
and properties of the various materials he employs ; he receives 
systematic instruction in the use and care of the more im- 
portant hand and machine tools; and he acquires some manual 

The instruction thus obtained must, however, be continued 
and supplemented. For this purpose students are expected to 
spend the greater portion of each long vacation in gaming 
practical experience im engineering workshops outside the 

Throughout the course, advanced students are as far as 
possible entrusted with the construction and erection of ma- 
chinery and apparatus which afterwards form part of the 
equipment of the department. An air-compressor, a boring 
bar. a belt-testing machine, and a duplex feed pump, are ©X- 
amples of the work which has been done in this manner. Such 
students are also encouraged to see and assist in the repairs 
required by the engines, boilers and machine tools in the en- 
gineering building. 

Students are required to read and make notes of selected 
portions of certain text-books, and articles in technical jour- 
nals. illustrative of the work done in each shop. 


we pA, 


In connection with his shopwork each student is required 
to keep a record of his work. These records or notes are 
made on standard forms, they are handed in to the Shop 
Instructor at the close of each period of work, and, together 
with diligence and the results of a brief written examination, 
form the basis on which credit for shopwork is assigned. 

he work of the various shops is carried out under the 
direction of the Professor of Mechanical Engineering. The 
following are the subjects of instruction :-— 

Carpentry and Joiner Work. Sharpening and care of wood- 
working tools; sawing, planing and paring to-size: prepara- 
tion of flat surfaces, parallel strips, and rectangular blocks; 
construction of the principal joints employed in carpentry and 
joiner work, such as end and middle lap joints, end and mid- 
dle mortise and tenon joints, mitres, and dado and sash joints ; 
dovetailing ; scarfing; joints used in roof and girder work; 
wood-turning ; use of wood-turning tools. 

Pattern making. — Use of pattern-makers’ tools; elements 
of pattern-making ; allowances to be made for draught and for 
contraction in moulding and casting; use of contraction rule: 
preparation of prints and plain core-boxes: exercises in paring 
and turning; construction-of patterns and core boxes for pipes, 
flanges, elbows, tees, and valves; more difficult exercises in 
pattern-making, including built-up patterns and face-plate 
work; gear and wheel patterns. 

Smith-work, — The forge and its tools: use and care of 
smiths’ tools; management of fire; use of anvil and swage- 
block ; drawing taper, square and parallel work ; bending, up- 
setting, twisting, punching, and cutting: welding and scarfing ; 
forging, hardening, and tempering tools for forge and machine 
work ; tempering drills, dies, taps, and springs. 

Foundry-work. — Moulders’ tools and materials used in 
foundry work; the cupola; the brass furnace: preparation of 
moulding sand; boxes and flasks: core-making; use of core- 
irons; bench moulding; blackening, coring and finishing 
moulds; vents, gates and risers; special methods required in 
brass moulding; floor moulding; open sand work; advanced 
examples of moulders’? work; melting and pouring metal; 
mixtures for iron and brass casting. | 


Machine-shop W ork.—Exercises in chipping ; preparation oi 
flat surfaces ; filing to straight edge and surface plate; scraping, 
screwing and tapping; use of scribing block and surface gauge ; 
marking off work for lathes and other machines ; turning and 
boring cylindrical work to gauge; surfacing; screw-cutting 
and preparation of screw-cutting tools; use of turret lathe; 
taper turning ; machining flat and curved surfaces on the plan- 
ing and shaping machines; plain and circular milling with 
vertical and horizontal spindles ; gear-cutting } cutter-grinding ; 
drilling and boring; use of jigs; grinding flat and cylindrical 
surfaces; cutting tools for hand and machine; their cutting 
angles and speeds ; dressing and grinding tools. 



BER IOTH, 1907. 

Ihe lectures are delivered in the rooms furnished for the 
Faculty in the east wing of McGill College by its munifi- 
cent benefactor, Sir Wm. C. Macdonald. 

Students have the free use of the Law Library of the 
Faculty, to which large additions are continually being 
made, those lately added including, among many others, 
the Ontario . Reports, the Nova Scotia Reports, 
Dalloz, Recueil Périodique, Campbell’s Ruling Cases, 
the Encyclopedia of the ‘Laws of England, the 
mew series entitled “ The English Reports,” the Ameri- 
can and English Encyclopedia of Law and the American 
and English Encyclopedia of Pleading and Practice. It 
is hoped that before long this Library will contain all the 
Reports of the several Provinces of Canada. The principal 
reports and legal periodicals are taken. A Special room for 

Law students is provided in the University Library. This 
room is open during the day, and in the evenings from 
eight to ten o’clock. 

Particulars regarding the following points will be found on 
the pages named :— 

Mca he ee 57 
Metriculation* ,. .. .. | ke ee eee pe 20 
ey cc. epee 47 
Begweerstioh .. 6... k.. Tm on 49 

For Time Tables of Lectures, see first part of Calendar, 

* The attention of students who intend to practise law in the Province of Quebec, 
or to be admitted to the notarial profession, j 

_ad is called to the Statutory requirements 
for admission to study: These will be found on pp 221 to 224. 






1. The Register of Matriculation shall be closed on the 
ist of October in each year, and return thereof shall be 
immediately made by the Dean to the Registrar of the 
University. Candidates applying thereafter may be ad- 
mitted on a special examination to be determined by the 
Faculty ; and, if admitted, their names shall be returned in 
a supplementary list to the Registrar. 

>. The lectures will be delivered between the hours of 
half-past 8 and half-past 9 in the morning, and between 4 
and half-past 6 in the afternoon , and special lectures in the 
evening at such hours and in such order as shall be deter- 
mined by the Faculty. Professors shall have the right to 
substitute an examination for any such lecture. 

3. Undergraduates shall be known as of the first, second, 
and third year, and shall be so graded by the Faculty. In each 
year, students shall take the studies fixed for that year, ana 
those only, unless by special permission of the Faculty. 

4. At the end of each college year there shall be a gen- 
eral examination of all the classes, under the superinten- 
dence of the Professors, and of such other examiners as 
may be appointed by the Corporation. The examination 
shall be conducted by means of printed questions, answered 
by the students in writing in the presence of the examiners. 

5. At the end of the third college year there shall be a 
fnal examination of those students who have completed 
the curriculum. This examination shall be conducted by 
written papers, which may be supplemented by an oral 
examination. It shall cover all the subjects upon which 
lectures have been delivered during the three years’ course. 
Those students who satisfy the examiners shall be entitled, 
after making the necessary declaration and payment of the 
Graduation Fee, to proceed to the Degree of B.C.L. There 
shall be no sessional examination of students who are candi- 
dates in the final examination. 

6. No student shall be considered as having kept a session 
unless he shall have attended regularly all the courses of lec- 


tures, and shall have passed the sessional examinations to the 
satisfaction of the Faculty in the classes of his year. 

7- The Faculty shall have the power, upon special and 
sufficient cause shown, to grant a dispensation to any stu- 
dent from attendance on any particular course or courses of 
lectures, but no distinction shall in consequence be made be- 
tween the examinations of such students and those of the 
students regularly attending lectures. 

6. Every candidate, before receiving the degree of B.C.L., 
siiall make and sign the following declaration :— 

Ego A.B. polliceor sancteque recipio, me, pro meis viri- 
bus, studiosum fore communis hujus Universitatis boni, et 
operam daturum ut ejus decus et dignitatem promoveam, 
et officiis omnibus ad Baccalaureatus in Jure Civili gradum 
pertinentibus fungar. 

9. On the following days, when they fall within the session. 
no lectures will be delivered, viz.: Ash Wednesday, Good 
Friday, Easter Monday, and Thanksgiving Day. On the 
following days the morning lectures will be omitted, viz.: 
All Saints’ Day (Nov. Ist), and Conception Day (Dec. 8th). 


The attention of the McGill Law Faculty has been drawn 
to the fact that students commencing their undergraduate 
course frequently need information with regard to law offices 
in which their services would be welcomed. For the purpose 
of furnishing such information and also of assisting the 
graduates of the Law school to obtain suitable positions in 
offices needing legal assistance, a number of members of the 
Bar have been kind enough to. form themselves into an Advi- 
sory Committee. Members of the Bar desiring the assistance 
of students or young graduates are requested to communicate 
with the Secretary of this Committee, Mr. C. M. Cotton, B.A., 
B.C.L. The Committee consists of the following gentle- 
men :— 

Rapper tech, oA, BGL., K.C. > W. J: Winte, MaAS, Det. 
K.C.; E, E> Howard, B.A., B.C.L.: Lawrence McFarlane, 
oie asey = A ks We 



The Curriculum extends over three years. It includes 
iectures upon all the branches of the Law administered in 
the Province of Quebec, and also upon Roman Law, Legal 
History, and the Constitutional Law of England, and of 
the Dominion. Its primary design is to afford a compre- 
hensive legal education for students who intend to practise 
at the Bar of the Province. In all the courses the atten- 
tion of students is directed to the sources of the Law, 
and to its historical development. During their first year the 
students will attend one hundred lectures on Roman Law, from 
which the law of this Province is in great part derived. In 
the lectures on Legal History, the history of our law since the 
Cession, and its relations to the French and to the English 
law, will be explained. First year students will also attend 
courses on the Law of Persons ; the Law of Real Estate; the 
Law of Obligations; the elementary rules of Procedure; and 
an introductory course on Criminal Law. A new feature of 
the first year curriculum is a practical course on Pleading, 
with numerous exercises in drafting. This course will be 
given in French. The remaining branches of law, civil, com- 
mercial, and criminal, will be dealt with in the second and 
third years. During the three years the Civil Code, the 
Criminal Code, and the Code oi Civil Procedure will be 
covered, and lectures will also be given upon subjects, such 
as Bills of Exchange, Merchant Shipping, and Banking, 
which are regulated mainly by special statutes. 

The Faculty desire to impress upon English students the 
great importance of obtaining a familiar knowledge of French. 
In the practice of the profession in this Province it is indis- 
pensable that a lawyer shall be able to write and speak French. 
The Faculty are determined to exact a high standard in this 
subject, and have passed a new regulation to secure this end 
(see page 20). Moot Courts are held from time to time in 
order to afford practice in the presentation of legal arguments. 

Those students who are able to take the B.A. course 
before entering upon their legal studies are strongly recom- 
mended to do so. Those for whom this is impossible are 

Oe eel 

of the Canadian constitution. A sketch of the 


advised to attend courses in the Faculty of Arts for two 


Roman Law. 

PROFESSOR :—F. P. Watton, B.A. -(Oxon), LL.B. (Edin.)., 
LL.D. (Aberd.) 

During the first part of the course the external history of 
the law from the early period to the codification of Justinian 
will be dealt with. ‘The sources of the law will be described, 
and the gradual evolution explained by which the law of the 
city of Rome became fitted to be the law of the civilized 
world. A brief sketch will be given of the legal institu- 
tions of Rome in the first period and of the early constitu- 
tional history. 

In the doctrinal part of the course matters mainly of 
antiquarian interest will be touched on but slightly. Those 
portions of the Roman Law which have been followed 
most closeiy in the existing law of the Province, e.g., pro- 
perty, servitudes, pignus and hypothec, and obligations, 
will be treated in detail, and the modifications made by the 
modern law will be noticed. Class-examinations will be 
held from time to time, and a first and second prize in 
books will be given to the two students who obtain the 
highest marks in these examinations. 

Text-books—For the historical part, Walton’s Historical 
Introduction to the Roman Law; and for the Institutes, 

Moyle’s or Sandar’s Institutes of Justinian, or Girard, 
Manuel de Droit Romain. 

Books of Reference: 

Muirhead’s Historical Introduction to Roman Law: Muir- 
head’s Institutes of Gaius; Maynz, Cours de Droit Romain: 
Puchta, Institutionen; Maine’s Ancient Law. 

Constitutional and Administrative Law. 

PROFEssOR:—F. P. Watton, B.A. (Oxon), LL.B. (Edin.).., 
LL.D. (Aberd.) | 

The object of this course is to shew the actual working 


tional history prior to Confederation is given. The 
RB. N. A. Act is explained, and the leading cases discussed 
which illustrate the respective powers of the Federal and 
of the Provincial Legislatures. The growth of Cabinet 
Government is traced, and some of the fundamental rules 
of the English Constitution are expounded and contrasted 
with those followed in other countries. 

No text-book is prescribed, but students are recommended 
to refer to Todd, Parliamentary Government in the British 
Colonies; Houston, Constitutional Documents of Canada; 
Dicey, Law of the Constitution; Anson, Law and Custom 
of the Constitution. 

Obligations—Advanced Course. 

PRorEssoR:—F. P. WALTON, B.A. (Oxon), LL.B. (Edin.)., 
LL.D. (Aberd.) 
Two alternate courses are delivered to students of the 
second and third years. 

Their object is to explain important parts of the law of 
obligations in more detail than is possible in the general 
course on the subject. 

The method is mainly the explanation of illustrative 
cases. Frequent references are made to French and Eng- 
lish decisions. 

Legal History and Bibliography. 
Proressor:—A. McGoun, MWA. BCL, EG 

This course comprises an outline of the history of the 
law in force in the Province of Quebec. 

The main source from which our law is derived is the 
Customary Law of France, as modified by the principles of 
Roman Law, embodied in several of the codes or collec- 
tions of Roman Law before the time of Justinian.. The 
Customs of France after being reduced to writing were 
further modified by the ‘nfluence of modern Roman Law, 
which prevailed throughout the larger part of France. The 
ordinances of the French kings and the commentaries of 
the great jurists, from Cujas and Dumoulin down to 
Pothier, brought the Civil Law of France into the sys- 
tematic form in which ‘t was introduced into this Province. 
The Custom of Paris, one of the most important of those 


recognized in France, became formally the basis of the 
Civil Law in this country, and the ordinance of 1667 was 
the main authority for procedure. 

Since the opening of the British regime the development 
of Lower Canadian Civil Law has proceeded independently 
of the Civil Law of France, where the Code Napoléon was 
passed early in the Century. In Lower Canada a code on 
the same lines was adopted shortly before Confederation. 
Lower Canadian Civil Law has been modified by English 
Law in commercial matters, and also by statutes passed ‘in 
the Province. The Criminal Law has been derived almost 
exclusively from the Criminal Law of England. 

The leading authorities upon the main branches of the 
law, with the reports of decisions of our courts, are brought 
under the attention of the students in this course. 

Agency and Partnership. 

PROFESSOR :—A, McGoun, M.A., B.C.L., K.C, 

This course begins with the principles of the law of Man- 
date, as laid down in the Civil Code of Lower Canada, and 
treats of Civil and Commercial Agency. The rights and 
liabilities of principal and agent both between themselves 
and in relation to third parties is considered, and special 
attention is directed to the powers of agents in selling, 
pledging, and dealing with the property of the principal. 
The law relating to factors or commission merchants, brokers. 
and other agents is explained. 

In partnership the right of each partner to bind his fel- 
low partner in virtue of the mandate reciprocally given 
a1.d enjoyed, leads to the distinction between civil and 
commercial partnership, and the limited partnership, or 
société en commandite, is also treated of. The distinction 
between partnership and joint stock companies leads to a 
consideration of the connexion between this subject and 
the subject of Companies and Corporations which form the 
subject matter of a course in alternate years on the Law of 

Corporations and of Joint Stock Companies, as follows: 


Law of Corporations and of Joint Stock Companies. 

This course is the sequel of the course on Agency and 
Partnership. The doctrine of limited liability, and the 
opportunity which it affords ot carrying out enterprises Of 
great importance, by means of capital contributed by a 
large number of individuals, is treated of in this course. 
The growth of corporations, both those established by 
long custom, and those created by Royal Charter, or by 
parliamentary Of legislative authority, is also explained, 
as well as the relation between these corporations and the 
ordinary forms of joint stock companies. Corporations sole 
and corporations aggregate are defined, and the principles 
of laws relating to corporations and companies explained. 

Criminal Law. 

Proressor :—Hon. ©. P. Davinson, M.A., DCL, 

This course includes: 

A history of the Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure 
of England, and of their introduction into and develop- 
ment throughout Canada ; discussion of the Criminal Code 
and other statutes enacting criminal offences; of the rules 
of evidence in criminal cases; of the Fugitive Offenders’ 
Act; of extradition ; and, generally, of the principal features 
belonging to the Criminal Law of the Dominion. 

Commercial Law, } He 

ProFessor:—R. C. SMITH, RCL. Re. 

The subjects dealt with will include commercial sales and 
the law of insurance. | 

The course on Insurance will cover: 

(a) Insurance, contracts of; (b) marine insurance; (c) fire 
‘nsurance; (d) life insurance. 


Proressor:—Hown. C. J. DoweErTy, jh aes 

The subjects dealt with are: bills and notes, the law of 
carriers, and the law of banks and banking. They are treated © 
in three courses, constituting : 

;, A commentary on the Bills of Exchange Act. 


2. A commentary on Section 3 of the Title of Lease and 
Hire, and on the second, third, fourth and sixth Titles of 
Book 4 of the Code, and on the Merchant Shipping Act. 

3. A. commentary on the Bank Act. 

Civil Procedure. 

This course to the students of the first year is intended 
to form an introduction to the subject, to explain the sim- 
pler kinds of actions, the general rules of pleading, and the 
jurisdiction of the several] courts. 

The revised Code of Civil Procedure for the Province of 
Quebec is the text-book. 


This course covers the Law of acts of civil Status, absentees, 

marriage, separation, divorce, filiation, minority and interdic- 

Civil Procedure. 
PRoFEssor :—Hon. C J. Douerty, D.CL. 

The advanced course for the second and third years 
covers all matters of procedure not dealt with in the first 
year course, and includes provisional] remedies, such as 
Capias, attachment before judgment, injunction, etc., and 
special proceedings, such as proceedings relating to cor- 
porations, and public offices, mandamus, etc., as well as 

the rules of pleading in the more complicated classes of 
action. It will be divided into two parts, 

Which will be taken 
in alternate years. 

Marriage Covenants and Minor Contracts, Prescription, Lease, and 
Municipal Law. 


Two courses—in alternate years, 

Successions, Gifts, and Substitutions. 

PROFESSOR :—Hon. C. J. Donwerty, D.C.L. 
Two courses—in alternate years. 

I. The Law of Succession. 

The course consists of a commentary and explanation of 
the whole of Title I, and the Third Chapter of Title II of 
the Third Book of the Civil Code. The order followed by 
the Code in dealing with the different matters coming 
within the scope of this course, has however been departed 
from, with a view of presenting to the student the law 
governing successions as one whole. The subject will be 
developed as nearly as possible in the following order :— 

(1) General notions, definitions, and divisions of the sub- 
ject; (2) the testamentary succession; (3) the ab-intestate 
succession; (4) rules of law common to both stccessions ; 
(5) rules peculiar to the testamentary sticcession ; (6) rules 
peculiar to the ab-intestate succession; (7) partition of the 
succession (and of property held in undivided ownership 
genérally), its, incidents and effects. 

Il. Gifts and Substitutions. 

This course comprises a commentary on and explanation 
of Chapters I, II, and IV of Title II of the Third Book of 
the Civil Code, dealing with: 

(1) Gifts inter vivos; (2) gifts in contemplation of death, 
as permitted in contracts of marriage; (3) substitutions. 

Real Property Law and Registration. 


First Year Course—25 lectures. 

Distinction of things — corporeal moveables and immove- 
ables; immoveables' by incorporation and destination; incor- 
poreal property ; real and personal rights. 

Ownership—its characteristics and limitations; possession, 
good and bad faith: possessory actions; the petitory action; 
their results on the possessor ; accession, natural and industrial. 



Usufruct—general characteristics: fruits and their percep- 
tion; quasi-usufruct: modes of enjoyment by usufructuary ; 
his duties before and during usufruct; how terminated. 

Registration—its modes and formalities: the cadastral sys- 

Second and Third Year Courses—so Lectures in alternate 

First Courses — Mode of acquisition of immoveables — 25 

In this course, a deed of sale will be analyzed and its various 
clauses explained : the parties: the description and the measure- 
ment of land; the obligations of buyer and seller and the 
security for their performance: warranty, its modifications 
and results; ithe form and registration of the deed: the rights 
of the wife; the distinctions between sale and other modes of 
acquisition, and their effects on the parties. 

Forced sales, their incidents and results. 

Examination of titles, practically considered. 

Second Course -—Privileges and hypothecs: servitudes—25 

Debts and causes of preference; characteristics of hypo- 
thecs—the various kinds, their history, conditions and effects: 
the ranking of hypothecs: the hypothecary action, its char- 
acteristics, incidents and results: privileges on immoveables ; 
registration of privileges and hypothecs ; servitudes—natural, 
legal and conventional; water courses and streams; walls and 

Public International Law. 

ProFEssor :—E, LaFLevr, BiA., DCL, KC 

. . 

Sovereignty and equality of independent states: recognition 
of belligerency and independence; justifiable grounds of inter- 
vention; modes of territorial acquisition ;” territorial bound- 
aries; doctrine of exterritoriality; treaties and arbitrations : 
laws of war; neutrality of states and of individuals; laws of 
blockade; contraband; confiscation ; prize-courts and. their 


The students’ attention will be specially directed to 
treaties, diplomatic relations, and international arbitrations, in : 
which Canada is directly concerned. 

Private International Law. 
) ProrEssoR:—E. Larieur, B.A., Gls kG. 

Distinction between the a prior and positive methods ; 
sources of the positive law of Quebec on the subjects; ap- 
plication and illustrations of the rules for solving conflicts 
of law in regard to the different titles of the Civil Code; 
comparisons between our jurisprudence and that of England, 
France and Germany. 

These two courses will be given in alternate years. 

Pleading. and Practice. 

| This course of lectures deals with the different species of 
actions, their institution, Summonses, preliminary pleas, 
defences, answers and replications (iC. P7008. 2h also 
provisional measures (C. P. 893 to 977)- 

It includes the schedules and rules of practice referring to 
the above mentioned articles of the Code, and forms of the 

| most common kinds of pleadings. 

(Adopted March, 1801.) 

Every candidate for the degree of D.C.L., in Course, must 
{ be a Bachelor of Civil Law of twelve years’ standing, and 
y must pass stch examination for the degree of D.C.L. as 

shall be prescribed by the Faculty of Law. He shall 
| also, at least two months before proceeding to the degree, 

deliver to the Faculty twenty-five printed copies of a thesis 
or treatise of his own composition on some subject, selected 
or approved by the Faculty, stich thesis to contain not less 
than fifty octavo pages of printed matter, and to possess such 
degree of merit as shall, in the opinion of the Faculty, justify 
them in recommending him for the degree. 


The examination for the degree of D.C.L., in Course, 
shall, until changed, be on the following subjects and au- 
thors, with the requirement of special proficiency in some 
one of the groups below indicated. In the groups other 
than the one selected by the candidate for special profi- 
ciency, a thorough acquaintance with two works of each 
group shall be sufficient, including in all cases the work 
first mentioned in each group and the first two works in 
the third group. In the first group one work on Publie 
and one on Private International Law must be offered. 

1. International Law. 

A. Public :— 
Twiss, Sir T., Law of Nations. 
Hall, W. E., International Law. 
Harcourt, Sir W. V., Letters by Historicus, 
Ortolan, T., Diplomatie de la Mer. 
De Martens, Droit International. 
Holland, Studies in International Law. 

B: . Private: 
Savigny, Private International Law (Fd. Guthrie). 
Bar, Private International Law (Ed. Gillespie). 
Foelix, Droit International Privé. 
Laurent, Droit Civil International. 
Brocher, Droit International Privé. 
Fiore, Droit International Privé (Ed. Pradier-Fodéré). 
Dicey, Conflict of Laws. 
Story, Conflict of Laws. 
Lafleur, F., Conflict of Laws. 

2. Roman Law. 

Maynz, Droit Romain, 

Muirhead’s Roman Law. 

Girard, Manuel de Droit Romain. 
Ortolan’s Institutes (Ed. Labbé). 

Savigny, Roman Law in the Middle Ages, 
Cugq, Les Institutions Juridiques. 

Puchta, Institutionen. 

Krtiger, Romische Rechtsquellen. 

Roby’s Introduction to the Digest. 
Hunter’s Roman Law. 

3. Constitutional History and Law. 

Dicey’s Law of the Constitution. 

Stubbs’ Constitutional Law of England. 

Hearn, Government of England. 

Bagehot, English Constitution. 

Franqueville, Gouvernement et Parlement Britanniques. 
Gneist, Constitution of England. 

Hallam, Constitutional History of England. 

: a ont 



May, © nstitutional History of England. 
Gardiner, Constitutional History of England. 
Freeman, Growth of the English Constitution. 
Mill, Representative Government. 

Anson, Law and Custom of the Constitution. 

4. Constitution of Canada and Works Relevant Thereto. 

Todd, Parliamentary Government in the British Colonies. 
Jourinot Federal Government in Canada. 

Cartwright, Cases under the British North America Act. 
Lord Durham’s Report on British North America. 
Lareau, Histoire du Droit Canadien. 

| Houston’s Constitutional Documents of Canada. 

Volume O., Statutes of Lower Canada. 

Maseres’ Collection of Quebec Commissions. 

Viollet, Histoire du Droit Fran¢ais. 

Dilke, Problems of Greater Britain. 

Bryce, American Commonwealth. 

Cooley, Principles of Constitutional Law. 

Curtis, History of the Constitution of the United States. 

s. Criminal Law, Jurisprudence, and Political Science. 

| Stephen, History of the Criminal Law. 
Blackstone, Vol. IV. 
Harris, Principles of Criminal Law. 
Holland, Elements of Jurisprudence. 
Salmond’s Jurisprudence. 
Austin, Lectures, omitting chapters on Utilitarianism. 
Lorimer’s Institutes. 
Amos, Science of Law. 
Woolsey, Political Ethics. 
Lieber, Political Ethics. 
Freeman, Comparative Politics. 
Aristotle’s Politics, by Jowett. 


The attention of intending students is called to the fol- 
lowing provisions of the Revised Statutes of Quebec and 
amendments, as bearing on the requirements for the study 
and practice of Law in the Province. 


I. Regulations Applicable to those who Intend to Become 
Members of the Bar. 


Article 3544 R.S.Q.—Examinations for admission to 
study and to practise law in the Province of Quebec are 
held at the time and place determined by the General 

ae ae 

= 2 eoee— 

= ee 



See ee” el = etree 


The examinations for the practice are held alternately in 
Montreal and Quebec every six months, namely—at Mont- 
real, on the second Tuesday of each January, and at Que- 
bec on the first Tuesday of each July. 

All information concerning all these examinations can 
be obtained from the Generai Secretary’s Office. The pre- 
sent. General Secretary is Arthur Globensky, Esgq,, Kika 
97 St. James St., Montreal. 

Article 3546.—Candidates must give notice as prescribed 
by this article at least one month tor the study and fifteen 
days for the practice before the time fixed for the examina- 
tion to the Secretary of the Section in which he has his 
domicile or in which he has resided for the past six months. 

Article 3503a (added by Statute of Quebec, 1890, 53 Vic- 
toria, Cap. 45).—This article provides that candidates hold- 
ing the diploma of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelier-és-Lettres, 
or Bachelier-és-Sciences from a Canadian or other British 
University are.dispensed from the examination for admis- 
sion to study. Such candidates are required to give the notice 
mentioned. above. 

Article 3548 R.S.Q. (as altered by by-law of the General 
Council).—On giving the notice prescribed by Article 3546, 
the candidate pays the Secretary a fee of $2, and makes 
a deposit of $105 for a complete certificate of admission to 
study; of $70 for a partial certificate of admission to study; 
and of $180 for admission to practice, which deposit, less 
$10, is returned in case of his not being admitted. 

Article 3552 (amended 1894, Q. 57 Vic., c. 35)-—TIo be 
admitted to practice, the student must be a British subject, 
and must have studied regularly and without interruption 
during ordinary office hours, under indentures before a 
notary as clerk, or student with a practising advocate, 
during four years, dating from the registration of the certif- 
cate of admission to study, This term is reduced to three 
years in the case of a student who has followed a regular 
law course in a university or college in, this Province and 

taken a degree in law therein. 


— ae 



The by-laws passed by the General Council of the Bar 
7 : 7 Se . 
of the Province of Quebec, 16th sept., 1886, and amended 
roth Feb., 1892, provide as follows :— 

Art. 42.—A course of lectures on law given and followed 
at a university or college in this Province, and a diploma 
or degree conferred on students by such university of 
college, shall be held to be such as contemplated in Art. 
3552 R.S.Q. only when the university or college confer- 
ring the degree and the student who receives it shall have 
efficiently followed the programme herein set forth. This 
article and article 44 shall apply to students already ad- 
mitted only as regards lectures to be given after the Ist 
of January, 1887. | 

2. The subjects on which lectures shall be given, and the 
number of lectures required on each subject for a regular 
course of lectures on law in a university or college shall be as 
follows :— 

Roman Law :—103 lectures: — This subject shall. include 
an introduction to the study of Law and the explanation 
of and comments on the Institutes of Justinian and the 

principal jurisconsults of Rome. 

Civit, CoMMERCIAL, AND MARITIME LAw :.— 413. lec- 
tures:—Lectures on these subjects shall cover at least 
three years. They consist of the hjstory of French and - 
Canadian law, the explanation of and comments on the 
Civil Code of the Province of Quebec and the statutes 
relating to Commerce and Merchant Shipping. 

Civit PROCEDURE :—103 lectures: — Lectures on this sub- 
ject shall extend over at least two years. It shall consist 
of the explanation of and comments on the Code of Civil 
Procedure and the statutes amending it, the organization 
of the Civil Courts of this Province and the history of the 
different judicial systems of the country; also, the special 
modes of procedure provided by statutes and laws of gen- 
eral application. 

INTERNATIONAL LAw, Private and Public :—21 lectures. 

CrimiInaAL Law :—6g9 lectures This subject includes the 
history of criminal law in Canada, the constitution of crim- 


inal courts, criminal procedure, comments on statutes relat- 
ing to criminal law, the relation of criminal law in Canada 
to the criminal law of England. The lectures shall extend 
over two years. 

—These subjects include an inquiry into the different polit- 
‘cal institutions and the public institutions of the country, 
the powers, organization and procedure of the Federal 
Parliament and of the Local Legislature, the laws on Edu- 
cation and the Municipal Code. 

Art. 43.—Candidates for practice who hold a degree in 
law from a university or college in this Province shall 
produce with their notices a certificate from the principal 
or rector of such university or college to the effect that 
they followed a course of lectures on law in the same, 
during at least three years, in conformity with the by-laws 
of the Bar; and such certificate shall further specify the 
number of public lectures at which they shall have attended 
on each subject mentioned in the foregoing programme, 
during each of the said three years. The last part of this 
certificate shall only be required for courses of lectures 
given after the Ist January, 1897. 

Art. 44..-The examiners shall not consider a university 
degree in law valid for the purposes of admission to the 
Bar if they find that the candidate has noe in fact followed 
the programme above. 

II. Regulations Applicable to those who Intend to Become Notaries. 

For the regulations applicable to the candidates for the 
Notarial Profession see Revised Statutes of Quebec, Arts. 
3801-3833, and 53 Vict., c. 45 (Queb.). 

se Tee 



— — ee tes eee eee ek Oe 





Particulars regarding the following matters will be found on 
the pages named :— 
Athletics. isis 2°05 faeces ee iene occa ones 
board and Lodging. . ora a ae 

Double Courses( seven years for degrees of B.A. 
or BSc. ond M.D.) se eR oe eee 
Feées;, . are 
Length of Course ri an. wate es 
Matricniattans «eens me oS Bees a a ee 
Medald ‘amt: Peer sc a3 ta eee Oe ee ee 
Morals: and. Discipline fo) 6-4 SAR ee a BS 


ae a | 


For Time Tables of Lectures, see first part of Calendar. 


The Faculty of Medicine of McGill University is the direct 
outcome of the Montreal Medical Institution which was 
lopened in November, 1824. 

In the year 1829 the Montreal Medical Institution became, 
by a formal act of the Governors of the Royal Institution for 
the Advancement of Learning, the Medical Faculty of McGill 
University. ‘4 

In 1872, the Faculty moved to the building which now 
forms the front block of-the present Medical Buildings on the 
University Grounds, - 

* Compiete information on all points is given in the Special Calendar issued by 
the Faculty, which can be obtained on application to the Registrar. 


} ; 
1 %y 
} 2 
: PA 
m i 18 
| : 
7 | 
i ) 
) r t 


This building was enlarged in 1885 to meet the demands for 
‘ncreased accommodation. It soon became evident that still 
further accommodation would be necessary in order to carry 
on the work efficiently, and through the generosity of the late 
Mr. Tohn H. R. Molson extensive alterations were made in 

the old building and new wings built between 1893 and 1895. 
These buildings were officially opened by His Excellency, -the 

Earl of Aberdeen, on January 8th, 1895, In less than five 
years further enlargement was found to be necessary. Jhis 
was rendered possible through the generosity of Lord Strath- 
cona who, in 1898, contributed, in the names of Lady Strath- 
cona and the Hon. Mrs. Howard, $100,000 towards the neces- 
sary extensions and alterations. The new buildings were 
formally opened by H. R. H. the Prince of Wales on Septem- 
ber 19th, I9oT. 


The University Matriculation requirements are stated on 
pages 19 and 21 to 27. . 

Intending students are reminded that a degree in Medicine 
does not always give a right to practise. 

Each province in Canada has special regulations in this con- 
nection. In most of them a standard of general education is 
insisted on as:a preliminary. It is, therefore, necessary for a 
person to register with the Medical Council of the province in 
which he intends to practise, before entering on the study of 
Medicine proper. A certificate of such registration will exempt 
the holder from any further examination for entrance to this 

The Registrars of the Medical Councils in the several pro- 
vinces, from whom full particulars regarding admission to 
study can be obtained, are as follows :— 

Quesec.—Dr. J. A. Macdonald, 250 Mountain St., Montreal, 
and Dr. C. R. Paquin, Quebec,’P.Q. 

Onrarto.—Hon. R. A. Pyne, M.D., Department of Educa- 
tion, Toronto. 

New BruNswick.—Dr. Stewart Skinner, St. John. 
Nova ScotTiaA.— Dr. A. W. H. Lindsay, 241 Pleasant Street, 



PRINCE Epwarp ISLAND.—Dr. S. R. Jenkins, Charlottetown. 

MANtropA.—Dr.,J. S. Gray, Winnipeg. 

gary, Alta. 

BRITISH CoLUMBIA.—Dr. C. J. Fagan, Victoria. 


leaching and Research Fellowships are being estab- 
lished in connection with the various laboratories. 

These fellowships are of the value of five hundred 
dollars per annum, are open only to graduates in Medicine, 
and are tenable for three years. | 

Two are now established in connection with the depart- 
ment of Pathology—a Governor's Fellowship, endowed by 
one or two of the Governors of the University, and a Fa- 
culty Fellowship, established by the Faculty. 


As the course for the Degree is being revised, some changes may be made in these re- 
gulations. Such changes will be stated in the Medical Calendar. 

1. No one will be admitted to the degree of Doctor of 
Medicine and Master of Surgery who shall not have at- 
tended lectures for a period of five nine months’ sessions in 
this University, or some other university, college or school of 
medicine, approved of by this University. 

2. Students of other universities, so approved, who may be 
admitted on production of certificates to a like standing in this 
University shall be required to pass all examinations in Primary 
and Final Subjects in the-same manner as students of this 

3. Graduates in Arts who have taken two full courses 
in General Chemistry, including laboratory work, two 
courses in Biology, including the subjects of Botany, Em- 
bryology, Elementary Physiology and dissection of one or 

* Jt should be understood that the programme and regulations regarding courses of 
study ani examinations contained in this calendar hold good for this calendar year only, 
and that the Faculty of Medicine, while fully sensible of its obligations towards the 
stucents, does not hold ttself bound te adhere absolutely, for the whole four years of a 

student s course, to the conditions here laid down, 


more types of Vertebrata, may, at the discretion of the 
Faculty, be admitted as second year students, such courses 
being accepted as equivalent to the first year in Medicine. 
Students so entering will, however, not be allowed to pre- 
sent themselves for examination in Anatomy until they 
produce certificates of dissection for two sessions. 

4. Candidates for the final examination shall furnish testi- 
monials of attendance on the following branches of medical 
education; provided, however, that testimonials equivalent to, 
though not precisely the same as those above stated, may be 
presented and accepted :— 


Practical Anatomy. 


Practical Physiology. 

Chemistry. Of which two 
Pharmacology and Therapeutics. full courses 
Principles and Practice of Surgery. f will be re- 
Obstetrics and Diseases of infants. quired. 

Theory and Practice of Medicine. 

Clinical Medicine. 

Clinical Surgery. 


Medical Jurisprudence. 
Of which one 

full course 
will be re- 

General Pathology. 

Hygiene and Public Health. 
Practical Chemistry. 
Ophthalmology and Otology. 

Medical Physics. 

Applied Medical Chemistry. 

Pathological Anatomy. Of which one 
Bacteriology. . course will 
Mental Diseases. be required. 

Medical and Surgical Anatomy. 

He must also produce certificates of having assisted at 
six autopsies, of having dispensed medicine for a period of 

three mouths, of havng assisted at twenty vaccinations, and 


of having, under the direction of a _ properly qual fied 
onesthetist, administered an anzesthetic at least twice. 

_ Courses of less length than the above will only be received 
for the time over which they have extended. 

5. No one will be permitted to become a candidate for the 
degree who shall not have attended at least one full session at 
this University. 

6. The candidates must give proof of having attended 
during at least twenty-four months the practice of the 
Montreal General Hospital or the Royal Victoria Hospital 
or of some other hospital of not fewer than 100 beds, ap- 
proved by this University. Undergraduates are required 
to attend only the practice of the Out-Patient departments 
of the Hospital during their third year. 

7. He must give proof of having acted as clinical clerk 
for six months in Medicine and six months in Surgery in 
the wards of a general hospital recognized by the Faculty, 
and of having reported at least 10 medical and 10 surgical 

8. He must also give proof by ticket of having at- 
tended for at least nine months the practice of the Montreal 
Maternity or other lying-in-hospital approved of by the 
University, and of having acted as assistant for at least six 

9. Every candidate for the degree must, on or before 
the 15th day of May, present to the Registrar of the Med- 
ical Faculty testimonials of his qualifications, entitling him 
to an examination, and must at the same time deliver. to 
the Registrar of the Faculty an affirmation or affidavit that 
he has attained the age of twenty-one years. 

10. The trials to be undergone by the candidate shall 
be in the subjects mentioned in Section 4. 

11. The following oath or affirmation will be exacted from 
the candidate before receiving his degree. 

Sponsio Academica. 

In Facultate Medicine Universitatis. 

Ego, A———- B——, Doctoratus in Arte Medica titulo jam donan- 
dus, sancto coram Deo cordium scrutatore, spondeo:—me in omnibus 
grati animi officiis erga hanc Universitatem ad extremum vite hali- 
tum perserveraturum; tum porro” artem medicam caute, caste, et 
probe exercitaturum; et quoad in me est, omnia ad egrotorum 

J | corporum salutem conducentia cum fide procuraturum, que denique 
| inter medendum visa vel audita siJere conveniat, non sine gfravi 
cuusa vulgaturum. Ita praesens mihi spondenti adsit Numen. 

Frequent oral examinations are held to test the progress 
ay Be | of the student, and occasional written examinations are 
given throughout the session. 

The Pass and Honour examinations at the close of each session 
are arranged as follows :— 
First YEAR. 
a Kxaminations in Biology, Histology, Anatomy, Medical ‘Physics. 
| Inorganic Chemistry, Practical Chemistry and Elementary Bacteriology. 
Students who have taken one or more University courses 
in Biology or Chemistry before entering may be exempted 
from attendance and examination. Students exempted in 
these first year subjects are allowed only a pass standing, 
but may present themselves for examination if they desire 
to attain an honour standing. Students exempted from 
aa) first year Chemistry must take second year Chemistry, in their 
eat first year. 

Examinations in Anatomy, Organic Chemistry, Bio-Chemistry, Phy- 
siology., Practical Physiology, Pharmacy and Histology. 


| : Examinations in Physiology, Pharmacology, Bacteriology, General 
Pathology, Clinical Microscopy. 


Examinations in Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Gynaecology, Hygiene, 
Mental Diseases, Medical Jurisprudence, Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 

ae ee ea 

FirtnH YEAR 

The course in this year is now being arranged. Details will 

ei) be given in the Medical Calendar. 
i A minimum of 50 per cent. in each subject is required to pas . 
1 and 75 per cent. for honours. 

Candidates who fail at the regular examinations in 
not. more than two ‘stibjects of the first, second or third 



years, may take the supplemental examinations before the 
beginning of the following session. These examinations 
will be held during the week preceding the regular opening 
of the session. 

Failure in more than two subjects at the regular ex- 
aminations excludes the candidate from advancement and 
necessitates his repeating the work in the subjects in which 
he has failed. 

No student may proceed to the work of the final year 
who has not passed the examinations in all subjects includ- 
ed in the curriculum of the first, second and third years. 

Candidates who fail to pass in a subject in which 
practical work is required may, at the discretion of the 
examiner, be required to repeat the course and furnish a 
certificate of attendance thereon. 

Students who fail in one subject only of the final 
year may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be allowed a 
supplemental examination in that subject. Should the sub- 
ject be one in which practical or clinical work is required, 
the student must furnish a certificate of additional hospital 
attendance or laboratory work before presenting himself 
for examination. 

Students who fail at the examinations held at Christ- 
mas or Easter may, at the discretion of the examiners, be 
eranted supplemental examinations at a period not less 
than three months after the regular examination. 

Supplemental examinations will not be granted except 
by special permission of the Faculty and on written ap- 
plication, stating reasons. 

Applications for supplemental examinations must be 
in the hands of the Registrar at least three days before the 
d-te set for the beginning of the examination and they 
must be accompanied by a fee of $5.00 for each subject. 


In consequence of the extension of the course for the Degree 
of M.D., C.M. to five years, slight changes will be made in 
the nature of the instruction to be given in several of the sub- 
jects. These have not yet been decided on in detail, but full 
particulars will appear in the special calendar to be issued by 


_ \) a 

t the Faculty about July 1st. This may be obtained on appli- 
| | cation to the Registrar. 


The Faculty of Medicine in 1896 established post-graduate 
and special courses in connection with the Montreal General 
and Royal Victoria Hospitals and the various laboratories in 
the University buildings. 

Commodious laboratories for advanced work have been 
Seed eu! equipped in connection with the Pathological and Clinical de- 
ra MAH partments of both the Royal Victoria and Montreal General 
Hospitals, and in connection with the general laboratories for 
Pathology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Chemistry, recently 
altered and extended, in the new buildings of the Faculty. 

Recent graduates of recognized universities desiring to qual- 
ify for examinations by advanced laboratory courses, OF who 
wish to engage in special research, may enter at any time by 
giving notice, stating the courses desired and the time at their 

All the regular clinics and demonstrations of both hospitals 
will be open to stich students on the same conditions as to un- 

dergraduates in: medicine of this University. 

The Post-Graduate Course of 1907. 

The eleventh regular course of instruction for post- 
| graduate students in the Faculty of Medicine will be given 
| | during the month of June, 1907, commencing on Monday, 
June 3rd, and ending on Friday, June 28th. 

A circular containing full information regarding courses, 
fees. etc., has been prepared and can be obtained on ap- 


plication to. Dr. J. W.. Scane, Registrar Faculty of 
Bi) Medicine. 


‘ag The Faculty in the session 1899-1900 instituted a post- 

aie graduate course in Public Health and Sanitary Science. This 

| course will be given each year and the diplomas will be awarded 
at the annual convocation, 

Candidates undertaking this course must have possessed a 

degree in Medicine, or other qualification of practice, for at 




7 Le etl eel aj 



least twelve months before he is competent to receive the di- 
ploma. The courses prescribed are as follows :— 

t. A course of lectures in Public Health (to be omitted in 
the case of candidates who have attended such a course before 
graduation ). 

2. A three months’ course in Bacteriology, special attention 
being directed to the pathogenic organisms and parasites— 
such course to be omitted on presentation of proof that it has 
previously been taken. 

3. A six months’ course of practical study of out-door sani- 
tary work under a medical officer of health (to be omitted in 
the case of medical health officers holding appointments prior 
to the establishment of this diploma course). 

4. Three months’ attendance and clinical instruction at a 
hospital for infectious diseases (unless such course has already 
been taken prior to graduation). 

s. Three months’ instruction in sanitary Chemistry and 
Physics, with practical work in a chemieal laboratory. 

The examination for the Diploma shall cover the following 
subjects :—examination of clinical cases at an infectious hos- 
pital; the drawing up of outlines for annual and other reports 
of officers of health; a report upon the sanitary condition of 
some actual locality ; the chemical analysis of liquids and gases 
and of specimens of food; demonstration of the consideration 
and use of meteorological, hygienic and sanitary apparatus ; 
microscopical examination of specimens submitted ; description 
of specimens of human and other diseased tissues ; practical 
examination in the employment of the usual bacteriological 
methods; the inspection of carcasses of animals to be used for 

The above examination shall be written, oral and practical, 
and shall extend over a period of four days. 

The following is a list of subjects included in the curricu- 
lum of study :— 

(a) Sanitary Chemistry :-—Examination of air, gases, water, 
the action of water on metals; milk, food and beverages; 
detection of poisons in articles of dress and of decoration ; 
the chemistry of sewage. 

(b) Sanitary Physics: — Principles of statics, pneumatics, 
hydraulics, light, light and photometry, heat and thermometry, 


the principles of hygrometry, (only in their application to 

(c) Sanitary Legislation :—Statutes and by-laws relating to 
public health; the powers of public sanitary authorities. 

(d) Bacteriology and Parasitology -—Modes of propagation 
of disease and transmission of disease between man and man, 
and man and animals; bacteriological analysis in relation to 
public health matters; natural history of microbes and animal 

(e) Vital Statistics :—Calculation and tabulation of returns 
of births, marriages, deaths and diseases. 

(f) Meteorology and Climatology -—Including the geogra- 
phical and topographical distribution of disease. 

(g) Preventive Medicine and Practical Sanitation. 

The fee for the Diploma, including laboratory fee, shall be 


Few Medical Schools are able to offer such excellent facili- 
ties for clinical instruction as the Medical Faculty of MeGill 
University. This is so, because of the extensive field afforded 
for such instrtction in the Montreal General and the Royal 
Victoria Hospitals, both of which have at least a continental 

Clinics are held regularly in all subjects in both hospitals, 
and tutorial instruction is given in the wards, out-patient 
rooms and laboratories. Besides this, every facility is afforded 
in the Montreal Maternity Hospital for acquiring a practical 
knowledge of the various obstetric manipulations and the 
management and after treatment of cases. Full particulars 
regarding the character of this part of the work, with detailed 
descriptions -of the Hospitals, are given in the Medical 
Calendar, which will be sent on application. 


This Society, composed of registered students of the 
Faculty, meets every. alternate Friday during the Autumn 
and Winter Terms, for the reading of papers, case reports and 
discussions on medical stibjects. A prize competition has been 


a oe 
4 * 

(et a PE, PITT 


established in Senior and Junior subjects, the Senior being 
open to all to write upon, while only the Ist, 2nd and 3rd year 
students are allowed to compete in the Junior subjects. The 
papers are examined by a board elected from the Professoriate, 
and a first and second prize in each division of subjects 1s 
awarded to the successful candidates. 

Names of competitors and titles of papers must be sent to 
the Chairman of the Programme Committee before September 
1st, and all papers are subject to the call of the Committee 
on October 1st. All papers must be handed in for examina- 
tion on or before January roth. 

This Society has control of the students’ reading room, 
in which the leading English and American Medical 
Journals are on file, as well as the leading daily and weekly 
newspapers of the Dominion. 

The annual meeting is held during the first week of the 
Spring Term, when the following officers are elected: Hon. 
President (elected from the Faculty), President, Vice-Presi- 
dent, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, Reporter, 
Pathologist, and three Councilmen (of whom two shall be 
elected from the Faculty). Ss 




The course in Dentistry extends over four sessions of nine 
months each and leads to the degrees of M.D.S. and D.D.5. 
The lectures of the first two years will be given, and the 
laboratory and other practical work done, at the medical 
College. The work during the last two years and 
part of the second ' year has special reference to Dentistry 
proper, and will be carried on chiefly at the Dental College. 


Students in Dentistry must pass the ni Nee examina- 
tion required of students in Medicine, for particulars of which 
see pages 19 and 2tto27. Those who intend to practise in the 
Province of Quebec must pass the matriculation ex: amination 
of the Dental Association, if they do not hold a degree in Arts 
or Medicine from a recognized British or Canadian Univer- 
sity. A certificate of having passed this ex umination will be 
accepted as a ftll equivalent for the matriculation examination 
of this University. 

The fee for the Dental Association examination 1s $20.00 
and is payable to the Secretary, Dr. Eudore Dubeau, 390 St. 
Denis Street, Montreal, from whom all further information 
can be obtained. 


The fees are the same as for students in Medicine. (See 

page 55). 

In accordance with the provisions of the Dental Act, candi- 
dates intending to practise in the Province of Quebec must 
sign indentures, before a Notary Public, with a licentiate of 
Dental Surgery in active pra actice in the Province, four years 
before being admitted to the profession. He should, there- 
fore, register with the Dental Board at the beginning of his 
College course. 


, and practice in the 
Columbia excepted ) 
of the 

The requirements for admission to study 
other provinces of the Dominion (British 
will be learned by corresponding with the secretary 
Dominion Dental Association. 


of Dental Surgery (M.D.5.) will be 

The degree ot Master 
attained the ‘full 

ferred only on candidates who (1) have 

age of twenty-one years, (2) are of good moral character, 
sessions, (4) have paid 

(3) have attended for four regular 

the required fees, and (5) have passed the prescribed 

call ic 


Practical Anatomy, Physics, [nor- 

First Year :—Anatomy, 
Histology, Biology ard 

sanic Chemistry, Practical Chemistry, 

Embryology, Bacteriology. 
Second Year:—Anatomy, 

Practical Physiology, Organic Chemistry, 

Practical Anatomy, Physiology, 
Bio-Chemistry, His- 
tology, Pharmacy. 

Third and Fourth Years -—Operative and Mechanical Den- 
3ridge-Work, Practical work in Infirmary, 

tistry, Crown and i; 
a Medica, Orthodontia, Anzesthetics, 

Dental Pathology, Materi 
Dental Surgery. 







This building, the first and oldest building of McGill College, con- 
tains the lecture-rooms of the Faculty of Arts and the botanical labora- 
tories in the centre. The East Wing contains the newly equipped 
zoological laboratories, the offices of the Administration, and the 
lecture rooms Of the Faculty of Law. The West wing (the old 
Molson Convocation and Examination Hall) has been converted into 
lecture-rooms for the first year English and Mathematical classes 
in the Faculty of Applied Science, the accommodation in the Engineer- 
ing Building having proved inadequate for the large numbers of 
students in that Faculty. 

The botanical laboratories are 

lescribed in detail on page 243, the 
zoological Laboratories on page 25 


The Engineering Building, erected, equipped and endowed by Sir 
William C. Macdonald, represents, in architectural effect, a severe treat- 
ment’ of the Italian renaissance. Besides numerous lecture-rooms, 
students’ rooms, a departmental library, and a large technical museum, 
the building contains large and thoroughly equipped electrical and 
magnetic laboratories; dynamo rooms; lighting station; accumulator 
room; laboratories of Mathematics, Dynamics, Mechanics, Geodesy, 
Modelling, Testing, and Thermodynamics; workshops (in the annex 
erected under the bequest of the late Thomas Workman) for car- 
pentry, wood-turning, and pattern-making; Machine shops; Smithy; 
Foundry, etc. 

_A detailed description of the laboratories and workshops and their 
equipment will be found on pages 243 et seqq. 


Admirable facilities are afforded in the Macdonald Chemistry and 
Mining Building for study and research in the departments of 
Chemistry, Metallurgy, Mining, Mineralogy and Geology. The build- 
ing was erected, equinned and endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald. 
It is spacious, admirably lighted, heated by hot water and ventilated by 
electric fans. In addition to the large Lecture Theatre, which seats 

about 250 students, there are four lecture rooms for smaller classes, 
and a number of offices. 

There are three large general Chemical laboratories. large labora- 
tories for Ore-dressing and Metallurgy and a number of smaller rooms 

: — 

for special purposes, including research work. Among the special 

laboratories may be mentioned those for Organic Chemistry, Physical 
Chemistry, Electrolytic Analysis, Gas Analysis, Iron and Steel Analysis, 
Fire Assaying, Water Analysis, Determinative Mineralogy, Petro- 
graphy, Photography, etc. The reference library contains about 1,300 

_ A detailed description of the laboratories and their equipment is 
given on page 245. 


The Macdonald Physics Building, another of Sir William C. 
Macdonald’s cifts to the University, contains five storeys, each of 8,000 
square feet area. Besides a lecture theatre and its.apparatus rooms, the 
building includes an elementary laboratory nearly 60 feet square; large 
special laboratories arranged for higher work by advanced students in 
heat and electricity; a range of rooms for optical work and photo- 
graphy; separate rooms for private thesis work by students; and two 
large laboratories arranged for research, provided with solid piers and 
the usual standard instruments. There are also a lecture room, with 
Apparatus room attached, for Mathematical Physics, a special physical 
library, and convenient workshops. The equipment is on a correspond- 
ing scale, and comprises: (1) apparatus for illustrating lectures; (2) 
simple forms of the principal instruments for use by the students in 
practical work; (3) the most recent types of all important instru- 
ments for exact measurement, to be used in connection with special 
work and research. 

A detailed description of the laboratories and their equipment As 
given on page 253. 


This residential college for the women students of McGill Uni- 
versity, erected and endowed by Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, is 
situated on Sherbrooke Street, in close proximity to the University 
buildings and laboratories. The professors and lecturers of the Uni- 
versity are thereby enabled to give their services in the conduct of the 
College classes. 

Full particulars regarding the College, terms of residence, etc., are 
given on pages 265 to 269. 

Librarian :—Charles H. Gould, B.A. 

The general library is housed in the fine Romanesque building 
erected in 1893 by the late Mr. Peter Redpath. 

Dignified and convenient as originally designed, it was improved 
and greatly enlarged in 1900, by the late Mrs. Peter Redpath. It 
now possesses ample accommodation for three hundred and fifty 
readers, of whom fully one hundred can be provided for in the 
seminary rooms and special studies. 


ek ee 



The main architectural feature of the interior is the general 
reading room, 110 feet long, 44 feet wide, 34 feet high. It will seat 
one hundred and fifty readers and has open shelves for about 4,000 

The book stack, four and five storeys high, of approved type, ex- 

cellently lighted and ventilated, with four reading bays on each storey, 
has a working capacity of 250,000 volumes, besides special provision tor 
the storage of maps and of newspapers. 

A description of the collections and other particulars are given 

ALC {im 

Senior Curator :—Prof. B. J. Harrington, M.A., LL.D. 

This building was erected in 1882 by the liberal benefactor whose 
name it bears. It occupies a commanding position at the upper end 
of the campus, and besides its central hall and other rooms devoted to 
the collections, contains a large lecture-theatre, class-rooms, and work- 

The general arrangement of the collections is as follows: 

1. The Botanical Room on the ground floor contains the Herbarium, 
consisting of 50,000 specimens of Canadian and exotic plants and col- 
lections illustrating structural and economic botany. 

2. On the first floor is a room over the entrance hall, in which are 

cases containing archzological and ethnological objects, including collec- 
tions from the Queen Charlotte Islands, from Egypt, and from South 
Equatorial West Africa. 

3. This room opens into the great Museum Hall, on each side of 
which are alcoves with upright and table cases containing the collec- 
tions in Paleontology, arranged primarily to illustrate the successive 
geological systems, and subordinately to this, in the order of zoological 
and botanical classification, so as to enable the student to see the general 
order of life in successive periods, and to trace any particular group 
through its geological history. 

4. At the extreme end of the Hall are placed the collections of 
minerals and rocks, arranged in such manner as to facilitate their 
systematic study. In the centre of the Hall are economic collections 
and large casts and models. 

5. In the upper storey or gallery of the great Hall are placed the 
zoological collections; the invertebrate animals in tabie cases in regular 
series, beginning with the lower forms; the vertebrate animals in up- 
right cases, in similar order. THe PuHitip CARPENTER COLLECTION 
of shells is especially noteworthy for its arrangement and completeness. 

Papers or memoirs relating to certain type specimens in the collec- 
tions can be obtained from the Assistant Curator. Classes of pupils 
from schools can be admitted on certain days, under regulations which 
mav be learned from the Professors or from the Registrar of the 


Latitude, N. 45° 30° 17”. Longitude, gh. 54m. 18s. 67. 

Height above sea level, 187 feet. 
Superintendent:—C. H. McLeod, Ma.E. 

The Observatory, in which courses of instruction are given in the 
use of meteorological instruments and in astronomical work, is situated 
at the head of the University campus. 

Meteorological observations.—Records of temperature, atmospheric 
pressure, wind velocity and direction,.and sunshine are obtained by self- 
recording instruments. “heck observations are made at 7.40 a.m., 
3 p.m., and 7.40 p.m. on standard instruments. 

Soil temperatures are observed, in co-operation with the Physical 


Laboratory, by means of platinum thermometers at depths ranging from 
one inch to nine feet. 

The astronomical equipment consists of: The Blackman Telescope 
(614 in.); a photoheliograph (4% in.); a 3% in. transit with col- 
limating telescopes; a prismatic (8 cm.) transit instrument, also 
arranged as a zenith telescope; a 2 in. transit in the prime vertical; 
two sidereal clocks; one mean time clock; several sidereal'and mean 
time chronometers; one chronograph; batteries, telegraph lines, and 
sundry minor instruments. 

Observations for clock errors are made on nearly every clear night. 
Time exchanges are regularly made with the Toronto observatory. 
Time signals are distributed throughout the city by means of the noon 
time-ball, continuous clock signals, and the fire-alarm bells; and to the 
country through the telegraph lines. 

The longitude of the Observatory was determined in 1892 by direct 
telegraph connection with Greenwich, with exchange of observers and 
instruments. The position is believed to be the most accurately deter- 
mined in America. 

In addition to the usual standard meteorological instruments the 
Observatory is equipped with a Richard barograph, a Richard ther- 
mograph and a Calendar thermograph, the latter being employed for 
differential temperatures between the summit of Mount Royal and the 
Observatory. The anemometer and vane giving records of electrical 
connection with the Observatory are situated on the summit of Mount 
Royal at a point about 34 of a mile northwest of the Observatory. 
They are 57 feet above the surface of the ground and 810 feet above 
sea-level. The rainfall of the station is also measured by a self- 
recording electrical instrument. 


The McGill Union stands on a convenient site at the Corner of 
Sherbrooke and Victoria Streets, within two minutes’ walk of the 
College Gates. The building measures 93 feet by 71 feet, and consists 
of three storeys and a basement. It has been erected and furnished by 
Sir William Macdonald at a cost of over $135,000. The building 
externally is an example of a severe type of English classic, executed 
in the local grey stone. 



The main floor, entered from Sherbrooke Street, is devoted to 
dining and luncheon rooms. The dining table (table d’hdote and a la 
carte) will accommodate 120 at a time, and the luncheon room 8o. It 
is, therefore, possible to lunch at least 500 students between the hours 
of 12 noon and 2 p.m. 

On the second floor, billiard rooms, a news hall, a reading-room 
and library, a study and a lounging gallery (88 feet by 21 feet) are 

The Great Hall, suitable for debates, public meetings, &c., is situated 
in the top storey. The hall measures 88 feet by 45 feet, and has a 
total seating capacity of 400. Adjoining the Hall is the Music Room, 
and at the top of the building four bedrooms will be found set aside 
for graduate members re-visiting the City. 

The basement is divided between the kitchen and offices, the care- 
taker’s quarters, baths, locker rooms, laboratories and an exercise room 
24 feet by 38 feet for boxing and fencing. 

Membetship in the Union is open to all students of the University, 
without restriction, on payment of the annual fee of $5.00. This fee 
is to be paid to the Secretary-Treasurer of the Union. The Con- 
stitution containing all necessary information has been published and 
is now ready for circulation. 


This building—the home of the Young Men’s Christian Association 
of McGill University—is the property of the Association, and is not, 
therefore, strictly speaking, a University building. 

Strathcona Hall is 55 feet wide by 110 feet deep, and is five storeys 
in height. The three upper storeys are arranged to afford residential 
accommodation for about 60 men. The rooms on these floors are of 
various sizes. They are, for the most part, single, but some of them are 
arranged en suite. Each floor is amply provided with baths, etc., of 
the most modern type. 

The second floor contains a large reading-room, a large game 
room, and five small rooms to be arranged as studies or for the use of 
various clubs and societies. The apartments of the Secretary of the 
Association are also on this floor. 

The Secretary's Office is on the ground floor, which also contains 
sitting rooms, cloak rooms and a hall, capable of seating 350 persons. 

The basement, which is high and well lighted, has a bowling alley, 
as well as a suite of large rooms which may be used for dining purposes, 

The building is throughout of the most modern type of construction, 
and is absolutely fire-proof. 






See Mining and Metallurgical Laboratories. 
See Geodetic Laboratory. 


The Botanical Laboratories occupy the upper floor of the central 
Arts building. 

The laboratory for general Morphology provides table accommo- 
dation for twenty students, and is equipped with all the necessary 
appliances for the piactical study of plants, either fresh or dry. 

In connection with this laboratory, a large collection of dried 
plants is maintained, from -which material is drawn for practical 

The laboratories for special Morphology at present afford accom- 
modation for twelve students. Each table is’ provided with a com- 
plete outfit of instruments and reagents. Provision is also made 
for accurate micrometric work, and for the production of accurate 
drawings by means of the camera lucida and Leitz’s drawing instru- 
ment. More special instruments, including polariscope, spectroscope 
and photographing apparatus, afford opportunity for detailed studies 
in these several directions. A supply of physiological apparatus permits 
the demonstration through actual experimentation, of some of the more 
prominent plant activities as expressed in movement, transpiration, 
“respiration, geotropism, movement of the nutrient fluids, rate of 
growth etc. 

An investigator's table held by the University at the Biological 
Laboratory, Wood’s Hall, Massachusetts, is available for such stu- 
dents as may successfully complete the advanced course of the Third 
and Fourth Years. 


The equipment of the laboratory renders it possible to carry out 
complete tests on the strength and properties of cements, mortars, 
concretes, concrete beams, etc., and includes :— 

(a) Three one-ton tensile testing machines, representing the best 
English and American practice. 

(b) One 50-ton hydraulic compressive testing machine. 

(c) Volumenometers for determining specific gravity and for deter- 
mining the carbonic acid in the raw material. 

(d) Faija steaming apparatus for blowing tests. 

(e) Mechanical hand and power mixers. 

(f) Apparatus for determining standard consistency. 


(yg) Vicat’s and Gilmore’s needles for determining set. 

(h) Weighing hopper, spring and other balances. 

(;) Gun metal moulds for tension, compression and trinsverse 
test pieces, and special apparatus for placing mortar into the moulds 
under a uniform pressure, which, together with the mechanical mix- 
ers, enable the personal errors to be eliminated. 

(7) Sieves of 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 8o, 100, 120 and 180 meshes per 
lineal inch for aetermining the fineness. 

(k) A Boehme hammer, with all accessories. 

The laboratory is also fitted with copper-lined cisterns, in which 
the briquettes may be submerged for any required. time, and with 
capacious slated operating tables, bins and tin boxes for keeping the 
cement dry for any period. 

In the Cement Testing Laboratory, researches have been nade on 
the strength of mortars set under pressure, the effect of frost on 
natural and Portland cements, the effect of sugar on lime and cement 
mortars. the strength of lime and cement mortars and of the bricks 
in brick piers, the effect of fine erinding on the adhesive strength of 
cements. of using hot water in mixing mortars. 

In addition to these researches, a large amount of work is done 
each year by the third year students, in investigating the specific 
gravity, fineness, setting properties, constancy of volume, and the 
tensile, compressive and transverse strengths of cement, both neat and 
with sand. 

(In the Chemistry and Mimng Building.) 

Resides the main lecture-theatre there are three smaller class-rooms, 
accommodating from 40 to 60 students each. 

The three principal laboratories have each a floor-space of about 
2,400 square feet, and together have accommodation for nearly two 
hundred students working at a time. They are lighted on three 
sides. and have ample hood space. One is intended for beginners, 
and the other for more advanced work, more particularly in qualitative 
and quantitative analysis. In connection with each of ‘he main 
laboratories is a balance-room, ‘equipped with balances bj several 
of the best makers. 

Physical Chemistry is provided for in a special laboratory, nearly 
30 by 40 feet, lighted from the north, and supplied with ¢lectricity, 
steam, vacuum pumps, etc. The equipment of this department con- 
sists of the apparatus necessary for the determination of tke specific 
gravities of solutions, of the depression of freezing point, of tie rise of 
boiling point, and of the densities of gases and vapours. There 
are constant-temperature baths for accurate measurement of solu- 
bilities, Kohlrausch’s- apparatus for determining the electrical con- 
ductivity of solutions, and the apparatus necessary for measuring 
the electromotive forces generated between metals and their solu- 
tions, and in voltaic cells generally. There are also calorineters for 
measuring the heat effects produced in chemical reactions. On the 
same floor there is an optical room devoted more particularly to 
crystallographic work and urnished with goniometers, polarising 
microscopes, axial-angle apparatus. refractometers, ete. Otier forms 
of apparatus will be added as required for research work. 




[Immediately adjoining the laboratory of physical chemistry 1s 
the photographic department, supplied with two dark rooms, 
arranged on the maze system, and provided with the necessary appli- 
ances for all ordinary photographic work, eincluding an enlarging 
camera and apparatus for micro-photography. 

The laboratory for gas analysis has a northern exposure, and 1s 
Stted with a large tank to contain water at the temperature of the 
room, for use in obtaining a constant temperature in the measure- 
ment of gases. ‘The tables are arranged for work with mercury, and 
the laboratory is supplied with the apparatus of Hempel, Dittmar, 
Orsat, Elliot. and others. It contains also Fleuss, Boltwood, and 
Tépler pumps for producing high vacua. 

The laboratory for electrolytic analysis is supplied with accumu- 

lators, thermopile, platinum electrodes, rheostats, ammeters, volt- 
meters, etc. 

Another room has lately been equipped with electric furnaces 
and other appliances for electro-chemical work. 

The organic department comprises a laboratory for preparations 
and research, a combustion room for analysis, a dark room for 
polariscope and saccharimeter work, and a lecture room. The 
laboratory is fitted with all the necessary apparatus for organic 
research—special hoods for work with poisonous gases, regulating 
ovens for digesting and drying at various temperatures, filter presses 
for the extraction of raw materials, and various forms of apparatus 
for distillation in vacuo. The dark room is equipped with polari- 
scopes and saccharimeters for sugar work. There is a large supply 
of the necessary organic chemicals, which are supplied free of charge 
to students engaged in routine or research work in this department. 

The laboratory for determinative mineralogy has places for 28 
students, and is supplied with abundant materials for practical work. 
It adjoins the lecture-room ‘n which the lectures in advanced min- 
eralogy are delivered. lhe mineralogical department is also provided 
with suitable machinery, run by electricity, for the cutting and polish- 
ing of minerals and rocks. 

‘he Library contains a valuable collection of the most recent 
Erelish, French, and German books. and sets of various journals 
and transactions, including the 3erichte der Deutschen Chemischen 
Gesellschaft, Journal fur Praktische Chemie, Chemisches Central- 
blatt, Fresenius’ Zeitschrift fur Analytische Chemie, Annales de 
Chemie et de Physique, Journal of the Chemical Socicty, Journal of 
the Society of Chemical Industry, Chemical News, Mineralogical Mag- 
azine. Mineralogische und Petrographische Mittheilungen, etc. The 
library is oper to students undet such restrictions as are necessary to 
prevent damage or loss of books. 

The rooms for allied purposes have, as far as possible, been 
grouped together on the same floor, and there is a hydraulic lift 
running from the basement to the attic. The offices and principal 
laboratories and supply rooms are also connected by a system of 
telephones. The building 1s practically fire-proof. 

(In the Medical Building. ) 
The main students’ laboratory is on the ground floor and is 80 

feet in length by 45 feet wide, with a ceiling 20 feet high. There is 
cufficient bench accommodation and equipment for- from 150 to 180 


. | 


students at a time. The room is well lighted and excellently venti- 
lated, fresh warm air being supplied, and the foul air removed, by 
fans. In addition to this large laboratory there is a smaller one for 
private research work arfd on the opposite side of the hall, next to the 
lecture theatre, three preparation rooms. 


The several electrical laboratories are the Standardizing Labor- 
atorv, the Fourth Year Dynamo Laboratory, the Third Year Dynamo 
Laboratory, the High Tension Laboratory, the Photometer Room and 
a Laboratory for special investigation. Power is supplied in the 
form of direct current from a number of independent sources and 
converted when alternating current is required by motor generator 
sets or by inverted rotaries. The equipment of the laboratories 
includes, besides the usual current limiting and controlling devices, 
an ample supply of ‘voltage. current, power, speed, etc., metering in- 
struments, and practically all of the principal types of commutating, 
synchronous and induction machinery. 

(a) The Standardizing Laboratory is equipped with four Kelvin 
Balances, best range, .025 to 600'amperes; a Kelvin standard electro- 
static multicellular volt meter, Board of Trade pattern; a Weston 
laboratory standard ammeter, range with shunts o to 1,500 amperes; 
Weston laboratory standard D.C. and A.C. volt meters, range with 
multipliers and voltage transformers, 0 to 15,000; Weston laboratory 
standard wattmeters; a special Elliott Potentiometer for current and 
em.f. measurement, standard resistances, from a fraction of an ohm 
to a megohm, standard cells, standard capacities, etc., ete. Direct 
Current for the laboratory is furnished from storage cells having a 
capacity of 2,000 amperes. Alternating current of several wave 
shapes and frequencies from 15 to 150 periods per second and volt- 
ages tp to 200,000 is available. A special transformer having a 
capacity of 800 amperes is used for alternating current ammeter 
calibration. For alternating current voltmeter calibration a_ special 
regulator is provided, by which voltages from o*to 200 can be ob- 
tained in as small steps as desired. 

(b) The Fourth Year Dynamo Laboratory.—In this laboratory, 
as well as in the Third Year Laboratory, all dynamos are motor 
driven. Speed regulation is attained either by varying the voltage 
supply to motor or by varying the motor ‘field current. Power is 
obtained from six independent sources of supply, two 75 k.w. duc. 
direct: connected units in the service plant, one 300 k.w. hour and 
and three 75 k.w. hour chloride accumulators. All generators and 
motors are mounted on strong testing benches, fifteen inches high, 
with slotted floor, so that any machine when placed anywhere on 
the benches can be quickly secured in place. Two travelling ‘cranes 
over the benches, allow machines to be easilv shifted. All wiring is 
done in cement conduits under the edges of the benches, and switch- 
boards. stationary and movable, are provided for current distribution. 
Special testing tables fitted with switches, circuit breakers, etc., 
facilitate the work. Sixteen alternating current machines, including 
single. two and three nhase generators, synchronous motors, synchron- 

ous converters. together with a large amount of stationary and rotary 

induction apparatus, are provided for alternating current work. Dif- 
ferently shaped inductors in inductor generators and differently shaped 

per <e 


poles in revolving field machines give e.m.f. wave forms of a number 
of different shapes. Induction motors with wire wound rotors serve 
as induction generators and frequency changers. The laboratory is 
likewise provided with about one hundred voltmeters, ammeters and 
wattmeters of standard make and of different ranges, also speed 
indicators, condensers, rheostats, standard resistances, etc., etc. 

; (c) The Third Year Dynamo Laboratory.—This laboratory 1s 

similar in design to the Fourth Year Laboratory, all generators being 

motor driven and mounted on convenient benches, and similarly sup- 

f plied with power. It is equipped with twenty-two commutating 
machines; constant potential generators of various types, shunt series 
and compound wound motors, boosters, dynamotors, closed and open 
coil constant current machines, varying in capacity to 40 kilowatts 
of many different makes. Some seventy-five voltmeters, ammeters 
and wattmeters are also provided, as well as the usual accompaniment 
of starting boxes, controllers, rheostats for absorbing power, etc. 

(d) High Tension Laboratory.—This laboratory is equipped with 
a dc.-a.c. motor generator set and four 10 k.w. 200-50,000 volt 60 
cycle transformers, and one 5 k.w. I00-25,000 60 cycle transformer, 
with switchboard and suitable controlling devices. Current and volt- 
age transformers and 100,000 volt direct reading Kelvin electrostatic 
voltmeter are also provided. 

(e) The Photometer Room.—This room 1s equipped with standard 
photometric apparatus for candle power measurements of are and 
incandescent lamps. | 

(f) The Laboratory for special investigations adjoins the stan- 
dardizing laboratory. Meter and transformer testing are also done 
in this room. 

The equipment of this laboratory consists of:— 
(1) Linear instruments. 
(a) A Rogers comparator and standard bar for investigating 
\ standards of length. 
(b) A’ fifty-foot standard and comparator for standardizing 
steel bands, chains, tapes, rods, etc. 
(c) A Whitworth end-measuring machine and set of standards. 
(d) A Munro-Rogers linear dividing engine. 
(2) Circular instruments. 
(a) A Rogers’ circular comparator and dividing engine. 
(b) Three level triers. 
(3). Domes 
(a) An astronomical clock and clock circuit in connection with 
the observatory clocks. 
(b) Chronometers running on mean and sidereal time. 
(c) Chronograph. 

(4) Gravity—A_ portable Bessel’s reversible pendulum apparatus 
with special pendulum clock and telescopic apparatus for 
observing coincidences of beats. 

\ (5) A water gauge apparatus for testing aneroid barometers. 

(6) Magnetic instruments :— 

(a) A Kew dip circle. ‘ 

(b) A Kew filar magnetometer. 


The laboratory is constructed with double walls and enclosed air 
spaces, and has a special heating apparatus, so that the temperature 
i | within may be brought to,.and held at, any desired degree. 

A The ordinary course of instruction in this laboratory is described 
on page 200. 

Astronomical Observatory. 

The”observatory equipment for the purpose of ins truction in prac- 
tical astronomy consists of :— 

1, A Bamberg prismatic transit with zenith attachment. 
Three astronomical transits for meridian observations. Collim- 
ating telescopes. 
3-A Troughton & Simms’ zenith telescope. 
4. An astronomical transit in the prime vertical. 


5. Sidereal and mean time clocks and chronometers. 

~~) 6. Chronograph and electrical circuits by which observations and 
clock comparisons within or without the observatory may be 


The Laboratory of Histology extends across the entire end of the 
& | Laboratory Wing of the Medical Building, a distance of over 100 feet, 
having a breadth of 28 feet. This room is splendidly lighted and 
accommodation is furnished for about 100 students. There is also a 

smaller room for the professor and his assistants and for research and 

preparation work. 



The main laboratory of Hygiene has a floor space of 60 ft. by 50 
ft. and is well equipped with apparatus for demonstration and practical 
work in.Hygiene. Adjoining this is a smaller private laboratory and 
balance room. The arrangements for light and ventilation are excellent. 


Here the student studies practically the flow of water through 

|| orifices of various forms and sizes, through submerged openings, over 
PL ie eel weirs, through pipes, mouth-pieces, etc. 
ait The equipment of this laboratory includes :— 

a (a) A large Experimental Tank, 30 ft. in height and 25 sq. ft. in 
R sectional area. With this tank experiments are conducted on the 

i) 1 flow of water through orifices either free or submerged. By a simple 
Bah arrangement the orifices can be rapidly interchanged without lower- 

mul ing the head, and with the loss of only about one pint of water. The 
or ot indicating and measuring arrangements connected with the tank are 
Vay bt exceedingly delicate and accurate, all times being automatically 
+ ah t| recorded by an electric chronograph, and valuable results have 
already been obtained. By means of a special connection with the 
city water-supply, the available head of water may be increased up 
to 280 ft. 


(b) An Impact Machine, which renders it possible to measure the 
force with which water flowing through an orifice, nozzle, of pipe, 
strikes any given surface, and also the impulsive effect of the water 
entering the buckets of hydraulic motors. 

(c) A Rife’s Hyaraulic Ram. 

(d) A Jet Measurer specially designed for investigating the 
dimensions of the jet produced in the phenomena known as “the in- 
version of the vein.” With this apparatus it is possible to determine, 
within .oor inch, the dimensions of a jet in any plane and at any 
point of the path. 

(e) Numerous orifices, nozzles, and mouth-pieces. 

(f) A. specially designed stand-pipe, with all the necessary comn- 
nections for pipes of various sizes for investigations on frictional 

resistance. Lhe pressures are measured by recording gauges, etc. 
(zg) A flume about 35 feet in length, by 5 ft. in width by 3 ft. 
6 ins. in depth. 
\. (h) Weirs up to 5 ft. in width, and with a depth of water over 
the sill varying from nil to 8 inches. A weir-depthing machine, with 
three adjustable heads, gives the surface depth of the stream at any 
three points in a transverse section. The velocity of the stream is 
also determined by means of a double Pitot tube. 

(1) Numerous hydraulic pressure-gauges. 
; (7) A mercury column 60 feet in height. 
(k) Gauge-testing apparatus, 
(1) Various rotary, and piston meters, and a Venturi meter. 
(m) Apparatus for illustrating vortex motion. 
(n) Apparatus for illustrating vortex ring motion, and for deter- 
mining the critical velocity of water flowing through pipes. 

(o) Five specially built sauging tanks with suitable indicators, 
each having a capacity of 800 cubic feet, for determining the critical 
velocity of water flowing through pipes. Also other portable tanks. 

(p) ‘lransmission and absorption Gynamometers. : 
(q) An experimental centrifugal pump, which can be tested with 
varying heights of suction and discharge. 
é (yr) An inward-flow turbine, a new American turbine, an outward- 
| flow impulse turbine, a Pelton, and other motors and turbines. 
(s) A three cylinder rotary nydraulic engine of the Brotherwood 
type has been added to the laboratory equipment during the past year. 
(t) Graduated measures of various sizes; standard gallon and 
litre measures with glass strikes. This Laboratory is also provided 
with a set of pumps, specially designed for experimental work and 
research. They are adapted to work under all pressures up to 120 
lbs. per sq. in., and at all speeds up to the highest found practicable. 
The set is composed of three vertical single acting plunger pumps 
of 7 in. diam., 18 in. stroke, driven from one shaft. They have two 
interchangeable valve chests, and it is arranged that both the valves 
and their seats may be removed and replaced by others. The pumps 
are also provided with a double set of continuous recording indica- 
tors designed in the laboratory and having electrical connections. 
With these, an accurate record of the suction and discharge valves 
may be obtained at any given time, all fluctuations of speed, pressure, 
etc., being automatically recorded. 

a SE ee 

(u) Hele Shaw’s apparatus for experiments on stream-lines, illus- 
trating flow round submerged bodies, stresses in plates, and many 
magnetic problems. 



The equipment of this Laboratory includes :—A belt-testing machine, 
capable of taking a six-inch belt at 15 feet centres (the machine in- 
cludes a special hydraulic dynamometer, and a friction brake, and will 
absorb 15 H. P. ) ; a Thurston railway-pattern oil-tester, fitted with 
water cooling and heating apparatus for varying the temperature of the 
brasses as desired; an Engler standard viscosimeter, and other neces- 
sary apparatus for the physical testing of lubricants; a specially de- 
signed hydraulic support and fittings for carrying out experiments on 
the action of cutting tools in the lathe; apparatus for experiments on 
the efficiency of pulleys and hoisting appliances, and on the efficiency 
of worm and other gearing; apparatus for governor-testing; appara- 
tus for studying problems connected with the balancing of recipro- 
cating engines. 

This Laboratory is used in connection with the courses in Mech- 
anical Engineering subjects. 


These consist of a large furnace room of 2,200 sq. feet, for metal- 
lurgical operations, a furnace room for assaying of 1,300 sq. feet, a 
balance room, small analytical laboratory, and parts of other rooms, 
which are utilized for pyrometric and photo-microscopic work. The 
furnace room is fitted with a water-jacket blast-furnace, 21 inches inside 
diameter, for smelting lead and copper ores; also a hand reverberatory 
furnace for roasting ores, having a hearth 14 ft. by 6 ft., a Bruckner 
roasting furnace, an English cupellation furnace and a small gas 

It has also a large lead-lined chlorination-barrel for high pres- 
sures, with filter press, air pump, etc. ' 

The furnace room adjoins the milling and ore dressing room (see 
below) and ores which have been crushed and dressed can easily 
be conveyed into the furnace room for roasting, smelting or leaching 
treatments. | 

In addition to this comparatively large scale plant, apparatus is 
being provided to enable the students to study in detail the more 
important metallurgical operations using quantities of ore or metal- 
lurgical products of usmally not more than a few pounds in weight. 
With such appliances the work of the student can be of a more 
individual character than is generally possible with large scale 
plant, and the reactions which occur can be more easily and exactly 

For the purpose of small scale work there is a large crucible 
furnace which can be used with either natural or forced draught, 
a large gas furnace which can be used either as an oven furnace 
or a muffle furnace, and a number of small muffle and crucible 
furnaces in the assaying laboratory. 

In the autumn of 1901 the students erected a model brick blast 
furnace, and used it successfully for smelting copper ores. A Roots’ 
blower has been provided for the blast furnaces, and connections 
for supplying forced draft have been made to the gas and reverber- 
atory furnaces. Electric furnaces have been constructed for carrying 
on operations at very high temperatures, and there is a low voltage 
dynamo and storage battery for electrolytic work. Leaching opera- 


tions on a small scale are conducted in stoppered bottles which can 
be agitated by machinery. 

A powerful hydraulic press and a piece of apparatus for com- 
pressing gases by hydraulic power are available for experiments that 
have to be conducted under great pressure. 

The Assaying Laboratory is equipped with a large soft coal assay 
furnace, and with a number of small muffle and crucible furnaces 
fred with coke: the large gas muffle furnace in the furnace room 
is also available for assaying purposes, and there is a small muffle 
furnace and a crucible furnace fired by gasoline. 

| Adjoining the assaying laboratory, is the balance room and a 
small laboratory for chemical work. 

In another room are a number of electrical pyrometers of both 
the Le Chatelier and Callendar type, and a micro-photographic out- 
Gt for recording the microscopic structure of metals and alloys. A 
. polishing machine, worked by power, has been installed to prepare 
the specimens for examination. 

The courses of instruction in these laboratories are described on 
pages 189 and 190. 


The Department of Mining Engineering has one large laboratory 
for ore-dressing and a number of rooms of moderate size equipped for 
use as special laboratories, offices, lectttre room, dark room, machine 
shop, etc. ‘lhe effective floor space is about 6,600 square feet, in 
addition to which the departmental store rooms, ore bins, etc., have 
an area of 1,000 feet. 

The ore-dressing laboratory proper has about 4,200 feet of floor 
space and is 25 feet high in the centre. 

It is equipped with two classes of apparatus. First, a large num- 
ber of pieces especially designed for individual work on a small 
scale. Many of these are for elementary investigations and demon- 

; strations of a theoretical nature, others are small scale reproductions 
of typical ore-dressing and milling machines. Second, a complete 
plant of standard apparatus for ore crushing, sampling, milling, con- 
centrating and for coal washing. The apparatus last mentioned has 
been chosen from the best designs in common use and each impor- 
tant class of ore-dressing machinery is represented by two or more 
different types in order that comparative tests may be made. Each 
machine is so arranged that it may be used, tested and cleaned up 

independently, but when expedient, a number of machines can be 
| connected by automatic conveyors and thus complete working plants 
of many kinds can be improvised, each of sufficient capacity to test 

large lots of material under approximately working conditions. 

\ The chief pieces of apparatus ‘1 the laboratory are rock-breakers 
of four kinds, Blake, Dodge, Gates, and Sturtevant, for coarse 
crushing; Stamp mills of 600 and 9so lbs... respectively, and a small 
steam stamp for the fine crushing and amaleamating of gold ores; 
Huntingdon centrifugal roller mill, for crushing and amalgamating ; 
high speed steel rolls for fine crushing; Gates’ grinder for preparing 
semples. and a ball mill and several pans for extremely fine grinding. 

Following these there is a Bridgman automatic sampler, and a 
series of trommels and hand and power shaking screens for sizing 

the crushed ores; two specially designed jigs of two and four com- 





=a we 



partments, with adjustable eccentric, cam and slide mechanisms, a 
pneumatic jig, and several small hand and power jigs for coarse 
concentration: revolving, bumping and stationary tables; a stationary 
glass table; Frue vanner, Wilfley table; Bartlett table, Bartlett canvas 
table, etc., for separating valuable minerals contained in the fine sands 
and slimes; plates, pans and barrels for amalgamating gold and silver 
ores: vats and other apparatus for cyaniding, chlorinating and other 
leaching processes; spitzkasten, spitzlutte, magnetic separators, coal 
washers, dolly tubs, and various other special pieces of ore dressing 

An hydraulic lift and a complete series of belt and bucket eleva- 
tors, feeders, samplers, etc., are provided for use in heavy continu- 
ous work. The power chiefly used is electricity, generated in the 
University power and light station, and utilized through a number 
of electric motors conveniently placed near the machines to be 
operated, but steam is used for some pieces of apparatus and others 
may be driven by a pelton wheel. The department is equipped with 
the most approved apparatus for electrical measurements, and is thus 
able to make frequent and accurate determinations of the amount of 
power used by each machine, and for any special condition of use. 

In addition to the main laboratory there are excellent facilities 
for advanced and research work—including a thoroughly equipped 
analytic and assay laboratory and a photographic room. ‘The de- 
partment possesses an excellent Fuess petrographical microscope, a 
good set of weighing and measuring devices, and a number of pieces 
of special apparatus for advanced theoretical investigation. 

The courses of instruction in these laboratories are described on 
Pages 192 to I94. 


The Petrographical Laboratory, containing the chief rock collections 
of the University, is situated in the Chemistry and Mining building, 
and is arranged for the use of students in the Mining Course as well 
as for those desirious of taking advanced work, such as Post Graduate 
students and those taking Honour Courses in Arts. It is provided with 
a number of petrographical microscopes by Seibert, Crouch, and Fuess, 
as well as with models, sets of thin sections, electro-magnets, heavy 
solutions, etc., for petrographical work. 

A collection of typical rocks has been especially prepared for 
the use of students, and a complete equipment for cutting, grinding, 
and polishing rocks, has been installed, which runs by electric power 
and gives excellent facilities for the preparation of thin sections for 
microscopic use. 

For advanced work and petrographical investigation Dr. Adams’ 
éxtensive private collection of rocks and thin sections is available 
for purposes of study and comparison. 


The space devoted to the practical teaching of pharmacology and 
pharmacy is divided into, (1) a large students’ Jaboratory, 45 ft. by 40 
ft., well lighted, well equipped. and provided with benches, lockers and 
sets of apparatus necessary for individual student work in pharmacology 
and pharmacy, and (2) four smaller research rooms provided with the 



Eg i PE EF PEF LT es 


| al 


necessary apparatus for extended research work. The equipment of 
these laboratories was supplied through the generosity of Mr. David 


The equipment of the Macdonald Physical Laboratories com- 
prises: (1) apparatus for illustrating lectures; (2) simple forms 
of the principal instruments for use by the students in practical 
work; (3) the most recent types of all important instruments for 
exact measurement, to be used in connection with special work and 
research. | ; 

The basement contains the cellars, furnaces, and janitors apart- 
ments at the west end of the building. The machine room—contain- 
ing a small gas engine and dynamo, which are fitted for testing, but 
can also be used for light and power, a motor-alternator and a 
motor-dynamo — is situated at the extreme western corner of the 
basement so as to be as far removed as_ possible from the 
magnetic and electrical instruments. Here is also the switch board 
for controlling the various circuits for supplying direct or alternat- 
ing current to different parts of the building, and a Liquid Air Plant, 
consisting of a Whitehead Torpedo Air-compressor, capable of giving 
250 atmospheres, driven by an 11-Horse Power Electric Motor, and 
a Hampson Liquefier with a capacity of 1 litre per hour. The Accu- 
mulator Room contains a few large storage cells, charged by, the 
motor-dynamo, which are fitted with a suitable series-parallel arrange- 
ment and with rheostats for obtaining and controlling large currents 
up to 4,000 amperes for testing ammeters and low resistances, etc. 

The Magnetic Laboratory contains magnetic instruments and 
variometers of different patterns, and also a duplicate of the B. A. 
Electro-dynamometer. The laboratory on the opposite side of the 
basement contains a Lorenz apparatus for the absolute measurement 
of resistance, constructed under the supervision of Prof. Viriamu 

There is a Constant Temperature Room, surrounded by double 
walls, which contains a Standard Rieffler Clock, and is fitted for 
comparator work. 

The ground floor contains at the western corner 4 small machine 
shop, fitted with a milling machine and suitable lathes and tools, 
driven by electric motors, and such appliances as are required for 
the making and repairing of the instruments, for which the services 
of a mechanical assistant are retained. There is also, a store room 
for glass, chemicals and cleaning materials, and extensive lockers and 
lavatories for the use of the students. 

The Main Electrical Laboratory is a room 60 feet by 40, and is 
fitted with a number of brick piers, which come up through the 
floor, and rest on independent foundations, in addition to the usual 
slate shelves round the walls. This room contains a large number 
of electrometers, galvanometers, potentiometers and other testing 
instruments of various patterns, and adapted for different tses. It 
connects with a smalter room at the side.-in which are kept the 
resistance boxes and standards, and also the capacity standards. A 
small research laboratory, adjoining the electrical laboratory, 1s fit- 
ted up for the study of electrical discharge in high vacua, and for 
work with Rontgen and uranium radiation, and with ultra-violet light. 



The first floor contains the main Lecture Theatre, with seats 
for abovt 250 students. The lecture table is supported on separate 
piers, wiich are independent of the floor. Complete arrangements 
are provided for optical projections and illustration. The Prepara- 
tion Rocm in’ the rear contains many of the larger pieces of lecture 
apparatus, but the majority of the instruments, when not in use, 
are kept in suitable cases in the adjoining apparatus room. On the 
same floor there is the Heat Laboratory, devoted to advanced work 
in thermometry, pyrometry and calorimetrv. and also to such elec- 
trical work as involves the use of thermastats and the’ measurement 
of the effects of temperature. There are also two smaller rooms for 
professors and demonstrators. 

The second floor is partly occupied by the upper half of the Lec- 
ture Theatre. There is also an Examination Room for paper work, 
a Mathematical Lecture Room, with a special apparatus room de- 
voted to apparatus for illustrating Mathematical Physics, and a special 
Physical Library chiefly devoted to reference books and periodicals 
relating to Physics. A store room, lavatories and Professors’ Room 
occupy the remainder of the fiat. 

The third floor contains the Elementary Laboratory a room 60 
feet squire, devoted to elementary practical work in heat, sound, 
light, electricity and magnetism. ‘There is.a Demonstrators’ room ad- 
joining, and an optical annex devoted to experiments with lenses, gal- 
vanometers, etc., which require a darkened room. On the other side 
of the building there is a spectroscopic room, containing a six-inch 
Rowland grating, with mountings by Brashear, and other large spec- 
trometers and polarimeters. Also a series of smaller optical rooms, 
including a photometric room, especially fitted for Arc photometry, 
and a dark room for photographic work. Communication between 
the different flats is facilitated by means of a hydraulic elevator. 
The building is lighted throughout by electricity, and heated by hot 
water. The walls are of pressed brick, and the floors of hard maple. 
There is a ventilating system, consisting of Tobin tubes and suitable 
exit flues, assisted by a fan in the roof. 


The department of Physiology occupies a large portion of the top 
floor of the Laboratory Wing of the Medical Building The space 
allotted :o this department is divided up into a large students’ labor- 
atory, 45 by 58 feet, and seven smaller rooms—professor’s office and 
library and preparation and research rooms. The main laboratory is 
furnished with sufficient benches, apparatus, etc., to allow of 80 stu- 
dents wcrking at one time. The research rooms are supplied with the 
more complicated apparatus necessary for extended research work. 


These laboratories are equipped with apparatus for the determina- 
tion of tie.physical properties of the materials of construction and for 
illustrating the fundamental laws of the strength of materials. The 
equipmert includes :— 

(a) A Riehlé testing machine of 60,000 lbs. capacity, a Wicksteed 
too-ton and an Emery: 50-ton machine for testing the tensile, com- 
pressive and transverse strength of the several materials of con- 



struction. To the Wicksteed has been added a specially designed 
arrangement, by which the transverse strength of girders and beams 
up to 26 ft. in length can be determined. Special hoiders have also 
been designed and made in the laboratory for investigating the tensile 
and shearing strength of timber, and for the testing of wire ropes, 
belts, etc. 

(b) An Impact Machine, with a drop of 30 ft, and with evearing 
which will enable specimens to be rotated at any required speed, and 
the blows to be repeated at any required intervals. By means of a 
revolving drum, a continuous and accurate record of the deflections 
of the specimens under the blows can be obtained. 

(c) A Torsion Machine with a specially designed angle- 
measurer, by which the amount of the torsion can be measured with 
extreme accuracy. ; 

(d) An Accumulator, furnishing a pressure of 3,600 lbs. per square 
inch, which is’ transmitted to the several testing machines, and ensures 
a perfectly steady application of stress, an impossibility when any 
form of pump i$ substituted for an Accumulator. An automatic electric 
motor has been designed in the laboratory and constructed for the 
purpose of actuating the accumulator. 

(e) A Blake and a Worthington Steam Pump, designed to work 
against a pressure of 3,600 lbs. per square inch. The Accumulator 
may be actuated by either of the pumps, and, if at any time it is 
necessary to do so, either of the pumps may be employed to actuate 
the testing machine direct. When in operation the work of the pump 
and the accumulator is automatic. 

(f) Extensometers of the Bovey, Ewing, Unwin, Martens 
Marshall and other types. 

(g) Portable cathetometers, and also a large cathetometer speci- 
ally designed and constructed for the determination of the exten- 
sions, compressions and deflections of the specimens under stress in 
the testing machines. 

(h)’ Various electric motors for working the several machines. 

(i) A drying oven for beams up to > ft. in length. The hot air 
in this oven is kept in circulation by means of a fan driven by an 
electric motor. 

(7) Numerous gauges, amongst which may be specially noticed an 
Emery pressure gauge, graduated in single lbs. up to 2,500 lbs. per 
square inch. All of the testing machines are on the same pressure 
circuit, and are connected with the Emery gauge and also other 
standard gauges, including recording gauges. This arrangement pro- 
vides a practically perfect means of checking the accuracy of: the 

(k) Special apparatus and recording gauge for the testing of hose, 

(1) Dynamometers for measuring the strength of textile fabrics, 
the holding power of nails, etc. 

(m) Apparatus for determining the elasticity of long wires. 

(n) Apparatus for determining the hardness of materials of con- 

(o) Zeiss and other microscopes. ! 

(p) Delicate chemical and other balances. A very important part 
of the equipment is the Oertling balance, capable of indicating with 
extreme accuracy weights of from .oooot Ib. up to 125 Ibs. 



(q) Apparatus for the microscopic study of metals and for micro- 
scopic photography. 

(rv) Micrometers of all kinds. 

(s) A transverse bending machine which is adapted for loads up to 
3000 Ibs. and for beams of Io ft. span and a testing machine for apply- 
ing bending and torsion simultaneously. 

(t) Small beam testing machines, used to illustrate the laws of the 
bending of beams, both when the ends are free and when they are 

(u) Two small tension machines, in which experiments are made 
on metals, the strains being within the elastic limit. 

(v) Apparatus with experiments for long wires, adapted 
periments on wires 60 ft. in iength. 

‘) A lever machine of experiments on alternate twisting. 

(x) A testing machine for breaking tests on wires. 

(y) A powerful hydraulic press for compression tests on metals, 
cements. stone and similar materials. 

(z) Moment of Inertia apparatus. 


OF) Cas 


The Thermodynamic Laboratory is furnished with an experimental 
steam engine of 120 I. H. P., specially designed for investigating the 
behaviour of steam under various conditions: the cylinders are 6% 
inches, 9 inches, 13 inches, and 13 inches in diameter, and the stroke of 
all the pistons is 15 inches. The cylinders can be so connected as to 
allow of working as a simple, compound, triple, or quadruple expansion 
engine, either condensing or non-condensing, and with any desired rate 
of expansion. The jackets are so fitted as to permit of measuring in- 
dependently the water condensed in the cover, barrel, or bottom jacket 
of each cylinder, and the engine can he worked with any desired initial 
pressure up to 200 Ibs. per square inch. The measurements of heat are 
made by means of large tanks, which receive the cooling water and the 
condensed steam. ‘There is an independent surface condenser and air 
pump. Two hydraulic absorption brakes and an alternative friction 
brake serve to measure the mechanical power developed. 

The Laboratory also contains the following machinery :— 

A Robb automatic cut-off ‘engine. having a cylinder 101-2 inches 
in diameter by 12 inches stroke. This engine is specially fitted up 
for the measurement of cylinder temperatures, and can be run at speeds 
up to 300 revolutions per minute. 

An automatic high speed engine by Macintosh & Seymour, having 
a cylinder 12 inches diameter by 12 1-2 inches stroke. In connection 
with this engine there is an automatic recording apparatus for regis- 
tering the load on the brake. 

A hot-air engine built by Woodbury Merrill of Ticonderoga. 

An Atkinson “Cycle” gas engine, havine a cylinder 7 inches dia- 
meter by 2 inches stroke, and indicating 6 H. P. 

An Otto gas engine (built in the workshops of the Department), 
having a cylinder 8 1-2 inches diameter by 12 inches stroke, and in- 
dicating 12 H. P. 

A “Dake” steam engine of 4 H. P. 

A two stage air compressor taking 40 H. P., and having cylinders 
10 inches and 17 inches in diameter, by 15 inches stroke. The com- 


as —ias 



pressor delivers its air into reservoirs placed beneath the floor of the 
machine shop, and is provided with an intercooler. whose capacity can 
be varied as desired. 

A high speed horizontal engine having a cylinder 6 inches diameter 
by 9 inches stroke, and operated by compressed air. 

A gas-fired preheater for the above engine. 

A standard 9 1-2 inch Westinghouse air brake pump, fitted for 
testing and for supplying compressed air for experimental and other 

A non-rotative Blake steam pump, having steam and water cylin- 
ders, 4%4 and 234 inches diameter and 4% inches stroke. 

The smaller apparatus belonging to the laboratory includes the 
necessary equipment of weighing machines, brakes, calorimeters, ther- 
mometers, gauges, pyrometers, fuel testers, indicators, planimeters, 
and a Moscrop recorder. 

The boiler installation of the Engineering Building supplies steam 
for heating and power purposes, and is so arranged as to be available 
for experimental work in connection with the Thermodynamic Labora- 
tory. It comprises boilers of five distinct types as follows :— 

One Cornish boiler, for heating service, rated at 50 H. P. 

One locomotive boiler, Belpaire type, 100 H. P. 

One internally fired tubular boiler, 120 H. P. 

Two Babcock-Wilcox water-tube boilers, each 60 H. P: 

One Yarrow water-tube boiler, fitted in a closed stokehold, for 
working under forced draft, rated at 150 H. P. 

These boilers are provided with the necessary tanks, weighing- 
machines and apparatus for carrying out evaporative tests. | 


The Zoological Department occupies the whole of the uppermost 
floor of the east wing of McGill College and the larger portion of 
the floor immediately below. 

It consists of :— 
(a). A large laboratory affording accommodation for a class of 

‘90 students. 

(b). A smaller laboratory capable of seating about 18 students. 
(c). Three smaller laboratories fitted up for purposes of research. 
(d). A room fitted up for the University Osteologist. 

Dissecting trays, simple and compound microscopes, reasonable 
quantities of the ordinary reagents and of glass are provided by 
the department, but students must provide themselves with dissecting 
instruments, and with razors. 

The Department is provided with four large tanks and a number 
of smaller ones in order to maintain a supply of fresh specimens 
throughout the winter. 

The subjects for practical work, are, as far as possible, selected 
from species inhabiting the vicinity of Montreal. 

The laboratories are well provided with thermostats, microtomes, 
apparatus for microphotographic work and other instruments required 
for advanced research. There is also a small library attached to the 






ee Seen 


~-— wa 





The Museum has been established from the interest accruing 
through the endowment of the Chair of Hvgiene by Lord Strathcona 
and Mount Royal in 1893. 

With a view to exhibiting not only specimens of the best and most 
approved types of appliances in each particular branch of Public Health, 
but also examples of types which are to be avoided on Hygienic Prin- 
ciples, the material in the Museum has been re-arranged. In order to 
facilitate study and reference, the specimens have been classified upon 
a decimal system under the following sections :— 

1. Disinfection—Including disinfecting apparatus, disinfectants and 

2 Lighting and Heating.—This section includes types of all known 
methods of heating and ventilation. 

3. Water-Showing underground water and supplies drawn from 
it; methods of purification on large and small scales, including domestic 
Sltration: exhibits of all the common modes of pollution of water 
su] plies. 

4. Buildings,—Effects of ground moisture on dwellings; building 
materials of all kinds: and measures against dampness and foul air. 

5. Soil—vVarious kinds of soils: relation between soil and damp- 
ness; permeability of soils to gas and water; composition of soils. 

6. Air.—Including ventilation, climate and meteorology, with ap- 
paratus illustrative of each class. 

7. Drainage and Refuse Disposal_—This section includes every 
description of sanitary appliance used in building, drainage, and ulti- 
mate disposal of refuse, both liquid and solid. The section also includes 
types of faulty methods. 

8 Foodstuffs—Adulterations and modes of transmission of disease. 

9. Clothing.—Materials and their value for clothing. 

10. Vital Statistics-——Administration, etc. 

11. Bacteriology and Pathology relating to Public Health.—Includ- 
ing specimens and slides of all the common micro-organisms, pathogenic 
and non pathogenic; specimens of pathological conditions met with in 
meats, etc. 

In addition to the regular Museum Exhibit there is a collection 
of over 1,000 lantern slides illustrative of phases of Hygiene. The 
slides have been so arranged as to be available for demonstrations as 
hand specimens. These slides as well as all the specimens in the 

useum are card catalogued, and a projecting lantern is available for 
their demonstration. 

The following are some of the principal exhibits :-—Set of 
Knight’s diagrams and models; working models illustrating house- 
drainage, closets, etc., sewer ait, movements of soil air; Doulton’s 
models of drainage; damp-proof construction, absorption of moisture 
in building materials, ventilation appliances, combined heating and 
ventilation, automatic regulation of heating and ventilation; building 
materials: fire proofing; estimation of carbonic acid and moisture in 
the air: meteorological apparatus; water supply, water piping; water 
filtrations of public and domestic supplies; pollution of water supplies; 


ground water level; sewage and refuse disposal; sanitary fitting and 
plumbing ; food supply; food adulteration ; examination of milk supplies; 
disinfection; disinfectants. 

A complete descriptive catalogue containing a large amount of con- 
densed information with reference to the exhibits, has been published, 
and may be obtained at the office of the Medical Registrar. 


The Peter Redpath Museum contains large and valuable collections 
in Botany, Zoology, Mineralogy and Geology, arranged in such a man- 
ner as to facilitate the work in these departments. Students have access 
to this Museum, in connection with their attendance on the classes in 
Arts in the subjects above named, and also by tickets which can be 
obtained on application. 


The Workshops, erected on the Thomas Workman Endowment, 
have a total floor area of more than 25,000 square feet 

Equipment—The Carpenter Shop and the Pattern Shop contain 
thirty-eight carpenters and pattern-makers’ benches complete with 
the necessary sets of hand tools, twenty-two wood-turning lathes with 
their turning tools, a large pattern-makers’ lathe for faceplate work, 
one circular saw bench, a jig saw, a band saw, two wood trimmers, 
a surface planer, a thickness planer, a mogtising machine, a saw-sharp- 
ener, and one universal wood-working machine. 

The Smith Shop is provided with sixteen Sturtevant forges which 
are power-driven and are connected with an exhaust fan. There is a 
power hammer, and the necessary equipment of anvils, swage blocks, 
sets. flatteners and other tools. Provision is made for instruction 
in soldering and brazing. 

The Foundry has benches, tools and apparatus for bench and floor 
moulding and core-making, and is able to accommodate twenty students. 
A gas-fired brass melting furnace, a cupola for melting iron, and the 
necessary core-ovens and core-benches sive facilities for undertaking 
iron foundry work in green and dry sand, and for brass moulding. 
The shop is served by a hand travelling crane of one ton capacity. 

The Machine Shop has twelve 18-inch engine lathes, one 18-in turret, 
lathe fitted for stud and screw making, one 27-inch engine lathe, one. 
72-inch surfacing lathe, one brass-finishing lathe, one 36-inch vertical 
drilling machine with compound table, one universal milling machine with 
vertical milling attachment and dividing headstock, one planer capable 
of taking work up to 24” X 24” X 5ft., one g-inch slotting machine, 
one 16-inch shaper, one universal grinding machine, centering machine, 
a cutter grinder, a tool grinder and a buffing and emery grinding 

machine, There are vise benches for eighteen students, with the neces-- 

sary hand-tools, and a marking-off table. The tool-room contains a 
full equipment of drills, reamers, milling cutters, and accessories, 
gauges, callipers, and other meastiring instruments. 

All the machinery in the workshops is driven electrically by 

motors taking power from the generating station in the Macdonald 



The Graduate School 

Graduate instruction was for many years offered in the 
various departments of McGill University without definite 
organization. The increased demand for such work led the 
Corporation in 1906 to formally organize and extend the 
higher teaching work of the University. A Graduate School 
was, therefore, established, and in it are enrolled all the 
eraduate students in the University who are following ad- 
vanced courses of study in subjects which in the undergraduate 
work fall within the scope of the Faculties of Arts and of 
Applied Science. 

The Faculty of the Graduate School consists of the profes- 
sors of the Faculties of Arts and of Applied Science, but the 
initiative and administration of the School is placed in the 
hands of a Committee selected from these Faculties and known 
as the Committee on Graduate Studies. The Chairman of this 
Committee is the official head of the Graduate School. ‘The 
advanced courses of study offered in the Graduate School lead 
to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, and 

Doctor of Philosophy. 

Instruction for students of the Graduate School is provided 
in the following departments of study which at present rank 

as “ Subjects ” :-— 

Philosophy, including Psycholog y. 


Economics and Political Science. 

Greek Language and Literature (in- 
cluding Grecian History), 

Latin Language and Literature (in- 
cluding Roman History). 

French Language and Literature. 

German Language and Literature. 

English Language and Literature. 






Geology and Mineralogy. 

Thermo-dynamics and Theory of 
Heat Engines. 

Theory of Elasticity, Strength of 
Materials and Theory of Struc- 

Hydro-dynamics and Hydraulics. 

Applied Electricity. 

Theory of Machines and Machine 




The requirements for the several higher degrees in course 
are as follows :— 

Degree of Master of Arts. 

t. Candidates must hold the degree of B.A. or B.Sc. (in 
Arts) from McGill University, or its equivalent. 

2. Candidates must have taken 

(a) One year of resident graduate study at McGill 
University; or 

(b) Two or more years of private work; the amount of 
such work required may be stated to be the equtiva- 
lent of one year of academic study. 

3. One, two or three subjects may be taken. 

4. One of these subjects shall be designated as the Major 
Subject and special attention shall be devoted to it. It must 
be asubject which the student has already studied in his under- 
praduate course, and the work required in it will represent 
an attainment in knowledge far in advance of that required 
for the B.A. degree. The Minor Subject, or Subjects, may 
be selected from those of the undergraduate course of the third 
or fourth years, which have not already been taken by the 
candidate. Not more than one-third of the candidate’s time 
for the year shall be devoted to these subjects. The student 
shall pass an examination in each of the subjects of his course. 

s. The student shall also present a Thesis on some topic 
connected with his Major Subject. The title of his Thesis 
must have been previously submitted to the Committee on 
Graduate Studies and the Head of the Department concerned 
for their approval. The Thesis shall show evidence of distinct 
ability in dealing with the subject selected, and shall also dis- 
play good literary style. 

6. Graduates possessing a Bachelor’s degree, who act as 
Demonstrators or Tutors in the University for the entire ses- 
sion may proceed to the degree of M.A., and, in so doing 
may at the discretion of the Department with which they are 
connected, and the Committee on Graduate Studies, omit a 
portion of the course of study. They shall, however, be called 
pon to pass an examination on the course of study which 
they have followed, and shall in all cases submit the Thesis 
prescribed for that degree. If, however, they desire this year’s 
work to count as one of the three years of study required for 

———— ee 

-) i” 

Ss RS ep oe 

tc a Py OE Se TT TS Be A IN 


the Ph.D. degree, they must make their course of study con- 
form to the Ph.D. requirements. | 

N.B.—The first year’s course of study for the Ph.D. degree 
will cover the requirements of the M.A. course, but, if suci 
a course of study be followed, a Thesis must be submitted and 
approved before the degree of M.A. is conferred. If, how- 
ever, the student continues his course of study and takes the 
degree of Ph.D., the degree of M.A. will be conferred wit 
the degree of Ph.D., in which case no special thesis will te 
required for the former. 

Degree of Master of Science. 

1. Candidates must hold the degree of B.A. or B.Sc. fron 
McGill University, or its equivalent. | 

2. Candidates must have taken 
(a) One year of resident graduate study at McGill 
University; or 
(b) Two or more years of private work; the amount of 
such work required may be stated to be the eqttiva- 
lent of one year of academic study. 


3. The course of study followed by the candidate shall be 
of an advanced character, being the equivalent of that required 
for the degree of M.A., and shall lie in the domain of Ptre 
or Applied Science. It shall be selected from one of the last 
thirteen subjects in the list given above. Geodesy and Cre 
Dressing also constitute subjects in the case of this degree. 
This course of study must have been previously submitted to 
the head of the Department and to the Committee on Graduate 
Studies and have received their approval. 

4. The candidate shall also present a Thesis on some stb- 
ject connected with his course of study. The title of ‘tals 
Thesis must have been previously, submitted to the head of 
the Department and to the Committee on Graduate Studies 
and have received their approval. This Thesis shall show 
evidence of distinct ability in dealing with the subject selected 
and shall also display good literary style. It may deal with 
some very special topic, but the course of study followed by 
the student must cover a much. wider field. 


5. Graduates possessing a Bachelor’s degree, who act as 
Demonstrators or Tutors in the University for at least one r 
entire session, may proceed to the degree of M.Sc., and, in so 
doing, may, at the discretion of the Committee on Graduate | 
Studies, omit a portion of the course of study usually required. 
They shall, however, be called upon to pass an examination 
on the course of study which they have followed, and shall in 
all cases submit the Thesis prescribed for the degree. : 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 

1. The candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy 
must hold the degree of B.A. or B.Sc. from McGill University, 
or its equivalent. 

2. He must have followed a course of at least three years’ 
resident graduate study. 

3. He must select one Major Subject and one Minor Sub- 
ject. The Minor Subject selected must be related to his chief 

line of work. This Minor Subject shall have devoted to it 
about one-quarter of the instruction given during the entire 

4. The condidate must satisfy the Committee that he has a 
reading knowledge of both French and German before he will 
be permitted to enter upon the course of the second year. | 

s. The examination on the Major Subject shall cover not 
merely the formal courses of instruction which have been | 
taken, but the candidate must show that he possesses a good 
general knowledge of the whole science or branch of learning 
which he has selected as his Major Subject. A similar gen- 
eral, though less detailed, knowledge shall be required in the 
case of the Minor Subject. | 

6. The candidate shall also prepare a Thesis which must | 
display original scholarship or show marked ability to conduct / 
research. If the Thesis be accepted, two hundred printed | 
copies of it must be deposited with the University Librarian ) 
before the candidate shall receive his diploma. | 

es ie (et i EE ee __ 2 = 

The University has decided to exact a very high standard 
in the case of this degree and, at least three years of study | 
are therefore demanded. | 

To meet immediate needs, the University has decided to | 
offer at once the complete three years’ course leading to the | 



degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the following ‘subjects 
taken as Majors :— 





Theory of Elasticity, Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures. 

Hydro-dynamics and Hydraulics. 

Students desiring to proceed to the degree of Doctor of 

Philosophy in subjects other than those mentioned above may 
communicate with the Chairman of the Committee on Gradu- 
ate Studies (Dr. Adams) at the Chemistry and Mining 
Buildings, to whom also application should be made by all 
students desiring to follow courses of study in the Graduate 

> 5 

SOS aerate eta 

= Ss 


“ZO " 

Royal Victoria College. 


The institution of the Royal Victoria College, in Septem- 
ber, 1899, was a direct continuation of the work begun in 1883, 
during the Principalship of the late Sir William Dawson, whet 
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal placed a sum at the dis- 
posal of the University of McGill, for the Endowment of a 
College and classes for women. For many years previously it 
had been hoped by those interested in the education of women 
in Montreal that the University would extend its benefits to 

ee a a a ee SS ee 

women, but the means necessary for carrying out such an aim 
had not been available. The classes were organized in 1884 
as a Special Course in the Faculty of Arts, held at McGill Col- 

*- lege, separate in the main from those for men, but under iden- 
tical conditions. In some of the work of the third and fourth 

Se Oe 

years, and in the Honour Courses, the classes were held jointly. 
The ultimate aim of Lord Strathcona had been the founda- 
tion of a place of residence, and, with this object, he announced 
his intention of building and endowing the Royal Victoria 
College. By the opening of this Institution the opportunity | 
of residence and college life is given to wOmen-students of 
McGill University, working in accordance with the system pre- 
viously organized in the Special Course in Arts, but under 
greatly improved conditions. A share in the advantages of 
college life is offered also to the non-resident women-students 
of the University, who are henceforth also students of the 
Royal Victoria College. Additional elements have been added 
in the organization of a Musical Depart nent, now superseded | 
by the McGill Conservatorium of Music, and in the in- . 
stitution of Resident Women Tutors. These additions are in | 
accordance with the general aim of the College; viz., the higher 
education of women, and mainly to qualify them to take de- 
grees in Arts (including Pure Science), and to provide them 
with instruction in those branches of a liberal education neces- 
sary thereto and in such other subjects as may from time to 
time be determined. | 




The College being a constituent College of McGill Uni- 
versity, its students, whether graduate students, undergradu- 
ates, conditioned students, or partial sudents, follow the 
courses in Arts and Pure Science offered by the University 
(see pages 76 to 86). 

Lectures are given by the Professors and Lecturers of the 
University, either in the College or in the University buildings, 
and students attend the University laboratories for practical 
instruction. In addition to the instruction given in lectures 
and laboratory practice, the students of the Royal Victoria 
College are assisted in their studies by the Resident Tutors. 


The College is situated on Sherbrooke Street:at the head 
of Union Avenue, in close proximity to the University build- 
ings and to the slopes of Mount Royal. The building is fire- 
proof, and much thought and artistic care have been given to 
the furnishing and decoration. 

On the ground floor are the offices of the Administration, 
including the room of the Warden and Secretary, the Profes- 
sors’ common room, lecture rooms, students’ common room 
and a spacious dining hall. On the first floor are other lecture 
rooms, the library, reading-room, a handsome assembly hall, 
and a few rooms for resident students. The second and 
third floors are devoted to the rooms of the resident students 
and tutors. These are of varying size and plan. Each student 
has a separate study bedroom. The entire use of a sitting- 
room can be obtained, and arrangements may be made for a 
sitting-room to be shared by the occupants of the two or 
three bedrooms immediately adjoining. The rooms are com- 
pletely furnished, and no article of furniture need be brought 
by the students. 

In addition to the lawn at the back of the College, the 
students are entitled to use, subject to regulations, the grounds 
of McGill University, with its tennis-courts, skating-rink, etc. 

A nucleus of a College Library has been formed with a set of 
books, comprising the chief stated books and others referred 
to in connection ‘with the University curricula, the modern 
language course being especially well represented. There are 
also works of general literature. The Library is a reading- 


room, and the books are not taken away. The students have | 
access also to the University Lending Library. 

Students of Music have the use of pianos in a large prac- 
tising-room, and, at certain hours, in other parts of the | 
building. f 

A large Gymnasium is provided, fully equipped in accor- 
dance with modern requirements. In connection with the 
Gymnasium there are bath-rooms and dressing-rooms. 

The health of the students is under the charge of a com- 
petent physician practising in Montreal, who may be con- 
sulted free of charge. | 

Students of the Royal Victoria College, as students of McGill 
University, are entitled to the use of the University Library, 
containing about 112,000 volumes, and the Peter Redpath 
Museum, containing large collections in Mineralogy, Palzon- 

ae «SS ae 

tology, Zoology, Botany, Archeology, and Ethnology, and to 

work in the physical, chemical, zoological, botanical and other | 
eo laboratories. (for particulars of laboratories, etc., see pp. 
243 et seqq). ) 


Residence in the College buildings is open to graduate 
students, undergraduates, . conditioned students, or partial 
students, but the last are not received in residence unless they 
ake courses of study approved by the Faculty of the College. 
The charge for board and residence, in addition to the ses- 
sional fees for tuition (see pp. 52 and 53), is $290. An addi- 
tional charge, varying from $25 to $60, is made for the use 
of a private sitting-room shared by two students, or for the 
sole use of a private sitting-room. These charges cover the 
University Session, 9th September—3oth April, and the 

a summer classes, May 1st—15th June. A deduction of $50 
is made in the case of students who go out of residence at 
the end of the University Session. 

Applications for admission or further particulars should be / 
addressed to the Warden, Royal Victoria College, Montreal. | 



The Gymnasium is in charge of a fully qualified Physical 
Teacher. The system of gymnastics taught includes the 
various forms of gymnastics considered beneficial, the work . 


being based on anatomical and physiological laws. The ‘ex- 

ercises aim at producing the highest degree of health in each 
‘ndividual and thus to contribute to mental as well as phy- 
sical efficiency. To this end all undue exertion 1s avoided, 
and the work is made as recreational as possible. ‘The exer- 
cises are also of a corrective character to counteract bad and 
harmful positions so often assumed during study hours. 
Especial attention is given to the development of the chest, 
since a good lung capacity is the foundation of a really healthy 
constitution. All students are examined by the Medical 
Director before taking part in the classes or other physical 
exercise organized by the College, and a remedial gymnastic 
course is arranged for students who are physically unfit for 
the ordinary class work, and for students with spinal curva- 

The Gymnasium is also used for Fencing and Basket Ball, 
and for other indoor games. Law Tennis can*be played on 
the College lawn during the summer months. 

Undergraduate students of the First Year are required to 
attend the Gymnasium for two periods a week; Undergradu- 
ste students of the Second Year for one period a week. 


For a statement of the Exhibitions and Scholarships open 
to women students of the University, see pp. — to —. 

In addition to these, and further to encourage residence 
within the College walls of students who might otherwise ar- 
range to board in the city, the Warden and Staff are em- 
powered to make nominations in any of the four College years 
to not more than three additional Exhibitions of the value of 
$100 each. 


Instruction in Music is offered at the McGill Conserva- 
torium of Music,—under the Superintendence of the Director 
and Miss Clara Lichtenstein as Vice-Director. The subjects of 
instruction carried on in the Conservatorium are :—Pianoforte, 
Singing, Organ, Violin, Violoncello, and all Orchestral Instru- 
ments; Harmony, Counterpoint. Canon and Fugue, Compo- 
sition, Form, Analysis, History of Music, Theory, Elements 
of Music, Orchestral Class, Ensemble Playing, Piano-Accom- 

— 5 Pts 

paniment, Part Singing, Choir Singing, Sight Singing, Oper- 
i : oS ‘oP oS ‘a Be, > ran) o> | 

atic Class, English, French, German, Italian, Elocution, to- 
gether with instruction in accordance with the scheme of the 
Associated Board of the Royal Academy of Music and the 
Royal College of Music, whose examinations—now conducted 
in Canada conjointly with McGill University—enjoy a well- 
deserved reputation for thoroughness and efficiency. 

For Time Table of ‘lectures in Arts, see first part of 

wy Leanrt en ee 
ALEC hnaa;r. 





Macdonald College 

ees os 


Macdonald College (incorporated. with McGill Univer- 
sity) was founded, erected, equipped and endowed by sir 

William C. Macdonald for the following among other 
purposes :— 

1. For the advancement of education; for the carrying on 
of research work and investigation and the dissemination of 
knowledge; all with particular regard to the interests and 
needs of the population in rural districts. 

2. To provide suitable and effective training for teachers 
and especially for those whose work will directly affect the 
education in schools in rural districts. 

The College occupies a beautiful site, overlooking the 
Ottawa River at Ste. Anne de Bellevue, twenty miles west 
of Montreal. The main lines of the Grand Trunk and the 
Canadian Pacific railways pass through the property and the 
stations of both railways are within its boundaries. 

The College property comprises 561 acres, and has been 
arranged into three main areas, viz., (1) The Campus, with 
plots for illustration and research in grains, grasses and flow- 
ers, containing 74 acres; (2) The Small Cultures Farm of 
too acres, for horticulture and poultry keeping; and (3) The 
Live Stock and Grain Farm extending to 387 acres. 

The College will be opened 17th September, 1907. 


The staff of the College has not yet been completed. 
Announcement of other appointments will be made in the 
calendar of the College. 

James W. Rosertson, LL.D., C.M.G., Late Commissioner of 
Agriculture and Dairying for the Dominion, Principal. 

Gro. H. Locke, M.A., Head of ‘School for Teachers. 

F. C. Harrison, B.S.A., M.Sc., Professor of Bacteriology. 



WitittAm Locuueapb, B.A., M.S., Professor of Biology. 
CarLEton J. Lynpe, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 
Leonarp S. Kurncxk, M.S.A., Professor of Cereal Husbandry. 

Joun Brirrarn, D.Sc., Professor of Nature Study. 

J. F. Sneti, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

W. Saxpy Bratr, Assistant Professor of Horticulture. 

J. M. Swaine, M.A., Lecturer in Biology. 

JoHNn Fixrer, Farm Superintendent and Instructor in Farm 

Frep. C. Ectrorp, Manager and Instructor in Poultry Depart- 

The Buildings. 

(a) The Main Building provides administration offices, 
class-rooms and work-rooms for the School for Teachers | 
Nature Study, Household Science and Manual Training, a 
Library.and Reading Room, Museum and Assembly Hall. 

; (b) Two Laboratory Buildings furnish accommodation and 

we equipment for the Branches of Physics, Chemistry, Biology 
and Bacteriology. Both are connected with the Main Building 
by covered corridors. 

(c) The Agricultural, Hortitultural and Live Stock Build- 
ing contains class-rooms, work-rooms, a live stock arena, farm 
machinery hall, dairy work-rooms, cold storage and adjacent 
green-houses for horticulture. 

(d) The Poultry Building has class-rooms, judging-room, 
incubator-rooms, brooder-house, and pens for different breeds 
of poultry. Colony houses for poultry are located on adjoin- 
ing grounds. 

(e) The Women’s Residence Building contains reception 
by. rooms, and bedrooms for over 200 students, a dining hall to 
| | seat 350, a gymnasitim, a swimming pool, and all other modern 
. accessories. It is connected with the Main Building by a 
covered corridor. 

(f) The Men’s Residence Building has accommodation for 
over 150 students, a gymnasium, a swimming pool and other 
modern appointments. 

* See pages 8 and 9. 

€ J 


These buildings are of fire proof construction in stone, brick, 
steel and concrete. The roofs of the six Main Buildings are 
also of steel and reinforced concrete, and ail of the roofs are 
covered with red tiles. 

Every building is provided with a complete system 01 
ventilation whereby fresh air (warmed in winter) is furnished 
to every room, including bedrooms. A duct from each room 
removes the foul air and thus insures a continuous circulation 

of pure air. 

[The buildings are heated, lighted and supplied with watet 


ar\4 | By 7 4 mi | 4 ‘ ~ 4744 aye 14444 7 : . 4 se i aa ** 4-1 > 
from the OW el House. A svstem ot tunnels provides Ifo! Line 
’ i 

distribution of heat, light, power, water and gas. he Powel 
| s41ce contains sear hanricnantal tubular hoailere of TSO horse 
aT0use contains S1iX NorizOontal tubular vDOUeTS Ol SO no;rst 
hae as cael SP . Lap4 444" 
pow er eacn. with engines, electric gener; TS, pulilps in : 
ae ates The oy eer eteitay ae Peles ee) Bik ha . a 
Yao 2 citi i€ Walt el > Lip j Lal C Nn [Tl Of} Liit Llid Li i ee | 
+] 4 y . 1] ay 
the Ottawa River and 1 1 pe itere 

T*] ? \ j f s/f w / { nN 1, Cm ‘ 4 4 + T*. tm 12 

( i \ FES TY ad £ = \ i Lilt JU , OYE eae a i 

t Tyr litoy4 } ~|- 7H) s +} : \T* cy cy ,] 1) ne ™ os ‘har 
a COMMN Ous Drick Darn. ror the stOTage OFT &« en and orcnaryr' 
x“ vata ~s> : yr 1 crt xy44 ~ i] oa > re aoe aa > 4] “~1 tot +] ‘= 1414) 
orodtce, the grain grown on the experimental piots, the 1m- 
P * ey ‘ F - ; ; — 
= +4 mo ._ 4 ~44 ‘<7¢ 14 > A eh SXF Ae throachi orn lag 
nlements of cultivation, the machinery for threshing and clean- 
: - 
+ cy o a V1 aa For +} stabli cy of Ll, sPrcAac 
in seed, and IOr tne StabDiliy L J1UT Soe 

4 = 4 4 . ‘ + 

chard in full bearing. 

| I 
}] alen | 

There are several acres of apple o 
rT) nee er ‘ie Knee ce Ar Arrant «x74 
The greater part of 100 acres will al 

ye used for commercial 
work, demonstrations and investigations with large fruits, 
small fruits and vegetables. Macadam and other roads have 
been laid out and built to give ready access to the various 

An area of several acres is set apart for poultry runs, where 
1,000 hens will be kept in simple colony houses, each built to 
accommodate from 25 to 75, fowls. 

The Main Farm.—The Live Stock and Grain Farm, com- 
prising about 387 acres, is in good state of cultivation, well 
drained, and provided with well built roads. 

The farm buildings consist of a farm house, a number of 
cottages, barns with commodious stables for horses and dif- 
ferent breeds of cattle, and a piggery for different breeds of 
swine. The cattle stables have room for over 80 milch cows 
and 100 young animals. 




Students will be enrolled for courses of instruction in one 
or more of the three Departments or Schools of the College, 
ViZ., — 

(1) Lhe School for Teachers, which provides practizal and 
thorough training for teachers in the art and science of 

(2) The School of Agriculture, which aims to provide a 
thorough theoretical and practical training in the several 
branches of Agriculture. } 

(3) The School of Househoid Science, in which young 
women receive training in those branches of Household Econ- 
omy that make for good home-making. 



Under the statutes the Governors of McGill University 
have constituted the Principal of Macdonald College, together 
with such other members of the staff of Macdonald College 
and such other persons as the Governors may see fit to ap- 
point from their own number or otherwise, as the Macdonald 
College Committee. It is the duty of this Committee to 
direct the educational policy and curriculum, to frame and en- 
force the necessary regulations touching the details of the 
courses of study and teaching, the College examinations, the 
admission of students, the amount and mode of payment of 
fees, and the discipline and internal government—the whole 
subject to report to the Governors and at least once a year to 

There is also appointed by the Governors an Executive 
Committee of the Macdonald College Committee whose duties 
are stich as the Governors may from time to time determine, 
or as the Macdonald College Committee may entrust to it. 

All courses given in Macdonald College leading to a degree 
in the University, the examinations held in connection there- 
with, and fees payable in respect of such courses and examin- 
ations, are subject to the approval and under the control of 
the Corporation of McGill University. 

00 TT TTT A 


Courses for the training of teachers, together with the 
examinations held in connection therewith, shall be under the 
direction of the Teachers’ Training Committee, such training 
and examinations for teachers for the Protestant Schools in 
the Province of Quebec being subject at all times to the 
regulations of the Protestant Committee of the Council of 
Public I[nstruction.* 

THE COLLEGE YEAR—19097-1993. 

School for Teachers. 

First term begins....... September 17th, 1907 
BAO CMAES: 5, <c.4h-0 S04 55e00% December 20th, 1907 
Second term begins..... January Oth, 1908 
ot 6 es 6 {SE aire June 17th, 1908 

CS va ay me { Aan nie sp 
School OF Ari ulture. 

First term begins....... October Ist, 1907 
BT GEN tee ats a December 2Ist, 1907 
Second term begins..... January 3rd, 1908 
cise URES 6-8 ea Se me April 30th, 1908 
School of Household'Science. 
First term begins. 3,3. September 24th, 1907 
AGAINES oka ele ha va December 2Ist, 1907 
Second term begins..... January 3rd, 1908 
5's OS 62 ee ae ee April 3rd, 1908 
Third term begins....... April 7th, 1908 
ANE CNS 6 api ad Cmke x June 26th, 1908 

* Under the agreement between the Government of the Province 
of Quebec and the Royal Institution for the Advancement of Learn- 
ing, forming the schedule to the Act 7, Edward VII, Chapter , the 
Teachers’ Training Committee shall consist of the Principal of McGill 
University for the time being, who shall be, ex-officio, chairman; of 
two persons appointed by the Protestant Committee of the Council of 
Public Instruction; of the English Secretary of the Council of Public 
Instruction: of the Professor of Education in McGill University for 
the time being; of the Principal for the time being of the Macdonald 
College; of the Head for the time being of the Teachers’ Training 
Department of the Macdonald College; and of one person appointed 
by the Corporation of McGill University—the persons appointed 
respectively bv the Corporation of McGill University and the Pro- 
testant Committee to hold office for a term of three years and to be 
eligible for re-election. 


OS - 




By an agreement with the Government of the Province 
of Quebec, confirmed by an Act of the Legislature, it 
was provided that a school for the training of teachers 
for the schools under the control of the Protestant 
Committee of the Council of Public Instruction should be 
established and carried on at Ste. Anne de Bellevue in lieu 
of the McGill Normal School in Montreal, under the regu- 
lations of the Protestant Committee and in the manner here- 
inafter mentioned. 

The Trustees of Macdonald College undertook in the said 
agreement :— 

“(1) To provide and maintain at their own expense on the 
“said property at St. Anne de Bellevue, class-rooms, labor- 
“ atories, library, assembly hall, offices, and other rooms, fully 
“equipped and in every way suitable for the purposes of a 
“school for the training of teachers according to the present 
“requirements of the Province ; 

“(2) To carry on therein at their own expense, a school 
“for the training of teachers for the schools under the con- 
“trol of the Protestant Committee, the teaching and training 
“to be given by said school to be in all respects equal to the 
“present standard and requirements of the Province, and to 
“be carried on in accordance with the regulations made from 
“time to time by the Protestant Committee, such training to 
“include efficient courses in the study of nature, in household 
“ science, and in manual training ; 

“(2) To provide and maintain, without expense to the 
“ Province of Quebec, upon said property, a suitable residence 
“for the female pupils of said school and a suitable residence 
“for the male pupils thereof; 

“(4) To give free tuition to such pupils as may give to 
“their satisfaction, an undertaking to teach in the Province 
“of Quebec, and to supply board and lodging to the resident 
“pupils as cheaply as can be done without loss.” 

“ The teaching and training in the said school shall, subject 
“to the regulations at all times of the Protestant Committee, 


] Pei “be under the direction of a Committee, to be called the 

‘ “ ‘Teachers’ Training Committee, which shall consist of the 

t A | “Principal of McGiil University for the time being, who shall 
“be ex-officio Chairman; of two persons appointed by the | 
“Protestant Committee; of the English Secretary of the Coun- | 

| “cil of Public Instruction; of the Professor of Education in 
| “McGill University for the time being; of the Principal, for 
“the time being, of Macdonald College; of the Head, for the 

“time being, of the Teachers’ Training Department of Mac- 

“donald College; and of one person appointed by the Cor- 

“poration of McGill University; the persons appointed, 
J “respectively, by the Corporation of McGill University and 
| “by the Protestant Committee to hold office for a term of 

“three years and to be eligible for re-election.” 

This institution is intended to give a thorough training to 
teachers, by instruction and training in the School for Teachers 
itself, and by practice in the model schools; and the 
arrangements are of such a character as to afford facilities to 
students from all parts of the Province. The Protestant Cen- 
| tral Board of Examiners for the Province of Quebec grants 
pi) ua | diplomas only to teachers-in-training of this institution and to 
graduates of British or Canadian universities. 

The students will be classified as follows :— 
1. Elementary Class—Studying for the Elementary diploma ; 

Advanced Elementary Class—Studying for the Advanced 
Elementary diploma. 


ii 3. Kindergarten Class—Studying for the Kindergarten 
ai) diploma. 

4. Model School Class—Studying for the Model School 

ai 5. Class in Pedagogy— Preparing for the Academy 


Detailed information respecting the courses of the four 
grades first enumerated above may be obtained on application 
to Macdonald College at Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Que. 

* This, class will be held either at McGill University or at 
Macdonald College. 


Courses are offered in the School of Agriculture as fol- 

lows :— 
A. Short courses of from two weeks to three months each. 
B. A Two-Year Course leading to a diploma. 
C, A Four-Year Course leading to a Bachelor’s Degree. 

A. The Short Courses are made as practical as possible, 
and are provided in the subjects of :— 

1. Live Stock. 

Seeds, Crops and Weeds. 




B. The Two-Year Course embraces studies in :— 
1. Field and Cereal Husbandry. 

Animal Husbandry. 

Poultry Husbandry. 

Home Dairying. 



in mn OW 

Studies duly co-ordinated are carried on in the Chemistry, 
Physics, Biology and Bacteriology laboratories, bringing out 
the direct bearing of the sciences on agriculture. Adequate 
attention will also be given to English, Mathematics and Book- 

C. The Four-Year Course:—This is a continuation of the 
Two-Year Course for the purpose of affording opportunity for 
more advanced knowledge of rural economy, and more thor- 
ough and exact acquaintance with the Natural Sciences and 
their applications to the conditions, processes, and organiz- 
ations of rural life. 

A student may proceed with the work of the Third Year 
towards a degree,—(a) if on entering his first year he pre- 
sents a matriculation certificate, or an equivalent, and com- 
pletes a satisfactory examination on the work of the Two-Year 
Course: or (b) if he obtains 60 per cent. in general proficiency 
in the examination on the work of the Two-Year Course, and 

— ea = - a 



has been granted permission by the Faculty—the whole sub- 
ject to the regulations of Corporation. 
The subjects to be taken up in the Third and Fourth Years 

are as follows:— 

Third Year:— 
English (Composition and Literature), French, Rural Econ- 
omics, Agronomy, Live Stock, Dairying, Horticulture, Chem- 

istry, Physics, Biology, Bacteriology. 

Fourth Y ear:— 

English, French, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Bacteriology, 
and one of the following optional courses —Animal Husbandry 
Course, Agronomy Course, Horticulture Course, Dairy Hus- 

bandry Course. 

The School of Household Science occupies along with the 
School for teachers all of the second and third floors of the 
Main Building. It contains three large kitchens, a practice 
dining room, a sewing room, a class laundry, millinery and 
dressmaking rooms, a house decoration room, a practice apart- 
ment house, several store rooms and offices, all thoroughly 
equipped for instruction in the science and art of housekeeping. 

Courses of Study. 
Courses are offered in Household Science as follows :— 

A.’ Short Courses. 
B. A One-Year Home-maker Course. 
Cc. A Two-Year Course leading to a diploma. 

A. The Short Courses last three months each, are made as 
practical as possible, and include the study of :— 


Plain Cooking. 
Home Nursing, Sanitation and Hygiene. 
Home Art. 

Care of the House 

Anke Pon 





B. The One-Year Home-maker Course embraces practical 
and theoretical work in:— 
1. Foods. 
2. Cookery. 
Household Economics. 
Materials for Clothing. 
Dressmaking and Millinery. 
Fuels, Ventilation and House Sanitation. 
Home Nursing and Hygiene. 

9. Home Att. 

AT St 

Simultaneous studies are carried on in the Physics, Chem- 
istry, Biology and Bacteriology laboratories to show the direct 
bearing of the sciences on the practical side of housekeeping. 

C. The Two-Year Course is an extension of the One-Year 
Course comprising a more intensive study of the subjects 
therein embraced, and also more advanced laboratory work 
in the Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Bacteriology Branches. 
English, Mathematics and History are also obligatory 
subjects in this course, and the student is allowed. to 
choose two of the following :—Home Dairying, Poultry, Hor- 
ticulture, Seeds and Plant Improvement, and Wood Carving. 

School for Teachers. 

Teachers to be trained for the scl-.cols under the control of 
the Protestant Committee of the Council of Public Instruction 
for the Province of Quebec will be admitted under conditions 
similar to those which have been in force hitherto at the McGill 
Normal School. 

Other teachers will be admitted for courses in Nature Study 
and School Gardens, in Household Science and in Manual 
Training undér regulations of the Macdonald College Com- 

Such candidates for admission,— 

1. Must be 18 years of age; 

>. Must be recommended by the Department of Education 
or a School Inspector of the Province in which they reside ; 

3. Must proc ice satisfactory evide:.ce as to moral character 
and physical health. 



~ / * nt ae A * vs | ry J —<~shnanlA Se DAA 
Schools of Agriculture and Household Science. 

All candidates for admission,— 


: | I. Must be 17 years of age; 
2. Must produce satisfactory evidence as to moral character 
and physical health; an 

“NC Soe i. eer ye eee SA14¢ ; meee coxwrau 
3. In the case of candidates for the course of Agriculture, 

must produce evidence of having worked i 

on a farm in Canada, affording a practical knowledg« 
of ordinary farm operations. 
No entrance examination test will be required for Short 

4 {VA oo ae Pe ie — 4 Sh SE eee Erte ney LesesO - hh mF pe 
. 5 Course students: but all candidates for the One and 

Year Courses will be required to pass an examination in :— 

, das a+ l eeatigenion pe 1% eeee pee 
(@) Reading. W ritin: and Wictation. 
\ f c> > 
(b) English Grammar. 

ang ne  Heageem 


mrenerai @mwenorannyv anc Tne ameocranny ()7 
sCiitlidal pas f st} i ) aiitl Sete 5< Yeti ct}/is) Ol 




GB RD psie nei ao “> Re 5 won aan Eas ; Pa ee ee Se Ae , 
Tuition will be free to residents of the Province of Quebec. 


There will be a small laboratory tee (not exceeding $5.00) 

to cover the actual cost of materials used, and a contingency 
fee to cover possible breakages, penalties, etc. 

Students in Residence.—The young women in residence will 
| be in charge of a house-mother. A ‘tietician and housekeepe: 
| will supervise the dining-room and the work of the servants. 
A matron will be in charge of the Men’s residence. 

a Bi Board, room and washing of a specified number of pieces 

occupy one room; and, in the case of students occu 
rooms, for $3.50 per week. 

Further details as to the courses, etc., will be found in the 
Announcement of Macdonald College, which will be sent on 

will be furnished for $3.25 per week each, where two students 
ying’ sing! 

y e 
~~ . tin 2 



WUcGill University College ot 
OHrifish Columhia 



—_—______—_., es (to be appointed. ) 
G. E. Roprnson, B.A. (Dalhousie), Professor of Mathematics. 

J. K. Henry, B. A. (Dalhousie), Professor of English and Lecturer in 

L. E. Ropertson, M.A. (McGill), Professor of Greek and Lecturer 
in Latin. 

H. Cuopat, M.A. (McGill ), Professor of Modern Languages. 
H. K. Dutrcuer, M.Sc. (McGill), Professor of Civil | Engineering. 
¥ Ge Avipson, B.A. (Toronto), Professor of Physics and Lecturer in 
W. B. Burnett, B.A. (Acadia), M.D. (McGill), Lecturer in Biology. 
.__—____——. Professor of Mechanical Engineering (to be appointed). 
Professor of Chemistry and Mining (to be appointed). 


Under an act passed by the Legislature of British Columbia 
in 1896 providing for the incorporation of High Schools as 

Colleges affiliated to recognized Universities, Vancouver High 

School became Vancouver College, and was admitted to affilia- 
tion for the First Year in Arts by the Corporation of McGill 
University. Work was begun under this new relationship 
in 1899, and by 1902 such progress had been made that an 
extension of affiliation was granted to cover the first two years 
in Arts. 

The need of University connection more intimate still than 
that of affiliation and also an extension of the scope of work 
came to be felt and urged, and, in 1906, as the result of much 
careful inquiry and deliberation local legislation was passed, 
(1) enacting that “The Governors, Principal, and Fellows of 
McGill University may exercise and enjoy in the Province 
of British Columbia all the powers, rights, privileges and 
functions conferred upon them by the Charter granted to them 
by His late Majesty King George IV, in the second year of 
his reign and amended by Her late Majesty, Queen Victoria 



in the sixteenth year of her reign,” and (2) authorizing the 
incorporation of a body politic under the name of “ The Royal 
Institution for the Advancement of Learning in British Colum- 
bia,’ and empowering this body “to establish, at such place 
in British Columbia as McGill University may designate, a 
College for the higher education of men and women, such 
college, in respect of courses of study and examinations, to 
be deemed a College of McGill University, and the instruction 
given to its students to be of the same standard as that given 
in like subjects at McGill University at Montreal.” ‘In pur- 
suance of the objects of its foundation, therefore, the Royal 
Institution has established at Vancouver the McGill University 
College of British Columbia, by agreement with the Board of 
School Trustees, taking over the Arts work previously done 
by Vancouver College with extension of the scope and options 
allowed, and adding the first two years of the course in the 
Faculty of Applied Science. The immediate aims of the Royal 
Institution include also courses in Biology and Chemistry 
(Arts and Medicine) and in Assaying and Metallurgy, and 
it hopes to make provision so that the incoming First Year 
in Arts shall receive its full course in the College and be ad- 
mitted to the B.A. Degree, locally, in I9I1T. 


Under the Act of the Legislature of the Province of British 
Columbia, above referred to, the Royal Institution for the 
Advancement of Learning of British Columbia is constituted 
a body corporate with all the usual rights and privileges of 
corporate bodies. The members of the Royal Institution are 
the Governors of the College and, as such, control the finances, 
make stattites and by-laws, appoint professors and perform all 
other administrative duties. The President of the Royal 
Institution is, ex officio, Chancellor of the College, the Prin- 
cipal is the academic head and chief administrative officer. 
He is appointed by the Board of Governors, of which body 
he is also a member, ex officio. A Senate has been constituted 
under the Statutes. In conjunction with the Faculty and the 
Corporation of McGill University, the Senate exercises author- 
ity over all matters relating to educational policy. The Col- 
lege is undenominational in character. 


uj 4 

oes & 


The College is at present offering instruction in the work 
of the Final Year for Matriculation; in. the first two years 
of the Arts course ‘of McGill University, including Biology 
and Chemistry, and in the First and Second Years of the 
Course in Applied Science. The standard of work is that of 
McGill University, all the examinations being conducted by 
the examining Board of that Institution. It is expected at 
a very early date to offer instruction in the full course leading 
to the B.A. degree. Until such can be done candidates pass- 
ing the examinations at the end of the Second Year are 
admitted to the Third Year in McGill University without 
further examination. Those who complete the two years’ 
course in the Faculty of Applied Science are also admitted 
to the Third year of that Faculty in McGill University. The 
courses in Biology and Chemistry are arranged so as to secure 
exemption in these subjects in the Faculty of Medicine at the 


The University Year or Session is divided into two terms, 
the first extending to the Christmas vacation, and the second 
from the expiry of the Christmas vacation to the end of the 
Sessional examinations in April. The Session of 1907-8 will 
begin, for matriculation classes on August 26th, 1907, and 
for University courses on Wednesday, September 18th, 1907. 

Full information regarding matriculation requirements, 
courses of study and all other matters in connection with the 
Collese may be obtained from the Principal, or from Mr. 
Lemuel Robertson, M.A., Registrar. 




SESSION 1906-1907. 





Cr OI ‘ Aes. le la. 

Cy awford, Emily C, 

Ez on, Mary J. 

Ha son, Ralph D. 

Hu abs Maggie 

King, L. Mabel 

MacCallum, Orick B. 

| Parsons, Howard G. 

Penny, E. Goff T. (First Rank in Latin: Second in 
French. ) 

Swift, Sherman C. 

Vincent, Irving O. 

Second Rank.—Armstrong, George D. 
) Bates, Frederick W. 
James, A. Ethel 
Huntley, Herbert 
MacKenzie, John M. 
Stanton, Mary C. 


(In order of merit) 

Class I.—Cherry, Wilbur H. 
Gould, E. M. Lawrence 
Heward, Chilion G. 

Class II.—Davis, Charles W. 
Armstrong, Louise A. 
MacDonald, Dalraddy L. 

if Ellis, Robert W. 

Macaulay, Esther E. Bice 

Macaulay, Gertrude F beg : 

Parker, David W. 

Kydd, Helen M. 

5 ateina ere 

GRADUATES, I907. 285 

McDougall, E. Stuart 
Hayden, Amy J. 
Wisdom, Jennie B. 
Walker, Peter A. 
Cushing, Dougall 
Allan, John A. 

Belyea, John C. 

Class III.—Cameron, David A. 
Cliff, H. Welsford 
MacQueen, Bessie 
Mowatt, Edith M. 
MacMillan, William 
Coates, Evelyn 
Massy, Muriel A. 
Williams, Clara L. 
Cattanach, F. Alison 
Bridgette, Sam J. 
McCann, Walter E. 
Meldrum, Herbert T. 
Baylis, Inez M. (Aegrotat) 


Ballon, Isidore. 


ass: I.—Price, ‘Thomas FE. 
I.—Pease, E. Raymond 


Class I.—Simpson, James C. 

(In order of mertt). 

Shorey, Harold Edgar. 
Robb, Frederick Garfield. 

(In order of Merit.) 

Wilson, Thomas Albert 
Elliot, Percy Harris 

Spafford, Arthus Lucius 




Bell, George Edward see 
23 Lamb, Henry Melbourne pequal. 
Black, Hiram Johnson ' 
Miller, Iienry Belfrage 
| Gamble, Clark William 
| Harrington, Conrad Dawson 
Racey, Percy Wise 
Brown, William Godfrey Banks 
McCallum, George Hugh - 
Wilson, William Seath 
Mathieson, Donald Milner 
Wesland, Clarence Robert 
at a } Beaton, Norman H. W asenl 
~~ Davis, George Houg Sais Oe 
| Otty, George Nugent 4 
Wheaton, Isaac Gilbert /( 
Hay, Norman Kyle 
McDonald, Harold Frencl 
3arclay, Malcolm Drummond 

(Unranked. ) 

Slater, Nicholas James 


i? Shearer, George Wyman 
Woodyatt, James Blain 
Brown, Samuel Barton 
Griffin, Frank Frederick 
Wright, George Roy 
Hargrave, William Howard 
McCuaig, Stuart James 
Hall, Gerald Russell 
hii Macdonald,’ Robert Ross 
| Engel, Nathan Louis 
Ross, Douglas Gooderham 
mt oe Be Haskell, Ludlow St. John 
hae BV Macdonald, William Malcolm Bell 
ht | (upper, Frederick McDonald 
Williams, Frederick Harold 
Ewens, William Sydney 

(Unranked. ) 
Black, Douglas E. 

Burr, Edmund Godfrey 
Little, William Dee (Aegrotat) 



Gray; James Seton. 
Riddell, Arthur Gourlay 
Munn, David Walter 


awe nee 

GRADUATES, 1907. 287 

Foster, Henry Stuart 
Whitcomb, Frank Olin 
Hall, Norman McLeod 
Killiam, Lawrence 
Hepburn. Maurice Gotch 
Benedict, Elmore McLellan 

Lathe, Frank Eugene 
Brown, William Gordon 
Dickson, Wallace 


Strangways, Henry Fox 

Saarp, Alphonso Lester 
Patterson, Raymond Harvey 
Haughton, Harold Moffat Swire 
Macaulay, Rupert M. 
Drummond, George Drysdale 


(In order of merit). 

Walker, J. Harold E., B.A. (McGill) 
Girouard, J. Arthur 

Dillon. Joseph H. 

Creelman, John J., B.A. (Toronto) 
Parkins, Edgar R., B.A. (McGill) 
Tritt, Sam. Gerald 

Downes, Patrick J., B.A. (Laval 




Francis Charles Harrison, B.S.A. (Toronto). 

Edith Mabel East, B.A. 
John George Hindley, B.A. 
Simon Kirsch, B.A. 
Mary’Frances Pearson, B 
Alexis Désiré Pelletier, 
Horace Greeley Rice, B.A. 


Francis Charles Harrison, B.S.A. (Toronto), B.Se. 
John Buicke Harvey, B.Sc. 

Godfrey Hugh Brunner, B.Sc. 

David Sclater Lewis, B.Sc. 

Ruth Delia Lyman, B.A. 

Arthur Frederick Robertson, B.Sc. 



Henry Mark Ami, M.A., D.Sc. (Queen’s) 
Samuel Fortier, MaE. 


Thomas Clifford Allbutt, M.D., F.R.S. 

Sir Thomas Barlow, K.C.V.O.. F.R.S. 

Sir William Henry Broadbent, Bart., K.C.V.O., F.R.S. 

Sir Victor Alexander Haden Horsley, F.12.S. 

Alfred Kleczkowski, Esq. 

Ernest Rutherford, M.A., D.Sc. (University of New Zealand), F-.R.S. 

Scholarships and Lxhibitions. 

SESSION 1906-1907. 

I. Third Year Scholarships. (Tenable for two years). 

= ~ = = = - == = 
Shaw, Norman A..........+--++..++| Chemistry and Physles........... $150.00 
McClughan, BE. .ccesscee ms. cesess English and another Language. . 150,00 
Logan, H.'T. ocseey cs eviene'sss sw eaiwv's Latin or Greek and another Lang- 
Pree eee ee 150.00 
Tyndale, 0. S.....0-.+++++e-eceeseees) French or German and another 
LANQUBO 2. cc cdsisvicccsves a 150.00 
Boyle, G. Mo. iscen c6 enantio cin faeniaes Mathematics and Physics....... 150.00 
Gite. NN. Resins ceeds areenes ature “i - eo PW ee 150.00 
Smith, Annie .............+.+se+++*} Latin or Greek and ancther 
* Langmage 2... ..cscedeseeres: 150.00 

(Tenable for 1 year). 

II. Second Year Exhibitions. (Tenable for one year). 


| ¥ 






be — 


4 2 | a Fy 
} Estabrooke, F. C........ ae ny ee English, Greek and Latin....... $150.00 
Hatcher, AiG 2.3.5 sidalewase ved Mathematics, Physics and Latin. 150.00 
Bohiat neath ty, Ge ve ws,. oabbs wank ote French, German and Physics .. 150.00 
Meldtam. Ws Biscscdceesteus ... »| Mathematics,Physics and English 100.00 
: MuUrpay, A W ctateupeenee ..+s.+| English, Latin and Greek. ae 100.00 
Townsend, ©. Bi siege ose Sew sspenal French, German and Latin...... 100.00 
Ill. First Year Exhibitions. (Tenable for one year). 
Ross, Stanley Graham, (Hamil on Coll. Inst.) Dundas, Ont ........... ; $300.00 
iy Mabon, John Bertram, (Lachute Academy), Lachute, Que : cae Saas 300.00 
? Plaisted, Lilian Dorothy Wright, (Dunham Ladies’ College), Dunham, 
Que. ..2 o0ewee 4 aig Sa ease ab ea 100i. wai mies cet ae wee OTR te 300 00 
Hutchinson, Samuel Arthur, (Westmount Academy), Westmount, Que. 150,00 
\ Seymour, Louise Elsie, (Montreal High School for Girls), Montreal, Que. 150 00 
Elder, Aubrey Huntingdon, (Crichton School), Westmount, Que........ 150.00 
‘ Bennetts, Edith Eleanor, (Ottawa Collegiate Institute), Ottawa, Ont..... 150.00 
Meagher, Norbert J., (Ottawa Collegiate Institute), Ottawa, Ont. ...-.-. 125.00 
McKinnon, Annie Margaret, (Inverness Academy), Kimberley, Que. 125.00 
Macnaughton, Gordon F., (Montreal High School), Montreal, Que..... ‘ 125.00 
DeSola, Bram Chas., (Montreal High School), Montreal, Que ...... ...- 125.00 
Lawlor, Emma G., (Westmount Academy), Westmount, Que.....-. Owais 100,00 
Papineau-Couture, Réné, (Montreal High Schovl), Montreal, Que .,,.... 100 ,00 
Murray, George E., (Montreal High School’, Montreal, Que. .......0. 100.66 
Johnston, Charlotte L., (Danville Academy) Kingsey Falls, Que........ *200.00 
Cockfield, Harry R., (Montreal High School), Montreal, Que.....+.....- 100,09 
Lamb, Elvie D., (Granby High School), Granby, Que.....ccsercss coves *100 00 

* Conditional on residence in the R»yal Victoria College. 




Exhibitions and Prizes. 

Bell, G. E., British Association Exhibition, value $50.00 
Lamb, H. M., British Association Prize, value $25.00. 

Guillet, G. L., First Mathematical Prize, value $25.00 
Herbert, W. H., Second Mathematical Prize, value $15.00. 

Parham, J. B., Third Mathematical Prize, value $10.00. 


Campbell, W. B., Scott Exhibition, value $50.00. 
Dennis, W. M., Scott Prize, value $25.00. 


Cowles, Fucene P.. Sir Williart Dawson Exhibition, value $60.00. 

a a 



Megister of Students, 

SESSION 1906-1907. 



(McGill College. ) 

NAME. Home Appress. WHERE Last EpucatTep. 
*Alinutt, Pranic By. o0, ces SST SAY a eens eee eee 
Anderson, James C... .Ottawa, Ont ...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
*Argue, Robert F..... SIbIS VHS, ONG 0S. PEPPER es ee etree 

tArmstrong, John D... Ottawa, Ont... ...; Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
*Armstrong, Thomas Bee pee Shawville High School. 
7Beaton, Malcolm ication Moose Creek, Ont..Private Tuition. 

TBooth, Walter P..... Lyn, Ont.. ...- Wesleyan Theo. College. 
*Bresnan, James A....Brockville,Ont.... . Brockville Collegiate Inst. 
*Brosseau, Louis P.... .St. Johns, P. 2. |... Ottawa Univ ersity. 
tBuchan, Stuart. .Montreal. .....Montreal High School. 
TBusk, Ww illiam Ds Cae: Nelson, B. C.. . Victoria Collegiz ate School. 

Cassels, W.L. Lyttleton. Ottawa, Ont..Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
Christie, A. Stanley.. .Apple Hill, Ont... . Alexandria High School. 

Cockfield, Harry R....Montreal.. _. Montreal High School. 
*Collier, Harold F.. . Longueuil, P. ae . Private Tuition. 

C ‘outure, Réné Papineau. Montreal... .. . Montreal High School. 

Cox, William F...... Prince Albert, Sask. Wesleyan Theo, College. 
tDanby, Fred W......North Augusta, Ont. Kemptville High School. 
t7Davies, Andrew P.. Hull, Pi O PaARE wea Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
*Daw, Francis P...... Fort. Covington, N.Y. Montreal High School. 

DeSola, Bram C......Montreal.:........ Montreal High “School. 

{Digby, Reginald W...Brantford, Ont. . .. Trinity College, Port Hope. 

Douglas, H. Tow nley. CWE OE Ee, CO TA eee ee 
*Drury, Archibald.. ..Montreal, 8 ER Ry ere Air aati Rie daha Ul my lee hae 

Dyas, A. Douglas. . re ..Parrsboro, N.$....Boston Coll. of Phy. and 


Elder, Aubrey H..... Westmount, Q.....Crichton School. . 
tEmo, William.. .. .Montreal, O UPS eV ic SMe ae edoue a a RRelIeR ee ee Sted 

Fletcher, Gilbert H.. Melbourne, Ont....Glencoe High School. 
*Fraser, Hugh Netter. Ottawa, 3 OR ae _, Ashbury College, Ottawa. 
*Pulcher, John G......Whites Station, P.Q. Wesleyan Theo. College 

*Partial Student. 
+Conditioned Student. 
tDouble Course Student. 



Gemmill. Herbert S... Ottawa, hs 7, eee Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
Gillmor, Dan Pos. ss. Wantmnount: 0)... .ics = 2. +> La giles te eRe 
Godwin, John L...... Ottawa, Ont. Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
isco 1. Thom.....Grantley, Ont.....Morrisburg C ‘oll. Institute. 
‘Gregor, John. et ay _, Niagara BR alls, Ont. Greeness Public School. 
Grier. Archibald E... Montreal, Q....-. Montreal High School. 
*Halli day , Charles 1...Pakenham, Ont... .Agricultur: 11 College, Guelph 
rf. lanratty, C. James.. PRICE: “jase sso oe kis ee ee ee 
*Hastings, John - _,..Montreal, ap _,...Montreal Firg rh School. 
Hébert Albert | Be ae ee Falls, QO. Stanstead C ‘ediebes 
+Heneker, H: ITY i St. Anne de Bellevue, Q....----++ssseerrtrt 
«Hollingsworth , W ‘iain, Mascouche cae ser CD sk Loja ee pete ee 
*Howe, Joseph ‘B.. Athens, Ont.......Athens High School. 
Hutchinson, Ss amuel A. Westmount, vem _. Westmount Academy. 
Hvman. J. Stanley... Westmount, Q..... Private Tuition. 
lohnston, Irwin D.... Montreal, Q..Collegiate Inst., Kingston, Ont. 
tKeith, Claude ;  Weeee able New Glasgow, N. S.New Glasgow High School. 
Kendall. Newton.....Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Ci ori Institute, 
Kimt sep Harold B...Enosburg Falls, Vt..F eller Inst., Grand Ligne,Q. 
*K nowles, Robert C... Bedford, Eng..... .Bedford Grammar Scl hool. 
tK¢ sie, “Toseph.. Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School. 
tLivinson, Jé acob A....Montreal, Q.. _.Montreal High School. 
*Loder, Eric R... nite 2 © urpenden, Eng.. Seafield College. 

*McC uaig, Donald A.. Jbaowany tones oo so ke os ee eee 
i i Donald, Alex B....Athelstan, Q........ Huntingdon Academy. 
acDonald, Murdo.. .Stornoway, “OQ. eS abs Inverness Academy. 
Nae donald, Norman. . Ailsa Craig, Ont... Tigharry School, Sc ‘otland. 
+McGannon, Edward M. Brockville; Ont... Brockville Coll. Institute. 
+McKay, Allan G......Montrez ul, _.,...Montreal High School. 
*McKay, Henry J..... Brandon, Men. _.. Brandon Academy. 
McKenzie, Aeneas J..Embro, Ont....... Ingersoll Coll. Institute. 
McLachlin, John H...Arnprior, Ont..... St. Andrew’s College 
*MacLaren, Walter A. Montreal..........Montreal High School. 
Mcebemnan, Hugh... ..Sydney, N.S. .-....%. fede Oo eee eer ee ek snes 
McMurtry, Alexander O..Montreal, Q. Ch one te a gaan Re OS 
*McNaught, Thomas,.. Montreal, Q. _. Private Tuition. 
Macn aughton, Gordon F. Montreal, O. _,. Montreal High School. 
*MacTavish, Newton M.Montreal, Q........-- 22+ s seer errr reese 
Mabon, J. Bertram. Montreal, Q....... Lachute, Academy. 

*Mander, Lionel H.. Wolverhampton, Eng.Loretto Schoc 1, Scotland. 
fariotti, Humbert C.G.Montreal, Q......Montreal High School. 

Meacher, Norbert J...Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
*Morgan, Theodore GC... Maisonneuve, Q... . Hotchkiss Se hool. 
*Mowforth, Herbert H.London, Eng...... Private Tuition. 

Murray, George E....Ottawa, Ont...... Montreal High School. 

Oughtred, S. Norris. ..Montreal, Q. Montreal High School. 

Pelletier, Herman E. Fulford, fg Saar Diocesan Theo. College. 
+Pengelley, Walter G. Balaclava, Jamaica.Denstone C ollege, England 
*Pinsler, ee ae yMortreals:O.2 00 06. Shortell’s Academy. 

Pomeroy, D. We ‘bster.Guilds, Ont... -Wardsville High School. 

Powles, Percival S.C..Montreal, Q...... _. Montreal High School. 

*Partial Student. 
+Conditioned Student. 
tDouble Course Student. 

saith . 


NAME. Home Appress. WHERE Last EDUCATED. 
Prentice, Norman A...Montreal, Q....... Crichton School. 

tRamsay, Irving D....Waskada, Man... .Manitoba College. 
Redpath, Ronald F.. Montreal; Q.......Loretto School, Scotland. 

*Reid, A rthur W...... Ottawa, Ont... -¥; London Collegiate Inst. 

*Reid, Rupert H...... Sault Ste.Marie,Ont.Sault Ste. Marie H. S. 
Ross, S. Graham..... Dundas, Ont...... Hamilton Collegiate Inst. 

*Runnells, George W..Granby, Q.......- sss cee reece pert ee anes sees 
Sargent, Albert E..... Westmount, Q....Feller Inst., Grand Ligne, QO. 

*Shaughnessy, Alfred T.Montreal, Q....... Private Tuition. 

*Simpson, Ernest L.... Montreal, Q.......-Private Tuition. 

*Sinclair. Arthur J. Bi: Rertlebll ein. o 60s) ois 2 os see ee en ees 

tSolomon, Edward... . Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School. 
Stevens, Gardner G.. Stanstead, Q....... Stanstead College. 
Sutherland, Francis C.Richmond, Q..... St. Francis College. 

*Thomson, Alex K....Coatbridge, Scotland. Coatbridge Tech. School. 

tThomson, Allen E.. ...Coaticook, Q.......Coaticook Academy. 

*Thorne, Oliver.......Montreal, Q......-- Diocesan Theo. College 
Tippet, Richard S.... Westmount, O.....Diocesan College. 

*Tremblay, Albert.....Quebec, Q..-...-- Ottawa College. 

*Vincent, Robert P....Quebec, Q.....--. .Quebec High School, 
Watson, Hugh M.....Montreal, Q......- High School, Montreal. 
Watts, Ernest E..... Montreal, Q....... High School, Montreal. 

*Whitehall. Arthur S.. London, err ee eee tes eee eee 
Wilson, Percy D..... Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 

+Witton, Harry C. D...Cheltenham, Eng. Grammar School, Andover 

*Young, Douglas M... . Lachine, o Sn a Lachine Academy. 

(Royal Victoria College.) 

Badgley, E. Ruth....Montreal.....  ...-- Montreal High School. 
Baylis, Dora C.......Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School. 
Bennetts, Edith E....Ottawa, Ontiiatess Ottawa Collegiate Institute 
Blampin, Caroline... .South Roxton, Q..McGill Normal School. 
Brower, Margaret N...Philadelphia, Pa.. .Francis Steitler School. 
Brownlee, Hazel......Montreal, Q....... Trafalgar Institute. 

*Bushell, Dorothy V... Westmount, Q.... .Dunham Ladies College. 
Carr, Robena M......Trout River, Q... Huntingdon Academy. 

*Cousins, Margaret V...Westmount, Q....-.-.-sss secret rere ste es 
Cruickshank, Eleanor J. . Windsor, Ont. .Coll. Institute, Windsor. 
*Davis, Gladys, B.....Montreal, Q.....-- Trafalgar Institute. 
*Fenwick, Beryl M....Montreal, Q.....-. Montreal High School. 
*Heney, Irene S....... Westmount, Q..... Westmount Academy. 

Johnston, Charlotte L.Kingsey Falls, QO. . Danville Academy. 
*K ennedy, Jean M....Montreal, Q...... _King’s Hall, Compton, Q. 

*(2)Kohl, Edith M....Montreal, Q....... Trafalgar Institute. 
Lamb, Elvie D. M....Granby, Q......-- Granby High School. 
*Lang, E. Marion..... Westmount, Q..... Westmount Academy. 
Lawlor, Emma G..... Westmount, Q..... Westmount Academy. 
*Levy, Edith B: 2... Montreal, Q.......Montreai High School. 

* Partial Student. 
+ Conditioned Student. 
t Double Course Student. 
The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as weil asin that where 
the name is found, 



*Lilly, Edythe .E..... Montreal, Q. .Miss Symmers’ & Miss Smuth’s 
+McDonald, Marian..,. Montreal, O........ Trafalgar Institute. 
McEwen, Helen F....Carleton pince, Ont. High School,Carleton Place 
TMackay, D. Kaireen...Renfrew, Ont..... Renfrew Collegiate Inst. 
Mackay, Joan C......Renfrew, Ont......Renfrew Collegiate Inst. 
McKinnon, Annie M..Kimberley, Q......Inverness Academy. 
MacKinnon, Marion G.Seattle, W ash... . .Seattle High School, 
*McNally, May.... Montreal, 5 Sean anor vee Villa Maria Convent. 

Miller, Clare... . San Luis Potosi,Mex. Erasmus Hall HighSchool 
TMiller, Margaret I.....Frankford, Ont... .Traf algar Institute. 

Mount, Beatrice R... Westmount, Q.....Westmount Academy. 

Murchison, Vivian G. Montreal Annex, Q...Montreal High School. 

Newell, Annie B.....Montreal, 2. ....+-Montreal High School. 
*Payette, Juliette C...Montreal, Q....... Private Tuition. 

Plaisted, Lilian D. W.Dunham, "8 Clee eet Dunham Ladies College 

Ramsey, M. Ethel G..Quebec, Q........ McGill Normal School. 
*Reinhardt, Grace A....Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School. 
*Rodger, Isobel M.....Westmount, Q.....Trafalgar Institute. 

Rosenberg, Hannah N..Montreal, Q.....Montreal High School. 

Seymour, Louise E... Montreal, Q.......Montreal High S:zhool. 
*Stroud, Helen H..... Montreal, G2 ......1rafalgar Institute. 

Taylor, cia, vee .Montreal West, Q..Montreal High School. 

*Trenholme, Gers ‘Idine I.M.Montreal West. Q.Dunham Ladies’ Colleg 
*T re snholme. Katherine T.Westmount, Q. Trafalgar Institute. 

Van Vliet, Leonora... Lacolle, Q..... .Huntingdon Academy. 
Williams, Marion F...Cowansville, yes ey Dunham Ladies College. 
‘Younger, Lillian F....Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School. 


(McGill College.) 

Archibald, 36 6nnete asa. Loe Geka Cees. Montreal, Q. 
‘Beaton 1000 Mio ini se eee oxen Ree Gees: 6s North Sydney, N.S. 
Bote ENS ERSG oy. suc ane Re bree ae dice ew 3 os Pembroke, Ont. 
DESIGN TIIEAMER Wiee lc LENE N PEW alates esc ee es Metcalfe, Ont. 
TESTO Ld Aa DUOC R Cee, vee gin bis 6 ase ke North Gower, Ont. 
Se gS SCORES 06 0 oy Tgp) DOME ON 4) a a rrr Montreal, Q. 
POO TOR IOI TR ts Vie cetck ba cece eee es Ottawa, Ont. 
wg Nal a SRE ar 0 9 ee Paisley, Ont. 
BE ee REC 0 OU ay 21 eg Christiansted, D.W.1. 
By PR EE AG" ESTES 8S nc ae Hamilton, Ont. 
wee eg Gls eT 2 Los Angeles, Cal. 
RU OOGWE OME, UTC ef. by bei cs ve cle acca ee Westmount, Q. 
BAe WE as he ee ee klv ce tv b aches Huntingdon, Q. 
OS Sn BA 8 DES By. ee a Rockburn, Q. 
RR Rs a Wea Ide BAe oa 6 4-88 4 Guelph, Ont. 
RO EIt RIOR ATS Ck 6 ules we Ste vv ete sw 8's Montreal, Q. 
PEPE ERIC Sos ial s Shey v's atbieise EEN Slbee, s, alae Hull, Q. 
Daw, 8 SOLS AE Ee Se eae Hamilton, Ont. 

*Partial Student. 
tConditioned Student. 
tDouble Course Student. 
||Conditioned Undergraduate. 

Dennison, Lawrence G..:............+........ Westmount, O. 
Drummond, Gwy Mii. ee Wh eo Monreal) Gt 

Tidustin, (26Oree:  URY OP oaa eee ee Ul ete Gananoque, Ont. 
Mishér, Roswelks Weise ae hud ote boobed’ Montreal, Q. 
Fleet, C. A; Robertson voees oak eareco ors ev MOnreal, OF 

“ale. WV rt Or. Bae ae a oben Laenke Ormstown, Q. 

tGegete, Hato Pas soeke are cee ciehh bane on Beauport, Q. 

Thode; Wie Ciy coe kicidb aeons week. Ottawa, Ont 
Gordons Walier Fis oe wlio 8 heh el le ing ce Montreal, Q. 

*Gray, Edwin H.; Bo A: eerie onde st oemes eee +» Montreal, West. Q. 
Hale, ‘Chartet Asi Ge acs ctaneen ces wae uncer a bes Granby, Q.. 
Franson, Charles Suitiv.eeng chee bee eo oh poe os omtreal, O. 
Harvey, Chariea Ty Fo) nc tah Go had 8 +o op ee OREO, 40 229 
Hatcher <A ieree aire bbe boca eb Sos 2 eb coeks Bonavista, Nfld. 
Flaw kines SGuart iS. cis socn ns wheat peewee kee Montreal, Q. 
Findley.” Wilbut Was. > i bite res ci reebioask) Fergus, Ont. 

LeMesurier 0) SEGB EN we es oc cas bo eb ees Montreal, Q. 

Lynvati, JOR 7s Sak ee nice ove be hale ona eee Montreal, Q... 

*( 3) MECUHOUIS EEL, ree sao sa ok ech ee ek Pee Glencoe, Ont. 

*Mackintoes: Wiiein io.) ) bce peewee ceeeneel Glasgow, Scotland. 
Mach ennie, Faaiee AS UG insancvineccenedop aan eee Kirk Hill, Ont. 

iMeMahom,. Meatward ro oso olioenkbeaseee Ottawa, Ont. 
NCNGHI, Tone £3510 sile oo Seas ew porn ee Elmsdale, P. E.I.. 

TMavety, LEROY. oe bo eaaants ae ae tela Sete Montreal, Q. 
Meter ieiny Ws: ESSE: stu wie saree arote S depo es Hull, Q. 

WALIOE. bs BOR ATCIOP 5. 5's ect ates Cae ee ae Sutton Jct, Q 
WiGtOreee TOATINOE: ks Lao Sah co dee Sa erie Charlottetown, P.E.I. 

TIN CHOBE, POMAIO . onic Gee'v's cee Sa oak eae bu Lucknow, Ont. 
CANOE: TAPE Tye cdce es OL. £3 SO eR BP Quebec, Que. 
PACKATO  MOPUniee Li o)eP luc cchevekvea he ee Westmount, Q. 
SOR EAA oe Whe Shenae yates paral ee s Montreal, Q. 

TPL, TU WaPee re wriins Gea eee tien eae eas Trinidad, W. I. 

Pi aSOU, Ph POOR Wk oo ev Ob eo eens Montreal, Q. 
PSU TEN te es ws ets peed ee ee ees Athelstan, Q. 

MIRA VCBT PMA DSO sial SA wie sien aod'y bie oy ore bee we St. John, N.B. 
Renssitson: David Boel as bees h sees peu s Montreal, GO 
Richardson, [Gia Alissa Soe ies oe ep Sha wie weds Montreal, Q. 

F RODE:  AIRII Eeins, Oat ins shits oh ee lare ye wees Watford, Ont. 
Ras, VW ARROO Mee Saw tee ee tk sia bse ea ee Bedeque, P.E.I. 

TSh Amu Wy a Lava Wa cleg eal eie cl cake Sie eae Vancouver, B.C. 

*SNEULSF; ATU WV scan cs ooo sures see es Beet Montreal, Q. 

*Simipeotiy Hamel, As aie Hie lo ene alee) eae Harbor Grace, Nfld. 
STH Gy hse ee AR ata tok ero ae ee Un ec ote er one Knowlton, Q, 
Stacon, Paetie Peet wa Oe ce ee eee Montreal, Q 
Strpreriant, Thomas S.. Hop ieucs aoe eee eke Lacolle, Q. 
Lownsend, Uhavaea. Lh aveccs eee oes Montreal, Q. 
Lrembley,.]; AG@gards 0. ves. sues ce eee eee Jonquieres, Q. 
Watereton, oteig eed. Sek. er ee iene Westmount, Q. 
Wilson, PRGMan Bersih waa Neues otle wa Langley Prairie,B.C. 

} Wodehouse;  “Mooiriald iis soo ee ev ees Colchester, Eng. 

C3). WOOGSE Wi: Fumi a: siete bc a geiederetuien ae ey Versailles, Mo. 

*Partial Student. tDouble Course Student. 

||Conditioned Undergraduate. . 

The figure (2), (3) or (4}, prefixed to a name indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 

MacLean, Herbert B.. 
McQueen. George R... 
*Maude, John W. A.... 
Paterson, E. Russel 
Patrick. Frank A...-... 
Pent Art r& = 

APE ove 
+25 ~> 7 > 
reeaman»n, W iiiiam =f 
Stewart, Robert U..-.- 
oaths and 

rae “aay 
Stockwell, Ralph f.-. 
Ts. 1. D. LM 
Tin eriake, ina pon wv 
Tk. = Orvil c 

s LiVLiic ts - i RJee oe = 

*Bovey, C onstance ee 
B yvle. Gertrt ide M 
*Creelman, Marion D 

iC - 
Macnaughton, Ariel M 
—— ed Ger ude M. 

lia “te 

~1:111e 2 
LL LL LN ss ~-ift « 

ee ] Annie. 
4 , Beatrice 

\rm 2 

s4emrner - 

t _ Frederick M 


[sid qaorTe. 

al Student. 

Sg “POET ARS ts 

lV alle, — naine H 

BRGee coe ee 8 



Mont mee | ) 

aiit Fil 
Fitchburg, Mass. 
Montreal, QO. 

Dan ° 
Montreal South, Q. 
M ntreali, ) 


Montre: al. 

ontreal, QO. 

un harr 
illic is 

: 4 ; 4 
. Dundas, ‘ nt. 

er, Marjorie D SP ra Ura shee i gg Le 


: Mc G tbl Cr LL ve. ) 


SE Tae oe me bee: Se a ae ee a Pe ng 

prefixed to a name, 

+Double Course peers 
The figure (2), (3) OF 
student takes a class 
where the name 1S found. 

Montreal, QO. 

Montreal, Q. 
Montreal, € 

Montreal, O 

Aut rey, Q. 

Ol A a asks oe eh ee ee ae: SS ee 
U “ mney, Ge rge D Ottawa South. Ont. 

Covehead, P.E.I. 




indicates that the 

in “ie corresponding year as W ell as in that 


NAME. HoME ecg 
Bates, Prederick W......2.--- sess ec ereses ona t al, 
OE OSS Oe ee ee ae Mea . John, N B 
Bridgette, Samuel J... .. 6... css eee ieee eee 8. uwyerville , 
Carmeron, DAVId A. iasrcc set cece eer eee’ -Dewittville, QO 
pitattanach. ANSGOM. is... 605 eee ewes ee tees .North pans ce 
Cherry, Wilbur H. SEL AS NOE RY ay Hea RE 
Cit, 1H. Welsford. ee SO Le ed a A ar he Montreal, 2 
Cusning, Dotigall. . 0c... ec eee ere pees eee’ Montreal, 
Davis, Charles W. ee Se eg N . Montreal, 
t{Downey, James J. RE ee Tah Palanan Broc] vite, mie 
Ellis, Robert Ry SRNL a a oi pea'n: 86-8 GSR b heswirtciotlnget = 1 ak 
Gould, E. Pe NS ns Or eee eG Ly Montreal, 
Harrison, R: ph | ee ne eee Hontreal, 
Heward, Chilion G........- 6: sees sere sees Montreal, 
Huntley, RE MO Les ghee Vernon River B ridge,  p. BE”. 
t{McCallum, John 8. | A I EO EERE PRR Eee Smith’s Falls, Ont. 
Mec alla, OTrick Bic. se eee cree ee Montreal, Q. 
McCann, Walter E.. DS CAE GRIER Gg cs Q. 
MacDonald, Dalre .ddy We ee ete ecw + Vnocev «SITCOM, Rae 
McDougall, E. Stuart. .....--+- 2 eee sere cee Westmount, Q. 
MacK enzie, Vii Meg. vas Selene eee ages Oss Hartsville, P. E. l. 
Macmillan, William. ..........200+sseseeees Montague, P. E. I. 
Meldrum, Herbert T. ......----- see reecreees Hull, Que. 
Parker, David W...... 60 c ee eves cece ere ceces Bedford, Q 
Parsons, Howard G....... eee eee ee tte Montreal, Q. 
Penny, TOME es | Dake eR age ow Bor aan Ute ape ee Montreal, 
tPrice, Thotas Bo... sce eS oie pe ene ge renee V ancouver, "3.0. 
tRider, MOST 05 aid awe co os Gm win wines ee a hee ein Bo Fitch Bay, Q 
Simpson, James C.. 6... . 0002 eee eee eee eee: .Montreal, Q. 
Sorstt. SHEPMAN Codicivins sols piel eel hd aed aves Ridgeway, Pa. 
MT OOH UF VIE ol anise oie hai de Pie eho ws es es St. Armand Centre, Q. 
Walker, Peter icc t ee cece ee ese eee eee oe Q. 
tWood, Harold W..:.. 6.6.05. e ee deer cee nes . Johns, Q. 

(Royal Victoria College.) 

Armstrong, Louise F.......-.-.+ e+e seers Montreal, Q. 
Baylis, (MOM EES OD EES Ce a ee Montreal, Q. 
Cheesbrough, Charlotte M.........-++--+-05 Westmount, Q. 
Coates, Evelyn. .......+-00000ee-+-ee+++-¢++-Amherst, N. 5. 
Couture, Louise I. ...... 620. s ee eee, Raeae #5" Montreal, Q. 
Crawford, Emily Cl. .....-.. 6... eee eee eee eee Montreal, O. 
Ri eteaty MABE) Pe Assess orane ive ma Fable ew ge as so es Montreal, Q. 
*Fieet, Isabella RR...) uc cee eee eee es Montreal, Q. 
su) i) Se |: 1 ee a oe Montreal, QO. 
Hayden, Amy J.......-- 6. ee ee eect ees Montreal, Q. 
Huxtable, Magvie. 2.02. een ieee cee Montreal. Q.. 
James, A Rien Se Cheenti 145 0b), 4 Montreal, QO. 
Bie, Lb. Mabel. cir 005 in ee vee ny vee ee Montreal, Q. 
Kydd, GG Ms ae en ee eee Pi ce ie Montreal, Q. 
Laverock, OS Sma OP Sgt er a ae eae Vancouver, B. C. 
*Levinson, Myttie V.... 0.26.65 22005++4+++++-Montreal, Q. 

*Partial Student. 
Conditioned Undergraduate. 
tDouble Course Student. 


Macaulay, Eather Te iis ect bs ee ane elas Westmount, Q. 
Macaulay, Gertrude Fie. icse cine ee is we ee ea Westmount, Q. 
MacQueen, Bessie i2ics oc ee ee cans yobs we, ee Glasgow, N.S. 
Masaon, DREGE BE ses 0 cae erik stele ene ta ie en Ottawa, Ont. 
Massy, Muriel Ayo a, Keke Se Uiters wee tay Summerside, P. E. I. 
Mowatt, Edith Miss ic iGh es eo ee vet) os Ont reas Se, 
Stanton, Mary ©) 56st eu re eee Ceri Montreal, Q. 
Williame, ‘Clare i Pes re aan ae aaah Knowlton, Q. 
Wisdom,. Jennie, Bocce nier ees ih Sts ORB, N.B. 


Archibald, Henry-F. Kirkman, Kate 
Barr, Harriett Lamb, M. 
Bottome, Georgina O Lewthwaite, Mary G. 
Bremner, Jennie M. Luke, Emily 
Brittain, Mabel A. Macfarlane, Agnes C. 
Call, Frank O. Metcalfe, Mary J. 
Cayford, Gertude B. Mowatt, E. Rae, B. A. 
Collard, Rose Norris, Amy 
Cooper, Francis M. Palmer, Jane V. 
Coristine, Mary 5S. Patterson, Jean K 
Dennis, Matilda 5 Peebles, Mary I. 
Fawcett, Rose D. Ross, Margaret 
Gillean, A. Muriel Shaw, T. Louise 
Grant, Isabelle Simpson, Edith P. 
Grant, Maye Simpson, Mabel K. 
Greig, Nettie T. Smaill, Edith M. 
Halpenny, W. T. Warriner, J. Eva 
Idler, May, B. A. Wilson, A. Muriel, B.A. 
Janes, Ada D. Wood , John 
Janes, Agnes 5. Youtz, Herbert A. 

Kirkman, Ada 

< J 

First YEAR. 


Alford, John N....-- Belleville, Ont...- Belleville High School. 

Archibald, Max. ». B..Truro, N.»9..-- "Colchester Academy, N. 5. 
Armstrong, Ives H...Montreal, Q...--- ‘Montreal High Scho yl. 
*(2) Ash, Ernest gre Todmorden, Ont... School’of Prac. Sci., Poronto. 
+Austin, John cee he. Montreal, Q..---- -St. John’s School, Montreal. 
tAyer, Kenneth R.... Montreal, Q...--: _Abingdon, School,Montreal. 
Barlow, William D...Montreal, Q-.--- Shortell’s Academy, Montreal. 
Barry, Michael J.... Westmount, Que.Shortell's Academy, Montreal. 
*Baylis, Mervyn & ... Montreal. QO’... +--+ 52020 ee a” np wee Bem ass 

Beagley, Thomas G...Montreal, Q..---- Montreal High School. 
Bennet, G. Arthur.... New Glasgow, Q.- Stanstead College. 

+Bessey, Ezra B. Te SAUD, Adega ees Rothesay College, N.B. 
+Biggar, Arthur L.....Ottawa, Ont.....Upper Canada Coll., Toronto 
+Bisson, Leonard,.... “Hull, OF 002 8 - #3 University of Ottawa. 

Blanchard, E. Stirling.Charlottetown, P.E.1. Prince of Wales College 
+Boudreault, Valmore..Ottawa, Ont.....-La Salle Academy. 
*Brosseau, Louis Pp ...St. Johns, Q:..---- Ottawa University. 
Brown, Osburn N23 Newcastle, N.B.... Normal School, N.B. 
Burland, George L...Ottawa, Ont...- Ridley Coll., 5t. Catharines. 
+Cairns, Morris J.--+- Montreal, Q...--- Montreal High School. 
Callander, Delmer W.Guelph, Ont..-.--- Guelph Collegiate Inst. 
Cardinal, Emile...-- Montreal, Q..-- -Shortell’s Academy, Montreal. 
Carroll, John L..---. Gananoque, Ont.. Gananoque High School. 
*(2) Chrysler, Philip H.Ottawa, Ont....-Ashbury College, Ottawa. 
Clark, Albert W.G....Valleyfield, Q...... Gault Inst., Valleyfield. 

Cloran, J. Harry..--: Westmount, Q.Hawkesbury High School, Ont. 
+Cole, F. Thornton. . - ibat wats Aye es sre es 8 9k SS 
#Collier, Harold F..-. Longueuil, Q...--- Private Tuition. 

*#Connolley, William J..Jamaica, B.W.I. ..St. Georges College, B.W.I. 

Cowles, Eugene Pos Montreal, Q..---- Montreal High School. 

Cowley, A. Thomas N.Winnipeg, Man. . St. John’s College, Winnipeg. 
Cox, John R...----> “Montreal, Q... . Upper Canada, Coll., Toronto. 

+Crockett, Thomas < hes Danville, Q..----: Bishop’s College School. 

+Dakin, Frederick W. ‘Westmount, Q..--- Westmount Academy. 

Daubney, Charles B..Ottawa, eS ose os Ottawa Collegiate Inst. 

+Daubney, James E...Ottawa, Ont...--- Ottawa Collegiate [nst. 

*Daw, Francis P...--- Fort Covington, N.Y. Montreal High School. 
Dawes, Andrew S _..Montreal, Q-..---- Private Trfition. 

+Dawes, Kenneth T.. Lachine, Q...-++- _Abingdon School, Montreal. 
Dennis, T. Clinton... _O’Leary Sta., P.E.1. Prince of Wales College. 
+Derrom, Donald L... Montreal, Q...--- Montreal High School. 
Dobson, Arthur A....Fordwich, Ont.... .High School, Harriston,Ont. 
Donald, Edward D...Westmount, Q. .. Albert College, Belleville. 
Dowie, Kenneth W...Lachine, Q..---- Shortell’s Academy, Montreal. 
Duguid, A. Fortescue.Aberdeen, Scot.....Fettes College, “Edinburgh. 
*Partial Student. 
+Conditioned Student. 
tDouble Course Student. 
The figure (2), (3) oF (4), prefixed to a name indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 


1am D.Sherbrooke, Q.. Sherbrooke, Academy. 
nge, N.J..East Orange High School 
Collegiate Institute 

Echenberg, Abral 
Elkins, Robert H. B..East Ora : 
Ewart, Douglas. M.,.Ottawa South, Ont.Ottawa 


Fitzpatrick, Robert VY Millsville, N.S..... Pictou Academy, N.».. 

Fowler, Frank 5....-- Winnipeg, Man... “Manitoba College, Winnipeg 
Fox, Charles A...... Coaticook, Q....-- Stanstead College. 
Fraser, Robert J....-Ottawa, 2 Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
Fregeau, John H.... Three Rivers, Q.. Stanstead College, 

+Gall, Arthur.....--: Montreal, Q.....--- Shortell’s Academy. 

Chatham Collegiate Inst. 

*(2) Gardiner, Samuel N..Chatham, Ont.. 

+Gartshore, W. Moir.. Hamilton, Ont. _... Highfield School, Hamilton. 

Gemmill, John A.O.. .Ottawa, ON, 3250 Ottawa Collegiate Inst. 
(silchrist, T. Ernest.. ‘Hintonburg, Ont..Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 

Gladman, Victor L.. Lindsay, Ont...... Lindsay Collegiate Inst. 
+Goodstone, A. Simon. Montreal, Q....--: Lomberg, Austria. 

Guerin, Thomas....-. Montreal, Q.....-- Loyola College, Montreal. 
*(2) Halliday, Charles I. Pakenham, Ont..Agr. College, Guelph, Ont. 
+tJansard, Aibert N...San Juan, Porto Rico. High School, Ithaca,N.Y. 

Hanson, William G.. ‘Westmount, Q... Trinity Coll., Port Hope, Ont. 

Harris, Norman C..... Victoria, Australia. Scotch College, Melbourne. 
Haultain, Alexander (G.. Montreal, Q...-- .St. John’s School, Montreal. 

+Head, Leslie H...-.- “Rapid City; MART yes yo henna eee or 
tHenry, Robert A. C,..Calgary, Alta.... Westmount Academy. 
Hollinsed, Richard E. L. St. John’s, Barbados....The Lodge School, 

Jackson, Donald A...Montreal, Q..---: Mount St. Louis Institute. 
Johnston, Roland C.. Renfrew, Ont. ..... Renfrew Collegiate Inst. 
Jones, Guy C.%-. 1.) elaltiax, N.S.Collegiate School, Windsor, N. 5. 
*(2) Kelly, William L. Halifax, N. S......Dalhousie University. 
Kennedy, Frederick W.Montreal, Q.....- Loyola College, Montreal 
Kingston, John L...... Ottawa, Ont.....-- Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
*(2) Knowles, Robert C. Bedford, England Bedford Grammar School. 
Kohl, George H..... -Montreal, Q....--- Wykeham House School. 
*(2) Leggett, Charles W. . Portland, Ont. Collegiate Inst., Brockville. 
+Legris, Joseph A...-- Louiseville, Q....- Ottawa University. 
Little, Harold R...-- London, Ont.....-- Upper Canada Coll., Toronto 
*Loder, Eric R.....--. Harpenden, Eng.. Seafield College. 
McCammon, John W .Inverness, Q...--- Inverness Academy. 

MacDiarmid, Archibald A.Covey Hill, Q. Huntingdon Academy. 
+Macdonald, J. Harrison. Claresholm, Alta. Ottawa University. 
McDonell, Frank H.. Cornwall, Ont.... Cornwall High School. 
MacFarlane, Robert G. Huntingdon, Q. Huntingdon Academy. 
McHenry, Morris J.. “Toronto Jct., Ont.. Toronto Jct. Coll. Inst’ 

Mackintosh, Ivan R..London, Ont....-- Private Tuition. 
*(2) Mackay, Edward. .Montreal, Q...--- Abingdon School, Montreal. 

MacLean, Calvin S.. .5t. John, N.B..... Rothesay College, N.B. 
McLeod, Allan C. G. -Montreal, Q....-- Montreal High School. 
McNab, Lewis G...- Montreal, Q...-:- “Montreal High School. { 
Macparland, ArthurM.]J.Kingston, Ont. . Upper Canada Coll,, Toronto. 
+Macrae, John M....- Golden, B.C........Pictou Academy, N. 5. 
Magrath, C. Bolton.. ‘Lethbridge, Alta.. .Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 

*Partial Student. +Conditioned Student. | 

{Double Course Student. | 
The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 

student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name 1s found. 



q VT, 

NAME. Home ApprEess. WHERE Last EDUCATED. 

Martin, Douglas A... .Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School. 

tMather, A. Wylie.....New York City... . Private Tuition. 

7Mauer; Elias.........Montreal, Q.......Cooper Inst., New York. 
Millican, A. Gordon. ..St. John, N.B.....St. John High School. 
Munro, Keith........Port Arthur, Ont..High School, Port Arthur. 

+Nares, Basil L........ Winnipeg, Man... . Upper CanadaColl., Toronto. 
Narraway, Athos M..Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa ( pees ate Institute. 
Needham, Robert J. esongen,; Ont... ci London Collegiate Inst. 
tO’Keeffe, John E.....New York City.... University of Ottawa. 
Paine, Art) 1ur J. C,.. Lower Is. Cove, Nfld. Methodist College,St. John’s 
Payne, Sydney C.....Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Inst. 
Pearce, Seabury K.. Calgary, Alta.Trin. Coll.Sch., Port Hope, Ont. 
Penney, Edgar....... Carbo near, Nfid...Meth. Coll., St. John’s, Nfid. 

PE Mister JACK S365 tS Mottcehl: Q.......Shortell’s Academy. 
Pope, Maurice A.....Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
Porter, Charles G.....Calcutta, India... Lincoln College, Oxford, Eng. 

Powis, Gordon Douglas.Hamulton, Ont... Hamilton Colle ciate Inst. 
Reid, Archibald C.... Winnipeg, a in.... Upper Canada Coll., Toronto 

Reid, Robert A..... _.Montreal, Q....... Private Tuition. 

*Reid, Rupert H....Sault Ste. Marie Ont..Sault Ste.Marie High School 

Riendeau, Victor.....Montreal, Q.......Marieville College 
+Robertson, Edgar D..Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute 

Rutherford, John R.. Pictou, N.S........ Pictou Academy. 

Ryley, A. St. Clair...Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
+Sclater, Arthur N....Montreal, OQ... Ridley Coll., St. Catharines, Ont. 
*(2) Scott, Oswald H.. Toronto, Ont......High School, Neco te a, Ont. 

Scott, Robert W.....Tylden, S. Africa. . Dz ale C ollege, S. Africa. 

Seath, J. Marshall. ..Montreal, Q.......Montreal Fick School. 

fSimpson, Alan C.....Montreal, Q.......Abingdon School, Montreal. 
*Simpson, Ernest L... . Montreal, 6 SRS ap Private Tuition. 

Skelton, Philip H....Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School. 

Se ACR ree fC eG mE By) WO RST ole cae has g's DR 

Sproule, Stanley M...Montreal, Q.......Montreal High School ' 
fStark, Rubin.......-- Gre ets SN en Nv rsa Pee 

Stevenson, John A. . .Montreal, Q.......Private Tuition. 

Strong, Hoe ice R. F. Cambria, Q........Lachute Academy. 

Stuart, Alexander G.Buckingham, haa .. Upper CanadaColl, Toronto. 
+Stuart, Charles G.....Truro, N.S.........Truro Academy. 

Timberlake, John N. Gananoque, Ont. ..Gananoque High School. 
*Tremblay, Albert.....Quebec, Q........ Ottawa College. 

Turnbull, Vicars St. L “Montreal, gael Trin. Coll. Sch., Port Hope. 
*Vincent, Robert P.....Quebec, Q.. . High School, Quebec. 

} Vineet, (J. A. Eugene. Montreal, O. .....Crichton School, Montreal. 

| Von Pozer, Charles H.Aubert Gallion, Q. ..Bishop’s College School. 
Vroom, Harold H....St. Stephen, N.B.. .R.M. College, Kingston 
White, J. A. Gordon.. Woodstock, Ont..Woodstock Collegiate Inst. 

+White, Marven....... Wheatley, Ont.....Leamington High School. 
Williams, nae G...Buckingham, Q... Ashbury College, Ottawa. 
Williams, F. G. Maxwell.Bath, Eng.. . Winchester College, Eng. 
Wyman, ie ad Rockland, Ont.. Ree ckland High School. 
Young, Alexander A..Selkirk, Man......Manitoba College, Winnipeg 
Young, William L... .Mullsv lle, N.S......Sch. of Prac. Sci., Toronto. 

*Partial Student. tConditioned Student. {Double Course Student. 

The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 

a - 
eh ” 
‘ . ! 


= = 
a ¢ 





Allen, Aletandet dyn cag cae fee ee ot FS Sares Wallaceburg, Ont. 
¥-2) (4) Ayte, Charge By costs eae Chis vee es St. John’s, Nfld. 
Bailhe, Archibatd Pioui. 6 ope Gee < Ceres eee Montreal, Q. 
*Baldwin, Harcid Fee voces, Cree ee oe ees Baldwin’s Mills, Q. 

Bambrick, Heeberaic ccc tee oe ake tee es Cranbrook, B.C. 

Best , Williams Pos eas ees ees oes eee Montreal, Q. 
Binks, Norbert Tya3 Sei. ea hie te eee ees Ottawa, Ont 
iBlack, Mawerime W ie 2s a, WU Ps Ca acters 9 Windsor, N.S. 
iBowman, Alexander 1.M..............5-+-06: Ste. Therese, Q. 
iBoyd, Gardiner Mf... fas ee eee eee Bobcaygeon, Ont. 

Bregent, Bdmutid.. i: 02. 0 con ec as os eee Montreal, Q. 

*{3) Briegel,. Walter Ou... eee oe nace Montreal, Q. 
Briggs; Arthur BM er ens bid aoe EE es St. Catharines, Ont. 
Bronson, Frederic He: s van pas eee eRe OR ve Ottawa, Ont. 
Burbidge, George H... 00.26 see eee wesw canes Ottawa, Ont.... 
Buttenshaw,: Aateed 8.250 2 ew oak ee ied se oer. St. Albans, Eng. 

Byrne, Jour Bess <leae eee ne ee einige eel ee Ottawa, Ont. 
Campbell, William B..... 2... .ee ee eseees Brockville, Ont. 
Cantley, Charles. Li... 0 ee be pease eee ss New Glasgow, N.S. 

iCarr, Williart Dis now ree 0G ee eae eee Trout River, Q. 

*(4) Carter, Charles Big leacny eee anes Los Angeles, Cal. 
Cate, Carroll tin cgi eee eat aaron Sherbrooke, Q. 
Cheesbrough, Arthur G...... 2.2... e ee eee eee Westmount, Q. 
Cook, Archibald Set ese ee cae ie eae Cee Quebec, Q. 

Coulin, Lote Bailiwick ts eerextece hea ees . Montreal, Q. 
*Outten, A Cabsele yu) sins cal oS Mac Ge tin aye Sy ee Amherst, N.S... 
IDay, Thomas Be. 28. jas agess yy ee bet Shea. Parrsboro, N. S. 
Delgado, Perey. Ge..6) Gis ates ie ode Falmouth, Jamaica. 

Dennis,. W. Melia. Fi ooh een eet wep kes O’Leary, P.E.I. J 
l\Descarries,- Joseph A... .. 0c cee eee eee ene es Lachine, Q. 

Dickieson, Arthiar [ok aoa es ees hs eal oes Ottawa, Ont. 

#(2) Dickson, Garnet Heo... 2. eicee ee t e ee Westmount, Q. 
Pion. A. Mec ative saw eee ees Ottawa, Ont. 

*(2) ‘Downey, James J.C... 0... 6. eee sections, Brockville, Ont. 
Dowsvwell, Harry Kea iseskiesia~ aie a See ee es Dutton, Ont. 

*Dupuis, Armand 022. . divine ohare sc ve ee = . Montreal, Q. 
Dwight, Herbert Pi... 2... cee ce ee ees oes Picton, Ont.. 

Edwards, Godfrey B.........5....-2 50 sees .Ashleworth, Eng. 

\Ekers, Austiti. .... 5.903 eee ee he oe ny eps ea Montreal, Q. 
Farnsworth, C. Albertw. nis ea el ea eee Sawyerville, Q. 
Fetherstonhaugh, Harold L.........:.........Montreal, QO. 

Ford, Walter Since eats Oe ee ee Winnipeg, Man. 

Fox. Charles Hoe .335 60 eens eee ae a Winnipeg, Man. 

Fraser, Archibald: N... 2.55 sie piste etre oie os Coaticook, Q. 

Galbraith, William J... 2.20. siete ees as St. Romuald, Q. 
Gall, Douglas M.........- 20s vere tee eee ees Lachute, Q. 
iGibb, Roger... 2.0. 5s 5 ecm suman is Sere oe Wimbledon, Eng. 
*(3) Gomes, Lawrence F........----++++++0+: St. Johns, B.W.lI. 

* Partial Student. 
| Conditioned Undergraduate. 
The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that where 
the name is found. 





ils ee 0 a ae ee ee Westmount, Q. 
Gooding, Winfield U..........-.-0e eee ee ee: Stirling, Barbados 
*(3) Grahame, Dallas F..........-.+-+++-++- . Montreal, Q. 

Perales, FIASOLA- Mo occ cae ces oo os cweewns «NOW Glasgow, N.S. 

Grove, Humphrey S....... sce cree eee London, Eng. 

yi tecttc Re G2 7-74 OS) Oe ea ne oe ae ea Montreal, Q. 
ESS OS 0 Foc) a eee ie ei ie .Montreal, Q. 

PI DOTN, POPOV Biso cw eo oe cv trae wale ie ates Beriin, Ont. 

| Hudson, George M........-. 6. eee eee cence Montreal, Q. 
Ly Be eteMee [es 8) Oa en i ee ee ee ae Ce eae Montreal, Q. 
| TOHGSEOR A AAATOUN Diicersce eon ee pe TV Ew OT Gananoque, Ont. 

Fare y Grannis cic. cies 9 eos ee oneness os Renfrew, Ont. 

*K ennedy, Henry C..... 2... eee reece ee een Vancouver, B.C. 

a I@ennedy, W. Alan. .... 2. se ee ce eo ee ater oN Owen'Sound, Ont. 

en TSE es eee a Pra ee aot: ere ay Montreal, Q. 

NL BN Sr a ae ere ae econ Montreal, Q. 

Lady, WaT ed Ais ieee seis eters wesw tee ate ee Dorchester, N.B. 

Lindsay, Alexander M............000+e000. Invercargill, N.Z. 

Cee ME es eo). cI 72 ee Re ae eer ra era Montreal, Q. 

POMiSaen, Pugh Ai... p58 eh RO RRS E OE Ottawa, Ont. 

McDougall, 4 ETE oa cies B fol nts BORN ERG Montreal, ©: 

McKinnon, Kenneth R......................New Glasgow, N.S 
iMcLachlin, Bwen M.....5.2.. 44465 455.45eeAenprior, Ont. 

*M cLachlin, Pugh C...4 400564605 > Cedneenn :...Arnprior, Ont. 
McLean) DGuplas Bg acrniai SAAS. 9 5! as Ah Ottawa, Ont. 
McNaughton, Andrew G. L.................-Moosomin, Sask. 

*( 2): Manny, David Ee ci... testa an fees vos Beauharnois, Q. 
Maver, Alexander M..............+.........Montreal, Q. 
Menvie®. JONG Wi sco ss es Cos ta eae HOA Ottawa, Ont. 
Meyerstein, William C......... ccc eee eres London, Eng. 

¥(4) Millon, Walter F.. ic cciise sete saaciasans Hull, Q. 

MOOUCY, FIAIT Vos Si Wk os iy seas aS we ey Stardale, Ont. 

RR GPICOm ET ARs 9:60 GW Senet Sia SKS Ormstown, Q. 

INAID, JORM Sa kei ww Sw oak Baie Keele de ae wee Truro, N.S. 

Cy NGUt, SOU rts iSee cise rms Ve ewe ene es Port Colborne, Ont 
PEACE, Ar Ac ea Kw SFA We ede tees 5! Hawkesbury, Ont. 
cal eR GC Ow 3s OM | Ge Copenhagen, Denmark. 

POIssntL, WICC eg ts cer ed eee eee aes Montreal, Q. 

ecg ie Han DS a ae ear a Oe St. John, N.B. 

ROWE Wii gs pees at ees ew ede. Little Harbor, N.S 
DE EICG, oh OTE 8) <6 feals 6 666 bw Ks 6 8 ee wa Vancouver, B.C. 
Re VaRINICL ot PRIME NG wine's od ob sas ¥ sees whe oa e St. John, N.B. 

RAP NATUGOM, MOAT IOS Bin ccs koe a Se tcp eee es St. Mary’s, Ont. 
POET, oe | Mra. 0 5 MOM) carer ee ia ne Fitch Bay, Q. 

WTC TE TES OLOM EEE ani eic acre 6 he 8S 6 ER EDS Newcastle, N.B. 

PEO DEUS Us WV ELD Sarecce es oes 6 OO Ae 4 re 8 Montreal, Q. 
ee Ria de ce vir ele wats ado BC Ke Re OR a a Ottawa, Ont. 

Ra vie ese,, DORIAN ric Cine x6 we hed SRE TOs Dartmouth, N.S. 

* Partial Student. 
' 4+ Conditioned Student. 
| Conditioned Undergraduate. 
t Double Course Student. 
The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. j 

Meee eS : 
—_—_—_—_________ nn 



Sailman. Robert T: H..... 226s. ee estore cee: Malvern, Jamaica. 

Sanderson, Charles W....----+++e+ssserrerr’ St. Albans, Eng.. 

*(3) Scott, W. Ralph........--eeeer ects Napanee, Ont. 

*(3) Seely, Roy A... .wcecteeee eset er sreneees St. John, N.B. 

ISlingsby, Henry........+.qeeeetee cence secre Thorpe Underwood 

Hall, Eng. 
Smith, George W...... ee eee ce ere cae ene ees Montreal, Q. 
Sonar, Aethet Jats. cas os heey dciee ties Meh Ss Brockville, Ont. 
Stackhouse, Charles W........:02eee rere eters Moncton, N.B. 

(Stansfield, Mette... s-2.b gt Me owe a ee Blackburn, Eng. 

Stevenson, George.....-- +... sss trer eset eee Holton, Q. 

Stewart, Leighton,....------e-erer errr tent Summerside, P.E.I. 
Stewart, Robert B..... 22... see e ect e estes Strath Gartney,P.E.I. 
Sutherland, Luther H. D...-...---+- ee eeet Montreal, Q. 

Tanner, Henry Bz... 26ers seer ees Joliette, Q. 

*Taylor, Herbert R.......--.--+er err er ests tt St. John, N.B. 

(Townsend, C. Stuart... ....----+ee rere rete: Wolfville, N.S. 

Venables, W. R. Bertram,.....---+++-++s+00+> Cookstown, Ireland. 

Veesot,. Samed: Bo... pistes a 2 Ree gan Sale eas Joliette, Q. 

*Virtue. Matthew L......6-. 0.2 62s seem er nnn Woodstock, Ont. 
Whitcher, Wilfred C. W. ...----+--eere rece Ottawa, Ont. 
Williamson, William R........--.+++-+ssesree? Owen Sound, Ont. 
Wilson, Alexander ......---eeeseeeterrrees Montreal, Q. 

\Winslow, Rainsford H......-+++++-sserr cree Fredericton, N.B. 

t{Wood, Harold 1 SO eae Fak sR Ree rr are St. Johns, P.Q. 
Vuill: Harry Heo... sce Dey ee ee Truro, N.S. 

Allan. Marshall Go 6 cua ds pena des tere tes Perth, Ont. 

Archibald, E. M. Brenton........----++++++5) Halifax, N-.S.. 
Paid, TORT. Bee s.c inl Fee esis Sty oe ee re Seen St. John’s, Nfld. 
Ballantyne, Thomas B.......-.-+--+++e+5--> Galt, Ont. 

*(4)Barclay, Charles H.........-.-6s-+sseseee St. Paul, Minn. 
Bates, Harry Bisisc. 2 ie ysis oe sews ne te eee Mystic, Conn. 
Baylia, PATO GAs.) os sees we 2 eel He ah es .Montreal, Q. 

(Bell, Valentine H........ 6... 6ee eee seer eens: Kingston, Jamaica. 
Bentley, Wallace, B.A......----+++- ++ eee cees Fulford Grange, Eng. 
Bradshaw, Walter E......... 06sec eee eee eee Moncton, N.B. 
Brennan, Ofelia  le  h ass ata wee eaten ona 2 Summerside, P. E. I. 
Beistol, Chageles. Fe sc ds sees Paaings «he Vancouver, B.C. 
Brooks, Charles Bay <0... veces Se ee oe 2S ate 3% Grafton, Ont. 
Callaghan, John C.....- 6000 et ee eee resets’ Hamilton, Ont. 
Cameron, Evan Janse cg eee be eset eee ere sens London, Ont. 

Cameron, James 8.......- 66 ee see eee teens 
Campbell, Edmund E........... 02 sees eres 
Carmichael, H. Graham... ....-.--.0eee sere: 
Carruthers, Kenneth B............-0 0 essences 

Christie, Harold R.M. .....5.-. cee renee eens 

*Partial Student. 
Conditioned Undergraduate. 
tDouble Course Student. 
The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as;in that 
where the name is found. 

_.Stellarton, N.S. 
Belmont, P. E. lL. 

Montreal, Q. 
Kingston, Ont. 

a < 



Ree ee NOONE. 1 ci ck wc eee we So et ontreal, ©. 
COpp, WaMeT Doo. hoe he ee em Sackville, N.B. 
Oristine woCATIEy 15 Miiy ok ea in eo ele wie es ce Montreal, Q. 
er AAMC NV at cas eye a ee ole ee os Ottawa, Ont. 
eR SUMO 1 fons 6 cesses lace dies he My ee St. Thomas, Ont. 
co ES far co ND se a ala Pn EAR oe Kingston, Jamaica. 
APIECE RO yak a are saly dpela ws kw ee Hull, O 
(TES ERIS RS AE AE REN Windsor, Ont. 
Perr eCtne MANN Brg i ee fey ois. cheats, ia a a a Oh Ottawa, Ont. 
er aad A ng el ee cov ies ses ss  RAEMO, BL, 
*(4)Dougherty, Maurice E. ..................Montreal, Q 
oe See ao + <a a Londonderry, N.S. 
oi EE ts Coa | | i ec ee a ae Montreal, QO 
OO ES oO | CS 2 ae ence ar ere eee Toronto, Ont. 
heaton Pe eurtand 0... aos ooo eevee» <M Ontréeal, O. 
Eummerson. Robert H...........%.........Moncton, NB. 
Bese, fi BOVOER Pin. ie ee es St. John, N.B. 
RS POHIE Dh oes eas eae oO Mn wiles Merigomish, N.S. 
Forbes, John heen > hon Serge ROT i ey 4 akae OO Montreal. O 
Oo RTS Tag E707 6 A een ear Ottawa, Ont. 
OMI, ERAT Ble ek eee eee Hie wo St, Lambert, Q. 
Graham, John R OY Or bey forests Ur aerane ty Oe Ottawa, Ont. 
OT EIN RPS ys ce PaO Aa Lp RAN aes ORPRE MMP a7 fs ae Pe Cobourg, Ont. 
pee ty GC NAIORET ot Yas BAe e wip ot ew ease Rees Lennoxville, Q. 
Dees: Winthrop Ko. hb a ke Gaares Derby Line, Vt. 
Pris: PESEVOY. Ws coals ots she ee Oe ese eee ee Jamaica. 
ar, Cer aig 26 Aan eae ar a pamerane Wrst sure e's. SPU Ce dial cont G ranby, 
TE Oe tIOS EVE OI) Ewes. aS Capers ala lela ane ee am Ottawa, om 
Hodge, Charles Fee ce ide Bale te get ia ree cla meme ae Birchton, Q. 
Holloway, FECT IE Secs Agere wis Ais Wa Mh fla he et 3 Montreal, QO. 
Poa sare y Gein wg ace hy aes C0 _...Kingston, Surrey 
jap Mak Caste og a > OT eae eA P ae e ate meae ra Ottawa, Ont. 
cena) James Cv. irc. eye Vm wee cree Fate es London, Eng. 
Re gs a On ee ae eC ae aa Dutton, Ont. 
Killam, ES eG A ris FASE DY Kivlis igh oss Yarmouth, N.S. 
Kingston, Sem DE a! ratecelss pTe ess bn /a. 6 bop SoS Ottawa, Ont. 
Lay ton, ASIST AE Gedie eee aOR a Tee 8 a8 EKITS Rs New Glasgow, N.S. 
Letourneau, NR rN I ng niga eh oad SA'* Montreal, QO. 
SS oo se Vankleek Hill, Ont. 
Rs ie Me) 0s ee re ce Brantford, Ont. 
Wiohabs Mul Goh Bitcis a. aes Sas oss. vs «Montreal, QO 
McGuire, Gordon.........--- 5s eee eee eens Montreal, Q. 
¥WMackvay, GeeorgeoW veces ay ace Glasgow, N.S. 
MacKay, Robert M...... Hered ee Pa ele Dede ee ee New Glasgow, N.S. 
McKnight, Robert C. aL NDE, oR EE ee Owen Sound, Ont. 
Martin, G. Pew ea ee a UA Me meboty, N.B. 
Ree tien WUTATH Pes ccf ON RES Bes ee Swe a Kenora, Ont. 
Mayers, Francis L. Si... 6. ee ce eee ees Hastings, Barbados. 
IRIE URTRMEY TRUE ea ak Ge AUg ee Wier ter Blea 8 Yoo. East Sheen,Surrey, Eng. 

* Partial Student. 
| Conditioned Undergraduate. 
The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 


*Merrill, Attrnat puoi ewes hha ok ed Montreal, Q. 
Mohan, Richer hive) ead cys ack es a a Brockville, Ont. 
Montage, Ta Mortimer: (4. 2 es ee Galt, Ont.. 
Montgomery, Edgar G.......................New Richmond,,.O. 

Moore, -Wilhqin § i055 cas sae letiece 8 tere igewaN Nd Ae Hyde Park, Vt. 
Morrin, APGRGRAd Csiro Ghee. eee aN on eee Lachute, Q. 

*( 4) Morrow. c ER Or ae 435 wee oe es Oca Halifax, N.S. 
Mulock, Rediorditi ss vs acls tte oe 5 ase oop oie Winnipeg, Man. 
Marph yi Wilts ies sa he cy sron en ie ve Rochester, N.Y. 
Nicolls, Faeroe Piha 2 vice ete ey oie ace Montreal, Q. 

Paré; AlpROnee Piss ooo eal ra pals aan White Horse, Yukon. 
Parham, Joh Buadin «sess aacasee were Outremont, Q. 

| Pease, By. RAMONES su ns be eas Maines Montreal, Q. 
Perry, Ki ennethiMic... nei Seis ea tke ete Regina, Sask. 

*(4) Phillips, Hobart Won... meek eee eee ne Oskaloosa, Iowa. 
Pitts, Gomer Wists. Sek ae ee a hla oe meee ee Ottawa, Ons. 
Pratt; Assit i. 66 as es eke bie aes tas Ottawa, Ont. 
Raphael, Gordeth Sis T0 ora iat Ottawa, Ont 
Read; Hertiett.cW. Pe ai ate aa ee Sackville, N.B. 
Renaud, Breve tise antes bcm emes ces aN eae Montreal, Q. 

*(4) Richards, Kawaedt Lo. discs sessed oe ee Port Antonio, Jamaica 
Robertsét,. Co pePbis ice een eee Brantford, Ont. 

WRoss,, Cece: Mos iity aicce eyed nage neta sera Ottawa, Ont. 
Ross, Donalikcs fot sess oi ee ee Edmonton, Alta. 

\Ruttan, Francis Ne ci. ds cca es aeuee ee lee Winnipeg, Man. 

iSaunders, Chasiss. WBE. 0. io place eee Kingston, Jamaica. 

iScovil, Harry Wiiasccsi ia eee eee eee Hampton, N.B. 
Shanks, Daniel Aeswk-46.c o5 celiac ete a il Howick, Q. 

Slavix: Regmald -V sia week sen ne aie a etl Deseronto, Ont.. 
Smith, Randolph Ros... co peen s ese s os oe 9 PRO OMEIGn 

Spericer; Walter B.05 0.4 eG ed § ogo ween Montreal, QO. 
Sproule, Gordom-St. Gre. biel ew aie 05. dines ean ee Montreal, Q. 

IStitt; Ovmorned Bie. cs Mone rears pai Ottawa, Ont. 

Thorne, Fiarve yess cs < occ ahem ate ae ae Dartmouth, N.S. 
Turnbull, Kenneth... 2.05 6. n eu oh es ws MONGOL, 
Vipond, William: S: ......4 (2.0. 98...2.5. s . Montreal 

¥W Sree SDOLMOMICAN cossy > ova Ss wiv cove wien aa es Elmira, Ont. 

We frit totis COSIOEE isan See ee rk aici eb ate are Hamilton, Ont. 
Whyte; Herbert Bitecs iin ins eee neins totes a So Ottawa, Ont. 
DA RR EGR WE CL O86 4c Estspensicn vad wees epee tw le vicd Stratford, Ont. 
Wood, Alexander Cinii. o 5 ous vic ener scmacecuket cee sins WY CO UEOUN Sua, 

Pipowmnger, Hare y ) .o.s.y 0s anaes ve eel Ottawa, Ont. 

(Zimmerman, ELernert Groves nccdeo icencticest eles aa Hamilton, Ont. 


|Barclay, Malcolait D.. .. ...0:i:6 siege wetipieneriapesiess Montreal, Q. 
Batchelder, Chatles.K....0..~! Fin ce-cate ne ears Newport, Vt. 
Beaton, Notman) Halwe.cce +A St. Catherines, Ont. 
Bell, George: Bak ics a -csecgevreieorrone dre epee ea St. Thomas, Ont. 

* Partial Student. 
| Conditioned Undergraduate. alte 
The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 

student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 




Te Be aig ab Se, Bee eo FP. 2 2 OP Pe 

Benedict, Elmore 
*Bergeron, J. Simeon 
Black, Douglas E., 
Black, H. Johnson.....-----+++++: 
Brown, Lindsay U.. 
Brown, S. Barton. . 
Brown, William G 
Brown. Wiliam GG: bases e cece reese reste 

3urr, E. Godfrey 
Canfield, Frederick ‘ 
Davis, George H 
Dibblee, Edmund S 
Dictenson, JORG. «04... 02 re ner egrets 
Dickson, Wallace. 
Jougherty, John 
Drummond, Georg 
Elliot, Percy H... 
Beer, Nathan da 222. ore a ee et 5 es 
Ewens, W. Sydney 
Foster, Henry 5. 
Gamble, Clarke W 
Gray, J. Seton 
Griffin, Frank f 
Hall, Gerald 
Hall, Norman M 

RR Cer i ie ali ae 


Rone Te aie 6 Opens Oe a Bie ee Pe: BS Oe 

ate ee LR, eA Se ee 


eS a oe ee 00 SSR eS SEU, Pere Sore 
Rr freee ae eit ym cee 8 de AS ee ee SES, BGR.) 
As Bo = She eh ed Pratl e 2S ARS ck Se a eae 


Harerave, William | pe ea PN he ke oe 
Harrington, Conrad D.....--. ss eee errr ene: 
Wiasicell, Laidiow. St. Dice even Me ea et eee es 

'Haughton, BT sel ahh oy casts ke EOL Ae RPE TS 
fier, NOVA Aga ss eae ade yin ten re ed 
Hepburn, Maurice G 
Bowe, font Base a entrees tt 
Killam, Lawrence 
Lamb, Menry Mi. cos ees cre reer cere ree 
Lathe, Frank, I 
Petrino Wihias Ales sere rate oe rec tee este 
McCalium, George H 
Macaulay, Rupert M.......---+sserrerrccsce: 
McGuaie, Stuatt J..2..--ss--rererccrersrses 
McDonald, Harold F 
Macdonald, Robert R....-...+-+-- 
(Macdonald, W. Male Im B 
(McWilliam, Thomas H 
Macklem, Oliver T 
Mathieson, Donald M:<. 53 Giese sve pieces se 
Maxwell, Lawrence } 
Miller. Harty Bic. oho p cee ares re ssc es Tete kee 
Munn, D. Walter 
har. LHOMaAS) Lies see eh Aes Most ee 2 
Otty, George N. ...-. 
Patterson, Ra ymond 
Pickard, Herbert G 
Racey, Percy W. 

Pe pe ae OB ie ee 
eS a ais 6 BS PIP? Sop BFS LER Pf 

eee Sear ihe Ae A PRE PP POSS PE SPs 

oe 2. oe eee ee) ae ee AS #1 8 OP At 

teat - o: @ 6 6s S10 o> © FF (8) .© 
aes Sete” 5 8 16, .@ eo 8@ {PO 5G. 8 So 

SF Se ee ee Se: eae Ee ee Se) Sw eS Ore 
aE e te tae SE eite ww Oe a ae Oe OP OER Oy. 
pes oan el a CS et Ow me Saw |e ge: OF Ee | 8) elt 
ase n es oes @ Oe 6.) 2 SO) 8 Oe FS 

ER Eee an eee 

eee eae &, a ene ee ee RS ee IA MS PY. 

ieee wake eer Ses Mice eS ee oe Oe Pe 

* Partial Student. 
| Conditioned Undergraduate. 

Montre: we O ‘ 

Gananoque, Ont. 



Brantford, Ont. 
Ferdinand, Q. 

Amherst, N.S. 
Metcalte, Ont. 
Ottawa, Ont 

Quel ec, VU. 

Montreal, Q. 
London, Eng. 
Woodstock, N.S. 
W oc dst ck, N.B. 
New York City. 
Westmount, Q. 
Sherbrooke, Q. 

Midland, Ont. 

Saskatoon, Sask. 


Montreal, Q. 
Owen Sound, Ont. 
Montreal, Q. 
Victoria, B.C. 
Edinburgh, Scot. 
Winnipeg, Man. 
Peterboro, Ont. 
Cornwall, Ont. 
Medicine Hat, Alta. 
Montreal, Q. 
Montreal, Q. 
Kingston, Jamaica. 
Ottawa, Ont. 
Dunmore, Eng. 
Pembroke, Ont. 
Yarmouth, N.S. 
Montreal, Q. 
Lacolle, Q. 

Morden, Man. 
Smith’s Falls, Ont. 
Scotstown, Q. 
Montreal, Q. 

Fort Qu’ Appelle,Sask. 

Hamilton, Ont. 

Rammerscales, Scot. 
Ford’s Mills, N.B. 
Toronto, Ont. 

St. Mary’s, Ont. 

St. Mary’s, Ont. 
Montreal, QO. 
Montreal, Q. 
Montreal, Q. 
Hampton, N.B. 
Melbourne, Australia. 
Exeter, Ont. 
Lennoxville, Q. 

ee aaeieiientiennmmeieie nee — 



i Riddell. Arthur Gi. &..¢ catiaes Se Vea 
Robb, Frederick Go ea iE ue oe 
Ross. Dotiglas Gi... ee ewes as oo 
Sharp, A. Lestetin.. ces eet anes s 
Shearer, George W....---++ss2eseter? 
Shorey, Harold. Ban on 6 the sy olen Sees 
Spafford, Arthur | Riera ee y Se ete earn 
*Strangways, H. F.. ...-e eee rere ce: 
T rimingham, a Aiea h ober nee. Mt oe ame oe 
Tupper, Fred. M...... 0-500 8 oh eee es 
Westland, io |» REO Manas SFTP ae ee 
Wheaton, Isaac Rai cnet fenton ie eee boars 
Whitcomb, Frank. O..-..++-eseee8e* 
Williams, Drederick 2 ae ators: Pe 

Wilson, Thomas Aw... .-seeeercecre® 

Wilson, William 5......... 

Woodyatt, James Be ni ee rh een tg Oe Bice 
Wright, George Reis ccs ey tes mes 

* Partial Student. 
Conditioned U ndergraduate. 


.. Hamilton, Ont 

Montreal, QO. 
Toronto, Ont. 
Summerside, P.E.] 
Mihcsreicnrs 2% Q. 

Lennoxv Ne. ¢ 

Hamilton, Bermuda. 
Westmount, QO. 
Wyoming, Ont. 
Midgic, N.B. 

Smith’ s Falls, Ont. 
East Sherbrooke, Q. 
Waverly, N.S. 

Niagara Falls S., Ont- 
‘Brantford, Ont.. 

Salisbury, N.B 




First YEAR. 

Allingham, John H.,B.A.,Fairville, N.B...University of New Brunswick 
+Amant, Harry....... Chandlerville, I1l.Ontario Veterinary College. 
tArmstrong, John Douglas.Ottawa, Ont.. .Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
Aronson, Aaron M....Montreal, Q. .Shortell’s Academy, Montreal. 

) Bancroft, Aubrey c. _Bridg yetown, Barbados. Harrison College. 
Bauld, William A.G., B.A. Halifax, N.S.. University of Dalhousie. 

*Beaton, JORNG:..../.. + . Moose Creek, Ont...Moose Creek School. 
Benner, Frank A.... ay vyham, Ont... ...Aylmer Collegiate Institute. 
Black, Vaughan E.,B.A..Ambherst, N. Bo, University of Mt. Allison. 
Boudreau, Frank G. S: arnham Centre, O.Lachute Academy. 

+Bourne, Wesley.......Pollards, Barbados..The Lodge School, St. John. 
Brown, David M.....Motherwell, Scotland. . Brooklyn Evening H.5. 

ion 1 Ulin Sod: te RESP Glencoe, Ont.. .G lencoe High School. 
Campbell, Harold A.. Sherbrooke, ce _..Sherbrooke High School. 

Carruthers, Robert S.P.North Bedeque, P. E.I. Prince of Wales College. 
Champion, B enjamin H. Serene P.E.I.Prince of Wales College. 

Chisholm, Hugh G....The Harbor, N.S....St. Francis Xavier r Collage. 
tClouston, Howard R.. Huntingdon, Q....Huntingdon Academy. 
Crease, Arthur L.....Nelson, B.C.......Barrie Collegiate Inst. 
Crombie, David W...London, Ont...... London Collegiate Institute 
Culver, Cyrus W.... _. Harrisville, N.Y.. .Colgate Academy. 
Dakin, Warren A., M.A. . Pugwash, N.S....Mt. Allison University. 
17Davies; Andrew P,... Hull, Q........... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
*Deane, Edwin T...... Belleville, Barbados.Harrison College. 
tDigby; Reginald W...Brantford, Ont. ..Trinity Coll. Sch., Port Hope 
Doy le, Philip E..... Be tee eth Ont.. Hawkesbury High school. 
Dunbar, Archibald...Alma, P.E.I.......Prince of Wales “College. 
Dunne, Gerald....... Ottawa, Ont.:.... Ottawa University. 
THiliott, Robert: : .+.% East Clifton, Q....Granby Academy. 
Erikkila, Isaac A., B.A..Port Arthur, Ont.Trinity ¢ -ollege. 
Bwert) Carlisi... Gretna, Man.......Manitoba University. 
Falconer, Ernest H... Prentice, Wis. .... University of Wisconsin. 
Fraser, on R....... Lakefield, Ont..... Norwood, Ont. 
Fraser, Wilbert G. ..Pembroke, Ont.... Pembroke High School. 
+Frost, Percy J.......Montreal, Q.....+. Bishop’s College. 
Furlong, Harry G....Norwich, Ont... ... Woodstock Collegiate Inst. 
Gallagher, Joseph Bicmace, NB hoes St.:Francis Xavier College, 
; tGeggie, Harold J.G.... Beauport, Q.......Quebee High School. 
) +Gillespie, John H.....Merrisburg, Ont...Morrisburg Collegiate Inst. 
Gillis, Stephen in Indian River, P.E.1I.St. Dunstan’s Coll.,Ch’town 
Glickman, Abraham. , Montreal, Oo... 4. Private Tuition. 
tGliddon, William O...Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
+Guilfoyle, Vincent G.. Waterbury, Conn...Ottawa University. 
Havey, Harry B..... Digby, N.S.... .Acadia University. 

+Hawkins, Allan.B....The Belle Estate, Barbados, Harrison College. 
Hepburn, How ard EH. Edmonton, Alta... Brandon Collegiate Tack 
Hepburn, William G..Stratford, Ont.... Stratford Collegiate Inst. 
Herbert, Thomas A.. Bridgetown, B’dos. Harrison Coliege. 
Hicks, Elbert R., B. A. Upper Dorchester, N.B.Mt. Allison University. 

Hickson, Charles Peis ctres Sh ING ES 334 Mt. Allison Univ ersity. 
Howitt, Charles......Guelph, Ont.. .. Guelph Collegiate Inst. 
Hutchison, George Ww -Escott, Ont. _, Athens High School. 

+ Conditioned Student. tDouble Course Student. 



Johnson, Frank A....Waterbury, Conn.. 
tKeith, Claude H......New Glasgow, N.S. 
tKolber, Joseph.......Montreal, Q...... 
Lavers, Percy L......Georgetown, P.E.I. 
Legault, J. Horace...Ottawa, Ont...... 
tLivinson, Jacob A....Montreal, Q...... 
Lecke, J Allaiys 3.65 Irena; Ont... s..)6 

Lockwood, Ambrose L.Westport, Ont... . 
Logie, H. Burton.....Chatham, N.B..... 
McAlister, William J..Winnipeg, Man.... 
Macaulay, Albert E...St. John, N.B...... 
tMcBurney, Aibert....Sawyerville, Erica 
McCarthy, John A....St. John, N.B..... 


Ottawa University. 
New Glasgow High School. 

.Montreal High School. 

Prince of Wales College. 
Ottawa University. 

.Montreal High School. 

Iroquois High School. 
Athens High School. 
Univer. of New Brunswick 
Manitoba College. 

St. John High School. 
Granby Academy. 

St. Joseph’s College. 

McDonnell, Donald S.H.Alexandria, Ont.AleXandria High School. 
McEachern,Malcolm T.Fenelon Falls, Ont.Collegiate Inst., Lindsay,O. 

McGibbon, Roy H....Montreal, Q....... Volkmann’s School, Boston 
Mackintosh, Arthur E. Pugwash, N.S... .Pictou Academy. 
Macmillan, Hugh..... Victoria, B.C...... Victoria College. 

McNaughton, Murray W.A..Moosomin, Sask. Bishop’s College School 
MacPhee, John A.,B.A. Charlottetown, P.E.1I.,St. Dunstan’s College. 

Malcolm, Robert B...St. John, N.B..... St. John High School. 
+Marchant, Harold B.. Victoria, B.C...... Victoria High School. 
Marcuse, Otto, B.A... Westmount, Q.....McGill University. 
+Markson, Simpson....Alexandria, Ont. ..Alexandria High School. 
tMavety, LeRoy......Montreal, Q......High School, Kemptville,Ont 
*Milne, Clifford T..... Kingston, Ont.....Toronto University. 
Moodie, Alex R....... Perth, CMG s.checeees Perth Collegiate Inst. 
Morison, Malcolm J....Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
Mulcahy, William E..Holyoke, Mass... ..Tufts College, U.S.A. 
Mulloy, Patrick G....Inkerman, Ont... Kemptville High School. 
Mundie, Gordon S.,B.A. Westmount, Q. McGill University. 
O’Brien, John F......Fall River, Mass... Holy Cross College. 
O’Callaghan, Robert H.L.East Sheen, Surrey, Eng. .Farnboro, Hants, 
tPark, John Buide... New Glasgow, N.S.. Pictou Academy. 
+Peabody, Harry S....Mansonville, Q....Stanstead College. . 
Piper, John O........Bingham, Maine...Bates Coll, Lewiston, Me. 
tRamsay, Irving D....Waskada, Man... .Manitoba College. 
Raphael, Howard M..Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
Reade, Everett A .G..St. John West, N.B.St. John High School. 
+Rheaume, Raymond.. Montreal, Q....... Ottawa University. 

+Richardson, James W.Mountain, Ont....Kemptville High School. 
Robinson, Thomas A.St. Mary’s, Ont....St. Mary’s Coll. Inst. 

Scott, George O...... Ottawa, Ont...... Ottawa Collegiate Institute. 
tShannon, W. Lloyd. . Vancouver, B.C.... Vancouver College. 
Shepard, Harold M...London, Ont...... London Collegiate Inst. 
Sihler, George A..... Litchfield, [l...... University of Illinois. 

tSolomon, Edward... .Montreal, Q......»Montreal High School. 
Stewart, Archibald. ..South Indian, Ont. Vankleek Hill H. S. 

+Stewart, John D......Calgary, Alta..... .Morrisburg Collegiate Inst. 
Stone, David R......Rapid City, Man.. Rapid City Intermed. School 

Strudwick, Henry T..Duncans, Jamaica. Jamaica College. 

Taylor, S. Wesley....Taylor Village, N.B.Mt. Allison University. 
tThompson, Allen E.. Coaticook; Oo. & Coaticook Academy. 
+Walker, Edmund E.W.Hamilton, Bermuda. Trinity College School. 

+Conditioned Student. {Double Course Student. 


Anderson, William M....6.2- 60 ee eee ee teres Midgic, N.B. 
Archibald. David W.i...- 02. coer csc r neers: North Sydney, C.B. 
Atkinson, Paul McL.......--seseereeerrersst \lbert, N.B. 
ile) Peek. ty pte tina o's 2 rhs Seen et yo Cove Head, P.E.I. 
Bailey, Cameron V.....+-.--+ se reeercr etre: _New Glasgow, N.S. 
ERSTE DT 36 (ee «We RR a .Montreal, Q. 
Maenhill.. Haroid B.... 3.200 esse eee eere tess Two Rivers, N.S. 
Test RIC COE YN oo Ve eis ye eo oe Rake Oo wt eee Ottawa, Ont. 
pS EO a0, ne a RE Fernie, B. C... 
it Ce GtCOn Fb vires Sele > ps ey ee eee wee ee City View, Ont. 
Bramley-Moore, Alfred.......-.+++sssrcretes Sea Dog’s Cove, N.B. 
PP, SATOMEL i sea o's ain seis Ee a ee Hallville, Ont. 

Bugbee, Raymond G., Ph x yo chess 
Callaghan, William A....-.-.+-sseeeeerreres 

Cameron, Joon Kii.s ike sss gees ss me Sees 
Caenell, Artur Picdaccs's ess 2 2a eee eres 
Carney, Michael, J., B.A...-.--- sere ner cers: 
Beavanacn, FW. si 60 55S 18 oo Ce eo ee 
ge ie aD ew a eso 
Cory arty Cond ces 9 aa eres 
Conn, Leiehton Ciw’ icor > 81235 ee 
Cotton, Thomas F., BoA... ..... 60s eerste eee 
Cox Charities Gics pe ee Oe by ha Soe eee 
Craig: Hector My jst o> » ease See 
Crawford, Folin Wi sc. oe a eae ety 
Oran Chases acc nk e  Vo PAP we RIES ss 
Cross, C.ermest,. Bais. ost wer = eee ee oo 
Curry, Wilfred A., B.A.....-. 0+. ees esr cers: 
D’Avignong Fo [OSep a6 sa isin He? 
Donahue, Hugh Fo.c ..5 saree seen ees: 
Dorsey, Joseph. W.....+--: see stceee rr reres 
Danton Pred 1.5 so wea eee eS aie se eee 
Prey dG Gr ee 
octet. Artie Nee es ey he le eee Bae ee 
Fraser Maxwell\] c4 -... eee epee lees 
Pepamess, LOO Fes iec sce bee ee 
Patric, Poids El occ ee rele eee se 
ise Tob Jikan a ss ee te 
ee Ce Eo ee ee eee a ee 
Greenleese, J. Carey.....-- sce ee renee rte: 
ro eg i: ee ee ee ee 
Hamilton, C. Dickenson......--+++seeeeeere: 
WE eA, 1 A cent GN ee Se «5 
Hawkshaw, Edward P......- setts tree eres 
Holloway, Edwin C. P....-. eee ee eee: + sgiyie ys 
Rete. FORE: Bago keane ha eee CF oss 
Ferikins,. [OUM Gigs aoa Pe tent oi ee eR Se Fs 
Maine. William J., Biss. co. eet sss coeds oes 
ene ATA vi. std eae oe Kes oo ties Se 8 
Keilly, Clement M., B.A... sere eee eeeeees 

* Partial Student 
-Conditioned Student. 
Double Course Student. 

.N. Attleboro, Mass. 

Ogdensburg, N. Y. 
Charlottetown, P.E.I. 
St. John’s, Nfld. 
Halifax, N.s. 
Cornwall, Ont.. 

St. John’s, Barbados. 
Centreville, N.B. 

St. Catherines. Ont. 

Hull, Q. 

Kenmore, Ont. 
Courtenay, B. C. 
Harbor Grace, Nfld 

Montreal, Q. 
Halifax, N.S. 
Au Sable Forks, N.Y 

Leominster, Mass. 
Charlottetown, P.E.I. 
St. John, N.B. 
Montreal, Q. 
Providence, R. I. 
Stratford, Ont. 
Montreal, Q. 
Rossland, B. C. 
Miscouche, P.E.I. 
Oklahoma City, Okla. 
Ottawa, Ont. 
London, Ont. 
Cornwall, Ont. 
Montreal, QO. 
Chilliwack, B. C. 
Ottawa, Ont. 
Alexandria, Ont. 
Charlottetown, P.E.I. 
Brattleboro, Vt. 

New Glasgow, N.S. 

Springfield, N.B. 



Lafontaine, Ulric, B.Lii. es see eee eee ste Montreal, Q. 

*Lahey) John. Joccawat-cx esr Be ge eat erie, Quincy, Mass. 
Lannin, fori: geass <=: eee hs South Mountain, Ont. 
Lawrence, Watson Au... sence en ewe tener es Lisbon, N.Y. 
Lawson, Georee © geste i 5) stare hd store 58 tele Charlottetown, P.E.1. 
Leys, Ws Mureay. fol coe. ce Cele Seen ees Brantford, Ont. 
Lindsay, Lionel M.... 6.2.2 eee e eee errr ret Montreal, Q. 

{McCallum, Jobe Soe. is ess eee re: Smith’s Falls, Ont. 
McCracken, William A... .....65+eee eer eeees Cornwall, Ont. 
McEwen, S: Cameron... 20sec ces eer seen ccs Nanaimo, B.C. 
McGrath: Maurice hj cte wines oie sh eae tenes Ogdensburg, N.Y 

+MacLean, Charles G. Gis. ce cence ce rcer entre: Victoria, B.C. 
McMillan, William H......2.---:e-e2seeete ar Brockville, Ont. 
Manning, Geraldic coh coin geen emer oer ne Bridgetown, Barbados 
Murray, Joseph M...... 6. ye wens ce ereseses _Marmora, Ont. 

Ower, John J. gBihow. shite oe ee? Smith’s Falls, Ont. 
Palmer, John E., B.A......-.-- pica eee Hampstead, N.B. 
Patton, William D.... 6.1... eee cee ee erec rere Vancouver, B.C. 
Peaslee, Peat] Bras. 65 pe kee Es See Thomaston, Me.. 
Richardson, Robert W.......--+ee seer: * Lisbon, N. H 
Robinson, George... 6. oes ewe ceeetece sence es Concord, N.H. 
Scntt, Tohn Bs... sc syn eee ee See ee Hull, QO. 
Shag, Clavid Bish a. ass ve wecny Se sees ee Spanish Town, Jamaice 
Qeieth Bruce Sei sss ess heels Suey © eee ns Boston, Mass. 
Speer, Robert BY ee ia son Se ee ee ee Danville, QO. 
Stewart, Alexander,.....--+2e0eeeererctenes Ormond, Ont. 
Thomson, J):Oscar. 21.1. os as enacts ont Ane: Montreai, Q. 
TMirnbull, Fred Mi... so... cee ee ee ae oe RS Bear River, N.S. 
Turner, John Si... 46 4 hen ce Ree Spanish Town, Jamaica. 
Underhill, Thomas B...... seers eeeesreete Weyburn, Sask. 
Walsh, James. }c ink os sete ee eras ate Woburn, Mass. 
Worley, Ernest Gown nent eb Gn ieee in ess Haley’s Sta., Ont. 
Adcock John Biv: O28 ce elaine eee Weymouth, Eng. 
Allen. Kenneth W. ...0- coerced ewan ries St. John, N.B. 
Arbuckle, John W........- ccs eee eee ee ennns Summerside, P.#.1. 
Arton, Ogilvie. A. ... 6 0c. pb ne core en ene es Bailey’s Bay, Bermuda 
Baldwin, William J., A.B... Ogdensburg, 5 ee 
Balleni,. John C.,’ BiA... ... cover uc eter nares Mt. Albion, P.E.I. 
Barry, J. Leonard. sy. 6.0. ee ceieinies wc esinaerne Morrisburg, Ont. 
Bechtel, Arthur D........ 6. sind wed ewes te Tictoria, B.C 
Bennett, Samuel J. .....- seer ee cece ee eeneres Waterloo, Q. 
Blnok,. James Reiss. 22. ee tases remain Oxford, N.S. 
Blanchet, Sidney F... . 2... ee. cre ee en eres Ottawa, Ont. 
Cameron, George L..... eee e eee erect eres” Mt. Albert, Ont. 
Campbell, Donald G., | 2, See en ee ee Montreal, Q. 
Campbell, |. Delis sess. ne reso ene ames _Arnprior, Ont. 
Carr, James Bj BA.. 2.000. e eee etores eee: Campbellton, N.B. 
Chipman, R. Leverett, MiAsas frie waecue ra Kentville, N.S. 
Churchill. Lewis Pak... 5... ek tee cere oe es Dartmouth, N.S. 

*Partial Student. 
+Conditioned Student. 
tDouble Course Student. 


SOURS Es Te I 0010 oe Nelson, B.C. 
ORS SET Soa ee en a Kemptv ille, Ont. 
Daigneau, POU Rs oie eh toch aks a 6 1m WROIOO, SEE 
RPWIG, MOATHOL WV nie tas vas ss pees PR pe ee Brockville, Ont. 
. Davis, Re RG PR ihc she oo ccpns cade eos ve ne eh Montreal, Q.. 
Dewar, Rod. ee i a Je (sab <a o,e ae oy oes 8 Sandfield, Ont. 
BREAN Wty EA ERIS > 605 i secd te ope 0 csv cds fp he Wolfville, N.S. 
Rp tt RCMP ECIE RR ID es 5, 5 So wibiads 3.6 ovene 4 oe Wolfville, N.S. 
ED EEO ae, eo), eco ayo sd oon tend aes Cardigan, P.E.I. 
eg on Sy Es gC: 5 i a es a ... Barrie, Ont. 
BPE RIOT Wiens og ek ns Sess wees Ottawa, Ont. 
PR E54 is, oe sie se Sik s Vig os eyes aan ere we Ottawa, Ont. 
RE nS 6 a a Dee em ee PT Montreal, Q. 
Bre ICR ATICOS I bl 2 6 us iw tt eae oe oe Kingston, Jamaica. 
erect. SPAT WY BLA Lo ai io sk nso knw see Bagge Lewiston, Me. 
PRTEIOR NCEP OG Fe. gins k 5 to. lee ake Vee ae McAdam Jct., N.B. 
RPSUNTRCHIEY VV AELAEA IN % 6. 52501544 4 ook heehee eee Brockville, Ont. 
PEO Ws EO EG ices wine ses 4k aceon caneutiod Amherst, N.S 
Pera y, Pewee Pie, BRA kc shot ccs ae ao est, QO. 
Harry, Archie Bee 8 osc «ee Kingston, Jamaica. 
ities. Oowald THis vies isk st bat oa 5 OBOE e, ens 
PEC C | MATIOR Kb 6h cla ite eh ee Ogdensburg, N.Y. 
Biuvisee)- Wiliam Bee vir) se concrete AE eee Vanceboro, Me. 
Jenkins, WSN rads ye hae eager sh 4i Downeyville, N.B. 
POISON, | FRM PEMA Ns Steno Eos oc un kage Wenge Kjos Windsor, N.S. 
MPAA SE TOMO Ss 4505 40a ke wk As Montreal, QO. 
Kelley, J. BREE SENT re Dea Detroit, Mich. 
ie Cn Oe Rn a MacLeod ,Alta. 
Ricoy. Wilem ©. s BAL ea Nee Gagetown, N.B. 
ER es SS A, a ee a ee Perth, Ont. 
London, Jepson F. Fe eee ada Auk galerie WW ICRA Ps 
Lovering, James ECD EE, Sp NR A Coldwater, Ont. 
t MR ENT ECR TT We tts PIC ain wipe ow A Sy pee anes al ad Almonte, Ont. 
; McBride, Walter P.. BAe as yg ie: Aras MAAC E Bedeque, P.E.I. 
| MacCordick, A. Howard...............-.+25: Richmond West, Ont. 
ECAP OGNG, IRSA ERS) 06 G8 a ee et wee North Bedeque, P.E.I. 
ai MEACII em, Me sOTIOIG Be PF. ee cee ss Port Hood, N. 5. 
|| MOUS OOM) AAS DN Glas oe Doo ves ee wie ws Forest, Ont. 
Bil OR SS RRS PST ot ER SS re Tignish, P.E.T. 
Bi RM WY AEs tre acDney yo vierts ee ate a e's Lo La Ottawa, Ont. 
MCMalat, Wialente 3 gis os ce ie a ge eh ee Clermont, P.E.1 
DAV tn Artie ON ee on. LEA ARE Oe Vere ey xe Fingal, Ont. 
*Martin, Frank W. Fe and a 4s eevee add SP OS, en 
Morin, ‘Joseph Hi. G. he A Jee i. pie bs bs EE ECE, 
Murphy, A 6 Re | Re ee ee are OF Brockville, Ont. 
PURO TOL YE TOTMNG WV oiler Sd sieaca ed Oh ee ee ee WFR Montreal, QO. 
Nordbye, Prithjot Aue ete ae cece eee. Granite Falls, Minn. 
RAIS FAGINOL, Vm 6s vk ba be vie ev as oak Quebec, Q. 
bE PRE Tie BEIT Finch ining ons Oe oo 8 ae Od Almonte, Ont. 
i +Perrigard, RPE GIN sue wwe 0 A oe ve ale oa ys a ODER ORL Ee, 
it Powell, Ralph E., B.A.. Pete se as oe tS 9 ORCS: eas 
a Bs or i Ae aa are aa Bear River, N;-3. 
imi eC RO Bote 2 WS SS St. Felix de Valois, Q. 
FCA, ATCO Ae eee vis Ss A lei ees eh ate Ole a Summerside, P.E.1. 

*Partial Student. tConditioned Student. 

Rocheleat.: Waker 3B ve eee ee aoe Woonsocket, R.I 
Rowell, JOH Sou Mitek Gass ce Mss ee eee Montreal, Q. 
Shanks, GlOrpe tA 2 wiemad earn Ok Wee tives 3D Howick, Q. 
Shewan, Dougtas’ Kia ics. 4e eye tee ee Westmount, Q.. 
Simpsony fame Geo. eisle esa n'a aj 'e Cw lole Wiletw eA RC Ran 
Oley, Lia wk A Ve iy <a ix a en ea ces ere lie een Fox River, N.S. 
SOMET VIS BERLE seein oe eV wel eae eet toe Waterville, Q. 
Sparks, PON Pa Si hale ea ee St. John’s, Nfld. 
Tannenbaum, David... 5.0... «de wy se es > Montreal, 0: 
FE BNEOA TAWA Sac ey sahs hanes ecntnec sw ere atte St. Eleanor’s, P.E.I. 
Peay lesa: SEP ORls BIG vs yy Noose ollie eects oe criwcte nena Cumberland Mills, Q. 
Thomas, Frank 'Hiisjc.% sew vee vs 50 oe ee ROHS Royal, Neos. 
Tracy,- Willan io), ME Aen init vee ces weeps Hartland, N.B. 
Wallace Gag 50 1 tases bp iv isen nce aes Eureka, Cal. 
Wallace, He Waaiess. 10s eae dandto t-te re wettest cers Belleville, Ont. 
Walsh, JobrcR, Aso 225 sas wii pees Quebec, Q. 
W areer be, Cpe siante srs tenis ne fe reais earn elem Westmount, Q. 
W ilsotis abd Bei aeresceansrs a -sohtpeuaae ine eae Madoc, Ont. 
Wilson, Miirtay fis ai waco neti ipiere ee eas Hamilton, Ont. 
Yeo, Ita Je orine sede tn tee etna eis Charlottetown, P.E.I. 
Anton,. Davican. Doss. Fa wis Se oe ba ee Ireland. 
Arthur, James “ins Cenk. lene serie ene ee Perth, Ont. 
Batre’. Walter. Socies oer e cetiain coe Cn ale cen Lucknow, Ont. 
Bayley, Alexander Hi... a ee St. Michael, Barbados. 
Bénvie, Robert Mew. ces: eee es eee wees Salt Springs, N.S. 
Bernstein, David: H..0. es es ee ep eee 0 ON UTOady 
Blanchard, Haroid Bs. eae ee eee re on Mallorytown, Ont. 
Bray, Dallas &., BA. ee ieee a vcr seen Sherbrooke, Q. 
Brydone-Jack, Pred Wes vote ee ee oe eh oe Vancouver, B.C. 
Budyk, Jacob Su. 5... oe RA Sie ae OE Os Ss 
Clarks, Predericio Go pou oe Coverley, Barbados. 
Coborny: Osta ec an shies ty seaaieee artie WNP = epee Newton Robinson, Ont. 
. Covey, Herman Was wv cous seu see he ek eee es Everett, Mass. 
Cee TB ak. aeake we bok Bw PE Nie ren R aaa Central Onslow, N.S. 
PhaUC tl: BR A tog ash ie ods ag acene ch hike.» ee RG St. joann, WB, 
DIBEL DON. TECNTY ha OOO a eines nce eae Malden, Mass. 
Denovan, A. E. Botsford....................Montreal, Q. 
BO NOTE LG 6 ok OAL es soe vad lace Oy 4 sek PLO, AOE 
Pee EB i ake vs o's ORNs pb pee rks Wratads Rochester, N.Y. 
PEC WPOTTE VEO 6b a Wes we ees oe bed Smith’s Falls, Ont. 
Eegert, Charles Ac. oe a 
Earieht: Waitem 1. B.A. Ciniie. exe te oreee g Sherbrooke, Q. 
Haire, JAMS A. oie. is oe a sls oe ee ee Montreal, Q. 
Parris, EEG Dis cane eee cae Oe hE ee White’s Cove, N.B. 
Fraser, Simion Bik se. vs oe eee eee Richmond, Q. 
Purse, Willem: [aii . cess ease (3 eee Montreal, Q. 
Gabis, William Gi: cae eae eee eens Kazabazua, Q. 
Garcelon, William SS. Ai: Biecc. fi iia See ees Lewiston, Me. 
Girvan, Robert. G...5540 eo. SOs eee St. John, N.B. 
(Srahawm, Dowolas Wok oie cs ein n eos ene aot Arundel, Q. 
CeFEY, Wella Boos 3.8 irl SelA dies Via ee ee Campbellton, N.B. 
Stier, Reena oF oi keen S ne tetra eee 5 Montreal, QO. 
Pea witins~ Sador, ies 60 oi eas ae lara a a ww Sussex, N.B. 
MOGRTY,, TAINO Foo iiss vs eae 98 oon ays Sey ts Ne Toronto. 

BA LOORE I FORTIER & Sak edo sie sik WS nw 8 ees Ottawa, Ont. 

d 4 


Holman. William L., B.A... 2... eee eee rece: Summerside, P.E.1I. 
Hunter, J. Douglas........----s+es se eeree Victoria, B.C. 

Huycke, POTTS oP 2 Ree Pee ie eee Warkworth, Ont. 
Pee Toms cas gis cos eee ee ee New Glasgow, N.S. 
Paice. Walter Ev c ios ccs ce ewe ee ee ele eles .Ridgetown, Ont. 

Dorchester, N.B. 

Demir y, ATtHUr aR rie ost err te eee 
Lannin, George E. J....5-5-e sect erscces: South Mountain, Ont 
1OGHE BIMest Mie ak... cps ee ee ees . Westmount, Q. 

Po Or OP ee a Chatham, N.B. 
MacArthur, Clarence O.......----sseeeeees Summerside, P.E.I. 

McCann, James H........-- esses rece er rce: S. Framingham, Mass. 
McCowen, Gerald-R... 1... ee eee rece rene ces St. John’s, Nfld. 
McDonald,. John N,..'..-.--+-ssses cere sions Shelburne, N.S. 
MacLachlan, William W. G......--++++eeees Guelph, Ont. 
McLennan, Alexander L., B.A......-++++-0s Lancaster, Ont. 

Morgan ,James D., B.A.....-- esses ee eee .Montreal, Q. 

Moir Walter L., BrAd sos os ee ss oe Fas es ee ee Truro, N. 5. 

Biobles Pry Cuiaye ee es oo Fee eo PR ae eer Randolph, Vt. 
Norton, Frank, Ac... 65 os. ee eRe teil Savannalamar, Jamaica. 
Oulton, Merville, A., M.A.....-.00 eee e eee ees folicure, N.B. 

Peltier, Henry G..:.... 2 0 ce ee cae tes wid wee tes Fort William, Ont. 
Penney, Laurie T..W..). 2.5 05 nese ewer ee ers New Germany, N.S. 
Peters. H. Le Baron, B.A.......-. 2000s eee St.John; ND. 

Porter, James F.5 Powassan, Ont. 

ae Sat Oba, ee Se Oe re ee ey eS es 

Quinn, Francis P.........+ Fg kl Foe eee RE eS Ottawa, Ont. 
Rabinovitch, Max, B.A. ... 2. eee e eee eee: Montreal, Q. 
Raftery, Charles Riv... 55 22s sesh iee Sees Montreal, Q. 
Robinson, Robert C.... 02. ce et ee ee ee eens Winchester, Ont. 
Rublee, Orson E., BeAss on oe ee ee eee eee North Hatley, Q. 
Sa Wey Or Carl hay Fe eee esses eS ae oe wee Lewiston, Me. 
nin Sg eo ae o eae ee ar ee ee Edmonton, Alta. 
Giiinicg] Heed Ria BGAN Fa Oe eG ES Oe Hubbard’s Cove, N.S. 
RiereiTs. LICDEL Os. es SaaS el eg ES Wels we ..Clarence, Ont. 
Sinclair, George W.u- 2... cece cee ete teens .Goshen, N. 5. 
Stein, Seymour'F.. . 0... 66. eee eee ere eee ..Kemptville, Ont. 
Stephens, George F..... 0... s ee ee ee eens .. Winnipeg, Man. 
Stevenson, Arthur B.........0 ee eee eens _,New Glasgow, P.EI. 
*Sutherland, Charles G,.......-.+e+-+eeeeee> _.Hamilton, Ont. 
Sutherland, Robert H., B.A.......---05-- _. River John, N.S. 
Sweeney, John L., B:A.... 66. - eee ee ree ..Dover, N. H. 
TEVION, RSCON ee Cyst si Fs aie iva wie er ere wees Hillsboro, N.B. 
Thomson, james W 65 feist oe ee ee eee Mattawa, Ont. 
Trufant, Lester H.; A. Bivins vee eee eee od Auburn, Me. 
Vesey, Eustace M. sc. wee cree scene cee York, P.E.I 
Waddell, Jerrold Riv... cee eee ee ce eee ee es Chatham, Ont. 
Whitelaw, William A. .... 2... eee eee eee eens Meaford, Ont. 
Wilkins. Frederick F.... 2... ee ee eee ee ees .Montreal, Q. 
TA aleciry, «Pub er. Pic este aierk sR Sard GH oO DEN TS's Perth, Ont.. 
Woodrow, James B.... 5... eee ee ee eee eens Beaconfield, Ont. 


Fysche, J. C., A.B., (Harvard), M.D. 
Joughin, J. L., M.D. 
Young, W. H., M.D. 

*Partial Student. 

. — - _ 
in ER 




Barclay, Gregor, B.A... 
Delage, Leon, B.A...... 

First YEAR. 

...Montreal, Q. 
Sainte Madeleine, Q. 

DeLorimier; Jules. . 0... eee tee ee eee ees Montreal, Q. 
Gere ee co Ot Sen einer ire ieee Ce raat Ottawa, Ont. 
Dutaud. Gustave, B.A. os cl ee re Grand Ligne, Q. 
Gibb. Roberston W., B.A... ...0 0.0802 cs ae Montreal, Q. 
Hackett, John To... 6 ee ee ec ee mee tees Montreal, Q. 
Hing, Peter nce cnet s ents ga gtk oC Victoria, B.C. 
Jacobs, Lyonell.... 2... scene nen c cen e eens .Montreal, Q. 
McGibbon, Philip G..... 6... eee eee eee ene Montreal, Q. 
Mathieu, L. J. Armand ..........eeeeeeee eee: Montreal, O. 

*(2) Maude, John, W. A 

Sawing ALSO i. . 26 ais eceve! $8 b)m Scv wn acme ecard 


London, Eng. 
Quebec, €}, 

tBallon, Isidore. ....... seen e av ssa res eee eens Montreal, Q. 
Callaghan, Frank O........-0eeeseeeenercres Montreal, Q. 
Cameron, Angus W., B. A.... 2.20 eee e eer e ees Westmount, Q. 
Hepburn, William W. , B.A.....--++-+++-+5: Richmond, Q. 
Hyde, G. Gordon, B.A... 0... eee serene eters Westmount, Q. 
Jenkins, Joseph, BuA.. 06. cc cec wen te Sewer ee: Montreal, Q. 
McMurtry, Rennie O., B. A......--+- ese ee .Montreal, Q. 
Millman, LazaruS.... cscs ceceeeceeerere cence Montreal, Q. 
Pelletier, Alexis D., B.A..... 25-0 sc cece eseees Montreal, Q 
Richards, Joseph A. T.....-. eens eee eer eee: Montreal, Q 
Stewart, ThomasS, B.A...... 222 ee cece eee Montreal, O 
Stewart, William, B.A.......- eee eee cerns .Montreal, Q. 


Crankshaw, JameSi... wipes eee cates eeesees Montreal, Q. 
Creelman, John J. Br Aa rware reread dade es .Montreal, OQ 

Dillon, Joseph Hi. ... ss. ese eb eae ee eeeee ss Montreal, Q. 

Downes, Patrick J., B.A. ieee es cee cece eee ees Montreal, Q. 
Girouard, J Arthur... cc... cee eee ee ements: Dawson, City, Yukon 
Parkins, Edgar R., B.A... eige ee eee eee eres Montreal, QO 

CGA ae 602 a © eT eRe Ct or eae ee he Montreal, Q. 

Walker; J. Harold Buin evista oer Westmount, Q. 

* Partial Student. 
tDouble Course. 

The figure (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that the 

student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 

where the name is found 





ety eerie VO), SA CIRO) 6B) i). owen ee ce ec tie West Brome, QO. 
Pe RTT ENS Pies ak te nae as oe we oe os dontreal,©). 
Jamieson, John SS UG of eg e520) I ae Clyde, Ont 

Ble ees i Ss 6 os hee ose oes dws «Montreal; O, 
McCrimmon, John R. B.A., (Queen’s).......... Vankleek Hiil, Ont. 
Ag oy one Saco ae Ea , Vn rd ar Shawville, Q. 
EY PE Ge an ne Halifax, N.S. 
Rogers, David EST SEN iE eee Watford, Ont. 
Rorke, Mabele L., B.A Pi aitks Weeds li b-<adw tease heh 18-07 eee eats Montreal, Y. 
So TS OES © 6s Ge ee a ns Sone Maxatawny, Pa. 


Breet HOOISCY $4.2, 15. SOL, 5 iiseis's y's 5 vse 8 ¥ 8s Liverpool, Eng. 
Fetherstonhaugh, Edward P, B.Sc..............Montreal; Q. 

co RL Ue CR OAR 22 aa a ee ee Montreal, Q 
iran. wictara ris. BA. (OXON) ovis g's sisters Oxford, Eng. 
PIGEVey. OME Tg Boer sie oe SES os pee ewe eS Lyndhurst, Ont. 
RES ED. SHCILOT «ews races bee aos 6 oy obo Meee Montreal, Q. 
Lyman, Ruth Lie IU eh decor OV ik ace age 2/5, MER eeeE O 
BACT OO 1 Ne ho ON, AP A, og Soe ek Oh ead Saw eis ls Oy LOE al 
McIntosh, Donald S., B.A. & B.Sc. (Dalhousie). . Pleasant Bay, N.S. 
Robertson. Aster! 4 1.00. a5 75. 8 ee ia vw ek Montreal, Q. 
PRRVIEY i) TEV TOR aida g CROW ae vend 2 Koay anode ws a Wea wl Hornchurch, Essex, 
eat England. 
Wiekware. PrancieG.. B:SC%, cc: ase ee ee res wes Easton’s Corners,Ont. 


I yk) Eee) val ne re eee 6 gh sly Georgetown, B.G. 


7 BSRICTOT Gy) y PRURCOTY DA Axicc use tives eeeweees Montreal, Q. 
’ . POG MIE into y DA Pisce ae ats ec di oWiekale sos Sia's oe ew Paradise, N.S. 
a OVI EROUETE Wis; DAN Cie Nas ba ewes ha 0% ew eee cee. Carbonear, Nfld. 
| | ee BBG. AS I SST ES SA ea pena cee Montreal, Q. 
WOVHIEOM «ECR MONEE BENG pais Wa vine vse bes ole Montreal, Q. 
Lloyd, Stewart J. eee IL ae ce] Montreal, Q. 

“McLeod, Annie L., B. A., (8 a RS rae ae Glace Bay, N.S. 


Riimelin, Gustav, Ph.D (Gottingen)........... Freiburg, Germany. 


er ee oe, el 
- eo 



(in Arts). 

First YEAR. 

Baynes, Caroline. Matheson, Vinnie J. 
Belyea, Marie, L. Meadows, Stanley D. 
Brydone-Jack, H.D, Munro, Nicholas D. 
Hunt, William L Selman, Gordon S. 
Lawson, Elizabeth C. Skaling, Arthur C. 
Lawson, Gertrude TSmith, J, Estella 
Loveridge, William Sparling, Ellen M. 
McDonald, Christina Stewart, Edith L. 
+McLellan, Robert B. Stone, Frances 
Macleod, Hazel E. . Thomas, E. Olive. 
MacMillan, William P _ Thomas, Owen J. 
McWhinney, Olive. Underhill, Fred C. 
Manning, Zenies V. Wall, James T. 


Green, Pearl A. Philip, Nora 
Howell, Lucy M. Phipps, Roy G. 
Jones, William A. Thompson, Andrew R. 

McKinnon, D.A. 
(In Applied Science). 

First YEAR. 

Anderson, Goldie F. MacLeod, Alex. S. 
+Charters, Clarence R. Macrae,’ Lawrence P. 
Eldridge, Gardner tMurray, Ernest T. 

*Galloway, Charles C. TRolston, Fred. J. 
Galloway, John D. TScott, James H. 
Gibbins, Gwynn G. Shearer, Frederic J. 
Gill, Peter C. Whyte, Harold E. 

Irwin, Gifford M. 
(In Arts). 

First YEAR. 

Alger, Clara F.... tReilly, J. Clark. 
*Beaulne, G. E. E. Robson, Murray. 

Beacon, Will A. Shorten, Arthur F. 

Flint, Norman. TStevens, S. Ruston. 

tPedley, Hilton 8. 

*Partial Student. 
+Conditioned Student. | 


(In Arts). 

First YEAR. 

*Hanna, Marion 


Students in Arts:— 

Men —Underegraduates. ....... cece eee cece eens 
Conditioned Students...... 
eerie PATS bes. 6 oo os oes Sure 6 bel bp oes 
Women —Undergraduates. ......-es2 5 seeeceeee: 
Conditions Srugents. oss 5c sce ike es aes 
Partin) StuOgente... fan ssa. p4 8 8A ote es 
Partial students taking Special Courses for Teachers.. 
Special Students... 2... -.-. eee ete eee rene me 
Students in Arts, Stanstead College............--. 
University College, B.C......... 
Victoria College,........0.e8s08. 
Students in Applied Science :— 
Undergraduates. see ec ea eee 
Conditioned Students......... 
Dirhiat SRURALS .b oiic sash Soe Cos Sees 
University College, B.C..... ibe» 
eit enere: Cer ay, an Unease cere ees 9 ae ow 
Students in Medicine :— 
Undergraduates. ........-eseeecenees 
Conditioned Students...... Wah. ee 
Partial SLOGCntS wc pos 6 Pele See eee es 
Deduct repeated in different Faculties..........-- 
PD Fo oo eee see ek Sey wile cele 
Students in Graduate School. .......-eeeeeeeeeees 
Post Graduates in Medicine........ Bite esbe% 
Summer Schools— 
In Library Training.......... So ee 
an PERRIS ae ONS ee ig 4 co eae 8 8 a Ne ee ee 
Grand Total... .: ee, Se Soe 

*Partial Student. 
+Conditioned Student. 

*Beckwith, Harold A. Holmes, Cuthbert 
Blankenbach, M. E., Irving, George 
Coates, Bessie M. McIntyre, Hubert 
Dinsdale, Alfred *More, Katherine 
Eberts, Harold Spragge, Ernest 
Green, Cecilia R. * Williams, Florence P. 















eo 469 



—_— 364 
ee 1304 
i 30 
*. a | 

. I2 
ifs 52 

I 401 

. \ ) ‘ “ we . - ~ 
\ eee —s oe A. 2 ee A ES APS 
—_— Pe ee ‘ . = 


‘Auiversity and Graduates’ Societies. 

Alma Mater Society. 

The Alma Mater Society is the medium of communication 
between the University authorities and students and the general 
public. » It has been formed to deal with matters affecting the general 
body of students and to promote academic unity. 

(OFFICERS I906-1907. ) 
President—E. R. Parkins, B.A., Law ’o7. 
Vice-President—M. G. Brooks, Arts ’o8. 
Secretary—Miss E. M. Coates, Arts ’o7. 
Treasurer—A. G. McGougan, Arts ’08. 

The McGill Union. 

(OEEICERS 1907-1908. ) 

> 9 SE Ere oman me 

— i i strate 
ht era 


a re 

. — 

President—J. C. Simpson, Arts ’67. 
Vice-President—A. E. DeWitt, B.A., Med. ’o8. 
Recording-Secretary—H. §S. Johnston, Sci., ’oo. 

Undergraduates’ Literary and Debating Society. 

ee a oe 8 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Honorary Presitdent—Principal Peterson. 
President—O. S. Tyndale, Arts ’o8. 
Vice-President—W. H. Gordon, Arts, ’oo. 
Secretary—R. C. Stewart, Arts ’o8. 
Assistant-Secretary—A. R. W. Plimsoll, Arts ’oo. 
Treasurer—M. L. Packard, Arts ’oo. 


: CPO Ce cere 
——— —_— Sa a ane 

Arts Undergraduates’ Society. 

(OFFICERS 1906-1907. ) 
President—W, MacMillan, ’o7. 
Vice-President—C, G. Heward, ’o7. 
Secretary—H. G. Parsons, 07. 
Treasurer—A, G. Penny, ’o8. 

Applied Science Undergraduates’ Society. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908.) 

President—L. B. Kingston, ’o8. 
Vice-President—T. B. Ballantyne, ’o8 
Secretary—R. B. Stewart, ’co. 
Treasurer—H. S. Johnston, ’oo. 
Reporter—D. L. McLean, ’oo. 
Second Year Representative—cC, Ryley, ’t1o. 




Undergraduates’ Society in Medicine. 
(OFFICERS 1906-1907. ) 

President—George W. Sinclair, 707. 
Vice-President W. S. Baird, ’07. 
Treasurer—L. A. Soley, ‘08. 
Secretary—W. P. Kirby, ’08. 
Assistant-Secretary—J. J. (wer, B.A. "09 

Undergraduates’ Society in Law. 
(OFFICERS 1906-1907. ) 

President—J, J. Creelman, B.A,, 07. 

Vice-President—R. O. McMurtry, B.A., ’08. 
Secretary—J. T. Hackett, B.L., ‘09. 

Cercle Francais. 

(OFFICERS 1906-1907.) 

Hon. President—Sir. W. C: Macdonald. 
President—W. H. Cherry, Arts ‘07. 
ist Vice-President—A. Tremblay, Arts ’09. 
2nd Vice-President—E. S. McDougall, Arts ’07. 
Secretary-Treasurer—O., S. Tyndale, Arts "08. 
Committee—L. A. Coulin, Science, ’09; J. de Lorimier, Law, "09; 
D. H. Ballon, Med. ’oo. 

Physical Society. 

(OFFICERS 1906-1907.) 

President—Mr. A. S. Fve, M.A. 
Vice-President—Prof. J. Cox. 
Secretary—Dr. R. K. McClung. 

Committec—Dr. H. T. Barnes, Dr. J. W. Walker, Dr. A. Stansfield. 

Chemical Society. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

President—Dr. -McIntosh. 
Vice-President—Dr. Harrington. 
Secretary-Treasurer—Professor Evans. 

Erecutive Committee—The above mentioned officers and Dr. 

Rarnes, Dr. Stansfield, and Dr. Roebuck. 

= 7 

ST SS eee eee se ee ee a A he oe A ee A 




Medical Society. 
(OFFICERS 1906-1907. ) 

Hon. President—Dr. F. J. Shepherd. 
Presideni—S. B. Fraser, ’07. 
Vice-President—J. W. Thomson, ’07. 
Secretary—J.°W. Arbuckle, ’o8. 
Assistant-Secretary—H. Cc. Cody, ’o9. 
Treasurer—K. M. Wilson, ’o8. 
Reporter—L. H. Trufant, ’o7. 
Pathologist—G,. E. J. Lannin, ’o7. 

Mining Society. 
(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon. President—Dr. J. B. Porter. 
President—C. V. Brennan, ’o8. 
Vice-President—A. Paré, ’o8. 

Secretary-Treasurer—H. H. Yuill, ’o9 

Historical Club. 
(OFFICERS I907-1908. ) 

President—H. T. Logan, Arts ’08. 
Vice-President—C. S. Lemesurier, Arts ’00. 
Treasurer—L. G. Dennison, Arts ’o9. 

Secretary—M. L. Packard, Arts ’oo. | 
Committec—Dr. Colby, Dr. Fryer, O. B. McCallum, Arts ’07. 

Delta Sigma Society. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908.) 

Hon. President— Miss Cameron, M.A. 
President—Miss A. M. Macnaughton, ’08. i 
Vice-President—Miss F. D. Willis, ’oo. { 
Secretary-Treasurer—Miss Clare Miller, ’Io. | 
Committee—Misses G. Plaisted, ’08; F. C. Estabrooks, ’09; Tren- 

holme. *10. 
Reporter to Outlook—Miss L. Plaisted, ’tIo. 

Societe Francaise. 

(OFFICERS 1906-1907. ) 

Hon. President—Melle Milhau. 
President—Miss I. Couture, ’07. 
Vice-President—Miss G. Plaisted, ’o8. 
Secretary-l reasurer—Miss A. Massé, ’o9. 
Reporter—Miss G. Sauvalle, ’o8. 
Committee—Miss A. Hayden, ‘07; Miss M. Masson, ’07; Miss E. 
Elliott, ’09; Miss M. Williams, ’Io. 

Ee ee 

8S Le eet 




Young Men’s Christian Association of McGill. 

MempBersuip.—The Membership of the Association consists of 
eraduates and students of McGill University, or of the affliated 

All are welcomed as Associate members; the active membership 
comprises those who are church members. 

The home of the Association is Strathcona Hall, which, in addition 
to affording ample accommodation for the work of the Association 
as a whole, provides residence for sixty men. 

Full particulars regarding the work of the Association are given 
in the annual Hand Book, and will also be supplied by the Secretary 
of the Association. 


Hon, President—Dr. Alex. Johnson. 

President—M. G. Brooks, Arts ’Oo8. 

Ist Vice-President—James Lovering, Med. ’08. 
2nd Vice-President -lo be elected. 
Treasurer—Will Stewart, Law, ’Oo8. 

Assistant-Treasurer—E. B. Rider, Sci., ’oo. 

Recording Secretary—W. R. MacDougall, Arts ’o8. 

General-Secretary—F. W. Bates, B.A. 
Associate-Secretary—W. G. Brown, B.A. 


Bible Study—W. R. McDougall, Arts ’o8. 
Finance—Will Stewart, Law ’o8. 
House—James Lovering, Med. ’08. 
Library—To be elected. 
Membership—Geo. Wilson, Med. ’og. 
Missions—Fred Auld, Med. ’oo. ° 
New Situdents—F. W. Bates, B.A. 
Religious Meetings—R. B. Dexter, B.A., Med. ’08. 
Social—Harry Logan, Arts, ’o8. 


G. B. Murphy, B.A. Med., ’o8. 
W.Carr, Science, ’o9. 

Young Women’s Christian Association of McGill University. 
(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon. President—Mrs Plumptre. 
President—Miss Annie Smith, ’o8. 
Vice-President—Gertrude Schafheitlin, ’oo. 
Corresponding Secretary—Ruth Libby, ’08. 
Recording Secretary—tLilian Plaisted, ’Io. 
Treasurer—Annie M. McKinnon, ’Io. 
Reporters—Annie Gray, ’09, Nora Trench, ’og. 

ee eS eS ee ML Ok A ee: See MAP PL Ae 

Columbian Club, 

The Columbian Club, designed to promote good fellowship and social 
intercourse among Catholic students and graduates of the University, 
has Club Rooms in the Inglis Building, 485 St. Catherine St. West. 
Open day and evening. 


President—James C. Clarke, Med. ’08. 
Vice-President—R. H. MacDonald, Med. ’o8. 
Recording-Secretary—H. Wright Benoit, Med. ’oo. 
Corresponding-Secretary—J. F. O’Brien, Med. ’TIo. 
Treasurer— R. A. Donahoe, Med. ’o8. 
Chaplain—Reyv. Gerald J. McShane. 

Amateur Athletic Association. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

President—R. A. Donahoe, Med., ’o8. 
Vice-President—J. C. Kemp, Science., ’o8. 
Secretary-Treasurer—A. Kerr, Sci., ’08. 

Royal Victoria College Athletic Club. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon. President—Miss Lichtenstein. 
Hon. Vice-President—Miss Cartwright. 
President—Miss K. MacDiarmid, ’o8. 
Vice-President—Miss A. Mitchell, ’oo. 
Secretary-Treasurer—Miss E. Cruickshanks, ’Io. 
Reporter—Miss R. Libby, 708. 
Hockey Manager—Miss A. Smillie, ’o8. 
Basket Ball Manager—Miss G. Sauvalle, ’08. 
Tennis Manager—Miss A. Mackeen, ’08. 

oo eee py ee ee 7 

Rugby Football Club. 
(OFFICERS 1906-1907.) 

Hon. President—Dr. Elder. 
Hon. Treasurer—Prof. J. J. Kerry. 
President—A. C. Pratt, Sci., ’08. 
Vice-President—A. Kennedy. 
Treasurer—W. F. Steedman, Arts, ’o8. 
Secretary—T. B. Ballantyne, Sci., ’08 
Manager—A. H. Dion, Sci., 09. 
Captain—A. Paré, Sci. ,’08. 

Sr SS 


Association Football Club. 
rf (OFFICERS 1907.) 

: Hon. President—Prof. C. H. McLeod. 
President—J. B. Baird, Sci., ’o8. 
Vice-President—A. G. McGougan, Arts, ’o8. 
Secretary—H. Slingsby, Sci., ’oo. 
Captain—F. Davis, Sci., ’o8. 
Manager—H. Morrow, Sci. 
Treasurer—E. Penney, Sci., ’10. 
Committee—A. S. Buttenshaw, Sci., ’09, R. O’Callaghan, Med., ’10, 
Ge Fi. I‘letcher, Arts, "TO. 

Track Club. 
(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon. President—Dr. Elder. 
Hon. Treasurer—Dr. Harvey. 
President—J. C. Kemp, Sci., ’o8. 
Vice-Prestdent—Harold W. Wood, Arts, ’o7. 
Secretary—Frank FE. Hawkins, Arts. ’o8. 
Treasurer—A. J. Soper, Sci., ’oo. i 

Hockey and Skating Club. 
; (OFFICERS 1006-1907. ) 

President—G. S. Raphael, Sci., ’o8. 
Vice-President—A. L. Spafford, Sci, ’o7. 
Secretary—W. Mather, Sci., ’o8. 
Treasurer—L. B.Kingston, Sci., ’o8. 

iN Basket Ball Club. 
| (OFFICERS 1906-1907.) 

Prestdent—J. Forbes, Sci., ’o8. 
Vice-President—O. B. McCallum, Arts, ’07. 
Secretary-Treasurer—J. S. Rowell, Med., ’o8. 
Manager—E. E. Locke, Med., ’o7. 
Assistant-Manager—Gordon McGuire, Sci., ’o8. 
{ | Committeeman—George Smith, Sci., ’oo. 

Boxing Club. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon. President—Dr. F. W. Harvey. 
President—D. L. McLean, Sci., ’oo. 
Vice-Presdent—A. N. Foster, Med.. ’oo. 
Secretary—A. C. Reid, Sci., ’ro. 
Treasurer—A. G. Stuart, Sci., ’1o. 

Se yee ee ee ee Ss ee ee a es ed 



Rifle Association. 
( OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon, President—Dr. Gregor. 
Hon. Vice-Presidents—Dr. Tory, Prof. Durley, Major Mitchell. 
Hon. Secreiary—Dr. Ruttan. 
Hon. Captain—Lieut.-Col. Burland. 
Captain—A. G. McGougan, Arts ’08. 
Lieutenants—J. A. Delancey, Sci.; H. B. Barnhill, Med. ’o9. 
Squad Sergeants—T. H. Taylor, Med., ’08; E. F. Bregent, Sci., ’09; 
H. R. Clouston, Arts, 709; G. H. Burbidge, Sci., ’oo. 
Secretary Treasurer—Gordon Sproule, Sci., ’o8. 

Cricket Club. 
(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Honorary-President—Lord Strathcona. 
President—Dean Moyse. 
Vice-President—A. R. OQughtred, K.C. 
Captain—W. Crosby Baber. 
Secretary-Treasurer—S. N. Oughtred. 
Assistant-Secretary—Dudley Gough. 
Committee—Messrs. A. B. Wood, F. Davis, F. L. Mayers, H. B. 
Dickenson, F. C. King. 

Fencing Club. 
(OFFICERS 1907-1908.) 
Hon. President—Prof. C. H. McLeod. 
President—H. Slingsby, Sci., ’oo. 

Sec.-Treasurer—W. Spencer, Sci., ow. 
Dr. F. Scrimger, C. S. Burgess. 


Swimming Club. 

(OFFICERS 1906-1907. ) 
President—H. G. Pickard, Sct., ’07. 
Vice-President—R. P. Wright, Med. 
Secretary—L. P. Churchill, Med. ’o8. 
Treasurer—N. C. Harris, Sci., 10. 

Lawn Tennis Club. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon. President—Professor Murray Macneill. 
President—R. Percy Wright, Sci., ’07. 

Vice-President—Harvey Thorne, Sci., ’08. 
Secretary-Treasurer—H. S. Williams, B.A., B.C.L. 



Wrestling Club. 
(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

Hon. President—W. J. Jacomb. 
President—Geo. L. Guillet, Sci., ’08. 
Vice-President—T. E. Wilson, Arts, 700. 
Secretary—C. A. Hodge, Sei,.. “00. 
Treasurer—S. E. Vessot, Sci., 09. 

Harriers’ Club. 

(OFFICERS I906-1907. ) 

Hon. President—Prof. McLeod. 
President—A. Kerr, Sci., ’o8. 
Vice-President—J. H. Forbes, Sci., ’o8. 
Secretary-Treasury—W. O. Briegel, Sci., ’08. 
Captain—P. H. Elliott, Sci., ‘07. 

Glee and Mandolin Club. 
(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 

President -D. Manny, Sci. 
Vice-President—A. Merrill, Sci. 
Secretary—C. A. Hale, Sci. 
Business Manager—R. D. Harrison, B.A. 
Committee—H. B. Logie, W. K. Wyman, M. G. Brooxs. 

Western Club of McGill University. 

This Club has for its objects the furthering of the interests of 
McGill in the four western provinces and the helping of new students 
from these provinces. 

Students from Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, or British 
Columbia coming to McGill for the first time are requested to com- 
municate with the secretary of the Club at Strathcona Eall, Montreal. 

(OFFICERS 1907-1908. ) 
Hon. President—Dr. H. M. Tory. 

President—P. H. Elliott, Sci., ’o7. 
Vice-President—A. A. Young, Sci., ’Io. 
Secretary-Treasurer—Harold B. Marchant, Med., ’tIo, 

Asst. Secretartes—A. Yates, Arts, °o8; H. Fox, Sci., ’og. 
Alumnae Association of McGill University. 
(OFFICERS 1907.) 
President—Isabel E. Brittain, B.A. 

Vice-Presidents—E. A. H. Irwin, M.A.; A. S. James, B.A.; 

: ty McLeod. B.Sc. 

Recording Secretary—A. Muriel Wilson, BA. 
Asst. Recording Secretary—Margaret Brodie, B.A. 
Corres. Secretary—Eleanor Tatley, B.A. 

Asst. Corres. Secretary—Margaret F. Hadrill, M.A. 

Treasurer—Bella Marcuse, M.Sc. : 

Lr Me ORT A iy ee Ae et AP 


Ottawa Valley Graduates’ Society. 

(OFFICERS 1907.) 

President—J. Eldon Craig, M.D. 
ist Vice-President—W. Bell Dawson, M.A., Ma.E., D.Sc. 
end Vice-President—D. B. Dowling, B.A.Sc. 
3rd Vice-President—G. C. Wright, B.A., B.C.L. 
Treasurer—A. S. McElroy, M.D. 
Secretary—J. A. Robert, B.A.Sc., Geological Survey, Ottawa. 
CounciI—D. A. W. Harris, H. M. Ami, M.A., D.Se.; R. J. Wick- 
steed, M.A., B.C.L., LL.D.; E. A. Taggart, M. D., and R. W. Ells, 
M.A., LL.D. 

New York Graduates’ Society. 

(OFFICERS 1907.) 

President—Wm. Ferguson, M.D., C.M. 
Ist Vice-President—George Massey. 
end Vice-Presidéent—R. T. Irvine, M.D., C.M. 
Secretary—H. A. Coussirat, B.Sc., New York Telephone Building, 
10 Dey street, New York. 
Treasurer—Casewell Heine, B.A.. LL.B. (New York). 

Governors—Class 1908—F. T. H. Bacon, B.A.Sc.; Dr. F. H. Miller. 
Class 1909—John G. Saxe, B.A., LL.B. (Columbia); H. J. Schwartz, 
M.D., C.M. Class 1910—Hiram N. Vineberg, M.D, C.M.; R. A. 
Gunn, B.A.Sc. 

Non-Resident Councillors—Prof. The Rev. J. C. Bracq, M.A. (Vas- 
sar College, N.Y.); The Rt. Rev. J. D. Morrison, M.A., D.D. 
‘Bishop of Duluth); W. B. Gibson, M.D., Huntington, N.Y.; Rev. 
Donald Guthrie, B.A., D.D. (Baltimore, Md.); R. Tait Mackenzie, 
B.A., M.D. (Univ. of Penna., Philadelphia) ; J. B. Harvie, M.D., C.M. 

New England Graduates’ Society. 

President—Arthur E. Childs, M.Sc. (Boston, Mass.). 
tst Vice-President—George A. Fagan, M.D. (North Adams, Mass.). 
end Vice-President—Ambrose Choquet, B.C.L. (Central Falls, R.L.). 
3rd Vice-President—H. Holton Wood, B.A. (Boston, Mass.) 
Secretary-Treasurer—Joseph Williams, M.D. (12 Bloomfield Street, 
Dorchester, Mass.). 

Councillors—T. G. McGannon, M.D. (Lowell, Mass.) ; Miles Martin, 
M.D. (Boston, Mass.); W.W. Goodwin, M.D. (East Boston, Mass.) ; 
R. T. Glendenning, M.D. (Manchester-by-the-Sea, Mass.); Joseph 
C. Pothier, M.D. (New Bedford, Mass.); J. G. Pfersick, D.V.S. 
(Shelburn Falls, Mass.). 

Graduates’ Society of the District of Bedford. 

(OFFICERS 1906.) 

Hon. President—Hon. Justice Lynch (Knowlton), 
President—Dr. R. C. McCorkill (Farnham). 
Vice-Presidents—Dr. J. B. Comeau (Farnham); Dr. N. M. Harris 
_(Knowlton); Dr. S. H. Martin (Waterloo). 
Secretary-Treasurer—Dr. M. R. Slack (Farnham). 


( ‘ 4 


The British Columbia Graduates’ Society. 

President—S. J. Tunstall, B.A.. M.D. (Vancouver). 
Vice-Presidents—H. M. Robertson, M.D. (Victoria); W. F. Drys- 
dale, M.D. (Nanaimo); J. M. Gregor, B.A., B.Sc. (Slocan; Peter A. 
McLellan, M.D. (Nelson); J. H. King, M.D. (Cranbrook). 
Secretary-Treasurer—W. J. McGuigan, M.D. (Vancouver). 

Associate Secretary—G. W. Boggs, M.D. (P.O. Box 653, Vancouver). 
Executive Committee—A. E. Hill, B.Sc. (New Westminster); W. 
B. Burnett, B.A., M.D. (Vancouver); A. L. Kendall, M.D. (Clover- 
dale); E-. Newton Drier, M.D. (Vancouver); J. B. Hart, D.V°S. 
(Vancou ver.) 

McGill Graduates’ Society of Toronto. 
(Organized 18906.) 
(OFFICERS 1902.) 

President—A. R. Lewis, K.C. 
Ist Vice-President—Rev. Canon Sweeny, M.A., D.D. 
2nd Vice-President—H. C. Burritt, M.D. 
Secretary-Treasurer—R. B. Henderson, B.A., 48 King Street, West. 
Committee—Hamilton Cassels, B.A.; Willis Chipman, B.A.Sc.;_ P. 
E. Ritchie, B.A. 

McGill Alumni Association of Chicago. 
(OFFICERS 1907.) 
President—Thomas A. Woodruff, M.D., Chicago Savings Bank Bldg. 

Ist V1ce- President—Norm: an Kerr, M.D. 
2nd Vice-President—Kenneth Moodie, B.Sc. 

‘ Secretary-Treasurer—Andrew Stewart, M.D., 464 W. Adams Street. 
Councillors—J. A. Craig, M.A.; Leonard St. John, M.D.;\ John 
Ryan, D.V.S. 

i> ree ae See re 

. owes 

aS as te ee ee ee 



PUAcGBill Cuiversity | 


SESSION 1906-1907. 

Graduate School | 


Harrison, Francis Charles, B.S.A. (Toronto). 

(In Alphabetical Order.) 

Bast, Edith Mabel, B.A. 
Hindley, John George, B.A. 
Kirsch, Simon, B.A. 
Pearson, Mary H'rances, B.A. 
Pelletier, Alexis Désiré, B.A. 
Rice, Horace Greeley, B.A. 


Harrison. Francis Charles, B.S.A. (Toronto). B.Se. 
Harvey, John Buicke, B.Sc. 

Brunner, Godfrey Hugh, B.Sc. 

Lewis, David Sclater, B.Sc. 

Lyman, Ruth Delia, B.A. 

Robertson, Arthur Frederick, B.Sc. 


Ami, Henry Mark, M.A., D.Sc. (Queen’s). 
Fortier, Samuel, Ma.E. 


(Session 1906-1907.) 

Alfred Kleczkowski, Esq., Minister for France at Valparaiso 

Frederich Miiller, M.D., Professor of Medicine in the University of 
Munich, ‘ 

Ernest Rutherford, M.A., D.Se. (Univ. of New Zealand), F.R.S., Pro- 
fessor of Physics in McGill University. 

Thomas Clifford Allbutt, M.D., F.R.S., Regius Professor of Medicine, 
University of Cambridge. 

Sir William Broadbent, Bart., M.D., K.C.V.O., F.R.S., Physician Extra- 
ordinary to King Edward VII. 

Sir Thomas Barlow, M.D., K.C.V.O., F.R.S., Physican to King Edward 

Sir Vietor Alexander Haden Horsley, M.D., F.R.S., formerly Professor 
of Pathology, University College, London, Eng. 



me as 

Re RS SA RR) 8 eg So Te 
WE ee 



SE nee 


— = - a me 2 seine 4a) Pens e —  es eS a 2 3S 3. = Like kth A Rey 

SMcGiull Aniversity. 

1906-1907 | 

Saculty of Law. 

(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed together.) 

Walker, Harold B.. B.A.—Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal; First Rank 
Honours and Prize of $50. 

(In order of merit.) 
Walker, Harold B., B.A. 
sirouard, J. A. 
Dillon, J. H. 
Creelman, J. J., B.A. 
Parkins, E. R., B.A. 

Tritt, S. Gerald. 
Downes, P. J., B.A. 

(Subjects alphabetically arranged.) 
Walker. Dillon. Downes. Parkins, Creelman, Girouard, Tritt. 
Walker. Creelman, Girouard, Parkins, Tritt, Dillon, Downes. 
Walker. Girouard, Dillon, Tritt; Creelman and Parkins, equal; Downes. 

Walker. Girouard, Dillon; Downes and Creelman, equal; Tritt, Parkins. 


Walker. Creelman, Girouard; Dillon and Tritt, equal; Parkins, Downes. 
; | 

Dillon, Creelman, Walker; Parkins and Tritt, equal; Downes, Girouard. 


Walker: Dillon and Girouard, equal; Parkias, Downes; Creelman and 
Tritt, equal. 

Walker, Tritt: Parkins and Creelman, equal; Girouard, Dillon, Downes. 
Walker, Girouard, Creelman, Parkins, Dillon, Tritt, Downes. 
Walker. Girouard, Dillon, Tritt, Parkins, Creelman, Downes. 
Walker. Parkins, Dillon, Girouard, Downes, Creelman, Tritt. 
Walker, Creelman, Girouard, Dillon, Downes, Parkins, Tritt. 

Stewart, W.. B.A.—First Rank General Standing and Prize of $50. 
Stewart, T. S., B.A.—Second Rank General Standing and Prize of $50. 

(In order of merit.) 

Stewart, W., B.A.; Stewart, T. S., B.A.; Hyde, G. G., B.A.; Jenkins. 
J. “ht. warernen FL OO... BA: Cameron,...A. WW.  BA;: 
Richards, J. A. T.; McMurtry, R. O., B.A.; Pelletier, A. D., B.A. 


Stewart (W..) and Stewart (T. 8.), equal: Cameron: McMurtry and 
Hyde and Jenkins, equal: Callaghan, Richards, Pelletier. 


Stewart (W.) and Stewart (T. 8.),..equal: McMurtry, Jenkins, Hyde: 
Cameron and Pelletier, equal; Callaghan. , 

4 Pe ieee - 

ee aie) ee 

. . 76 quae ax oe a . 
a = = ; ae .s —— ——_— ? z a) 

a i a 


Stewart (W.). Callaghan, Jenkins, Stewart (T. 8S.), Hyde, Ballon, 
tichards: Cameron and McMurtry, equal; Pelletier. 



Stewart (W.), Stewart (T. S.), Hyde, Jenkins, Callaghan, Pelletier, 
Richards, McMurtry, Cameron. 

Stewart (T. S.), Hyde, Stewart (W.), McMurtry, Callaghan, Jenkins, 

Pelletier, Cameron, Richards. 


Hyde, Stewart (W.), Richards, Jenkins, Stewart (T. S.); Callaghan 
and McMurtry, equal; Cameron, Pelletier. 


Stewavt (W.), Hyde, Stewart (T. S.), Jenkins, Ballon, Callaghan, 
Cameron, Richards, Pelletier, McMurtry. 


Stewart (W.), Stewart (TY. S.), Ballon, Richards; Hyde and Jenkins, 
equal; Callaghan; Cameron and McMurtry, equal; Pelletier. 


Stewart (W.) and Stewart (T. S.), equal; Hyde and Jenkins, equal ; 
Cameron, Richards; Callaghan and McMurtry and Pelletier, 


Stewart (W.), Stewart (T. S.), Pelletier, Callaghan, Jenkins, Ballon, 

Cameron, Hyde, Richards, McMurtry. 

Barclay, G., B.A.—First Rank General Standing; Scholarship of $100; 
and First Prize’in Roman Law. 

Hackett, J. T., B.A.—Scholarship of $100. 

Savard, Alfred, B.A.—Prize of $25. 
Hing, Peter—Prize of $25, and Second Prize in Roman Law. 

(In order of merit.) 
Barclay, G., B.A.: Hackett, J. T., B.A.; Savard, A., B.A.; Hing, Peter: 

Gibb, R. W., B.A.; DeLorimier, J., B.A.; Dutaud, G., B.A.; 
Mathieu, L. J. A. 


Hackett, Barclay, Savard, Gibb, DeLorimier, Mathieu. 
Barclay, Hackett, Hing, Gibb, Savard, Mathieu, DeLorimier. 
Barclay, Savard, DeLorimier, Gibb, Dutaud, Hackett, Hing. 
J Barclay, Hackett, Gibb, Savard, Dutaud, DeLorimier, Hing, Mathieu. 
Barclay, Gibb. Savard, Hackett, Mathieu, DeLorimier. 

Barclay; Hackett and Savard, equal; Gibb, Hing, Dutaud, DeLori- 
mier, Mathieu. 


Barclay, Hing, Hackett, Gibb, Dutaud, Savard, DeLorimier. Mathieu. 

Bu sere re 

PUcGiull Cuiversity. 


Faculty of Arts. 
(In Alphabetical Order.) 

First Rank.—Cheesebrough, Charlotte M. 
Couture, L. Ida. 
Crawford; Emily C. 
Eaton, Mary J. 
Harrison, Ralph D. 
Huxtable, Maggie. 
King, L. Mabel. 
MacCallum, Orick B. 
Parsons, Howard G. 
Penny, E. Goff T. (Latin). 
Swift, Sherman C. 
Vincent, Irving O. 

Second Rank—Armstrong, George D. 
Bates, Frederick W. 
James, A. Ethel. 
Huntley, Herbert 
MacKenzie, John M. 
Penny, E. Goff T. (French). 
Stanton, Mary G. 


(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed together.) 

Class I.—Cherry. Wilbur H. 
Gould, E. M. Lawrence 
Heward, Chilion G. 

Class II—Davis, Charles W. 
Armstrong, Louise A. 
MacDonald, Dalraddy L. 
Ellis, Robert W. 
Macaulay, Esther EB. 
Macaulay, Gertrude F. 
Parker, David W. 
Kydd, Helen M. 
McDougall, E. Stuart 
Hayden, Amy J. 

2s = - 



; aa 

, \ 
sit f 
» Wi 

Wisdom, Jennie B. 
Walker, Peter A. 
Cushing, Dougall. 


lan, John A. 

Belyea, John C. 
Class III.—Cameron, David A. 
Cliff, H. Welsford. 
McQueen, Bessie. 
Mowatt, Edith M. 
MaeMillan, William. 
Coates, Evelyn. 


ussy, Muriel A. 

Williams, Clara L. 

Cattanach, F. Alison. 
3ridgette, Samuel J. 
MeCann, Walter E. 
Meldrum, Herbert T. 


ylis, Inez M. 


Class f; 

Simpson, James C. (Thesis). 


Class I.—None., 
Class II.—RBallon, Isidore. 
Class II1I.—None. 



Class I.—Price, Thomas E. 
Class II.—None. 
Class ITIT.—Pease, FE. Raymond. 




Auld, Frederick M. 


lion, David H. 

MeCallum, John S. 


Huxtable, Maggie. 


(Subjects arranged alphabetically.) 
In Classics. 

First Rank Honours and Chapman Gold Medal. 

Crawford, Emily C.—First Rank Honours. 

Vincent, Irving O 

.—First Rank Honours. 



a i a a --- einai 

In the Hnglish Language and Literature. 

—— Charlotte M.—First Rank Honours and Shakspere Gold 

Harrison, Ralph.—First Rank Honours. 

Haton, Mary J.—First Rank Honours. 

Stanton, Mary C.—Second Rank Honours. 

Armstrong, George D.—Second Rank Honours. 

In History and Economics. 
MacCallum, Orick B.—First Rank Honours and Special Prize. 
In Latin and French. 

Penny, E. Goff T.—First Rank Honours in Latin, Second Rank Hon- 
ours in French. 

In Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

Bates, Frederick W.—Second Rank Honours. 
James, A. Ethel—Second Rank Honours. 

In Modern Languages. 

King, Mabel L.—First Rank Honours and Governor-General’s Gold 

Couture, L. Ida.—First Rank Honours and Governor-General’s Silver 

Swift, Sherman C.—First Rank Honours and Silver Medal of the 
Alliance Francaise. 

In Mental and Moral Philosophy. 
Parsons, Howard G.—First Rank Honours and Special Prize. 
Mackenzie, John M.—Second Rank Honours. 
Huntley, Herbert.—Second Rank Honours. 
(1) B.A. Couwrse. 
Cherry, Wilbur H.—Special Certificate, 

Gould, H. M. Lawrence.—Special Certificate. 
Heward, Chilion G.—Special Certificate. 

(2) Double Course in Arts and Applied Science. 

Price, Thomas E}.—Special Certificate. 

(Subjects arranged alphabetically. ) 
In Biology. 

McClughan, Ellen.—Second Rank Honours. 

in Oltassies. 

Smith, Annie.—First Rank Honours. 
Logan, H. T.—Second Rank Honours. 

In the English Language and Literature. 

Hawkins. Frank E.—First Rank Honours and Prize. 
Yates. Arthur.—First Rank Honours. 
Macnaughton, Ariel.—VTFirst Rank Honours. 
Steedman. William F.—lIirst Rank Honours. 
Libby, Ruth E.—Second Rank Honours. 

In History and Economics. 
Fineberg, N. S.—Second Rank Honours. 

Brooks, M. G.—Second Rank Honours, 
Feiczewiez, K.—Second Rank Honours. 

In History and English. 
Emerson. John.—First Rank Honours. 
In Latin and French. 

Tyndale, Orville S—Second Rank Honours in Latin, First Rank Hon- 
ours and Prize in French. 

Plaisted. Gertrude M.—Second Rank Honours in Latin, Second Rank 
Honours in French. 

In Mathematics and Physics 
Gillis. N. R.—First Rank Honours and Prize. 

Shaw. A. N.—First Rank Honours and Prize. 
Boyle, Gertrude M.—Second Rank Honours. 


In Modern Languages. 

Townsend, C. L.—First Rank Honours. 
Younger, Marjorie D—Third Rank Honours. 

In Mental and Moral Philosophy. 
Chandler, E. F.—Second Rank Honours. 


Penta aay BS lille 

Shanks. Walter R. L.—Prize in Eeonomics and Political Science. 
Rice. E. L.—Prize in Mental and Moral Philosophy. 





(Arranged in Alphabetical Order.) 

ee em te 

Ayer, Bouchard, Boyer, Brooks. Chandler, Creswell, Dolbel, Emerson, 
Feiczewicz. Fineberg, Gillis, Greenshields (s), Hastings, Hawkins, 
: Henry, Isherwood, Libby, Lindsay (s), Logan, Macdiarmid, MacKeen, 

Ah 5 

(s) Supplemental in one subject. 



Maclean, Macnaughton, McQueen, Patrick, Penny (s), Plaisted, Ram- 

say, Rice, Ross, Sauvalle, Shanks, Shaw, Simpson, Smillie, Smith, 

Steedman, Stockwell, Timberlake, Tyndale, Waterston, Yates, Younger. 

Auchinleck, Stewart (s). 


Elliott, R., McBurney, A. 
In Mathematics and Physics. 

Hatcher, Albert G. (Methodist College, St. John’s, Nfld.)—First Rank 
Honours and Prize. 

McGougan, A. G. (Glencoe High School, Ont.)—First Rank Honours 
and Prize. 

Melirim, W. B. (Ottawa Coll. Inst., Ont.) 

Dennison, L. G. (Montreal High School)—Second Rank Honours. 

First Rank Honours and 


Tremblay, J. A.—Second Class. 
Elliott, Edith E.—Second Class. 
Vipond, F. M.—Second Class. 
Plimsoll, A. R. W.—Third Class. 


Hatcher, A. G.—First Class. 
Estabrooks, Florence—First Class. 


Estabrooks, Florence—First Class. 
Willis, F. D.—First Class. 

(Alphabetical order according to first subject.) 

Schafheitlin, Gertrud (Montreal High School for Girls)—Prize in 
Biology: Prize in German. 

Hatcher, A. G. (Methodist College, St. John’s, Nfld.) —Prize in Chem- 
istry; Prize in Greek. 

Estabrooks. Florence C, (St. John High School, St. John, N.B.)—Prize 
in English; Prize in Greek; Prize in Latin; Prize in History 
and Economics; Annie McIntosh Prize. 

MeDonald, Jessie (Trafalgar Institute)—Prize in English; Prize in 
Logic and Psychology. 

. eee. Ee em 

a — ee 

ee eee ee ee 
oe > . ‘ ™ . oe b 


Messé, Alice (Feller Institute, Grande Ligne)—Prize in French. 

Willis, Dorothy (Harmon School, Ottawa)—Prize in Latin. 

McNeill, John T. (Prince of Wales College, P.H.I.)—Prize in Hebrew. 

Slattery, Annie (Sydney Academy, Cape Breton)—Coster Memorial 


(1) For Course Leading to B.A. 

Cliss I.—Estabrooks, Hatcher, McDonald, Willis. Class IJ.—Meldrum, 
Slattery, Lyman, Murphy, Dennison, McNeill, Massé, Cushing, 
Wilson (s), Vipond; Cameron and Nicholson, equal; Shan- 
non, Hindley, Bruneau (s), Drummond, Harvey, Clouston; 
Geggie (s) and Packard, equal. Olass /J].—Fisher (s) and 
Fleet and Gliddon, equal; Pedley and Wodehouse, equal; 
Plimsoll; Canegata and MacKenzie, equal; Hawkins, Hale; 
LeMesurier and Elliott, equal; Archibald, Ross (s), Richard- 
son, Tremblay, Brown (s), Surprenant, Mitchell, Norris (s), 
Stanton (s), Thompson (s)t; Corbett and Waterston (s), 
equal; Wilson (s), Carey, Cheesbrough (s), Jones (s)f, 
Rennoldson (s); Gordon (s) and Philip (s)#, equal; 
Bole (s) Howelli, Mackinnon (s)%, Pringle (s). 

(2) For Course Leading to B.Sc. 

Oluvss I.—Schafheitlin. Class II.—Gray. 

(Subjects arranged alphabetically.) 

Mabon, J. B. (Lachute Academy)—First Class. 
McKinnon, Annie M. (Inverness Academy )—F¥irst Class. 
| Ross, S. G. (Hamilton Coll. Inst., Ont.)—First Class. 
 Y Mount, Beatrice R. (Westmount Academy )—TFirst Class. 
3 Paisted, Lilian D. W. (Dunham Ladies’ College, Que.)—Second Class. 
| Tppet, R. 8S. (Diocesan College, Montreal)—Second Class, 
Cockfield, H. R. (Montreal High School)—Second Class, 
Prentice, N. A. (Crichton School, Montreal)—Second Class. 


Mabon, J. B. (Lachute Academy), First Class. 

Macnaughton, G. F.—(Montreal High School)—First Class. 
DeSola, Bram C. (Montreal High School)—First Class. 

Murray, G. BE. (Montreal High School)—Second Class. 
McGannon, BE. M. (Brockville Coll. Inst., Ont.)—Second Class. 
Couture, R. P. (Montreal High School)—Second Class. 


tMcGill University College of British Columbia. 
(s) Supplemental in one subject. 

(Alphabetical order, according to first subject.) 

DeSola, Bram ©. (Montreal High School)—Prize in English; Prize 
in Latin. 

Mabon, J. B. (Lachute Academy)—Prize in French; Prize in Latin; 
Prize in Mathematics. 

Ross, S. ~. (Hamilton Coll. Inst., Ont.)—Prize in Greek; Prize in 

Seymour, Louise E. (Montreal High School for Girls)—Prize in Greek; 
Prize in Latin. 

McKinnon, Annie M. (Inverness Academy, Que.)—Prize in Latin, 

Macnaughton G. F. (Montreal High School)—Prize in Latin; Prize 
in Mathematics, 

(1) For Course Leading to B.A. 

Class I1—Mabon, Macnaughton, DeSola, McKinnon (A. M.), Ross, 

Class II —Powles, McWhinneyt, Couture, Seymour; Cockfield and 
MacKinnon (M. G.) and Munro, equal; Mariotti, Blampin, 
Dinsdale (s)*, Lawlor; Meagher and Murray, equal; ‘Tip- 
pett (s), Spragge*, Hutchinson, Lamb (8s); Armstrong (8) 
and Bennetts (s)and Elder (s), equal; Ramsay. 

Solomon (s); Digby (s) and Douglas, equal; Murchison, 

McEwen, Holmes (s)*, Ramsey (8s), Stone (s)%, Prentice, 

McGannon, Gillmor, Kolber (s), Mount (s), Gordon (s) 

Watson(s), Taylor (s) ; Macdonald (Murdo) (s) and Thomas 

(O. J.) (s)#, equal; Brownlee, Smith (s)t, Badgley (s), 

Carr, Kendall, Reilly} (s), Green (s)*, Manningt, Meadows#, 

McLellan (s)t, Beaton (s), McDonald (s)%, Booth (s). 

Class Ill. 

(2) For Course Leading to B.Se. 
Class I.—None. 
Class II.—WNone. 
Class II]. —Younger (8). 
(s) Supplemental in one subject. 
Class I.—Bates. Class IJ] —James. Class [1I[.—None. 
Ciass I.—None, Olass IJ.—Williams. Class [/I,—None. 
Olass I.—Cherry, Heward. Class IJ —Meldrum. Olass I1I,—None. 


tMcGill University College of British Columbia, ;Stanstead College, 
*Victoria College, B.C., **Alberta College, Edmonton, 


Olass I.—Dawvis, Harrison, Macaulay (4. E.); Armstrong (L.) and 
Cheesbrough, equal; Stanton; Kydd and Macaulay (G.), equal; WHaton, 
Cattanach, Heward. Olass IJ.—Cliff; Cherry and Price, equal; Arm- 
strong (G. D.) and Gould, equal; Massey McMillan; Bridgette and 
Hayden, equal; Coates, Allan; Rider and Walker, equal; McCann. 
Class [I[1I.—Mowatt and Wisdom, equal; Masson and Williams, equal; 
Auld and Parker, equal; MacDonald, MacDougall, McQueen, Ellis, 
Cushing, Cameron, Ballon (L), Belyea, MacCallum; Ballon (D.) and 
Meldrum, equal. 

(1) Hnglish Prose Fiction. 
Olass I.—Davis, Cheesbrough, Gould, Harrison, Eaton. Class II.— 
Armstrong (L.), Armstrong (G. D.); Cattanach and Macaulay (HB. 
E.), equal; Massy and Stanton, equal; Price; Kydd and Parker and 

Wisdom, equal. Class IIJI—McCann, Coates, McQueen, Walker; 
Hayden and Mowatt, equal. 

(2) Nineteenth Century Poets. 

Olass I.—Cheesbrough and Harrison, equal; aton, Price, Gould, 
Class /1J7.—Armstrong (L.), Macaulay (G.), Parker, Hayden, Wisdom ; 
Kydd and Macaulay (HE. B.), equal; MacMillan and Stanton, equal; 
Armstrong (G. D.) and Fleet (1I.), equal. Class III.—Coates and 
a McQueen, equal; Massy, \Walker, Cattanach, Mowatt, McCann. 
Graduate Student. 

Class I—None. Class IJ.—Rorke: Class J11.—None. 


; (1) Electricity and Magnetism. 


Class I—Price. Class IJ. —MacMillan, Cushing. COlass JJ/I,—Rider. 


Olass 1.—King, Couture, Swift, Heward. Class I7.—Penny, Hayden, 
‘ MacDougall. Class [17.—Masson. 

GEOLOGY (Continuation Course. ) 

Pediat” site, CT a 

Olass I—None. Class IJ.—Allan, Cushing. Class III.—None. 




Class I.—Simpson, MacDonald, Gould. Class I7.—Davis, Bridgette, 
McQueen (Bessie), Cameron. Class I/I.—Massy. 


Graduate Student. 


Olass I—None. Olass Ji.—Hindley. Class I/I.—None. 

Olass I.—King, Couture, Swift. Class 1]—Hayden. Class III.— 



( None. 
| { 




Class I.—Vincent, Huxtable, Crawford, Gould. Class II.—None. 
Class IJI.—None. 

Class I.—Belyea, MacDougall, Mowatt. Class I1I.—Cattanach, 
Macaulay (G.), Allan, Cameron, Coates, McCann. Class [[J.—Masson 

and Williams, equal. 


Olass I.—Parsons. Class [J.—MacKenzie and Huntley, equal; Mac- 
Millan. Class IIJ.—Cliff, Wisdom, Laverock. 


Olass I—None. Class IJ.—Parsons and MacKenzie, equal; Huntley, 
Class II1I].—Bridgette, Laverock. 

Graduate Student. 
Class I.—None. Olass IJ.—None. Class IJI.—Smith (C. A.). 

Class I.—Vincent, Crawford. Class IJ —Huxtable and Penny, equal, 
Class III].—None. 

Class I—None. Class IJ—None. Class I/1.—Allan. 

Olass I.—None. Class II.—Armstrong and Kydd, equal. Class 


Class I.—Crawford, Huxtable. Class I/.—None. Class IIiI.—Vin- 
cent, Penny. 


Class I.—Crawford, Huxtable. Class II.—None. Class III — 

Class I.—Cherry, Ellis. Class IJ.—Ballon (1.). Class IIIT.—None. 


Olass I—Heward, Hing. Olass 1J.—Armstrong (L.), Ballon (53 
Meldrum and Parker, equal. Olass I/J.—Macaulay (G.), Macaulay (BF. 
B.); MacQueen and Mowatt, equal ; Kydd, Massy, Cliff; Coates and 
Williams, equal. 


eet —— 

it > = 
i rl a ~ 



ee ae 

ies Agta Da 
eg met 


Graduate Students 

Class I.—None. Class I1.—None. Class Ill. 

Jamieson, McCrim- 

Class I.—Cherry; MacCallum and MacDonald, equal; Ellis, Rider. 

Olass IJ.—Belyea and Cameron, equal; Wisdom, Walker. Olass III,— 

Graduate Students. 

Class I. 

Jamieson, Pearson. Olass IJ —McCrimmon. COlass III.— 

Class I—Parsons. Class IJ.—Huntley and MacKenzie, equal; Davis. 
Class I1I.—Laverock. 

Graduate Student. 
Class I.—Bast (Edith). Class I1J].—None. Olass I1I.—None. 

Class I.—Belyea. Class II.—Ellis. Olass iII.—MacDougall, Cat- 
tanach, Meldrum. 


Class I.—MiacDonald and Simpson, equal. Olass IJ.—None. Olass 


Olass I.—Shaw; Boyle and Gillis, equal. Class IJ.—None. Olass 


Olass I1—None. Class II.—Auchinleck, McClughan, Olass III.— 

CHEMISTRY (ORGANIC). Honour taken as Ordinary. 
Class I—None. Class II.—None. Class III.—Auchinleck. 

Class J.—Auchinleck. Class II—None. Class III.—Bouchard, 


Class I1.—Hawkins, Macnaughton, Steedman; Rice and Libby, equal. 
Class II —Shanks, Bouchard, Emerson, Smillie, Yates, Maclean; Green- 
shields and Ross, equal; Lindsay and McQueen, equal; Penny, Isher- 
wood; Creswell and Macdiarmid, equal; McBurney; Sauvalle and 
Waterston, equal; Auchinleck and Dolbel and Simpson and Timberlake, 
equal. Olass JIT—BE2lliott and Stockwell, equal; Ayer; MHastings 
and Ramsey and Stewart, equal; Henry, MackKeen, Patrick. 




(i) Highteenth Century. 

= anewnta 

Isherwood, Penny. 

| (2) Shakspere. 

Class I.—Hawkins, Macnaughton, Rice; Maclean and Macdiarmid, 
equal; Emerson and Libby, equal; Smillie. Class 
| Ross, Yates; Lindsay and Paterson and Timberlake, 
) I1T.—MecQueen, Cliff; Ayer and Henry and Ramsey, equal; 


Class I1—Hawkins, Steedman, Paterson, Emerson, Isherwood, Yates; 

lake, Macdiarmid, Penny, Ross. 

Graduate Student. 



(1) Electricity and Magnetism. 

y (2) Sound, Light, Heat. 




McQueen and Simpson, equal; Henry and Maclean, equal ; 
and Macnaughiton, equal; Gray and Rice, equal: Libby. 

| Smillie, Ayer, Ramsey, Cliff, McDougall. Class IJJ.—Lindsay, Timber- 

Olass I.—East. Class I1J.—None. Olass I1I.—None. 

Class I1.—Shaw. Gillis. Class IJ.—Boyle. Olass III.—None. 

Class I.—Ayer. Olass I1—Simpson. Class ITI.—Patrick, Stewart. 

| Class I—Tyndale, Sauvalle. Townsend. _ Class I7.—Stockwell, Plais- 

ted, Shanks, Younger. Class IIT.—Dolbel, 
Waterston, MacKeen. 


Timberlake, equal. Class II.—Rice and Smillie, 

Olass I.—McGougan, Shanks, Maclean, Auchinleck; Stockwell and 

' Hastings: Macdiarmid and MacKeen, equal: Dolbel, Ross; 




and Sauvalle, equal; Patrick. Class IJI.—Isherwood, McClughan. 

Class I.—Townsend. Class IJ.—None. Olass I1I.—Younger, Sau- 

Class I.—Smith. Olass 17.—WLogan. Olass I1IT.—Bouchard, Ross. 


Olass I.—Brooks and Fineberg, equal; Hastings, Emerson, Feieze- 

wicz. Olass II.—Ayer, Lindsay, Greenshields. 

Olass IIT.—Henry, 

—— = io 


2. Sere 

ee ae ee ee 

were =e ae. 



Class [.—None. Class II.—None. Class IiI.—Chandler. 

Class I.—Smith. Class II.—Tyndale and Plaisted, equal; Logan. 
Class III.—None. 

Class I.—None. Class II,—None. Class III.—Dolbel. 
Olass I.—Rice. Class ]7.—Chandler, Dunean. Class JJI.—Ramsey. 


Class I,—None. Class II.—None. Class III.—Smith, Tyndale, 
Townsend, Plaisted. 

Class I.—None. Olass I7.—Logan, Smith. Class III.—Plaisted, 

Olass I.—None. Class IT.—Flliott. Olass IiIT.—McBurney, Fine- 
berg: Brooks and Greenshields, equal: Feiczewiez and Hastings, equal. 


Olass I.—Shanks. Class II.—¥ineberg, Maclean, Bouchard; Cres- 
well and McBurney, equal; Feiczewicz and Smillie, equal; Patrick, 
Stockwell: Brooks and Elliott and Waterston, equal. Olass ITIT.— 
McQueen and Ramsay, equal; Timberlake, Isherwood, Fraser, MacKeen, 
Penny, Macdiarmid. 


Class I—None. Olass I[7.—McClughan. Class ITJ.—Stewart. 
(1) ANIMAL BIOLOGY (Christmas, 1906). 

Class I.—Schafheitlin, Slattery. Class IJ —McGougan. Class III.— 
Hale, Cameron, Raynes. Murphy, Gray, McNeil, Canegata. 

(2) PLANT BrloLtoGy. (April, 1907). 

Class I —Schafheitlin. McGougan, Cameron, McNeill. Olass II.— 
Slattery, Harvey, Brown, Pringle; Hale and Waterston, equal; Cane- 
gata; Gray and Murphy, equal. Class ITT.—Massé. 

(Combined results of 1 and 2 as above, including Continuation Biology). 

Class I.—Schafheitlin, Slattery. Class I7.—Gliddon, Mavety, Cam- 
eron. McNeill, Hale; Geggie and Shannon, equal. Class IJI.—Clous- 

ton. Brown, Gray; Canegata and Murphy and Henry, equal; Pringle, 

(Passed Supplemental of Christmas examination. ) 

Pas Ax = - < Py . > © 
Brown, Boyd. Harvey, Massé, Pitt, Pringle. 


Class 1.—Hatcher; Cameron and Schafheitlin, equal; Gray, Wilson, 
Geggie, Shannon, Gliddon, Clouston; Dennison and Suprenant, equal; 
MacKenzie and Mavety and Meldrum, equal. Class I7.—Harvey, Cane- 
vata, Stanton, Waterston, Hanson; Pringle and Rennoldson, equal; 
Wodehouse. Olass I/].—None. 


Class I —Hawkins, Estabrooks, MeDonald, Gordon, Hatcher, Mackin- 
tosh, Lyman, Gray. Class I1J7.—Geggie and Meldrum and Pedley, equal ; 
MeNeill and Shannon and Slattery, equal; LeMesurier; Clouston and 
Nicholson, equal; Norris; Murphy and Raynes and Schafheitlin, equal ; 
Willis and Wilson, equal; Carey and Vipond, equal; Richardson ; 
Waterston and Wodehouse, equal; Fisher; Bole and Brown and Cor- 
bett and Elliott and Gale. equal. Class J77.—Cushing and Fleet, equal; 
Cheesbrough, Stanton: Dennison and Massé, equal; Harvey, Ross; 
Gliddon and Hindley, equal; Cameron and Plimsoll and Canegata, 
equal: Bruneau and MacKenzie and Mitchell and Packard, equal ; 
Tremblay; Drummond and Hale, equal; Oliver and Rennoldson, equal; 
Archibald, Hanson, Surprenant, Daw: Pringle and Telfer, equal. 


Olass I.—McDonald, Estabrooks, Willis, Massé, Lyman, Bruneau ; 
Schafheitlin and Slattery and Wodehouse, equal. Olass 11.—MecNeill, 
Gray, Fisher; Geggie and Hindley and Murphy, equal; Anderson and 
Nicholson and Vipond, equal; Elliott and Fleet, equal; Shannon, Ped- 
ley: Packard and Richardson and Thompsont, equal ; MacKenzie and 
Morris, equal; Harvey and Phippst, equal; Brown and Hale and 
Hawkins, equal. Olass III.—Cheesbrough and Stanton and Wilson, 
equal; Mackintosh and Raynes, equal; LeMesurier and Mitchell, equal; 
Bole: Avchibald and Carey. equal; Tremblay and Jonest, equal; Cor- 
bett, Gordon: Rennoldson and Philipt, equal; Canegata and Clouston 
and Oliver, equal; Pringle, Surprenant, Telfer, Green? ; Howellt and 
Mackinnoni, equal. 


Class T.—Massé. Schafheitlin, Tremblay: Bruneau and Cushing and 
Vipond, equal. Class IJ7—Drammond, LeMesurier; Elliott and Pack- 
ard, equal; Fisher, Hawkins, Archibald, Plimsoll, Willis; Fleet and 
Geggie, equal. Class I7]7.—Gray and Pedley, equal: Wilson, Waterston, 
Gliddon: Cameron and Corbett, equal; Carey, Cheesbrough, Oliver. 


Class J.—Schafheitlin. Class II.—Lyman. Olass III,—VYipond, 
Hawkins, Telfer, Simpson, Norris. 

——— al 

+McGill University College of British Columbia, 



Sea el. 





Class I.—Hatcher and BDstabrooks, equal; Murphy. Class IJ.— 
Nicholson: Richardson and MacKinnont and Philipt, equal. Class 
IlI.—Bruneau, Thompsont; Elliott and Mitchell, equal; Howellt; 
Gordon and Tremblay, equal. 


Class I.—McNeil and Duncan, equal. Class IJ.—Rogers, Bruneau, 
Gray. Olass II1J.—Campbell, Cranston. 


Class I.—Pstabrooks, McDonald, Willis. Class IJ.—Hindley, Drum- 
mond, Fisher, Cushing; LeMesurier and Plimsoll, equal. Olass JII.— 
Mitchell, Norris, Pedley; Corbett and Wilson, equal; Bole, Carey, 
Daw, Wodehouse. 

Passed in History only 

Bruneau, Brown, Oliver. 

Passed in Hconomics only, 
Mackintosh. : 


Class I.—Estabrooks, Willis, McDonald; MeNeill and Murphy, equal; 
Cushing. Class II].—Nicholson; Lyman and Slattery, equal; Cane- 
gata and Fleet, equal; Archibald and Packard, equal; Harvey and 
Wodehouse, equal. Class I7T.—Hale and Massé and Pedley and Plim- 
soll, equal; Jonest and Philip? and Vipond, equal: Clouston; Cameron 
and MacKinnont, equal; UHowelli and Richardson and Thompsoni, 
equal; MacKenzie and Brown, equal; Cheesbrough and Drummond and 
Mitchell, equal; Hawkins and Hindley, equal; Rennoldson and Waters- 
ton, equal; Carey and Elliott and Surprenant, equal; Corbett, Phippst, 
Daw, Shannon; LeMesurier and Gliddon, equal. 

( Half-course—April, 1907.) 

Class I.—McDonald. Olass IJ.—Slattery, McNeill; Lyman and 
Hindley, equal; MackKinnont, Packard, Class JII.—Mavety and 
Raynes, equal; Gordon and Jonest, equal; Archibald: Fleet and 
MacKenzie, equal; Nicholson, Hale; Greent and Richardson, equal; 
Tremblay; Bole and Phippsi, equal. 

(1) Solid Geometry and Conic Sections (Ohristmas, 1906). 

Class 1—Hatcher, McGougan. Class I1J7.—Dennison and Thompson?, 
equal; Wilson, Cushing, Jonest, Howelli; Meldrum and Ross, equal; 
Cheesbrough. Class JJ].—Hawkins, Surprenant, Irwin; Hanson and 
Rennoldson and Stanton, equal; Fetherstonhaugh and Gale and Har- 
than and Philip#, equal. 

(2) Algebra (April, 1907). 

Class I.—Hatcher, MeGougan; Meldrum and Ross, equal. Class 
1I.—Dennison, Howellt. Olass [/].-—Hawkins, Plimsoll; Cushing and 
Wilson, equal; Surprenant, Stanton, Gale. 

tMeGill University College of British Columbia. * 

— 0 ey 


Passed Supplemental of Christmas Examination. 

Class I—McGougan, Hatcher, Wilson.  Olass II.—Meldrum, Den- 
nison. Class III.—Ross. 


(Advanced Course). 

Class I—None. Olass IIJ.—Slattery. Class III.—None. 
PSYCHOLOGY— (Christmas, 1907). 

Class I—None. Olass IJ.—McDonald, Lyman; Hale and Slattery, 

equal. Class III.—Hindley, McNeill, Tremblay, Nicholson €5 Se 2S 

MacKenzie, Gordon, Mavety; Bole and Richardson, equal; Packard, 
Fleet, Jonest. 

Passed Supplemental examination of Christmas examination. 
Archibald, Greent, Raynes. 
Class I—None. COlass IJ.—Drummond. Olass III.—None. 


Class I.—DeSola, Holmes*, Munrot, Reilly}; Lawson (BH.)t and 
Mabon, equal; Cockfield and Couture and Macnaughton and McKin- 
non (A.) and Seymour, equal; Ramsey. Olass\II.—Spragge*, Stonet. 
Roper**; McWhinney? and Powles, equal; Douglas and Green* and 
Lilly, equal; Badgley and Cassels and Watson, equal; Gilmor and 
Mariotti and Plaisted and Ross, equal; Hanna* and Murchison, equal; 
Armstrong (J. D.) and Blampin and McEwen and Prentice and Taylor, 
equal; Wilson. Olass I7I,—Cruickshank and Johnston and McDonald 
(Marion), equal; Deacon? and Elder and Murray, equal: Brownlee 
and Hutchinson and Lawlor and Walker**, equal; MacKinnon (W. 
G.) and Mount, equal; Brydone--Jackt; Macdonald (Murdo) and 
Ramsay. equal; Lamb and McCuaig, equal; Baylis and Digby and 
Skalinet, equal: Kendall and Meagher and Maclaren and McDonald 
(C.)¢ and Thomast, equal: Carr; Flint? and Macleod? and McLel- 
lant and Younger, equal; Coates* and McLennan and Newell, equal; 
Beaton and Booth and More*, equal; MeGannon and Sparling?, equal; 
Manningt and Smitht, equal; McIntyre* and Meadows?, equal; Buchan 
and Watts and Hanson**, equal; Gemmill and Wallt, equal. 

Class I.—Mabon. Couture, McKinnon (A. M.); Macnaughton and 

Plaisted, equal: Holmes* and DeSola, equal; Williams, Cousins. Olass 
I7.—Bennetts, Elder, Seymour, McGannon; McWhinneyt and Miller 

~ ¢MeGil University College of British Columbia. +Stanstead Oollege. 
* Victoria College, B.C. ** Alberta College, Edmonton. 



t 16 

{C), equal; Hutchinson, Taylor; Armstrong and Van Vliet, equal; 
feb (Blampin, Meagher. Class III.—Kolber and Solomon and Spragge*, 
| i equal; Prentice, Mariotti, Ramsey; Lamb and Lawson (KE. C.)£ 
He and Mount and Paine, equal; Dinsdale* and Green* and Lang and 
7) \MacDonald /(Murdo) and Newell and Robsonyt and Sargent, equal; 
fe ali Livinson and Miller (M. J.) and Watson, equal; Bushell and Douglas 
‘and Johnston and McDonald (A. B.), equal; McMurtry and Murray, 
equal; Badgley and Gillmor, equal; Christie; Brownlee and Carr and 
Younger, equal; slanchard and Buchan and Lawlor and McHwen 
and Munrof, equal; McDonald (C.)t and Stonet, equal; Kendall 
and Kingston, equal; More* and Redpath,.equal; Gordon and Law- 
son -(G.)£ and Shaughnessy and Thompson, equal. 

; 1 Class T.—McKinnon (M. G.). Class II].—Murchison and Reinhardt, 
Ba ao) equal: Bilder. Class II].—Prentice, Meagher, Ramsay, Lang, Brower, 

ig Class I.—None. Class I7.—Williams (Marion), Sutherland (F. C.). 
i Class IITT.—Solomon. 

b | Olass I.—Ross, Seymour, DeSola, Johnston. Class II.—Powles and 
in Tippett, equal: Cockfield, Thomas (FE. O.)¢ Baynest. Olass III.— 

‘ Thomas (QO. J.)t, Manningt: Thorne and Newell, equal; Meadows? :; 
Beaton and Law**, equal; Stewarté; Booth and Reillyyt, equal. 



| Olass I.—McKinnon (A.); Mabon and Ross, equal; Seymour; 
DeSola and Macnaughton, equal; Mount and Powles, equal: Cock- 
field and Plaisted, equal; Lawlor and McWhinney#, equal; Meagher, 
Tippett; Blampin jaand Dinsdale*, equal. Class I7.—Taylor, MacKin- 
non ( M. G.), Prentice, Elder; Gordon and Lamb, equal; Mur- 
chison. MacDonald (Murdo): Douglas and MUHutchinson, eaual; 
P Johnston (J. D.) and (Williams. equal; Marriotti and Ramsay 
4 and Stonet, equal; Johnston (C. L.); Bennetts and Cassells, 
, equal: Newell and Skaling= and Thomas (FE. O.)#, equal. Olass I/I.— 
Brower and Carr and Kolber, equal; Armstrong and Baynest and 
Solomon, equal; Murray and Smith (J. E.)t and Smith (W. T.)**, 
equal; Badgley and Beaton and Brownlee and Couture and Lawson (PF. 
C.)t, equal: Redpath and Spragge*, equal; Kendall and MacDonald 
(A. B.). equal; Digby and McDonaldt and Miller (M. 1.) and Thomas 
(QO. J.)£, equal: Macleodt and Miller (C.) and Ramsey and Roper** 
and Wilson, equal; Law** and Macaulay, equal; Rosenberg and Suther- 
and and ‘Thompson and VanVliet, equal; Holmes* and Manning and 
Pengelley and Watson, equal; Gillmor and MclHwen, equal; Booth 
and Bberts*, equal; MecGannon and Reillyt, equal; Green* and Stew- 
artt, equal: Meadowst: Baylis and Cruickshank and Sparlingt, equal ; 
Lawson (G.)t and McLellant and Munro, equal. 


eee a we 


4 tMcGill University College of British Columbia. Stanstead College. 
) f e's * Victoria College, B.C. ** Alberta College, Hdmonton, 
. 4 ; 
z) , i 


(1) Algebra. 

Class I.—Paine, Lawlor, Munrot: Ross and Plaisted. equal ; 
McWhinney?, Gordon. Class II1.—Digby, Smith (J. B.)t; Flint? 
and McKinnon (A.), equal; Kolber and Meagher, equal; Dinsdale* 
and Thomas (O. J.)¢, equal; McEwen and Powles. equal; Carr and 
Hutchinson, equal; Cockfield; Pengelley and Ramsey, equal; Mariotti: 
MacKinnon (M. G.) and McKay (A. EB.) and Seymour and Thompson, 
equal. Olass II/I.—Payne, Kendall,, Hughes, Witton: Anderson and 
Bennetts and Spragge* and Tippett, equal; Blampin and Davis. equal ; 
slanchard and McMurtry and Reid (R. H.), equal: Keith and Prentice 
and Ramsey /(J. D.), equal; Deacon? and McLellant and Sutherland, 
equal; Armstrong and Douglas and Macleodt and Oughtred and Sar- 
gent, equal; Cassells and Hanson** and Solomon, equal: Brownlee 
and Kingstone and Lawson (H.)£ and Lawson (G.)£ and McKenzie 
and Murchison and Younger, equal; Meadowst and Miller (C.) and 
Redpath, equal; Halliday and Wilson, equal; Macrae: Baynest and 
Beaton and Danby and Grier and Johnston (C.) and Mackay (J.) and 
Manning? and Mount and Roper** and Thomas (HB. O.)#, equal. 

(2) Trigonometry. 

Class I[.—Kolber and Munro}, equal; McWhinneyt and Pengelley, 
equal; Ross, Smith (J. E.)t, Lawlor, Paine, Flintt}, McEwen, MacKin- 
non (M.G.). Class II.—Plaisted, Hutchinson: Dinsdale* and Solo- 
mon, equal; Meagher; Mariotti and McKinnon (A. M.), equal: Digby, 
Powles. Olass I/7.—Selmant and Watson, equal: Irwint and MecMur- 
try, equal; Skalingt, Cassels, McLellant, Wallt; Cockfield and 
MacLaren and Tippett, equal; Spragge*; Bennetts and Cruickshank 
and Ramsay and Thomas (O. J.)%, equal; Blanchard and Brower and 
Oughtred, equal; Baynest and Blampin and Gordon and Meadowst 
and Thompson, equal; Baylis and Elder and Lawson (G.)f pwnd Sey- 
mour, equal; MacMillant: Mount and Sutherland and Taylor, equal; 
Douglas and Hughes and MacDonald (Murdo), equal; Murchison and 
Prentice, equal: Carr and Lamb and Murrayt and Payne and Tren- 
holme, equal; Deacon} and Kendall and Stewartt and Younger, equal; 
Brownlee and Davies and Johnston and Manningt and Miller (C) and 
More* and ‘Redpath and Runnells, equal. 

(Christmas, 1906). 
(3) Geometry. 

Class I.—Plaisted, McKinnon (A. M.), Lamb, Meagher, Ross, Arm- 
strong and Badgley and Cassels, equal. Class I7.—Munrot, Flint7, 
Kolber and Mackay, equal; Payne, Digby, Mariotti and Spragge*, equal ; 
Bennetts and Stonet, equal; Powell*, Pengelley and Skalingt, equal; 
Paine, Irving*, Cockfield and McMurtry, equal; Deacon? and Dinsdale*, 
and Hutchinson and Robson} and Witton, equal. Olass IIT.—Me- 
Whinneyt and Wilson, equal; Baylis and Eberts* and Ramsay (I. D.) 
and Thomas (QO. J.)t, equal; McKinnon (M. G.) and Meadowst and 
Hanson**, equal; Powles, Blampin and McLellant, equal; Holmes* 
and Prentice, equal; Smitht and Wallt, equal; McEwen and McDonald 
(Marion) and Seymour and Younger, equal; McLaren and Murchison, 
equal; McLennan and Reid, equal; Kingston and McKenzie, equal; 

tMcGill University College of British Columbia. +Stanstead College. 
* Victoria College, B.C. ** Alberta College, Edmonton. 


TV, el NN eT te Os | 
~~ we ee 



Davies and Solomon and Tippet, equal; Buchan and Danby and Grier 
and More*, equal; Gray and Rosenberg and Smith** and Van Vliet, 
equal; Bilder and Manningt and Miount and Pelletier and Stevensf, 
equal; Wright**; Brower and Green* and Hyman and Thompson and 
Watson, equal; Brydone-Jack and Brownlee and Carr and Cruickshank 
and Douglas and Godwin and Gordon and Henneker and Hughes and 

Kendall and McDonald and MelIntyre and Sargent and Shorten, equal. 

Passed Supplemental of Christmas Examination. 

Coates*, Emo, Johnston (C.), Keith, Lawson (H.)t, Lawson (G.)#, 
Mackay (J.), Macleodt, Redpath, Selmant, Thomas (BH. O.)f, 


Olass I—Munrot, Skalingt, Macnaughton, DeSola; Dinsdale* and 
Mariotti, equal; Mabon; Miller (C) and Murray, equal; Couture; 
Digby and Powles, equal; McKinnon (A. M.) and MacKinnon (M. 
G.), equal; Blampin, Cassells; McWhinneyt and Ramsay, equal; 
Solomon, Lamb, McKenzie. Class I/.—Cockfield andMcMurtry, equal; 
Armstrong, Douglas; Fletcher and Hughes and Plaisted, equal; Pen- 
gelley and Spragge*, equal; Gordon; Howe and Ross and Trenholme, 
equal; Cruickshank and Elder and McGannon and Witton, equal; 
McEwen and McKay and Stevens and Watts, equal; Ramsey and 
Thomas (O. J.)= and Tippett and Wallt, equal; Gillmor and Lawlor 
and Miller (M. J.), equal; Brower; Bennetts and Meagher and Stonef, 
equal. Olass I[I.—Christie and Seymour, equal; Baylis and MacDon- 
ald (Murdo), equal; Brownlee and Reilly? and Smitht, equal; Mur- 
chison and Redpath and Watson and Wilson, equal; Pomeroy; Deaconf 
and Gemmill and McIntyre* and McLellant and Smith**, equal; Danby 
and Kendall and Sutherland, equal; Davies and Hutchinson, equal; 
Booth: Beaton and Eberts* and Rosenberg and Younger, equal; Carr 
and Livinson and MacLaren and McLennan, equal; MacKay and Pren- 
tice and Whitehall, equal; Green*, Dyas, Lawson (G.)t; Sargent and 
Underhilli and VanVliet, equal; Badgley and Holmes* and Kolber 
and More* and Runnells and Selmant and Taylor, equal; Collier and 
Manningt and MacMillant and McDonald (C.)+ and Meadows, equal. 


Class I.—Kimball Class IJ.—Stevens. Class IIIT.—McKay, 


Olass I.—Kimball Class I1I.—Stevens. Olass IITT.—McKay, 


Olass I—None. Class II.—WNone. Class III.—Kimball. 

Class I—McKay. Olass H.— Kimball. Class JIII.— Stevens, 

+McGill University Oollege of British, Columbia. +Stanstead Oollege. 

* Victoria College, B.C. ** Alberta College, Edmonton. 


DMcGBiull Girinersity, 


Faculty of Applied Science 


(In alphabetical order.) 

Bell, George E., British Association Medal and Prize; Honours 
in Practical Astronomy, Designing, Geodesy, Hydraulics, Rail- 
way Engineering and Theory of Structures; British Association 
Exhibition of $50. 

Brown, W. G., Honours in Metallurgical Laboratory Work and 

Burr, Godfrey E., Honours in Electric Lighting and Power Trans- 
mission and Electric Traction. 

Elliott, Percy H., Honours in Physical Chemistry and in Mineral 

Dickenson, J. G., Prize for summer thesis. 

Gray, J. Seton, British Association Medal and Prize; Honours in 
Thermodynamics. Prize for summer thesis. 

Lamb, Henry M., British Association Medal and Prize; Honours in 
Practical Astronomy, Designing, Geodesy, Hydraulics, Railway 
Engineering, and Theory of Structures; British Association 
Prize of $25.00. 

Lathe, Frank E., British Association Medal and Prize; Honours in 
Metallurgical Design, Metallurgical Fieldwork, Metallurgical 
Laboratory, Ore Dressing, Colloquium, and Electro-Metallurgy. 
Prize for summer thesis. 

Macdonald, W. M. B., Prize for summer thesis. 

Munn, D. Walter, Honours in Thermodynamics. 

Patterson, R. H., The Allis-Chalmers Scholarship. 

Riddell, Arthur G., British Association Prize; Honours in Machine 

Sharp, A. Lester, Second Carlyle Prize; Summer Essay Prize. 

Shearer, G. W., British Association Medal; Honours in Alternating 
Currents and Alternating Current Machinery; Electric Light- 
ing and Power Transmission, Electric Traction. 

Strangways, H. F., The Sir William Dawson Fellowship in Mining; 
First Carlyle Prize. Honours in Mining Engineering, Mining 
Machinery, Ore Dressing, Geology and Ore Deposits. 

Wilson, T. A., Honours in Physical Chemistry and in Mineral 

Woodyatt, J. B., Honours in Alternating Current Work and Alter- 
nating Current Machinery and Machine Design. 

Me Bale gt as 

i e 



(In order of Merit.) 

Shorey, Harold E., Montreal, Que. 
Robb, Frederick G., Montreal, Que. 

(In order of Merit.) 

Wilson, Thomas A., Waverley, N.S. 
Elliott, Percy H., Saskatoon, Sask. 
Spafford, Arthur L., Lennoxville, Que. 


Bell, George E., St. Thomas, Ont. } 
Lamb, Henry M., Montreal, Que. § 
Black, Hiram J., Amherst, N. S. 
Miller, Harry B., Montreal, Que. 
Gamble, Clarke W., Victoria, B.C. 
Harrington, Conrad D., Montreal, Que. 

Racey, Perey W., Lennoxville, Que. 

3rown, William Godfrey B., Quebec, Que. 
McCallum, George H., Smith’s Falls, Ont. 
Wilson, William §8., Niagara Falls South, Ont, 
Mathieson, Donald M., St. Mary’s Ont. 
Westland, Clarence R., Wyoming, Ont. 
Beaton, Norman H., St. Catharines, Ont. 
Davis, George H., Gananoque, Ont. ' 
Otty, George N., Hampton, N.B. 
Wheaton, Isaac G., Point Midgic, N.B. 
Hay, Norman K., Ottawa, Ont. 
McDonald, Harold F., Fort Qu’Appelle, Sask, 
Barclay, Malcolm D., Montreal, Que. 



} equal 

Slater, Nicholas J., Ottawa, Ont. 

Shearer, George W., Westmount, Que. 
Woodyatt, James B., Brantford, Ont. 

Brown, 8S. Barton, Ottawa, Ont. 

Griffin, Frank F., Winnipeg, Man. 

Wright, George R., Salisbury, N.B. 

Hargrave, William H., Medicine Hat, Alta. 
McCuaig, Stuart J., Montreal, Que. 

Hall, Gerald A., Peterboro, Ont. 

Macdonald, Robert R., Hamilton, Ont. 

Engel, Nathan L., Montreal, Que. 

Ross, Douglas G., Toronto, Ont. 

Haskell, Ludlow St. J., Montreal, Que. 
Macdonald, W. Malcolm B., Rammerscales, Scotland. 
Tupper, Frederick M., Westmount, Que. 
Williams, Frederick H., East Sherbrooke, Que. 
Ewens, W. Sydney, Owen Sound, Ont. 

——— Eva —_— ee - - 



Black, Douglas E., Montreal, Que. 
Burr, E. Godfrey, London, Eng. 
Little, Wm. D., Morden, Man. (aegrotat). 


Gray, J. Seton, Edinburgh, Scotland. 
Riddell, Arthur G., Hamilton, Ont. 
Munn, D. Walter, Montreal, Que. 
Foster, Henry S., Montreal Que. 
Whitcomb, Frank O., Smiths Falls, Ont. 
Hall, Norman M., Cornwall, Ont. 

Killam, Lawrence, Yarmouth, N.S. 
Hepburn, Maurice G., Dunmore, Eng. 
Benedict, Elmore M., Brantford, Ont. 


Lathe, Frank E., Lacolle, Que. 
Brown, William G., Montreal, Que. 
Dickson, Wallace, Westmount, Que, 


Strangways, H. F., Montreal, Que. 

Sharp, A, Lester, Summerside, P.E.1. 
Patterson, Raymond H., Melbourne, Aust. 
Haughton, Harold M. S., Kingston, Jamaica. 
Macaulay, Rupert M., Scotstown, Que. 
Drummond, George D., Midland, Ont, 
Dickenson, J. G., New York City, N.Y, 


(In alphabetical order.) 

Guillet, George L.—First Mathematical Entrance Prize; First Prize 
for general proficiency (Dept. of Mechanical Engineering). 
Herbert, W. H.—Second Mathematical Entrance Prize; First Prize 
for general Proficiency (Dept. of Electrical Engineering). 

Kerr, Archibald.—First McCarthy Fieldwork Prize. 

Kingston, Lawrence B.—Second Prize for general proficiency (Dept. 
of Civil Engineering). 

Parham, John B.—Third Prize in Mathematics. 

Read, Herbert W.—First Prize for general proficiency (Dept of 
Civil Engineering). 

Ruttan, Francis N.—First Prize for general proficiency (Department 
of Architecture). 

Sproule, Gordon, St. G—Second McCarthy Fieldwork Prize. 

(In order of merit.) 
Ruttan, F. N., Winnipeg, Man. 

Wood, Alexander C., Westmount, Que. 
Mayers, F. L. S., Margate, Hastings, Barbados. 


Dawson, V. E., Ottawa, Ont, 
Nicolls, J. H. H., Montreal, Que. 
Mohan, R. T., Brockville, Ont. 
Hayes, A. O., Granby, Que. 

Smith, R. R., Montreal, Que. 
Merrill, A. J., Montreal, Que. 
*Mackay, R. M., New Glasgow, N.S. 


Read, Herbert W., Sackville, N.B. 
Kingston, Lawrence B., Ottawa, Ont. 
Bates, Harry E., Mystic, Conn. 
Copp, Walter P., Sackville, N.B. 
Lighthall, Abram, Vankleek Hill, Ont. 
Baird, J. B., St. John’s, Nfld. 
Finlayson, J. N., Merigomish, N.S, \ 
*Holloway, BE. S., Montreal, Que. 
Layton, Shirley T., New Glasgow, N.S. 
Stitt, Ormond N., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Wmmerson, Robert H., Moncton, N.B. 
*Montague, T, M., Galt, Ont, 
*Mather, W. A., Kenora, Ont. 
*Bradshaw, Walter E., Moncton, N.B. 
Graham, J. R., Ottawa, Ont. 
Bell, V. H., Kingston, Jamaica. 
*Pitts, G. McL., Ottawa, Ont. 
*D’Aeth, J. B., Kingston, Jamaica. 
*Ballantyne, T. B., Galt, Ont. 
*Christie, H. R. M., Ashcroft, B.C. 
*Rorbes, J. H., Montreal, Que. 
*Davis, F. M., Windsor, Ont. 
*Cameron, Evan G., London, Ont. 
*Fakins, T. M., Toronto, Ont. 
*Harris, H. W., Kingston, Jamaica. 
*Melhuish, Paul, East Sheen, Surrey, England. 


Herbert, W. H., Ottawa, Ont. 
Vipond, W. S., Montreal, Que. 
Perry, K. M., Regina, Sask. 
Parham, J. B., Outremont, Que. 
*Whyte, H. B., Ottawa, Ont. 

*Hodge, C. A., Birchton, Que. 

*Dowell, Harry L., Londonderry, N.S. 
Spencer, W. H., Montreal, Que. 
*Shanks, Albert, Howick, Que. 

*HIood, Harry C., Kingston, Surrey, Eng. 
*Morrin, A. D., Lachute, Que. 
*Raphael, G. S., Ottawa, Ont. 

*Ross, Donald, Edmonton, Alta. 
*Pease, BE. R., Montreal, Que. 

Guillet, G. L., Cobourg, Ont. 

Bristol, C. F., Vancouver, B.C. 
Davies, H. C., Hull, Que. 

*To take supplemental Examinations, 






Cameron, J. S., Stellarton, N.S. 
7Killam, George, Yarmouth, N.S. 
Whitton, C. F., Hamilton, Ont. 
7Callaghan, J. C. Hamilton, Ont. 
*Turnbull, K., Montreal, Que. 

*Moore, W. J., Hyde Park, Vermont. 
*Winslow, E. S., Stratford, Ont. 


Saunders. C. W. M., Kingston, Jamaica. 


Carmichael H. G., Montreal, Que. 

Dick, W. J., Nanaimo, B.C. equal 
*Sproule, G. St. G., Montreal, Que. 
*Campbell, E. E., Belmont, P.E.I. 

Ross, C. M., Ottawa, Ont. 

*Montgomery, E. G., New Richmond, Que. 
*Paré, Alphonse H., White Horse, Yukon. 
*Brennan, C. V., Summerside, P.E.I. 
*Drysdale, C. W., Montreal, Que. 

*Kemp, J. C., London, S. W., England. 
*Carruthers, K. B., Kingston, Ont. 
*Harding, W. K., Derby Line, Vt. 

RAILWAYS (Theory and Practice). 

Brooks, C. E., Grafton, Ont. 
*Pratt, A. C. Ottawa, Ont. 
*McGuire, G. A., Montreal, Que. 
Irwin, R. H., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Martin, G. E., Moncton, N.B. 
*Estey, J. R. P., St. John, N.B. 


(In alphabetical order.) 

Campbell, Wm. B.—Scott Exhibition; First Prize for general pro- 
ficiency, Chemistry Course. 

Dennis, W. M.—Scott Prize of $25.00; Prize for General Proficiency. 

Dowswell, Harry R.—Andrew T. Taylor Exhibition of $70.00. 

Dwight, Herbert P.—Prize for general Proficiency. 

Farnsworth, Charles A.—Second Prize for general proficiency. 

Fox, Charles H.—Prize for general prcficiency,. 

Kearney, Graham.—First Prize for general proficiency. 

Kennedy, W. Alan.—Prize for general proficiency. 

Saliman, Robert T, H.—Prize for general proficiency. 


(In order of merit.) 

*Irwin, J. W., Montreal, Que. 
Fetherstonhaugh, H. L., Montreal, Que. 
*Dowswell, H. R.,Dutton, Ont. 

*To take supplemental Examinations. 
*#To take Mechanical Drawing, Summer School. 

max > Bey ~— j te» . ae Nt a . ~_ « at t - < 
RS A Re aoe eee) Wes ne RAD Poe 



Campbell, W. B., Brockville, Ont. _ 
*Cheesbrough, A. G., Westmount, Que. 
h *Baillie, A. F., Montreal, Que. 


Kearney, G., Renfrew, Ont. 
Farnsworth, C. A., Sawyerville, Que. 
Dwight, H. B., Picton, Ont. 

Fox, C. H., Winnipeg, Man. 

Dennis, W. M., O’Leary, P.E.I. 
Kennedy, W. A., Owen Sound, Ont. | 
Sailman, R. T. H., Malvern, Jamaica. Jf 

Lie | Coulin, L. A:, Montreal, Que. 

— McLean, D. L., Ottawa, Ont. 

Dickieson, A. L., Ottawa, Ont. 

Ford, W. 8., Winnipeg, Man. 
McKinnon, K. R., New Glasgow, N.S. 
Stewart, R. B., Strath Gartney, P.E.I. 

Gibb, R. J., Caesar’s Camp, Wimbledon, Eng. 

Stewart, L., Summerside, P.E.I. 
Lindsay, A. M., Invercargill, New Zealand. 
Menzies, J. W., Ottawa, Ont. 
Smith, G. W., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Johnston, H. S., Gananoque, Ont. 
*Hague, O. C. F., Montreal, Que. 
Nairn, J. S., Truro, N.S. 
*VMcNaughton, A. G., Moosomin, Sask. 
Ker, F. I., Montreal, Que. 
Stansfield, M., Whalley, in Blackburn, Eng. 
Soper, A. J., Brockville, Ont. 
Price, T. E., Vancouver, B.C. 
Robertson, W. S., Westmount, Que. 
1 *Powell, W. H., Little Harbor, N.S. 
*Grove, H. S., London, S. W., England. 
*VYulll- H.-H. Truro, N.S. 
Williamson, W. R., Owen Sound, Ont. 
i *Black, M. W., Windsor, N.S. 
*Bambrick, H., Cranbrook, B.C. 
*Morison, H. G., Ormstown, Que. 
*Stackhouse, C. W., Moncton, N.B. 
*Mooney, H. V., Stardale, Ont. 
*Goode, J. D., Westmount, Que. 
*Sutherland, L. H. D., Montreal, Que. 
*Wilson, A., Montreal, Que, 
*Burbidge, G. H., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Cantley, C. L., New Glasgow, N.S. 
*Fraser, A. N., Coaticook, Que. 
*Gall, D. M., Lachute, Que. 
*Poissant, O. E., Montreal, Que. 
*Landry, W. A., Dorchester, N.B. 
*Hiudson, G. N., Montreal, Que. 
*Boyd, G. M., Bobcaygeon, Ont. 
*Winslow, R. H., Fredericton, N.B. 
*TLumsden, H. A., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Macdougall, J. C., Montreal, Que. 

OY ee ae 

a tt, 


mare tae 


f *To take Supplemental Examinations. 



Rte). OT TR RS ey Aes Pe ee Et, ROM ee See ES 



(In alphabetical order.) 

Archibald, Max S, E.—First Fleet Prize (Shopwork). 

Cowles, Eugene, P.—Prize for general proficiency. 

Dennis, T. Clinton.—Second Fleet Prize (Shopwork). 
Dowie, Kenneth W.—Prize for general proficiency. 

Fowler, Frank §.—Prize for general proficiency. 

Harris, Norman C.—First Prize for general proficiency. 
McHenry, Morris J.—Second Prize for general proficiency. . 

(In order of merit.) 

*Paine, A, J. C., Lower Cove, Nfld, 
*Kingston, John L., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Payne, S. C., Ottawa, Ont. 


Harris, Norman C., Sandringham, Australia. 
McHenry, Morris J., Toronto Junction, Ont. 
Fowler, Frank S., Winnipeg, Man. 

Dowie, Kenneth W., Lachine, Que. 

Cowles, Hugene P., Montreal, Que. 

Dennis, T, Clinton, O’Leary Station, P.BE.1. 
Gilchrist, T. Ernest, Hintonburg, Ont. 
McLeod, Allan C. G., Montreal, Que. 

Brown, O. N., Newcastle, N.B. 

Needham, Robert J., London, Ont. 

Sproule, Stanley M., Montreal, Que. 
Daubney, J. E., Ottawa, Ont. 

Magrath, C. Bolton, Lethbridge, Alta. 
Cowley, A. Tom., Winnipeg, Man. 

Cox, John R., Montreal, Que, 

Kohl, George H., Montreal, Que, | 
MacLean, Calvin S., St. John, N.B, f dual 
Ewart. Carl, Gretna, Man. 

Cole, F. Thornton, Montreal, Que. 

Dakin, Fred. W., Westmount, Que. 
Narraway, Athos M., Ottawa, Ont. 

Cloran, J. Harry, Westmount, Que. 
Fregeau, John H., Three Rivers, Que. 
*Duguid, A. Fortescue, Aberdeen, Scot. 
Clark, A. W. G., Valleyfield, Que. 

Daubney, C. B., Ottawa, Ont. 

Echenberg, Abraham D., Sherbrooke, Que. 
Ryley, A. St. C., Ottawa Ont., 

*Von Pozer, Charles H.. Aubert, Gallion, Que. 
*McNab, Lewis G., Montreal, Que. 
Wyman, John K., Rockland, Ont. 
*McDiarmid, Arch. A., Covey Hill, Que. 
*Timberlake, John N., Gananoque, Ont, 
Kelly, William L., Halifax, N.S. 

i equal 

\ equal 

*To take supplemental Examinations, 




Dawes, A. S., Montreal, Que. 
Beagley, Thomas G., Montreal, Que. 
*Vroom, Harold H., St. Stephen, N.B. 
a *Strong, Horace R. F., Cambria, Que. 
*Jackson, Donald A., Montreal, Que. 
Stuart, A. G., Buckingham, Que. 
Mi *Pope, Maurice A., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Hanson, Charles §., Montreal, Que, 
*Archibald, Max S. E., Truro, N.S. 
*Callander, Delmer W., Guelph, Ont. 
*Elkins, Robert H. B., East Orange, N.J, ) a 
*Robertson, Edgar D., Ottawa, Ont, J —— 
*Macdonald, J. H., Claresholm, Alta, 
*White, Marven, Wheatley, Ont. 
*Hollinsed, Richard E. L., Barbados, B.W.1. 
*Reid, Archibald C., Winnipeg, Man. 
*Fraser, Robert J., Ottawa, Ont, 

Sa | *Young, W. L., Millsville, N.S. Se 
fe ue “Burland, George L., Ottawa, Ont. ¢ ©dual 
nye | *Donald, Edward D., Westmount, Que.) ___., 
*Simpson, A. C., Montreal, Que. ; equal 

*Reid, R. H., Sault Ste. Marie, Ont, 
*Vinet, J. H. Eugene, Montreal, Que. 
*Nares, Basil L., Winnipeg, Man. 
*Little, Harold R., London, Ont, 
*Young, A. A., Selkirk, Man. | 
*Gemmill. Herbert S., Ottawa, Ont. f equal 
*Derrom, Donald L., Montreal, Que, 
Bennet, G. Arthur, New Glasgow, Que. 
Penney, Edgar, Carbonnear, Nfld. 
. Rutherford, John R., Pictou, N.S. 
Scott, Oswald H., Toronto, Ont. 
*Mackay, Edward, Montreal, Que. 
*Gardiner, Samuel N., Chatham, Ont. 


iy Fourth Year.—Class I.—None. Class II.—None. Class III.—Robb, 
; Shorey. 
y Third Year.—Class I.—Wood, Ruttan, Mayers, Class II.—None. 
} Second Year.—Class JI.—Irwin, Dowswell. Olass IJ.—Harthan, 
{ : Fetherstonhaugh. 
, oe 
| 4 . 



Fourth Year.—Class I.—None. Class II.—Shorey. COlass IITI.—Robb. 
Third Year.—Class I—Wood, Ruttan, Mayers. Olass II.—None. Olass 

Second Year.—Class I.—Irwin, Dowswell. Class IJ.—Harthan, Fether- 

a A NP 

P stonhaugh, 



R i} ; Fourth Year.—Class I.—None. Class II.—Shorey, Class III.—Robb. 
‘ *To take Supplemental Examinations. 





rr oo a 
i ——— ww 

PSR TAY Oy Pe ee eee Ow OS EY A Te oe ee a Se 
wn b, a n> 


First Year.—Class I.—Paine, (A.S.C.), Payne, Kingston. Olass IIL.— 
Stuart, Blanchard. 

fourth Year.—Class I—Robb. Class I I.—Shorey. 
Third Year.—Class I.—Wood, Ruttan, Mayers, 


fourth Year.—Class I—None. Class IT. Shorey. Class ITl—Robb, 
Third Year.—Class I.—wWw ood, Ruttan, Mayers, COlass J] .—None., 
Class IIT.—None. 

Second Year.—Class I.—Irwin, Dowswell, Class II.—Harthan, 


Third Year.—Class I.—Wood, Ruttan, Mayers, 
Second Year.—Class I.—Irwin. Class I7.—Fetherstonhaugh, Dowswell. 


Second Year.—Class I.—Irwin. Class IT.—Fetherstonhaugh, Dowswell 

Third Year.—Olass I.—Sproule and Yuill, equal. Olass II.—Kemp, 
Paré; Campbell and Ross, equal: Dick, Carruthers; Carmichael 

and Montgomery, equal. Class III.—Porter, Harding, Saunders, 


Second Year.—Class I.—Irwin, Dowswell. Class IT,—¥etherstonhaugh. 
Class IIIT,—Harthan. 


fourth Year.—Class I.—Griffin and Macdonald (W. M. B.), equal; 
Shearer, Woodyatt. Olass I7.—Black and Macdonald hE 

equal; Haskell and Ross, equal: Brown and Hargrave, equal; 
Burr. Class II1J.—Engel, Hall, Williams, 


Second Year.— Class I.—Johnston; Dwight and Kearney, equal; 
Farnsworth and Ford, equal; Coulin and Kennedy (W. A.), 
equal; Dennis and McLean, equal. Class IJ.—Lindsay; Fox 
and Smith, equal; Stewart (R. B.), Ker, Menzies, Stewart (L.); 
Hague and McKinnon and Sailman, equal; Edwards; Bur- 
bidge and Russell, equal; Gibb and Soper, equal; Bambrick 
and Grove, equal; Cantley and Dickieson, equal. Olass JII.— 
Stansfield; McNaughton and Morison and Nairn, equal; 
Goode and Maver, equal; Williamson; Day and Sutherland, 
equal; Black and Robertson, equal; Bregent and Halliday, 
equal; Fraser; Cook and Hudson and Townshend, equal: 
Gall and McDougall, equal; Manny and Stackhouse, equal; 
Boyd and Poissant and Winslow, equal: LaForest and Slings- 
by and Wilson, equal; Porter, Vessot, Buttenshaw, Lumsden. 

Se ee ee ee 

a eS Cee oe 

a ee et ee oe Se i 


aril as I | ys Ct Frain 



a ee ee 

ay, t/a 

Se Ste ey 

m= a 2 = 
a eg =— 



Second Year.—Class J.—None. Class II.—Campbell, Cheesbrough. 
Class I1I.—Descarries, Baillie. Passed unclassed.—Letourneau. 


Third Year.—Class I.—None. Class I[.—Mohan, Nicolls, Smith. Class 
III.—Dawson and Saunders, equal; Hayes and Merrill, equal. 


Fourth Year.—Class I.—Dickson. Class II.—None. Class III.—None. 

Fourth Year.—Class I.—Elliott, Wilson. Olass JI.—None. Class 


Fourth Year—Class I.—Strangways, Haughton, Patterson. Olass 
II.—Sharp; Dickenson and Drummond, equal; Macaulay. Class 


Third Year—Class J.—Mohan. Class II.—Nicolls. Class III.— 
Smith, Hayes; Dawson and Merrill, equal, 


Fourth Year.—Class I.—Wilson, Elliott. Class II.—Spafford. Class 

kKourth Year.—Class I—None. Class [[.—Wilson, Elliott. Class IJI.— 
Fourth Year.—Class I.—Elliott, Wilson. Class II.—Spafford. Class 


Third Year.—Class 1I.—Mohan. Class II.—Nicolls; MacKay and 
Smith, equal; Hayes and Dawson, equal; Merrill. Olass III.— 


third Year.—(Architectural Course).—Class I—Wood, Ruttan, Mayers. 
Olass 1I.—None. Class III.—None. 

Third Year.—(Civil Engineering) —Class I.—Bates, Copp, Read. Class 
II.—Bmmerson, Kingston; Baird and Holloway and Layton and 
Pitts, equal; Bradshaw, Lighthall, Finlayson, Ballantyne. Olass 
TJI].—Mather and Stitt, equal; Bell, D’Aeth; Kerr and Melhuish, 
equal; Davis and Manny, equal; Harris; Baylis and Montague, 
equal; Christie; Hakins and Forbes, equal; Cameron and Gra- 
ham, equal. 

First Year.—<(Civil Engineering).)—Class I.—Brown and Carr and 
Cowles and Cowley and Dakin and Dennis and Dowie and Du- 
euid and Echenberg and Fowler and Harris and McNab and 

3 , " vie " : ~ 14 © ps ss TI Rte Rye WF 7 
Fe, =" ter, eM oe ee ee ee weil) ° OR ad Ss we Oo. © ae. er 


Magrath and Narraway and Paine and Ryley and Simpson and 
Sproule and Strong and Stuart, (A. G.) and Young, (W. L.), 
equal; Vinet and White, (M.), equal; Clark and Fregeau and 
Kingston and MacLean and Vroom, equal; Ayer and Cole and 
Cox and Daubney, (J. E.) and Henry and Kohl and MacDiarmid 
and McHenry and McLeod and Needham and Pope, equal; Clo- 
ran and Donald and Ewart and Tremblay and Von Pozer, equal; 
Stark; Hanson and Robertson, equal; Derrom and Reid, (R. H.), 
equal. Class I/.—Archibald and Burland and Daubney, (C. B.) 
and Head and Riendeau and Timberlake equal; Callander 
and Dawes and Elkins and Gilchrist and Kelly 
and Leggett, equal; Beagley and Jackson and Mac- 
Donald and Macrae and Reid (A. CC.) and Young 
(A. A.), equal; Biggar and Fox and Little and Scott, 
equal; Alford; Bisson and Garthshore and Wyman, equal. 
Class I[II.—Fraser and Gemmill and Goodstone and WNares 
and Payne, equal; Millican and Stevenson, equal; Macfarlane; 
Halliday and Hollinsed and Stuart, (C. G.), equal; Skelton; 
Cairns and Gladman and Haultain and Jones and Mackintosh 
and Sclater and White, (J. A. G.), equal; Passed.—Bennett and 
Penney and Rutherford, equal. 


Fourth Year.—(Civil Engineering Course).—Class I.—Bell, Lamb, Mil- 
ler, Class II—Gamble and McCallum, equal; Black and Otty 
and Racey, equal; Brown, (W. G. B.), Wilson, Harrington; Hay 
and Mathieson, equal; Wheaton. Olass III.—Beaton and Mc- 
Donald, (H. F.), equal; Canfield, Howe, Macklem, Davis, West- 
land, Pickard, Barclay. 

fourth Year—(Mechanical Engineering Course.)—Class I—None. 
Class II.—Gray, Riddell: Foster and Killam, equal; Munn, 
Class III.—Hall, Whitcomb; Benedict and Norton, equal; Max- 
well, Hepburn. 

Fourth Year.—( Mining Engineering Course).—Class  I.,—Lathe, 
Strangways. Class IJ.—Brown, Macaulay, Dickson, Sharp, Pat- 
terson, Drummond, Haughton. Class III.—Dickenson. 


Fourth Year—(Mechanical Engineering Course).—Class I.—None. 
Class II,—¥Foster, Killam, Hall, Riddell, Munn, Gray, Whitcomb, 
Hepburn. COlass III.—Benedict, Maxwell. 

Third Year—(Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Courses).—Olass 
I.—Guillet, Herbert, Cameron, Vipond, Killam, Parham. Olass 
«I.—Shanks, Turnbull, Whitton, Davies, Perry, Bristol. Class 
I1I.—Hodge and Seely and Spencer, equal; Ross; Morrin and 
Dowell, equal; Cowan and Robertson and Winslow, equal; Hood, 

Callaghan, Whyte; Lundy and Moore, equal; Pease and Ra- 
phael, equal. 


Third Year.—(Transportation Course).—Olass I.—None. Class I1.— 
Brooks. Class I[JI.—McGuire, Irwin, Pratt, Estey, Martin. 


Fourth Year.—Class I.—Shearer, Woodyatt. Class II.—Black and 
Burr, equal; Brown. Class JII.—Griffin and Ross, equal; 
Hargrave, Wright; Hall and McCuaig, equal; Engel and Mac- 
donald (R. R.), equal; Haskell and Macdonald CW. M. B.), 
equal; Ewens and Tupper, equal. 


or ee ee 

RE pe Airman ome ean genset EA tt A ae 

Py Pecan tle 8 2 9 mre 


abt Fourth Year.—Class I.—Brown and Black, equal; Burr; Hall and 

t 4,8 Woodyatt, equal. Class [/.—Griffin and Macdonald (R. R.), 

equal; Haskell and Shearer and Hargrave, equal; Ross and 

ine Wright and Williams, equal. Class III.—Tupper and Engel 

bt and McCuaig and Macdonald (W. M. B.), equal; Batchelder 
and Dibblee and McWilliam and Ewens, equal. 


Third Year.—(Cilectrical COourse).—Class J.—Herbert, Whyte, Class 
II.—Perry; Morrin and Vipond, equal; Hodge; Hood and 
Parham and Dowell, equal. Class III.—Shanks, Archibald, 

j | Lundy, Ross, Spencer, Pease, Raphael. 

yea i (Mechanical Course).—Class I.—None. Olass JJ.—Guillet, Bristol, Turn- 

Bc: i bull. COlass I[J.—Whitton, Davies, Killam, Crocker, Robertson, 

‘en Raf Winslow, Cowan, Cameron, Callaghan, Moore, Zimmerman, 

Barclay, Murphy. 


Third Year.— (Electrical Course).—Class I.—Herbert, Vipond. Class 
II.—Perry, Morrin, Hodge, Raphael, Parham, Hood, Dowell. 
Class III.—Whyte, Shanks, Pease, Spencer, Lundy, Ross, Archi- 
bald, Slavin. 

(Mechanical Course).—Class I.—Guillet, Turnbull, Bristol. Class I1.— 
Davies, Cowan, Cameron, Robertson. Class III.—Crocker, 


1 Whitton, Winslow, Murphy, Moore, Callaghan, Killam, Cutten, 
Mackay, Zimmerman. 
(In Alphabetical Order.) 
ih q Fourth Year.—Batchelder, Black, Brown, Burr, Dibblee, Engel, Ewens, 

Griffin, Hall, Hargrave, Haskell, Little, McCuaig, MacDonald 
(R. R.), Macdonald (W. M. B.), McWilliam, Ross, Shearer, Tup- 
per, Woodyatt, Wright. 


Fourth Year—Class I.—Shearer, Burr, Black. Class [/.—Woodyatt, 
Macdonald (R. R.), Brown, Little; Engel and McCuaig, equal. 
Class III.—Hall, Wright, Hargrave, Griffin, Haskell; Ewens and 
Tupper, equal; Dibblee, Macdonald (W. B. M.); Williams and 
Ross, equal, 



ae lh ae eee ee SSS oe 

wy set 


Third Year.—Class I.—Herbert and Hodge, equal; Briegel and Vipond, 
equal; Perry; Scott and Dowell, equal; Shanks and Parham, 
equal; Spencer and Seely and Ross, equal. Class I1.—Hood, 
Whyte, Morrin; Pease and Raphael, equal; Archibald. Class 
Ti1.—Lundy, Ayer; Black and Paulsen, equal. 

ee eel 

Se ee See 


ah Se eet Oe > = = 

Third Year.—Class I.—Black, Vipond; Herbert and Whyte, equal. 
Class II.—Morrin, Dowell, Perry, Parham. Class IJJ.—Hodge 
and Shanks and Spencer, equal; Hood and Slavin, equal; 
Archibald, Scott, Seely; Lundy and Pease, equal; Raphael. 

7 béwez 

SE eS 

ee een 

Ss a. SE ales VE oe ee ‘ Oe ae eA) PG ae ee) Wt Mn ee ae Oe ee ete ee 


First Year.—Class I.—None. Class IJ.—Paine. Class iJI.—Kingston, 


0 ae See ee ee 

Third Year.—(Architectural Course).—Class IJ.—Wood, Ruttan. Class 
IT.—Mayers. Class Ifi,--None. 

Second Year.—( Architectural Course).—Class I.—Harthan, Irwin, Class 
ii1.—¥etherstonhaugh, Dowswell. 

First Year.—(Architectural Course).—Class I.—Stuart. Class IJ.—Paine, 
Payne, Kingston, Guerin. Class /i/.—Blanchard., 


(In alphabetical order.) | | 

first Year.—Altord, Archibald, Armstrong, Ayer, Barlow, Beagley, | 
Bennet, Biggar, Bisson, Brown, Burland, Cairns, Callander, 
Cardinal, Carr, Carroll, Clark, Cloran, Cole, Cowles, Cowley, Cox, 
Crockett, Dakin, Daubney (C. B.), Daubney (J. E.), Daw, ) 
Dawes, Dennis, Derrom, Dobson, Donald, Dowie, Duguid, 4 
Echenberg, Elkins, Ewart, Fitzpatrick, Fowler, Fox, Fraser, | 
Fregeau, Gall, Gartshore, Gemmill, Gilchrist, Gladman, Good- 
stone, Halliday, Hanson, Harris, Haultain, Head, Henry, Hollin- 
sed, Jackson, Jones, Kelly, Kohl, Leggett, Legris, Little, McCam- 
mon, MacDiarmid, Macdonald, Macfarlane, McHenry, Mac- ) 
intosh, MacLean, McLeod, McNab, Macrae, Magrath, Martin, 
Mather, ‘Millican, Munro, Nares, Narraway, Needham, 
O’Keefe, Pearce, Penny, Pinsler, Pope, Powis, Reid (A. C.), 
Reid (R. H.), Riendeau, Robertson, Rutherford, Ryley, | 
Sclater, Scott, Seath, Simpson, Skelton, Sproule, Stark, Steven- 
son, Strong, Stuart, Timberlake, Tremblay, Turnbull, Vinet, Von | 
Pozer, Vroom, White (J. A.), White (M.), Wyman, Young 
(A. A.), Young (W. L.). 


Class i.—Martin,. Brooks, Class /i/.—Pratt; Estey and McGuire, 
equal; Irwin. Class /1/.—None. 


First Year—(Architectural Course).—Class I.—None. Olass II.— 
9 None. Class 111,—Paine, Kingston. 


Third Year.—(Chemistry Course).—UClass I.—Dawson. Olass II.— 
Hayes, Nicholls; Merrill and Smith, equal Olass IIl.— 
Mohan, Mackay. 

ee Se 


Fourth Year.—Class I1.—Lamb, Bell. Class J/,—Harrington, Gamble, 
Beat Beaton, Westland. Olass I/1.—Davis, Racey, Black, Wheaton, 
Morrow, Miller, Hay, Wilson, Otty; Barclay and Brown (L. 
QO.) and Brown (W. G. B.) and Canfield and Howe and Mack- 
lem and Mathieson and McDonald and McCallum and Pickard, 

Renn tht Ra i, ft Sh 



Fourth Year—Class /—Bell, Lamb, Gamble. COlass IJ.—Davis and 
Harrington, equal; Hay, Miller; Seaton and Miacklem and 
Mathieson, equal; McCallum; Brown (W, G. B.) and Racey, 
equal; Black; Howe and Morrow, equal; Barclay, Wheaton, 

bit Otty. Class III].—Pickard and Wilson, equal; Canfield, McDon- 

ald, Brown (lL. O.), Westland. 


Fourth Year.—Class I—lLamb, Bell. Ciass IJ —Gamble and McCallum 
equal; Brown (W. G. B.) and Miller, equal; Otty; Morrow and 
Pickard and Westland and Wilson, equal; Hay, Howe; 

‘ Mathieson and Racey, equal: Harrington. Olass III.—Davis 
ie | and McDonald, equal; Wheaton; Barclay and Beaton antl 
Sh PI Black and Canfield, equal; Brown (LL. O.), Macklem. 


Third Year —Class !.—I\ingston and Bates, equal; Carmichael, Read, 
ae Brennan; Dawson and Sproule, equal. Class IJ —Drysdale; Mon- 
Tah tague and Mohan and Merrill, equal; Finlayson and Layton and 
ik Holloway, equal; Phillips and Nicholls and Smith, equal; 
§ Baird and Forbes, equal; Graham and Montgomery, equal; 
a Hayes and Dick and Younger, equal; Ballantyne and Pitts, 
| equal; Saunders and Davis, (F. M.) and Lighthall, equal; 
Emmerson and Bradshaw and D’Aeth and Carruthers and Bell 
b and Mather, equal; Copp and Stitt, equal; Ross and Mackay 
and Cameron, equal; Baylis; Campbell and Christie and Paré and 
Eakins, equal. Class IJ].—Kerr and Allan, equal; Harding; 
Harris and Goodchild, equal; Scovil, Gilmour, Melhuish, Ryan. 



Fourth Year.— (Mining).—Class I.—Strangways, Patterson. Class II.— 

— 7 ese 

4 Macaulay, Haughton, Sharp, Phillips. Class JIJJ.—Drummond, 


Third Year.—(CCiwil and Transportation).—Class J.—Lighthall, Read; 
Bentley and Copp, equal; Kingston. Class J]/].—Layton, Brad- 
shaw; Ballantyne and Holloway, equal; Bates, Brooks; Cam- 

mY eron and Grahame (J. HR.) and Martin, equal; Baird, D’Aeth, 
i Eakins, Christie. Class I7]I.—Montague, Pitts; McGuire and 
» Stitt, equal; Bell; Emmerson and Secovil, equal; Allan and 

i) Estey and Finlayson and Irwin and Mather and Pratt, equal; 
Kerr, Forbes, Melhuish; Davis (F. M.) and Goodchild, equal. 
(Electrical, Mechanical and Mining Course).—Class I.—Perry, Herbert; 
Sproule and Guillet, equal; Whyte, Killam, Kemp. Class II.— 
Vipond, Bristol, Pease; Brennan and Shanks and Turnbull, 
equal; Dowell, Davies (H. C.), Russell; Campbell and Paré 
if and Whitton, equal; Callaghan; Hood and Seely, equal; Dick. 
| Class III.—Dickson and Montgomery, equal; Cameron and 
rE Moore, equal; Harding and Hodge, equal; Crocker (C. M.), Ross, 
Spencer, Parham, Carruthers, Lundy, Carmichael, Drysdale; 

eee aa Ce re 

So ene ee nS A en 

an hf Cutten and MacKay and Ross and Winslow and Zimmerman, 
i ki equal, 
of Fl i ; 
it 1) Fourth Year.—Class I.—None. Class I].—Robb, Shorey. Class III.— 
i | None. : 
Ly Third Year.—Class I.—None. Class IJ.—Wood, Mayers. Olass III.— 
yet Ruttan. 
i| if 
it El 
in he 
{i 1 
Ab | 

jar. et ee a A> J Se i a eB) ee eS ee ee OP ee Pe Ag dy au 


te pe age el 



15 ty 








Fourth Year.—(Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Courses).—Class I.—Bell, | 
Lamb: Black and Gray and Wright, equal. Class JJ.—Munn, ti 
Hall (N. M.), Whitcomsb;) Hepburn and Riddell, equal; Killam vi 
and Racey, equal; Foster; Brown (W. G. B.) and Gamble and 
Harrington, equal. Class [/1.—Macklem, Davis; McCuaig (S.) 
and Mathieson, equal; Beaton and Miller, equal; Maxwell and 
Westland, equal; McCallum and Wheaton and Wilson, equal; 
McWilliam, Barclay (M.D.), Benedict; Ewens and McDonald 
(H, F.), equal; Howe, Batchelder; Hay and Otty, equal; Can- 
field and Tupper, equal. 

(Electrical Option).—Class I.—Woodyatt, Shearer. Class I/.—Griffin, 
Brown (S. B.) and Hall (G. R.) and Hargrave, equal. Olass 
Ti?.—Williams, Engel, Macdonald (R. R.); Burr and Ross, 
(D. G.), equal; Haskell, Macdonald (W. M. B.). ry 

(Mining Option).—Class I—None. Class [].—Strangways. Class III.— 
Drummond, Patterson, Haughton; Sharp and Macaulay, equal; 

o- oe ae 
= ee = 


Fourth Year.—Chemical Laboratories.—(Chemical Course).—Class I.— 
Wilson, Elliott, Spafford. Class IJ—None, Class IIT.—None. ) 

Fourth Year—(Cetallurgy Course). —Class I— Dickson. Class II.— 
None. Class I[1I.—None. 

(Mining Course).—Class I.—Patterson, Haughton, Class I1.—Dick- | 
enson and Drummond and Macaulay, equal; Sharp and Strang- 
ways, equal. Class I[1I[.—None. 

Third Year.—(Chemistry Course). —Class I.—Nicolls. Class IJ.—Hayes 

Mohan, Smith, Merrill, Dawson. Class I//.—MacKay. (Metal- 
lurgy Course).—Class I.—Werner. Olass I[J.—None. Class III.— 
None. (Mining Course).—Class I.—Sproule; Carmichael and 
Dick, equal. Class II —Kemp and Montgomery, equal; Drysdale 
ond Gilmour, equal; Brennan and Campbell, equal; Paré, Hard- 
ing. Olass III].—Ross, Carruthers, 

Second Year.—(Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Courses).—Class I.— 

McLean: Johnston and Soper, equal; Farnsworth and Fraser, 
equal; ‘Smith and Dwight and Mooney and Stewart (l..), equal; . 
Hudson and Nairn, equal; Coulin and Grove and Kennedy CW. % 
A.) and Cantley and Fox and Kearney and McKinnon, equal; 
Dickieson and Hague and Cook and McDougall and Morison, 
‘ equal; Bambrick and LaForest and Lindsay and Poissant 
and Tanner and Stackhouse, equal. Class IJ.—Black and 
McNaughton and Vessot, equal; Ford and Gibb and Ker and 
Landry and Robertson and Maver and Slingsby, equal; Butten- 
shaw and Dennis and Wilson and Porter and Stewart (R. B.) 
and Williamson, equal; Bregent and Gall, equal; Lumsden 
and Russell and Sutherland, equal; Sailman; Meyerstein and 
| Winslow, equal; Day and Goode and Stevenson, equal; Ekers; 
Best and Burbidge and Gooding and Baldwin, equal. Class 
Tll.—Edwards and Graham, (D. F.) and Townshend, equal; 
Stansfield, Menzies; Boyd and Paulsen, equal; Venables, Byrne, 

Necond  Year—(Chemistry Course )—Class  I.—Baillie, _Campbell, 
| Cheesbrough. Class ii —Descarries. Class II1—None, 
(Qualitative A nalysis, Pract. Chem. Cowrse) —Class I.—Campbell; 
| Cheesbrough and Descarries, equal; Letourneau. Class II.— 

First Year.—Class I.—None. Class IJ.—Paine, Dowswell, Kingston. 
Class IJJ.—Blanchard, Payne. 

ek BN i ls Se ER Se 

ee aT 

se meieeeatl BE Ae ties) Pio Aeneas eo 


SI Ba 

Baillie. Class I11.—None. 

ay ng et ts 


Fourth Year.—(Mechanical Eng. Lab.)\—Class I.—Hargrave and McCuaig 
and Williams, equal. Class J/J].—Engel and Griffin and McWil- 
liams, equal; Hall and Ross (D. G.), equal; Shearer; Macdon- 
Wh ald (R. R.) and Dibblee, equal; Brown (S. B.); Haskell and 
| Wright, equal. Olass IJ].—Woodyatt, Ewens; Macdonald and 
. a Tupper, equal. 

Third Year.—(Mech. Eng. Lab.) Class I.—Bristol, Cameron. 
2 /tass if.—Winslow, Cutten, Davies, Killam, Whitton. Olase 
Hh | {1.—Callaghan, ‘urnbull, Murphy, Robertson, Cowan: Guillet 
ah and Zimmerman, equal; Mackay, 

Wak Fourth Year.—(Metallurgical Lab.)—Class I.—Brown (W. G.) and 
Lathe, equal; Dickson. 

Third Year.—Class II—Werner. Class III.—Saunders. 

wt Fourth Year.—(Ore-Dressing Lab.)\—COlass I.—Patterson. Olass 
Wy f1.—Wickenson, Strangways, Haughton, Drummond, Miacaulay, 
a Sharp. 

Second Year.—(Physical Lab.).—Farnsworth and Fox and Kearney, 
equal; Dickieson and Dwight, equal; Johnston and Menzies and 
Price and Stewart, equal: Kennedy, (W. A.) and Lindsay and 

Bf Sailman and McNaughton, equal; Dennis and Smith, equal; 

BE] Ford and Mooney, equal; Campbell and McKinnon and Robert- 

son and Stackhouse, equal; Nairn and Yuill, equal; Best and 

y | Burbidge and Hague and Stansfield and Stewart, (R .B.), 

oF equal; Cantley and McLean, equal; Bambrick and Fraser and 

hf . Gall and Hudson and Carr and Rider and Wilson and Baldwin, 
| - equal; Cheesbrough and Ekers and Goode and Lumsden and 

Oe El McLachlin and Townshend equal; Baillie and Black and But- 

: tenshaw and McDougall and Raymond and Winslow, equal: 
Porter; Gibb and Sutherland and Tanner, equal; Boyd and 

Grove and Stevenson and Vessot, equal; Byrne and Day and 

Gooding and Morison, equal; Coulin and Maver and Russell, 

equal; Bregent ang Cook and Slingsby and Williamson and 

Wood, equal; Delgado and Edwards and Landry and Laforest, 

FEES he 

f First Year.—(Physical Lab.).—McHenry, McLeod; Cole and Derrom 
1 and Fox and Needham and Head, equal; Dowie and Fowler 
and Harris and Legris and Wyman, equal; Callander and 
Cowles and Daubney (C. B.) and Hanson and Robertson and 
White (M.), equal; Brown and Archibald and Cairns and Car- 
roll and Cowley and. Dennis and Gartshore and Gladman, equal; 
Beagley and Cox and Dakin and Daubney (J. E.) and Dobson 
and MacDiarmid and Pearce and Turnbull, equal; Clark and 
Cloran and Kohl and Magrath and Munro and Simpson and 
“Kelton and Vinet and Vroom, equal; Armstrong and Ayer 
and Crockett and Fregeau and Little and Mclean and McNab 
and Martin and Millican and Nares and Von Pozer, equal; 
Alford and Cardinal and Donaid and Halliday and Henry, 
equal; Biggar and Duguid and Echenberg and Ewart and Fitz- 
patrick and Gemmill and Haultain and Riendeau and Sproule 
and Strong and Stuart and Timberlake, equal: Daw and Elkins 
and Fraser and Jackson and Kelley and McCammon, equal; 
Bisson; Dawes (A. 8.) and Gall and Gilchrist and Macrae and 
Seott, equal; Ryley; Macdonald and Seath, equal; Macfarlane 
and Pope and Reid, (R.H.) and Stevenson and Young and Nar- 
raway and Burland, equal; Hollinsed and Powis and Sclater 
1 and White, (J. A.) and Williams, (F. G: M.). equal; Mackin- 

tosh; Mather and Pinsler, equal; Brosseau and Reid (A. C.), 
: |, equal. 

= er 


«<* eo" oe. “Ts 




2 i. = = - 
en cay Al 



P anes ean - a 
™ . 

: — gb os 

A tee 

a — sa a ee A ee tne 

ee en ee ee 

: -. " "> F e~ i 
a ee ee ee a a? ke a 7) AAA eT 


Third Year.—(Testing Lab.).—Class /.—Read; Bates and Copp and 
Herbert, equal; Guillet and Perry, equal; Bristol and Cameron 
(J. S.) and Kingston and Vipond, equal; Callaghan and Hollo- 
way and Killam and Stitt and Whyte, equal. Class IT.—Turnbull; 
Carruthers and Drysdale and Emmerson and Grahame and 
Hodge and Kemp and Montague, equal; Davis (F.M.) and Mu- 
lock and Pitts and Ross (C,M.) and Sproule and Whitton, equal; 
Baird and Bell and D’Aeth and Davies (H. C.) and Dowell and 
Finlayson and Harding and Hood and Murphy and Parham and 
Shanks, equal; Ballantyne and Cameron (5. G.) and Crocker 
and Dick and Eakins and Harris and Layton and Pease and 
Saunders and Russell, equal. Class i{J.—Brennan and Camp- 
bell and Carmichael and Cutten and Kerr and Lighthall and 
Mather and Montgomery and Younger, equal; Archibald and 
Bradshaw and Ross (D.) and Thorne and Winslow and Seely, 
equal; Christie and Forbes and Melhuish and Moore and 
Spencer, equal; Baylis and Goodchild and Lundy and Paré 
and Robertson and Slavin and Zimmerman and Briegel, equal; 
Mackay and Scovil, equal. 

Fourth Year.—(Thermodynamie Lab.) —Class I.—None. Class JII.— 
Munn and Riddell, equal: Whitcomb, Gray. Class ITI.—Killam, 
Norton, Foster, Hepburn, Benedict, Hall. 

(In alphabetical order.) 

First Year.—Alford, Archibald, Armstrong, Ayer, Barlow, Beagley, 
Bennet, Biggar, Bisson, Brown, Burland, Cairns, Callander, 
Cardinal, Carr, Carroll, Clark, Cloran, Cole, Cowles, Cowley, 
Cox, Crockett, Dakin, Daubney, (C. B.), Daubney, (J. B.), Daw, 
Dawes, Dennis, Derrom, Dobson, Donald, Dowie, Duguid, Echen- 
berg, Elkins, Ewart, Fitzpatrick, Fowler, Fox, Fraser, Fregeau, 
Gall, Gartshore, Gemmill, Gilchrist. Gladman, Goodstone, Halli- 
day, Hanson, Harris, Haultain, Henry, Hollinshed, Jackson, 
Jones, Kelly, Kohl, Legris, Little, McCammon, McDiarmid, 
McDonald, Macfarlane, McHenry, Mackintosh, MacLean, Mc- 
Leod, McNab, Macrae, Magrath, Martin, Mather, Millican, 
Munro, Nares, Narraway, Needham, O’Keeffe, Pearce, Penney, 
Pinsler, Pope, Powis, Reid (A. C.), Reid (R. H.), Riendeau, 
Robertson, Rutherford, Ryley, Sclater, Scott, Seath, Simpson, 
Skelton, Sproule, Stark, Stevenson, Strong, Stuart, Timberlake, 
Tremblay, Turnbull, Vinet, Von Pozer, Vroom, White (J, A. G.), 
White (Marven), Wyman, Young (A. A.), Young (W. L.). 


Fourth Year—(Electrical Engineering Course).—Class I.—Woodyatt, 
Shearer, Griffin. Olass II—McCuaig.  Olass ITI.—Macdonald 
(R. R.) and Wright, equal; Little, Brown, Tupper; Ross and 
Burr, equal; Hargrave; Batchelder and Macdonald CW. M. 
B.), equal; Ewens; Engel and Williams, equal. (Mechanical 
Eingineering Course).—Class I.—Riddell, Foster, Gray. Olass IT.— 
Hall (N. M.), Whitcomb, Killam. Olass IJ7.—Munn, Hepburn, 

Third Year.—Class I—Herbert, Killam. Olass IT.—Whyte: Perry 
and Vipond, equal; Bristol: Dowell and Whitton, equal; Cam- 
eron and Parham, equal; Guillet, Winslow; Ross and Slavin, 
equal.—Class III.—Crocker, Hodge: Callaghan and Murphy and 
Spencer, equal; Barclay, Lundy; Moore and Shanks and Turn- 
bull, equal; Hood and Raphael, equal; Cowan and Davies, 
equal; Morrin, Mulligan, Robertson. 

w| 18 


Bi hi a Third Year.—(Oiwil Engineering Course).—Class J.—Pitts and Read, 
ob at equal; Mather, Bates, Kingston. Class IJ].—Emmerson, Baird, 
hie Copp, Montague, Lighthall, Stitt, Christie; Bradshaw and 
We i me 

Nae Forbes and Layton, equal; Firlayson and Holloway and Kerr, 
iE | equal; Melhuish; Ballantyne and Cameron, equal; Davis and 

mia Hakins, equal; Bell. Class JJJ.—D'’Aeth, Manny, Thorne, Har- 
VEG ris, Goodchild, Scovil. 
1a Third Year.— (Mining Engineering Course).—Class I.—Sproule.  Olass 

fI.—Dick and Drysdale, equal; Paré, Kemp; Carmichael and 
Carruthers and Ross, equal; Montgomery. Class III.—Camp- 
Aa bell, Brennan, Harding, Gilmour. (Transportation Course).—Class 

Ant [.—None. Class IJ.—Estey, Brooks, Martin, Pratt. Class III.— 
\ ae McGuire, Irwin. 


N bl 


SSE bt 

mB fy : 4 

Second Year.—Class I.—Fox: Farnsworth and Price, equal; Johnston, 
Lhe Lindsay; Kearney and McDougall, equal. Class IJ.—Black and 
7 aah Dwight and Grove and Williamson, equal: Dennis and McLean 

i ! and Venables, equal; Allen and Coulin and Nairn and Robertson 
ca) a and Wood and Hudson and Irwin, equal; Fraser and Mooney 
a and Stewart (L.) and Yuill, equal; Carr and Stackhouse, equal: 

ob Dowswell and Kennedy (W.A.) and Menzies and Sailman, equal; 
ee | Briggs and Ford and Galbraith and Hilborn and McKinnon and 
hei Morison and O’Neill and Stewart (R. B.), equal; Powell and 

Rider and Soper and Townsend and Fetherstonhaugh, equal; 
Bh Dickieson and Hague and McNaughton and Ritchie and Scott 

) and Best, equal; Burbidge and Goode and Stansfield. equal. 
Class IJJ.—Bowman and Dion and Ekers and Gibb and Maver, 
equal; Binks and Bronson and Byrne and Cantley and Edwards 

. and Raymond, equal; Boyd and Cook and Harthan and Ker 

. | and Leggett and Smith and Stevenson and Tanner and Wilson, 
if 7 equal; Baldwin and Bambrick and Delgado and Sutherland, 
1 A a equal; Gall and Landry and Meyerstein and Vessot and Wins- 

low, equal; Buttenshaw; Graham (H. M.) and Gardiner and 
Porter, equal; Bregent and Cate and LaForest, equal; Day; 
Paquet and Poissant and Ross and Sanderson and Slingsby, 


= 4 ae as 
= oe eee ee 

a em 


Second Year.—Class I.—Lindsay, Kearney, Farnsworth, Sailman: Cou- 
lin and Dennis and Dwight and Goode and Yuill, equal; 
Stewart (L.), Grove; Johnston and McLean and Price, equal. 
Class I].—Edwards and Stansfield, equal; Kennedy (W. A.), 
Dickieson; Carr and Rider, equal; Stackhouse; Cantley and 

op eneor sea wet - 



f Ford and Robertson, equal; Hudson and Powell, equal; Fox 
i i and Gibb, equal; Slingsby; McKinnon and Soper, equal; 
: i} Stewart (R. B.), Menzies, Nairn; Black and Morison, equal; 
\ 4 Best, Ker; Hague and Wood, equal; Fraser and Smith, equal. 
4 rt Class [JI].—Burbidge and Williamson, equal: 3aldwin; Bam- 
| ti brick and Gall and Vessot, equal; Bregent and Cook and 
a a Maver, equal; McNaughton and Winslow, equal; Stevenson, 
{ a 

Raymond; Boyd and Buttenshaw and Delgado, equal; Lums- 
den and Tanner, equal; Day, McDougall; Landry and Poissant, 
equal; Sutherland; Mooney and LaForest, equal. 

ee SS 


pa lt NE Oe a CRT A EEL TEI 

- ey Na eee ee ee ee 

re rtercheeeneetenentens 

ee + 
ee ere 
—— tne te wee tues? aa 


er ee a . 


Me Ad Lee OR Te ee ee) ee ee ial As on iP WA WE 4b waste SEA gi A _ —_—— 








19 ij 



fv ge aerate 

third Year.—(Caiculus and Analytical).—Class I. —Read, Vipond, Guil- 
let, Moore, Copp, Killam, Lighthall, Kingston, Strangways. Class 
11.—Davies, Bristol, Carmichael, Bell, Parham, Stitt, et 
Harding. “Claes I1I.—Harris: Callaghan and Shanks, ual; 
Layton; Baird and Mullis gan, equal; Campbell and terbert 
equal; Bates, Irwin; Finlayson and Ross (C. M.) and Whitton, 
equal; Kemp, Hodge, Spencer, Brooks; Cameron (J. S.) and 
Forbes and Morrin, ‘equal: Kerr; Pitts and Raphael and Turn- 
bull, equal; D’Aeth and Gilmour and Graham and McGuire 
and Pease and Perry, equal. (Mechanics).—Class I.—Guillet and 
Read, equal; Lighthall, Bristol, Vipond, Kingston. Olass II.— 
Herbert; Carmichael and Perry, equal: Irwin and Parham, 
equal; Cameron (J. S.), Davies (H. C.), Layton; Finlayson and 
Graham, equal; Brooks, Whitton; Harris and Stitt, equal. 
Class [1I—Montague, Holloway; Baird and Copp, equal; 
Shanks, Whyte; Callaghan and Paré, equal; Morrin: Pease 
and Pratt, equal; Moore and Sproule and Strangways, equal; 
Dick and Kerr and Ross, equal: Ballantyne and Bell, equal; 
Davis (F. M.) and Montgomery, equal; Spencer; Cameron (E. 
G.) and Campbell and Eakins and Estey and Kemp and Mor- 
row and Murphy and Pitts and Raphael and Turnbull and 
Winslow, equal. 

Second Year.—Analytical cometry).—Class I.—Dwight, Sailman, 
Farnsworth, eeorney Fox, Campbell, Dennis. Class J/.~— 
Coulin and Dickieson, equal; Me ‘Naughton, Stewart (R. B.), 
Gibb, McKinnon; Briggs and Kennedy and Menzies and 
Powell, equal. Class J/J.—Landry and Stansfield, equal; Ford 
and McLean. equal; Poissant, Stewart (1.), Bambrick, Steven- 
son; Ritchie and Richardson, equal; Johnston and Yuill, equal; 
Hague; Morison and O’Neill and Smith and Gosselin, equal; 
Ker and Robertson and Tanner and Winslow, equal; Soper and 
Whitcher, equal; Hilborn and Wilson, equal: Baillie and 
Briege! and Venticy and Cheesbrough and Edwards and Gall 

and Lindsay and Mooney and Nairn and Price and Williamson, 

equal. (Calculus.)—Ciass I.—Dwight. Price, Campbell; Dickie- 
son and Fox and Gibb, equal: Ford, Farnsworth, Sailman; 
Kearney and McKinnon, equal: Kennedy, Powell; Dennis and 
Smith and Stewart (R. B.), equal. Class II.—McLean; Coulin 
and Winslow, equal; Johnston, Black, Landry, Menzies, Nairn, 
Class III.—Stewart (L.), Ker, Sutherland, Lindsay, Soper; 
Best and Scott, equal; Bregent and Williamson, equal; Stack- 
house; Goode and La Forest. equal; Cheeshrough and Pois- 
sant and Stansfield, equal; Robertson; Baillie and Bambrick 
and Morison, equal. (Mechanics.)\—Class I.—Dwight, Campbell, 
Kearney, Sailman, Kennedy, Dennis. Class IJ.—Fox; Farns- 
worth and Hague, equal; Coulin, McLean; Menzies and Price, 
equal; Stewart (R. B.); Dickieson and ‘Galbraith, equal: 
Grove; Smith (G. W.) and Stackhouse, equal; Morison. Class 
I11.—Gibb; Landry and Soper and Stewart (L.), equal; Powell, 
Ford, Tanner; McNaughton and Nairn, ecvual; Yuitlil; Allen 
and Cate, equal; Lindsay, Mooney, Carr; Cantley and McKin- 
non, equal; Anderson; Graham (H. M.) and O’Neill and Stans- 
field, equal; Briggs and Wilson, equal; Boyd and Buttenshatw 
and Gall and Hilborn and Johnston and Ker and LaForest 
and Seely and Sutherland and Williamson, equal. 

first Year.—(Algebra.)—Class J.—Harris, McHenry. Class II.— 
Fowler, Gilchrist, Kelly, Dowie; McLeod and Needham, equal; 
Cowles and Pope, equal; Ewart and Kohl, equal; Ash. Olass 
Iii1.—Daubney, (J. E.), McLean, Scott (O. H.); Sproule and 
Wyman, equal; Cowley; McNab and Narraway, equal; Brown 

Sel a 

Or nal 


| and Cole and Daubney (C.B.), and Young (A.A.), equal; 
i | 8 Cloran and Fregeau, equal; Pearce and Stuart, equal; Strong, 
Be hs Duguid, Cox, Echenberg, Alford; Dennis and Gemmill and 
ane Magrath, equal; Clark and Macdonald and Stark, equal; Beagley 
iY a and Dakin and Dawes and Fraser and Hollinsed and Nares 
ide and Robertson and Ryley and Vroom and White (J. G.), equal, 
ae (Dynamics).—Class I,—Gilchrist and Harris and McHenry, equal; 
oh ea Dowie, Elkins, Fowler. Class IJ.—Brown and Dobson, equal; 
+ Ash and Daubney (J. E.), equal; Duguid, Dennis, Callander, 
Cowles, Williams (F. G. M.), Penney, Stuart; Cloran and Dawes 
Hh and Jackson and McLeod, equal. Class III.—MecNab, White; 
‘nat Archibald and Mackay, equal; Cox: Ewart and Fregeau and 
a Sproule, equal; Head ang Skelton, equal; Wyman; Cole and 
Hanson, equal; Bennet and Magrath, equal; Daubney (C. B.) 
ti and Fitzpatrick and Fraser and MacDiarmid and Von Pozer, 
a) el equal; Beagley and Cowley and Macdonald, equal; Cairns; 
; Mee Gemmill and Hollinsed and Kelly and Ryley, equal; Martin 

ewe 8) and Narraway and Needham and Vroom, equal; Derrom and 

aa { Echenberg and Gardiner and Gartshore and Pope and Scott 
3 and Timberlake and Turnbull, equal; Clark and Dakin and 
{ Haultain and Kohl and MacLean and Powis and Rutherford 

| and Seath and Stevenson and Strong and Young (W. L.), 
ay equal. 

| (Geometry).—Olass I.—Harris, McHenry: Fowler and ‘Gilchrist, equal; 
P| Cowles and Dowie, equal; Needham, Dennis. Olass IT.—Brown, 
» | McLeod; Magrath and Timberlake, equal; Archibald and Dob- 
) son, equal; Mackay, Kohl; Daubney, (J. E.) and Hollinsed, 
Yah equal; Jackson and Sproule, equal; MacLean and Penney, 
be tt equal; Dakin and Ewart, equal; Ash and Wyman. equal; Kelly 
sh and Ryley, equal. Class IIJ.—Callander and Daubney, (C. B.) 
{ | and Duguid, equal; Cowley and Haultain and Macdonald, 
equal; Cole; Clark and Narraway, equal: Beagley and Cox and 

ie Rutherford, equal; Bennet and Cloran, equal; Echenberge and 
; | MacDiarmid and Von Pozer and White, (M.), equal; Dawes, 
(A. S.); Chrysler and Scott, (O. H.) and Vinet, equal; Steven- 
i‘ son; Robertson and Delgado, equal: White, (J. A. G.) and 
4 Young, (A. A.), equal; Fregeau and Powis, equal; Elkins and 
McNab and Millican and Reid and Sclater and Vroom, equal; 

Burland and Gardiner and Hanson and Williams, equal. 

4 Class II.—Cowles, Kelly, MacLean, Beagley; Little and Need- 
a ham, equal; Brown and McLeod, equal; Von Pozer, Narraway; 
: Cole and Daubney, (C. B.), equal: Dakin and Dennis and Reid, 
1 (A. C.), equal; Magrath and Stark. equal; Ash; Cox and Ewart, 
Ak equal. Olass I1I.—Kohl, Gilchrist; Clark and Cloran and Ryley, 
i equal; Mackay; Daubney, (J. E.) and Young, (A. 
Fregeau and White, (J. G.), equal; Echenberg and Pearce, 
equal; Alford and Cowley and Dawes and Powis and Timber- 
| lake, equal; Sclater and Scott, (R. W.) and Wyman, equal; 
Jackson and Scott, (O. H.) and Goodstone, equal; McDiarmid 
i and Pope and Reid, (R. H.), equal; Donald and Fitzpatrick 

: (Trigonometry).—Class I.—Harris, McHenry, Fowler, Sproule, Dowie. 

A.), equal; 

ae ee «de 

at at: 

and Robertson, equal; Fraser and Gardiner and Millican and 

Nares, equal; Burland and Hanson and Macdonald and Mac- 
farlane and Strong, equal. 


Second Year—(Architectural Course).—A lgebra.—Class I—None. Olass 


} IT.—None. Class I]I.—Fetherstonhaugh.  Passed.— Conics.— 
1 Harthan, 

first Year.—(Architectural Course).—Class I.—Paine. Class II.— 
None, Class III.—Payne, Kingston. 





Lhird Year.—(Hlectrical Engineering Oourse).—Class I—None. Olass 
IJ.—Herbert, Vipond, Spencer, Perry; Parham and Seely, equal: 
Lundy. Class III[.—Ross (D.), Morrin, Shanks; Briegel and 
Raphael and Whyte, equal; Dowell and Hodge, equal; Pease; 
Archibald and Hood, equal. 

Third Year.—(Mechanical Engineering Course).—-Class I—Mackay (G. W.). 
Class I1I.—Davies; Cutten and Killam, equal; Murphy; Bristol 
and Crocker, equal; Whitton, Cameron, Guillet, Robertson, Win- 
slow, Turnbull. Class JII.—Callaghan, Cowan, Graham, Zim- 
merman, Moore. 

Third Year.—(Mining Course).—Class JI.— None. Class II.— Dick, 
Drysdale. Class JJJ.—Brennan and Carmichael and Kemp and 
Ross (C. M.), equal; Carruthers and Saunders, equal. 

Second Year.—Class I.—Kearney. Olass II.—Price, Farnsworth; Fox 
and Johnston and Lindsay and Wood, equal; Dwight and Stew- 
art (L.), equal; Mooney and Scott and Wilson, equal; Black 
and McKinnon and McLean and Nairn and Williamson, equal; 
Boyd and Hudson and McNaughton and Raymond and Stans- 
field, equal; Cantley and Day and Dickieson and Goode and 
Grove and Russell, equal; Hague and Stackhouse and Yuill and 
Mackay, equal. Class J/].—Buttenshaw and Ford and Kennedy 
(W. A.) and Poissant and Robertson and Soper, equal; Dennis 
and Gibb and Sailman and Slingsby and Stewart and Gardiner, 
equal; Byrne and Gall and Menzies and Meyerstein and Powell 
and Stevenson, equal; Coulin and Baldwin, equal; Bregent and 
Cook and Lumsden and Paquet and Smith and Tanner, equal; 
Carr and Ker and Sutherland and Kelly, equal; Best and Bur- 
bidge and Edwards and Fraser and Ekers, equal; Binks and 
Townshend and Vessot and Whitcher, equal; Bambrick and 
Maver, equal; LaForest and Landry and Porter, equal. 


fourth Year.—CCivil, Electrical and Mining Courses).—Class I.—Brown 
(S. B.); Shearer and Woodyatt, equal. Class [J.—Lathe, Sharp, 
Williams, Wright; Bell and Griffin and Lamb and Mathieson 
and Slater, equal; Haskell and Strangways and Westland, 
equal; Brown (W. G.); Batchelder and Black and Miller, 
equal. Class IJT.—Burr and Howe and Tupper, equal; Drum- 
mond and Hall (G. R.) and Little and Racey, equal; Brown 
(W. G. B.) and McCuaig and Ross (D. G.), equal; Barclay_and 
Dibblee and McCallum and Otty, equal; Canfield and Davis 
and Gamble and Pickard, equal; Engel and Haughton and 
Hargrave and Harrington and Wheaton and Wilson, equal; 
Beaton and Brown (L. O.), equal; Ewens and Hay and Mac- 
donald (W, M. B.) and Macklem, equal, 


Fourth Year.— (Mechanical Engineering Course).—Class I.—Foster and 
Munn, equal; Gray and Riddell, equal. Olass II.—Whitcomb, 
Norton, Olass IJI.—Hall (N. M.), Hepburn, Maxwell, Benedict, 


Second Year.—Cless I.—Stewart (L.), Dwight; McNaughton and 
Hague, equal; Kennedy (W-.A.) and Farnsworth, equal; Lind- 
say; Fox and McKinnon and Kearney, equal; Gibb and Denis, 
equal; Carr, Grove, Price, Sailman, Coulin. Class I7.—Dickieson, 

; " 14 Stewart (R. B.), McLean: Yuill and Goode, equal; Menzies; 
Dt el ih Powell and Russell, equal; Mooney: Williamson and Stack- 
ih a house, equal; Stansfield; Ker and Nairn, equal; EXkers and 
i | i Johnston, equal; Wilson and Ford, equal. Class III.—Boyd 
an and Landry and Bambrick, equal; Venables and Soper, equal; 
i 3 Smith and Robertson, equal; Briegel; Cantley and Scott and 
ma Cook, equal; 3urbidge, Sutherland; Day and Bregent and 
tM fe aH Byrne, equal; Scott; Black and Gardiner and Poissant, equal; 
ae Gall and Manny, equal; Lumsden, Fraser; Maver and Wood, 
aa: equal; Buttenshaw and Morison, equal; Hudson and Rider, 
‘ret equal; Vessot and Winslow, equal. 


Bi i Fourth Year.—(Metallurgy Course).—Class I1.—Brown (W. G.), Lathe. 
th Olass ITI.—Dickson. 

Fourth Year.—Class I.—Brown (W. G.), Lathe; Dickson and Sharp, 

equal. Class JJ.—Patterson, Strangways. Passed.—Macaulay; 
Dickenson and Drummond and Haughton, equal. 


Drummond and Haughton, equal. Passed.—Dickenson, Macau- 
a lay. 

eee as 



wie, B 

Fourth Year.—Class I.—Drummond, Class II.—Sharp, Strang ways. 
Passed.—Haughton, Dickenson, Phillips; Dickson and Macau- 
lay, equal; Patterson. 


Fourth Year.—Class I.—Lathe. 


Fourth Year.—Class I—None. Class IIT.—Elliot and Strangways and 
Wilson, equal; Churchill, Patterson, Haughton. Brown (W. G.). 
Class ITT.—WUathe, Dickenson, Drummond; 
equal; Macaulay and Spafford, equal. 

Third Year.—Class I.—McFee, Nicholls, Hayes, Sproule; Dawson and 
Mohan, equal. Class JJ.—Saunders, Paré, Ross, Carmichael. 

7 Campbell; Dick and Merrill, equal. Class IJI.—Montgomery;: 

| Harding and Kemp and Smith, equal; Drysdale C 




Dickson and Sharp, 

- = Zh te —_ 
gS te? ll aaa Ee = 

= > 

Brennan, Mackay. 



Class T.—Carmichael. Class II.—Kemp; Paré and Hayes, equal; 
Sproule and Smith and McFee, equal; Dick and Mohan, equal; 
Carruthers and McKay and Merrill, equal; Brennan and Mont- 
gomery and Nicholls, equal; Saunders. Class IiI.—Drysdale 
and Dawson, equal; Campbell, Ross, Harding. 

- arr =. 
a ~ = Se SS : =. 
Sa a rt te Ny: Se ee ee eee 


a poe 
i ae 

ree am ey Class I.—None. Class II.—Patterson, Porter, Sharp; Dickson and 

1) 0 ree 

. —w - s 4 a rm ‘ tg \ “ine rim *% yey “4 , weed —4 y ‘ ay a . 
te ee ee ae ee et Pa ee eC A At Ee Fe 

== - oe 



Fourth Year.—Class J.—Strangways. Class JI.—Sharp, Macaulay, 
Dickenson, Haughton, Patterson. Class JJJ.—Drummond. 


Fourth Year.—Class I].—Lathe and Phillips, equal; Drummond and 
Patterson, equal. Class I].—Macaulay and Haughton, equal; 
Drysdale, Brennan. Class I[J/1I.-—-Dickenson. 


Fourth Year.—Class I.—Strangways. Class IJ.—Brown (W. G.) and 
Lathe, equal. Class IJJ.—Sharp, Macaulay, Dickson, Drummond, 
Patterson, Haughton. 

Third Year.—Class I.—Sproule, Dick, Campbell. Class [J.—Carmichael, 
Paré, Kemp, Saunders, Montgomery, Brennan, Ross (C. M.). 
Class IJ].—Carruthers, Gilmour, Harding. 


Fourth Year.—Class I.—Lamb, Bell. Class [J.—McCallum, Mathieson, 
Wilson, Westland. Class IJI.—-Racey, Hay, McDonald (H. F.); 
Davis and Miller, equal; Harrington; Black (H. J.) and Gamble 
and Beaton, equal; Macklem, Brown (lL. O.), Otty; Howe and 
Wheaton, equal; Pickard and Brown (W. G. B.) and Barclay 
and Canfield, equal. 

Third Year.—Class I.—Copp, Read. Class JI].—Kingston, Bates, Hol- 
loway. Olass IJI.—Montague, Baird, Mather, Stitt, Layton, 
Emmerson, Ballantyne Grahame; Bell and Bradshaw, equal; 
Bakins and Scovil and Lighthall and Harris and Davis and 
Finlayson and Cameron (E. G.), equal; Kerr and Forbes and 
Younger and Baylis and Morrow, equal. 

Class I—None. Class II.—None. Olass III.—Dickson, 

Fourth .Year.—Class jJ.—Strangways, Lathe. Class II.—Brown, 
(W G.), Dickson. Class III,—Dickenson, Patterson, Haughton, 
Macaulay, Drummond, Sharp. 

Third Year.—(Mining Course.)\—Class I.—Brennan, Sproule. Class 
I7.—Carmichael, Dick, Campbell; Kemp and Ross (C. M.), equal; 
Harding, Montgomery. Class JIJJ.—Porter, Saunders, Paré, 
Carruthers, Drysdale. 


Fourth Year.—Class J1.—Patterson. Class JI/].—Dickenson, Strang- 
ways, Haughton, Drummond, Macaulay, Sharp. 


Third Year.—(Architectural Course.)\—Class JI.—Ruttan, Wood. 
Class ii.—Meyers. Class III.—None. 

ee = ee ae ery 

Fourth Year.—Class I.—None. Class 

Fourth Year.—(Architectural Course. )—Class 

Second Year.—Class I.—Dwi 

First Year.—Class I —Harris 

STS. = 


First Year.—(Architectural Cou rse). 

oes So 

= . 
> ; een 2 wc ee oy ae ee, s 
2 a aS ne a NT a ll EN : . 
2 — pa =e 

Fourth Year. 

z ~ +4 = 
A ee ee 
= eS 
—— — is 

— —— 


a Oe 






II.—Strangways, Patterson. 
Class III.—Dickenson and Haughton, equal; Phillips, Sharp, 
Macaulay, Drummond, 


I.—None. Olass II.~ 
Robb, Shorey. Olass 1II.—None. 


ght, Lindsay, Dennis, Kearney, Ken- 
nedy (W. A.), Price; Farnsworth and Gibb and Sailman, equal; 
Campbell. Class IJ.—Ford and Stewart (L.), equal; Fox and 
McLean, equal; Dickieson and Edwards and Stewart (R. B.) 
equal; McNaughton and Grove and Yuill, equal; Coulin and 
Fraser and McKinnon and Powell, equal: Johnston and 
Menzies and Soper, equal; Ker and Williamson, equal; Hague 
and Stansfield, equal: Goode, Burbidge. Olass ITT.—Russell 
and Smith, equal: Cheesbrough and Cook, equal; Dickson and 
Stackhouse and Wilson, equal; Best, Cantley; Boyd and Wood, 
equal; Robertson and Townshend, equal; Hudson; Manny and 
Morison and Nairn, equal; Bambrick and Black and Descarries 
and Raymond, equal; Bregent and Gall, equal; Rider, La 
Forest; Ekers and Gomes and Mooney and Sutherland, equal; 
Lumsden and McDougall and Paulsen and Poissant, equal. 


and McHenry, equal: Dowie, Cowles, 
Fowler; Dennis and Gilchrist, equal; McLeod. Class IT.—Cox, 
Cowley, Magrath; Daubney, (J. E.) and Simpson, (A. Cc 
equal; Derrom; Ash and Brown and Duguid and Reid, (R. is Fay 
equal; Sproule and Timberlake, equal: Kelly and White, (M.), 
equal; Dakin and Elkins and Ewart and Reid, (A. C.) and Von 
Pozer, equal; Macdonald and Needham, equal; Hollinsed and 
Jackson and Kohl, equal: Vroom; Cloran and Cole, equal. Class 
ITI. —Fraser; Biggar and Clark and Fregeau and MacLean and 
Powis, equal; Hanson, Haultain, Stevenson: Burland and EXxchen- 
berg and Henry and McNab, equal; Dawes, (A. S.) and McDiar- 
mid and Nares and Williams, (F. G. M.), 
and Ryley and Strong and Stuart, ( 
and Macrae and Scott (R. W.), equal: Daubney (C. B.): Arch- 
ibald and Gemmill and Gladman and Pearce and Wyman, 
equal; Sclater and Turnbull. equal; Donald and Goodstone, 
equal; Pope and Robertson, equal: Gartshore; Little and Mc- 
Cammon and Seath, equal; Beagley and Fitzpatrick and Mun- 
ro and Young (W. L.) and Stark, equal, 

Class I.—Paine, (A. J. C.), King- 

ston. Class II.—None. Olass ITI. —Payne, (S. C.), Stuart, (C., 

equal; Narraway 
A. G.), equal; Macfarlane 


Olass I.—Strangways, Patterson. Class II,—Sharp, 

Macaulay, Dickenson and Haughton, equal. Class  IIT.— 
Phillips (H. W.), Drummond. 

Be Mier Le ee Pe Pe ey) eet en ee em OL A a eee ee 


Third Year—Class I.—Bates and Kingston and Pitts, equal; Baira 
and Read, equal; Copp. Olass IT.—Emmerson; Carmichael and 
and Kemp and Paré, equal: Campbell and Sproule, equal; 
Montgomery and Stitt, equal; Bell and Harding and Holloway, 
equal; Bradshaw; Dick and Mather, equal. Olass II7.—Finlay- 
son and Layton and Lighthall and Montague, equal; Bakins 
and Melhuish, equal; D’Aeth and Ryan, equal; Christie: Graham 
and Manny, equal; Harris and Ross, equal; Ballantyne and 
Baylis and Carruthers and Davis and Kerr, equal. 


fourth Year.—Class I.—Bell. Lamb, Gamble. Olass IT.—Harrington, 
Westland, Mathieson, Howe; Macklem and Racey, equal: Mac- 
donald, (H.F.) Brown, (W.G.B.). Davis, Pickard, Miller: Beaton 
and Wilson, equal. Class IJI.—Brown, (L. O.) and McCallum 
and Wheaton and Otty, equal: Biack. Hay, Barclay, Canfield. 


Third Year.— (Civil Course).—Olass I.—Read, Bates, Copp. Class IT.— 
Kingston: Emmerson and Graham. equal; Baird, Bradshaw: 
Holloway and Mather, equal: Lighthall, Layton. Class ITT.— 
Pitts; Finlayson and Stitt. equal; Cameron; D’Aeth and Forbes 
and Thorne, equal; Manny and Montague, equal; Kerr: Ballan- 
tyne and Harris, equal: Bell, Baylis, Christie; Davis and Mel- 
huish and Scovyil, equal; Goodchild and Morrow and Ryan, 

Third Year.—(l'ransportation Couwrse).—Class I.—None. Olass IT.— 
Brooks, Pratt. Class IJI.—Martin: Irwin and McGuire, equal; 


Third Year.—(Mining Course).—Class I.—Brennan, Dick, Sproule.Class 
f1.—Campbell and Carmichael, equal: Kemp. Class III.—Gil- 
mour; Drysdale and Montgomery and Paré and Ross, equal; 
Harding, Carruthers, 


Fourth Year.—Class I.—Gray, Riddell, Whitcomb, Munn; Foster and 
Hall (N. M.), equal; Hepburn. Olass IJ.—Killam, Benedict, 
Maxwell, Barclay. Class IIIT.—None. 

Third Year.—Class I.—Dowell, Parham. Class [J.—Perry and Ross (D.), 
equal; Hodge; Bristol and Herbert and Vipond, equal; Cam- 
eron (J. 8.); Guillet and Turnbull, equal; Mackay, Shanks, 
Raphael, Hood; Davies and Robertson and Spencer, equal; 
Callaghan and Crocker, equal; Moore and Murphy and Pease, 
equal; Cowan and Graham and Morrin, equal; Mulock and 
Whyte, equal; Lundy, Archibald. Class IJJ.—Winslow, Whit- 
ton, Zimmerman, Barclay, Cutten, Gomes, Killam. 

Second Year.—Class I.—Farnsworth and Ash, equal; Dwight, Robert- 
son; Ekers and Kearney and McKinnon and Sailman and 
Smith and Whitcher, equal; Fraser and Powell and Rider and 
Sutherland, equal, Class II.—Ford and Gibb and Kennedy, 
(W.A.) and Landry and Leggett and Mackay, equal; Carr and 
Delgado and Gall and Johnston and Ker and Menzies and 
Mooney and Scott, (O. H.) and Wood, equal; Burbidge and 


Dennis and Fox and Gardiner and Hague and McDougall and 

a he a Poissant, equal; Cantley and Cook and Coulin and Day and 

We Dickieson and McLean and Stansfield and Stuart (L.) and 

H Townshend and Yuill, equal; Morison and Nairn and Meyer- 

| stein and Grove, equal; Baldwin and Bambrick and Black 
and Buttenshaw and Byrne and Hudson and McNaughton and 
Porter and Raymond and Slingsby and Vessot and Wilson, 
equal; Boyd and Soper and Williamson, equal; Bregent and 
Edwards and LaForest, equal; Gooding and Maver and Stew- 
art, (R. B.) and Winslow, equal. Class III.—Chrysler. 

First Year.—Class I.—Gartshore, Daubney (J, E.). Class I7.—Vinet; 
Dennis and MacDiarmid and Needham, equal; Mackintosh and 

a Stuart, equal; Archibald and Fox and Harris, equal; Halliday; 
Cox and McLeod and Wyman, equal; Callander and McHenry, 

yl equal; Biggar and Cole and Cowles and Kohl and Legris and 
b Fl Skelton and Von Pozer, equal; Brown and Daubney (C. B.) 
and Fregeau and Nares and Narraway and Vroom, equal; 

Cowley and Magrath and Sproule and Strong and Timberlake, 
equal; Bisson and Donald and Duguid and Jackson and 
MacLean, equal; Cloran and Ewart and Haultain and Scott, 
(R. W.) equal; Alford and Elkins and Seath and Tremblay and 
Pearce and White, (J.A.G.), equal; Clark and Dobson and Dowie 
and Echenberg and Gilchrist and Macfarlane, equal; Fowler 
and Little and McCammon and Young (W. L.), equal; McDonell 
and Millican and Pope, equal; Gall; Gladman and Hollinsed 
and McNab and Macrae and Munro and Robertson, equal; 

Cairns and Fitzpatrick, equal. Class II/.—Ayer and Crockett 
Bay and Gemmill and Martin and Penney, equal; Dawes and Han- 
ay son and Reid (R. H.), equal; Beagley and Powis and Stevenson, 

equal; Dakin and Pinsler and Simpson, equal; Burland and 
| Henry and Ryley and Young (A. A.), equal; Mather and Reid 
(A. C.) and Rutherford and Williams, equal; Armstrong and 
sclater, equal; Bennet and Turnbull, equal; Carroll, Fraser, 


‘h Third Year.— (Transportation Course).—Class I.—Brooks, Class IT.— 
i Martin and McGuire, equal. Class I1lI.—Pratt, Estey, Irwin. 

Bi Third Year.—(Transportation Course).—Class I.—Pratt. Class JI.—Irwin; 

‘f ah Brooks and Martin and McGuire, equal; Estey. 

, oii 

} na 

| Fourth Year.— (Architectural Course).—Class I.—None. Class IJ.—Robb, 
1 Shorey. 

/ Third Year.—(Architectural Course).—Class I.—Wood, Ruttan. Class 

Third Year.—(Civil Engineering Course).—Class I.—Read, Bates; Copp 
. and Emmerson and Kingston, equal; Pitts. Class [IJ.—Brooks; 
Bradshaw and Finlayson and Mather and Stitt, equal; Baird 
and McGuire, equal; Harris, Martin; Estey and Lighthall and 
Montague and Pratt, equal; Irwin; Ballantyne and D’Aeth 
and: Layton, equal; Holloway. Class IIJI.—Melhuish, Forbes; 
Baylis and Cameron, (BH, G.), equal; Bell and Christie and 
Eakins, equal; Grahame; Davis and Dickson and Scovil, equal, 

- —— a 




sc la Ns al cea tN 

— et eee a 2 . See eo RM De oe ee Ye oF Se ee te A Ease att 

eA — 


Fourth Year.—(Civil Engineering).—Dickenson, Bell: Brown (W. G 
B.) and Gamble and Lamb and Otty, equal; Griffin and Whit- 

comb, equal; Harrington; Miller and Wilson, e ; 
Racey. son, equal; Canfield, 

Fourth Year.—(M ining and Metallurgy).—Class I.—Lathe, Sharp, Mac- 
aulay. Class IJ —Drummond, Haughton, Patterson, Class III.— 
Brown (W. G.). 

Third Year.—(Civtl Engineering).—Murphy, McGuire, Ross. 
Third Year.—(Mining and Metallurgy)—Class I.—Brennan, Dawson. 
Class II.—Dick, Carmichael, Drysdale. Class III.—Campbell. 


Third Year.—Class I.—Read; Bates and Kingston, equal; Finlayson; 
Baird and Graham, equal; Holloway, Eakins, Carruthers; Copp 
and Dick and Montgomery, equal;. Class IJ.—Davis and Lay- 
ton, equal; Stitt; Carmichael and Emmerson, equal; Baylis; 
Bell and Sproule, equal; Bradshaw; Kemp and Pitts, equal. 
Olass III.—Christie and D’Aeth and Lighthall and Mather, 
equal; Harris and Ross and Kerr, equal; Campbell; Drysdale 
and Harding and Montague and Paré, equal; Ballantyne, Sco- 
vil: Allan and Manny and Daly, equal; Cameron and Forbes 
and Younger, equal. 

Second Year—Class I.—Kearney, Dwight, Dennis, Johnston; Coulin 
and Farnsworth and Ford and Nairn, equal; McLean and Sail- 
man, equal; Hague; McKinnon and Price and Stewart, (R. B.), 
equal. Class IJ.—Yuill, Dickieson; Fox and Kennedy, (CW. A.) 
and Powell, equal; Lindsay and McNaughton, equal; Smith, 
Dowswell: Black and Carr and Menzies and Stewart, (L.), 
equal: Bambrick and Burbidge and Gibb and Ker and LaForest 
and Stansfield, equal; Wilson, Soper, McDougall, Mooney, Fras- 
er. Olass ITI.—Best; Stackhouse and Sutherland, equal; Goode 
and Manny and Rider, equal; Grove; Gardiner and Porter and 
Williamson, equal; Fetherstonhaugh and Irwin and Landry and 
Tanner, equal; Lumsden and Scott and Winslow, equal; Cant- 
ley, Gall; Poissant and Raymond, equal; Bregent and Grahame 
(D>. F.) and Vessot and Robertson, equal; Townsend; Maver 
and Morison, equal; Buttenshaw and Wood and Boyd and Hud- 
son and Venables, equal. 


Third Year.—Class 1.—Dick and Stitt, equal; Sproule; Graham and 
Kingston, equal; Emmerson, Mather; Paré and Read, equal. 
Mass If—Lighthall; Bates and Copp and Finlayson and Bal- 
lantyne, equal; Kemp and Kerr and Layton and Letourneau 
and Pitts and Pratt, equal; Campbell and Forbes, equal; Chris- 
tie; Baird and Brennan and Carmichael, equal; Harris; Camer- 
on and D’Aeth and Drysdale and Estey and Goodchild and 
Mohan, equal; Bradshaw and Holloway and Manny and Mont- 
gomery, equal; Martin, Anderson; Dickson and McKnight and 
Montague, equal; McGuire; Davis and Millen, equal; Melhuish 
and Ross and Thorne, equal; Ahern and Carruthers, equal; 
Bell. Olass III.—Eakins and Younger, equal; Stewart, 
Stephen; Allan and Gosselin, equal; Gilmour and Hale and Sco- 
vil, equal; Saunders, Irwin, Coristine. 


Ne Fs ie Second Year.—Olass I.—Fox; Kearney and Robertson, equal: Yuill, 

T Kennedy (W. A.), Black, Best; Farnsworth and Leggett and 
hy: Mooney, equal; Landry, Lindsay; Coulin and Soper, equal; Ash 
yh W and McKinnon and O’Neill and Sailman, equal; Dennis, Good- 
+ | i ing; Allen and Burbidge and Ford and Grove and Slingsby, 
ae equal. Olass II.—Dickieson and Smith, equal; Gardiner and 
net. Gibb and Hague and McLean, equal: Hilborn and Ross, equal; 
| Galbraith, Dowswell; Poissant and Hudson, equal; Buttenshaw 
and Powell and Scott, equal; Ker and Menzies and Rider and 
ae Stewart, (L.) and Vessot and Venables, equal: Bronson and 
: a Nairn and Stansfield, equal; Bambrick and Stewart, (R. B.), 
q . equal; Fraser and McDougall and Tanner, equal; Briggs and 
| Graham, (H. M.) and Wood, equal; Seely; Delgado and Maver 
and Porter (C, C. G.), equal; Goode and Jordan, equal: Morison 
He ae and Watson, equal; McLachlin and Price and Ritchie, equal; 
BT ES! McNaughton. Class III.—Porter, (C. G.), Cate, Ekers, Fether- 
‘ f 1] stonhaugh, Baldwin; Austin and Cook and LaForest. equal; 
; by Binks and Sutherland, equal; Blackett and Saunderson and 
Wilson, equal; Boyd, Stackhouse: Irwin and Winslow, equal; 

| Gall and Williamson, equal; Harthan and Townshend, equal; 
Cummins, Raymond. 


Fourth Year.—Class IT.—Bell, Lamb. Olass IJ.—Black (H. J.), Miller, 
BA Harrington, Brown (W.G.B.), Wilson, Racey. Olass IITT.—Gam- 

wu ble; McCallum and Westland, equal; Mathieson. Wheaton, 
| McDonald (H. F.); Beaton and Davis, equal: Otty, Barclay, 
il Hay. 
i ry ' 

a1 Ba) Third Year.—Class I.—Read, Bristol, Finlayson; Davies and Bates, 
f equal. Class II.—Perry, Killam, Dowell, Kingston, Lighthall: 

Vipond and Guillet, equal; Grahame and Strangways and 

1 Herbert and Baird and Cameron, (J. S.) and Montague, equal 
Class I1J.—Holloway; Callaghan and Hood. equal: Copp and 

if Stitt and Dick and Moore and Parham, equal; Campbell, Mor- 

ie row; Bell and Carmichael and Mather. equal; Hodge and 
Jah Whyte, equal; Bradshaw: Whitton and Christie and Melhuish, 
; Rik equal; Raphael; Emmerson and Ross (C. M.), equal: Spencer 

and Paré, equal; Cowan and Layton, equal; D’Aeth and 
Drysdale and Montgomery, equal. 

Hargrave. Olass I/].—Hall (G. R.), Brown, (S. B.), Williams; 
Ewens and Tupper, equal; McWilliam, Macdonald (W. M. B.), 
Ross (D. G.); Haskell and Dibblee, equal. 

i , tf p . > . 
\ VW Fourth Year.—(Electrical Course).—Class I.—Wright. Olass II.—Grif- 
i 4 fin, Shearer, Woodyatt, McCuaig, Engel) Macdonald (R. R.), 
: wit 


ih slg a SRA reat EET 

: ay Fourth Year.—(Mechanical Course).—Class I.—Gray, Munn. Class IT.— 
| oh Riddell and Whitcomb, equal; Foster, Maxwell, Killam. Norton. 
mali Class IIT.—Hall (N. M.), Benedict, Hepburn. 

| | tt Third Year.—(Mechanical Engineering Course).— Class I.—Guillet. Olass 
‘ : 1 IT.—Davies and Killam. equal; Bristol and Murphy, equal. 
ron Pil Class [17.—Cameron and Whitton, equal; Robertson, Callaghan; 
| Crocker and Moore, equal; Winslow, Turnbull. 
¢ ‘ ' 
f | ” 
or | 

; | 

eo a ae 

pee en 


; SN ee 



a a> i eee 
Deen anneal 





ie ll 

Ree ad 

— & 




we >) 

= ~ 2 - = . = a ge, EET eS eee 

masta 7 : 7 ™ —— = - ~ a r _ - er ne oad 


\ ; , 

ioe . . : 2 Be 
; : ¥ 

2 - 


- . eres 5 



- a 


4 aes 

in “4 
. 4 
- r ot is 
“4 é ’ 
F | “¥ : - 
> , . 
; = 
~ 4 ~ 
: t *. = 
: od , 
. ¥ 
. x 
‘ : - ~~ 
> ‘i at ‘s \ 
b : * ~ r 
* é : ir 
7% 7 ; a 
‘ A. 42 : . 
wh y : ~ 
aA ¢ 3 : 

wv ienes 




| ihrar 
1 Hi 
3 103 858 481 kK 








A A 
ne eee